19)" 
ova 
sane " 
Wie Cae 
Ley ae 

sv ua eee a gad 
ery DAE Mahe f 

iy MSA Sewanee 

PN 

SCR akg 


fog ® 


PAS 
rune 


ae8 C98 
Pr veurn 1 ¥) 


wae 


* i" 


ye 

, oe x 
paraea'y 
“whe ‘ 


ive " 9 
aa det a 
oon & 
shear 
fool 
ee 
oeeeree ee 
yi deel aes 
ba 
Pye 
wire 


“ 


ya 
aa Ok 


ie has 
We 


i} 


Ade ee 
nde aoe 


Ce 
ty 


aeuvagads 


ee a) 


eee eee 


Tey eat 


CT ae oF 


eet anne 
POL kt 


“et 


y deve: 


ian 


‘ 
ree 


eu 
Vas ee 
aia 


WCNC SUR 


ah 


BC ee 


yale 
ead 


ficae 
dates 


oa ed 
Wa 


AN phak 


Laale wet 


ine 


J atateatene ortee 


ric MPIC 


ve 


Pew Evite 
leari ad Aaae 


aw ay 


PMA eC 


vate 
is 


yang. 
uy 


PCO ut 


Heb 
Shiba ° 
Ths 


fry (thw? 


as 


v9 
Py) hh ae 
ht a 


if 
Sate 
eli 


ie 
pao 4 dy 


CK A 


‘ 
OtSIO ARS 


Og 
sue ok 
ruWast 
W4e nee 
wet eae ety 
ce ee 


iss 

we 

Lea Whe J 

Peta eee pd 

Hah ite 
* ad 


eae 
Career ‘ A} 
Mahe oa bE 

ach iu 


yes 
Fe 


ek eo 

SC Kk tol 
WU Fg 
& He Re 
hers 


EAS «), 
dae hee 


ra 
‘* 


ay 
‘May 


a 


(Pat OCs 


Ce 
peas 

¢ 

PE YN 
if Vene 


9, 


Wook) 
rows 
abe 


tawee 
Wet eee 
LAs j 
O44 


A LAD 


wd 


eae 
vag) 


Pate Moet fh tue 
TN AD 


rier 
Sua aueiune 


ws 


VL eee ee ae 


Pi Fo 19, OF 88 OF OT 
Lae tds Aeeeed Oh arn Cree Fee 
see deere et 

o Faken Meet 

VEEL EMET 


ye OL 
ports 


om” 


oe 


ame 
an 


Wok I EEE gente 
i hone te | 
fA heh 

“4:4 ere ee 

: feats eee ee 44 CVE 
tree He ALES . aay Py 
dae een pee 


ta goa renee Soha g eh ey 


see her Heb ee 
CAs iehstiaa aoa ke 


: eae 
soe Lae alt eae 
' oy 


01 sehnee 
4 a a 
ipa: gio) ee Ae: 
wee 


PCC 
eee LLM QL Gs DEALERS 8 
TO Ic! 
DAM 


i eras Rare keen atm 


Puprerene vive itt ley 
Se COT et 
Wiasae wena iite Ar 
Temas 
fee 
stake 


see 


ob ew 

ANE YC) ¢ 

eres eee 
een de 


yor sb 
ae J) ¢ Wiebe 


a 
hola . 


eaehean 
eaaree alt 


OL 
ane nv 


* 


¥ 


ute eee et 
pe ay oe 
Pe WAC Pie we SAME SUD 
PPL or nh tue 
ae 


Was 
Paythete 
cet 


aon 
vhs Sed ere 
We) Vir ele 
PRA IRY ky hiasyse 
ai Au ee ve 


airke 

Dk iM We te aT 

MYA Bs teat Ad sed a Hv MLTR 

Wy {Ay} * gn + 24) Anigle Ue a ar ee 

' NOU UU Ie eer tet 
|r ayaa ore 
ATMO Or aLe Lote enue 


Awan 


iy 


‘ 
' 


‘ 15 


Sarr yt ie 


Pha oe eae 


re) 
shee? ¢ 
Lem hh Adria) 


y ‘ 
awed 


O99 


LULL 


‘4 Yih ge ASS 
EMSA POR Aces 
Wt AOS ae aS 

re See A A 


Pee RW RE 

ie WE ee 
eee pase 
( 


RUA dey 
Cee ird 
‘ 5 


ay 

ev s 
ng Te 

PS D9 


ee 


pie 
HAY Be CY ® 
pee eww t 
(Ate oe 
WS TONG DP 
ete 


eee 
Pert ey 
La De Abas 
Meer Cy 
Ce aed ae fe 
Ao ata eravade 
Type 


weeew 
Posted a 
POT ECL 
i : Cake 
Ay . Nae ® Perr ie 
pest Ot ate e 
we 
rine 
p 


yea ne 


4 ” 
ow I OO Baits ee 1D 
rr aA, He Pi 
4-00 
Leuay ve 
‘ 


44 


7 y PRET hee 
Coen Papa CC aisha 
CALA a ‘| Le ty 
f ww We obs ot ives fy 
A Pics 40 ws ee ewww 


A Aedes 


Coe 


Fw Aare e FP be knt at 

OF EMP: Be FA TTL 
Tike be Lee ie Ee 
eaheer 


hea 


Ch 


te 
“ 


yikes Bit 


aad ee begat erin a) ® 


Pryor 


PeAE 


4 
ar a 
Adare Ht te rhe 
tebe meqpanaeds ite 
Lather nd 


Hit We 
our 

Choe 
ponte 
ease 

4 ‘ fray 

cy A lee Linea 

* aie aig Blenheim 

fe ose bara enntemiih enerate 
aire be gh wr 


Jase y 


Orras 
Sin 


nd bree 
pg aden O48 


Pere 
toh Aididte 
reer 
421 EA 
Wve iaribe 


c 
Maeast 


bream 


eh ts chr ane) & 


a 
. 
Ait Pee 
ean sre 
ee ert 
fh Nata 
eet eer arg sey 
eatete 
wey 


MO DREN 85 U 
eee Pian tb 


aarae 


ew, inary 
Teo ashing oem erd- Orme Oe 
Prin even SOR OL 
PNPMEVEYE YL Seat! a! Sly 
Moen ashen) Alig) B ATare: Aides 
Reve ney Three ATL tel 


Hay 90a 
Pen 
ie awa’ 
Sth ti 
Wayans 

Si age hae 
Wea EAN On EGR 
error Trey ot 


Arhiapayl ey 


PR be et Ok, 


' eee 
ewe 
yin: 


be pag pee 


Ree 
Pet tot) 
te 


SW oh oe 
ey 


oh 


a: 
PAs ee FF 


Wee 
re 


ee 
he she iat 
* 


Acs 
woe 


A ' 
v3 
a Te 
a } 
‘; 
tis 
hPa aks 
; 
‘ 
{ 
t 


a 
‘ 


" 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FOURTH SERIES 


Vou. III 


1908-1913 a 


231443 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1913 


‘i Ht 


i 


CONTENTS OF VOLUME III. 
Pirates I-XXVIII. 


PAGE 

TNS STE onal Mpa 2s AS 8 AE a LO ae ee CR Reed eR pe? Oc tenet i 

oper Sea ee Cea IE IC TAU he A aR 0) MALIN Se A Bh ce iil 
A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of Cali- 

fonnicye By, emails. Vi Andersons S25) ERE Seay ee Ee ae a oeac arnt 1 


(Published October 31, 1908) 


Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine 
Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. 

By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thompson. (Plate [)........ 4l 
(Published December 31, 1908) 

New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians 

from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburgh...................... 49 
(Published December 20, 1909) 

Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. By Rollo 

FLO Wii RRC C te oe ee oe AO Pee Se) JN ee ree ete ok cee ee ane 57 
(Published September 17, 1910) 

The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor 

Basines byeb rank Me Anderson.» (Plates) [I UEI ee eee 43 
(Published November 9, 1911) 

Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Ari- 

ZAG ENN |CosohaneA Achy, AO) cl ohhh cea GRRE meen a ay RN ub oem iam benys ce) eye A! 147 
(Published January 17, 1912) 
Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Oregon, Idaho and 
heen aol Vem Dempster iG ea ee see eens 155 
(Published January 17, 1912) 
Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California. By 
Bea aiecweernin: Sinniti wats Ae slike ee ee Ae 161 
(Published April 5, 1912) 

Description of a New Genus and Species of Salamander from Japan. 

Byesurcconn): CambvompsoniwG@rvatey UN ))...2 ) eee lee eee 183 
(Published May 3, 1912) 

Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from China, 
Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. By John Van Den- 
[NOU Tea ola ete Neeg ss ANE LR UE Ad ans BS Re MED ABU one rae ARES nee Neate a eee Peer 187 

(Published December 16, 1912) 

Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of North America. By 

(olaan’ Wake UD Yaya) och wed oe GSA Rite a eee a eine eee Ce Deke SUAS fate, 259 
(Published December 21, 1912) 

A Distributional List of the Mammals of California. By Joseph 

Crimi ellen (Rater XaV CIV De see is Ua So see Se oe Sn en an 265 
(Published August 28, 1913) 

A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, with Notes on the 

Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Den- 


burgh and Joseph R. Slevin. (Plates XVII-XXVIII) ~..00002W.. 391 
(Published November 5, 1913) 
UIyavG\E- Seyeap eta Al 0c) RA ee A SLi Meet a neaPy RANE A NI BAYERE SRL eR Ye oe Es SE 375, 455 


December 30, 1914. 


PROCEEDINGS 


. OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


Vot. III, pp. 1-40 OctToBER 31, 1908 


A Further Stratigraphic Study in the 
Mount Diablo Range 
of California 


BY 


Frank M. ANDERSON 
Curator of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1908 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


Vo. III, pp. 1-40 OctToBER 31, 1908 


A FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY IN THE 
MOUNT DIABLO RANGE OF CALIFORNIA 


BY FRANK M. ANDERSON 


Curator of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology 


CONTENTS 
PAGE 
INTRODUCTION : : : : : : 2 
CONDITIONS OF DEPOSITION DURING THE TERTIARY 6 
THE CRETACEOUS AND EARLIER SERIES 8 
THE EOCENE ROCKS 9 
Distribution 9 
Stratigraphy 11 
The Lower Sandstones } : : ; , i : 12 
The Lower Shales . ; . : : 4 : ; : 13 
The Upper Sands 14 
The Upper Shales . 15 
THE MIOCENE SERIES 17 
The Temblor Beds . 18 
The Monterey Shales : f : p : ; F 20 
The Coalinga Beds : : : : : : ’ : 22 
THE PLIOCENE SERIES . f ! : , : : : : 28 
The Etchegoin Beds : : : j : : : : 28 
The Tulare Formation . q : A , ; 5 ea) | 
THE PLEISTOCENE RECORD . é : : : ; : 5 32 
The Terraces . ‘ P ‘ ; ; z : 2 5 32 
The Pleistocene Deposits 5 : : ; : ; : 34 
STRATIGRAPHIC RELATIONS . 3 : : : A , : 35 
CORRELATIONS : é ; : ‘ : : : : ‘ 37 


October 31, 1908 


2, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


INTRODUCTION 


When the earlier paper on this subject was published, under 
similar title, in 1905,’ it was intended that it should be the 
first of a series of contributions to be offered at intervals as 
time and opportunity were afforded for the further study of 
the region. During its preparation it was not unforeseen that 
some of the details, or some of the applications of general 
conclusions, would subsequently require alteration or amend- 
ment, as exploration in the field should be extended farther 
and a more complete knowledge of the details should be ac- 
quired. With this in view it was nevertheless believed that 
such a contribution would be well worth while, even though 
corrections might be found necessary as the study progressed, 
since it would at least serve to stimulate investigation and thus 
tend to develop our knowledge of the subject. And this result 
has undoubtedly been attained. 

Since the publication of the former paper, the attention of 
the U. S. Geological Survey has been directed to this field; 
and a systematic study of its stratigraphic and economic fea- 
tures has been begun, which will undoubtedly add much to 
our present knowledge. 

During the two years and more since the publication of the 
earlier paper, exploration has been extended along both sides 
of the range for many miles beyond the portions that had then 
been covered, affording opportunity for more detailed work 
and for a better acquaintance with the stratigraphy and with 
the conditions under which deposition took place than was then 
possible. 

Prior to, and after the publication of the former paper, 
large collections of fossils, chiefly marine invertebrates, had 
been made from all of the formations represented. As these 
had been stored in the Academy of Sciences, they were lost 
when it was burned in the great fire of San Francisco. In- 


1 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 3d ser. Geol. v. 2, no. 2, pp. 156-248. 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 3 


deed, at the time of the fire the present paper was in process 
of preparation and the manuscript was partly written; 
but on account of the destruction of the collections, its 
publication has not only been delayed, but in the form and 
matter of its contents it has been considerably altered and 
reduced. 

The general statements made in the earlier paper concern- 
ing the stratigraphic sequence in the Mount Diablo range, 
have proved to be fairly correct, and the same may be said 
of the formal statement of conclusions. It is only in their 
application within a certain definite portion of the field (and 
this within the area covered by the map) that any amendment 
is required. However, under a combination of circumstances, 
such error was unavoidable: In the first place, the field had 
been approached from the south, which was a direction of 
several disadvantages; in the second place, little was known 
from the literature concerning the general stratigraphy of 
the Eocene, and supposed Oligocene of the West-coast, 
and less concerning the geologic range of certain species 
of invertebrates, such as Pecten peckhami, and certain 
species of Tellina and Leda, and of several forms in the later 
‘Neocene. 

Since the former publication, however, some important ad- 
ditions have been made to the literature of the West-coast 
Tertiary, chiefly by Dr. Ralph Arnold* and by Geo. H. 
Eldridge and Arnold; and the paleontology of the Tertiary 
formations of the West has been somewhat enlarged. 

It is due also to remember certain observations made by 
Mr. J. S. Diller,” presumably upon the authority of Dr. Dall, 
regarding the occurrence of Pecten peckhami in the supposed 
Oligocene deposits of northwestern Oregon. While it may 
remain to be proved that the entire series described by Mr. 
Diller is properly referable to the Oligocene, it is clear that 
below a great thickness of sandy strata which are probably 
lower Miocene, there is a still greater series of ashy clay shales 


1Tert. and Quat. Pectens of Calif. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. paper 47, 1906. 

2See discussion of the oil districts of southern California in Bulls. 309 and 321, 
U. S. Geol. Sury. 

3U. S. Geol. Surv. 17th Ann. Rept. pt. 1, pp. 464-469. 


4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


and sandstones with a very different fauna. ‘Toward the top 
of this lower series the fauna includes: 


Dolium petrosum CONRAD Scaphander 
Nucula truncata GABE Cylichna 
Yoldia impressa CONRAD Leda 
Pseudomusium peckhamt GABB Tellina 
Dentalium 


« 


And still lower in the coniormable series was collected a 
fauna that was referred without a doubt to the Eocene, among 
which were the following: 

Heteroterma trochoidea GABB (?) Pyrula tricostata LAM. 


Rimella canalifera Gasp Aturia angustata CoNRAD 
Urosyca candata GABB 


Mr. Diller adds: ‘Notwithstanding the presence of Aturia, 
which is a characteristic Oligocene form, Dr. Dall refers these 
fossils to the Eocene.”’ 

Writing later of the Oligocene in the United States, Dr. 
Dall’ says: “In the southeastern United States there is no 
marked stratigraphic break between the Eocene and the Oli- 
gocene. Many of the fossils persist into the upper beds, but 
the fauna as a whole undergoes a well-marked alteration, 
showing that physical changes of some sort, such as would 
profoundly affect the fauna, must have taken place. The 
change by which the Oligocene was brought to a close and the 
typical Miocene inaugurated, caused, as already described, 
the most remarkable faunal break in the geological history 
of the United States after the Cretaceous.” 

The stratigraphic relations of undoubted Oligocene deposits 
in California have not been so clearly stated, though there are 
supposed Oligocene deposits on the southern coast that have 
been similarly described. 

Dr. Ralph Arnold* has described Oligocene deposits from 
the Santa Cruz mountains lying below the lower Miocene with 
a fauna which he considers intermediate between typical Tejon 
and lower Miocene. This fauna includes Pecten peckhanu 
and other forms not unknown in the Miocene of California. 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. 18th Ann. Rept. pt. 2, p. 331. 
2U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. paper 47, pp. 16-17. 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 5 


Geo. H. Eldridge and Arnold’ have also described beds of 
transitional character, presumably Oligocene, as occurring in 
the Coast ranges of Ventura county, California. Eldridge 
and Watts’ had considered this series, known as the Sespe 
formation, to be of Eocene age; but as Arnold found Miocene 
fossils in its fauna, it has been provisionally referred to the 
Oligocene. 

It appears, therefore, that below the Miocene, and occupy- 
ing an intermediate position between it and the Eocene, there 
occur in Washington, Oregon, and California, marine beds 
that have been provisionally referred to the Oligocene, and 
that appear to be conformably related to the Eocene deposits, 
but from which the Miocene is more or less separated by 
either a stratigraphic or a faunal break. In the following 
pages illustrations will be found in which similar relations 
appear, but in which the strata involved have not yet been 
proved to be of the Oligocene age. 

It is the purpose of this second paper to present results 
that have been attained since the publication of the first, to 
amend it where necessary, and to supplement it by the addi- 
tion of such new facts as have been gathered in the more 
extended study of the field. Furthermore, as the former 
paper has become all but inaccessible through the total destruc- 
tion of the reserve stock of the publications of the California 
Academy of Sciences, it is thought worth while to embody 
its results, in an abbreviated and improved form, in a second 
publication. 

It is not intended that this paper shall be complete either 
in its scope or in its treatment of the subject, but that it shall, 
at least, be suggestive of some of the many interesting fea- 
tures of the field, and of the various phases of geological study 
that find here abundant and excellent illustration. 

One of the important factors to be considered and worked 
out in a stratigraphic study of any region is that of the condi- 
tions of deposition—that is, the physical geography of the 
time and the various influences that may have affected the 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 309, pp. 7-12. 
2 Calif. State Min. Bur. Bull. 11, pp. 25-26. 


6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


character and distribution of the sediments of which the 
strata are composed. In the Tertiary deposits of the Mount 
Diablo range, along its entire extent of nearly 300 miles, 
there is a great variation in the character and composition of 
the constituent rocks, presenting every variety from coarse 
detrital conglomerates to two or three forms of fine organic 
shales and limestones, and alternations of these that are possible 
only under conditions far from simple. 


CONDITIONS OF DEPOSITION DURING THE TERTIARY 


During the Tertiary periods, if not during the Cretaceous, 
the physical geography of western California differed widely 
from that of the present time. In the positions of many 
present centers of stratification, constituting the main sum- 
mits of the Coast ranges which now rise with more or less 
regularity and continuity, there existed during and through- 
out the Tertiary, at least, only chains of continental islands 
grouped in similar alignment. These island masses were not 
unlike some that now exist about the borders of the Pacific 
ocean and on the coasts of Alaska and even of California. 
Among them were enclosed seas, or basins, with interconnect- 
ing channels through which the tides and ocean currents ran 
at will, thus forming an unusual variety of conditions which 
directly influenced the character and variety of the faunas of 
the time. 

Among such basins were the Great valley, the Salinas, the 
Santa Maria-Carisa, and the San Fernando valleys. But for 
the present, without attempting to make a complete statement 
of either the Coast range waterways or island groups of the 
Tertiany, it is sufficient to note only the fact that along the 
course of the Mount Diablo range six or more centers, or 
stratigraphic cores, have been recognized and to some extent 
correctly described by Whitney as the natural divisions of the 
range. These centers were to some extent outlined in the 
former paper; they deserve far more attention than can be 
given here. But while Whitney correctly observed and noted 
these various divisions of the range, its double character and 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 7 


other complex features have hitherto escaped attention. How- 
ever, these points can not be taken up in the present paper. 

Among the divisions enumerated by Whitney are the 
Panoche, the San Carlos, and the Estrella, which, he says, are 
individualized by certain low passes extending across the 
range. Considering these divisions as separate islands or 
groups, it would ultimately be necessary to subdivide some of 
them at least into two, or perhaps three sections for special 
epochs of the Tertiary, with waterways extending from the 
basin of the Great valley to that of the Salinas. One of these 
open channels lay along the course of the west branch of the 
Jacalitos and the upper Warthan creeks, and one along the 
Los Gatos creek and the San Benito river, thus dividing the 
San Carlos division into three sections or subdivisions for at 
least a part of the Tertiary. Ina complete or detailed study 
of the range, other channels and the islands separated by them 
at one time or another would require notice, but those men- 
tioned are perhaps sufficient to illustrate the nature of the 
problem. 

In all probability, as time went on during the successive 
periods or epochs, certain geographical changes occurred 
which resulted in either increasing or decreasing the width 
and number of these transverse channels; and these results 
could have been accomplished by simple changes in elevation. 
It appears that during the Miocene period only the Warthan 
channel was open, while during the Pliocene both the Warthan 
and the Los Gatos channels were in existence, as is shown by 
the distribution of the Miocene and Pliocene sediments along 
them. 

The islands and channels that existed during the Eocene 
can not be so easily discerned, but undoubtedly there were 
many. 

Eocene sediments run well into the range, if not across it, 
on the borders of the Livermore and Panoche valleys; and 
the same is probably true in the neighborhood of the Antelope 
and the Cholame valleys, as well as farther south. 

Probably this statement of the insular condition in Tertiary 
times is sufficient to illtstrate some of the factors that affected 


8. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


the character, quantity, and distribution of the various strata 
concerned in this discussion. It will readily be conceded that 
the sorting and transporting influence of ocean currents 
through channels and waterways can not be small, and that 
it is entirely adequate to explain many of the seeming irregu- 
larities, both lithological and faunal, that may appear later 
in the course of these studies. There are in some quarters 
rapid transitions in both the nature of the sediments and the 
character of the fauna as one follows the strata along their 
strike. Some important beds are known to entirely disappear 
or to change their character or appearance to such an extent 
that they can be recognized only by their stratigraphic posi- 
tion with respect to others that are better known. The later 
Miocene particularly appears to have been an epoch of rapid 
changes in these respects, but of changes that are explainable 
by sufficient attention to the details of physical geography. 


THE CRETACEOUS AND EARLIER SERIES 


It is not designed to give here any special account of the 
Cretaceous and earlier rocks of the range, although both are 
abundant about each of its older centers, as was illustrated in 
the former paper. The occurrences of Cretaceous and “meta- 
morphic” rocks have been noted by Whitney’ at Mount 
Diablo, Corral Hollow, and Panoche Pass, and have been fol- 
lowed by him as far to the south as the Panoche valley. 
Becker’ and White have published lists of Chico species oc- 
curring at New Idria, and similar beds have been identified 
upon the tributaries of the Cantua and Salt creeks. Miss H. 
C. Lillis has collected from these beds the following species, 
which were left at the University of California: 


Baculites chicoénsis Bacultes sp. 
Arca breweriana Chione sp. 
Dentalium stramineum Perissolax sp. 
Cinulia obliqua Natica sp. 
Gyrodes conradiana Margarita sp. 


1 Geol. Surv. Calif. Geol. v. 1, pp. 45, 55, etc. 
2U. S. Geol. Surv. Monog. no. 13, pp. 291-309. 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 9 


From Salt creek these Cretaceous rocks have been followed 
continuously to the Los Gatos, Warthan, Jacalitos, and Avenal 
creeks, and indeed to the Devil’s Den, on the north side of the 
Antelope valley. It is quite probable that the tawny yellow 
sandstones occurring south of the Antelope valley are of 
Cretaceous age, but as yet no proof of it is at hand. 

From the published lists of fossils occurring in the range 
it would appear that the Chico portion of the Cretaceous has 
been more often identified, though species of Aucella have 
proved the presence of the Knoxville at Mount Diablo (and 
Becker was convinced that some of the rocks at New Idria 
belong to the ‘Knoxville series”), while from the black shales 
on the Jacalitos creek species of Hoplites have been found, 
and at the Devil’s Den both Hoplites and Belemnites were col- 
lected in similar dark shales. 

It thus appears that both Knoxville and Chico strata enter 
into the composition of the range and are far more abundant 
upon the eastern flank than upon the western. The Cretaceous 
rocks always stand at a high angle, dipping away from the 
older formations and toward the valley at points of the com- 

pass varying according to their position. It is designed how- 
ever that the structure of these and the younger series of 
formations shall be reserved to be dealt with later. 

The so-called “metamorphic” rocks of the Mount Diablo 
range, occurring at intervals and in large areas, have generally 
included serpentines, trachytes, porphyries, and jaspers. The 
stratified portions are all representatives of the Franciscan 
series, while the eruptives include many of the classes usually 
found associated with them in the Coast ranges, among which 
are the products of local metainorphism of the most pro- 
nounced kinds. 


THE EoceNE Rocks 


Distribution.—The Eocene rocks of the northern portion 
of the range have already had considerable mention by various 
writers, including Stanton, Merriam, Weaver, and others. 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. 17th Ann. Rept. 1896, pp. 1009-1060. 
2Journ. Geol. v. 5, no. 8, pp, 767-775. 
3 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif. v. 4, no. 5, pp. 101-123. 


10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


From the Straits of Carquinez they extend easterly, forming 
a well defined belt along the northern border of Mount Diablo, 
which can be followed as far eastward as Byron or Brentwood. 
Farther south the more important areas that have been noted 
are at Corral Hollow,’ New Idria, Coalinga,’ and southward. 

While Eocene rocks have not been followed continuously 
along the range, it is perhaps due to lack of exploration rather 
than to their absence. From New Idria the Eocene can be 
followed westerly for an indefinite distance, while to the east 
and south it has been followed continuously to Coalinga. The 
following list of fossils was obtained by the writer at Corral 
Hollow, from a stratum a few hundred feet above the Eureka 
vein of the Tesla coal mine: 


Neverita secta GABB Tellina longa GasB 
Tritonium sp. undet. Leda gabbi ConrapD 
Turritella uvasana GABB Solen stantoni WEAVER 
Dentalium cooperi GaBB Lucina (?) cretacea GABB 
Amauropsis alveata GABB Mactra sp. undescr. 
Act@on sp. undescr. Meretrix horni Gasp 


On the south side of the canyon other Eocene species were 
obtained, and it is evident that most of the coal veins of this 
vicinity are in rocks of Eocene age. 

H. W. Turner’ recognized the white sandstones occurring 
at New Idria as of Eocene age and reports the following 
species from De Los Reyes canyon: 


Ostrea idriaénsis GABB Morio (Sconsia) tuberculatus GABB 
Neverita globosa GABB Amauropsis alveata GABB 
Rimella canalifera GaBp Meretrix uvasana CoNRAD 
Cylichna costata GABB Turritella, fragment 


Within 50 feet of the coal vein occurring near by he ob- 
tained : 


Solen (Hypogella) diegoén- Neverita sp. undet. 
sis GABB Small lamellibranchs 


1 Geol. Surv. Calif. Geol. v. 1, pp. 34 et seq. 

2U. S. Geol. Surv. Monog. no. 13, pp. 291-309. 

3 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 3d ser. Geol. v. 2, no. 2, pp. 162 et seq. 
4 Am. Geol. v. 14, pp. 92-96. 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 11 


From other localities in the neighborhood, he adds: 


Cardium cooperi Gaze Lucina (?) cretacea Gasp 
Pecten interradiatus GaBp Mactra sp. undet. 
Modiola ornata Gaze 


To the south and east of Coalinga a narrow belt of Eocene 
beds can be followed for a distance of more than 15 miles, 
extending from certain tributaries of the Jacalitos creek east- 
ward to the vicinity of Dudley on the northern border of the 
Sunflower valley. These beds appear again near the Point of 
Rocks on the northern border of the Antelope valley, from 
which locality several Tejon forms have been obtained and 
listed. To the south of the Antelope valley the Eocene beds. 
can be followed without difficulty as far as Temblor, if not 
farther toward the southern extremity of the range. They 
appear again crossing the canyon of the San Emidio and can 
be followed from there eastward to the Tejon ranch. 

Among other characteristics of the Eocene rocks, at least 
on the eastern side of the range, is the presence of beds of 
lignitic coal, or in some cases of carbonaceous clays, particu- 
larly in places where the Eocene section is greatly reduced. 
Almost all the coal veins reported along the valley side of the 
range, and some on the opposite side, are in Eocene strata. 

Like the Cretaceous, the Eocene rocks are in evidence to 
a far greater extent upon the eastern than upon the western 
slope of the range, though they are known upon both. 

North of the Straits of Carquinez, the Eocene has been 
noted as far as Upper Lake, Lake county, though its contin- 
uity is not known to be complete. 

Stratigraphy of the Eocene——In the vicinity of Martinez, 
the Eocene strata have been divided into two groups, mainly 
upon the basis of their faunas, and have been classed accord- 
ingly as Martinez and Tejon. The older, or Martinez, por- 
tion has been made the subject of a special study by Dr. J. C. 
Merriam’* and by Chas. E. Weaver, while the Eocene series, 
as a whole, has been clearly separated from the Chico by Dr. 
TW. Stanton,” 


1 Journ. Geol. v. 5, no. 8, pp. 767-774. 
2 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif. v. 4, no. 5, pp. 101-123, 
3U. S. Geol. Surv. 17th Ann. Rept. pt. 1, pp. 1011-1049. 


12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


In the northern part of the range the rocks are generally 
covered by soil to an extent that renders the stratification 
more or less obscure; so that little attempt has been made 
toward a detailed statement of their lithological characters. 

Mr. Weaver states that the Martinez beds, for the most part, 
consist of thick bedded sandstones containing large quantities 
of glauconite, and that alternating with these are considerable 
beds of shale. 

In the vicinity of Corral Hollow both sandstones and shales 
enter into the composition of the Eocene; but no systematic 
statement of the strata has yet been made, except such as is 
given by Whitney, who did not, however, differentiate the 
Chico from the Tejon. 

The belt of Eocene rocks lying between the Panoche Pass 
and Coalinga probably offers the best exposures and affords 
the best opportunity for both general and detailed lithologic 
study, and possibly an equally good opportunity for a formal 
classification. Along the Cantua creek, and both to the east 
and the west, a thick series of conformable strata can be fol- 
lowed easily for many miles. The aggregate thickness of the 
series is not less than 6000 feet, and is probably more. This 
series is readily divisible into four horizons, as follows: 


Wppershaleswnorcanicneeneeeeee ea oeeeeeeee ee 1800 feet 
Upper sandstones, fossiliferous .............. 2500 ues 
Lower shales, brown clays, etc................- 1000 “ 
Lower sandstones, concretionary ............. 1000), 


Toward the southeast the series becomes perceptibly thinner, 
until in the vicinity of Coalinga it narrows to a point and en- 
tirely disappears below the succeeding series of Miocene. 

The Lower Sandstones.—The lower sandstones of the 
Eocene series have not been thoroughly studied, and fossils 
have not yet been found in them within this area; therefore 
their classification as Eocene is based upon other evidence than 
fauna. They consist of soft and crumbling sandstone with a 
few harder layers, some of which are calcareous and are in 
some places more or less concretionary. A good example of 
these lower concretionary sands is to be seen in the rocky hill 
immediately northwest of “Oil City’, Coalinga field. These 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 13 


lower sands can be followed from this point both north and 
south for several miles. They rest upon dark clay shales of 
Chico age, with which they show every evidence of uncon- 
formity. In the former paper, these beds were called, pro- 
visionally, the “Avenal Sandstones”’, although they had not 
been followed continuously from the wells at Avenal, from 
which their name was taken. . 

The Lower Shales——The next member of the series is one 
of rather unique character among the formations of the Mount 
Diablo range, chiefly on account of its purple-brown color and 
topographic effect. The shales, though sometimes calcareous 
or sandy and frequently filled with organic remains, are, on 
the whole, predominatingly clays. The calcareous portions 
are usually white lenticular masses only a few feet in extent, 
containing a variety of Foraminifera. Besides the white cal- 
careous lenses, there are usually many scattered nodules of 
barite, fragments of selenite, and often some layers of sand- 
stone. In the western part of the Coalinga field a sandy layer 
was found to contain many characteristic Eocene forms and 
some that are peculiar to the Martinez division. Among the 
_many remains of Foraminifera found in these shales, there 
are numerous tests of numuloid forms occurring either in the 
sandy layers or in the calcareous concretions. Some of the 
sandy layers also contain scattered granules resembling 
glauconite. 

On one of the tributaries of Salt creek some of the sandy 
beds contain: 


Turritella pachecoénsis Leda gabbi Conrap 
STANTON Fusus (cf. F. equilateralis WEAVER) 
Cardium cooperi GABB Cylichna costata Gasp, etc. 


Though none of these species may be exclusively of Martinez 
age, yet all of them occur in that horizon, and their presence 
does not therefore conflict with such an assignment of the beds. 

The topographic aspect of these shales is striking and ren- 
ders them easy to follow along the flanks of the range. They 
are easily reduced by erosion and therefore occupy a succes- 
sion of depressions within which the transverse drainage of 
the range converges into its larger streams. The scanty soil 


14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


resulting from their decomposition is usually adobe-like, and 
is favorable for the growth of stunted oaks and junipers, but 
for no other vegetation,—not even grass. 

In the midst of a zone of hills which are destitute of trees, 
this belt of brown shales sprinkled with trees is not hard to 
follow. The shales are usually clay-like and brown on the 
surface, though in good exposures they show a variety of 
colors, some of them being either red, white, or greenish. It 
was this member that was called, for convenience, in the for- 
mer paper, the “Kreyenhagen shales’. In some places the 
beds become sandy toward the bottom, but this is not a con- 
stant feature throughout their extent along the range. 

The Upper Sands.—The thickest member of the Eocene, at 
least where it is best exposed, along the Cantua creek in the 
vicinity of the Lillis ranch, is that which was formerly de- 
scribed as the “Domijean sands’. Its thickness was roughly 
estimated as 2500 feet, though it may be more. As far as 
observed, there is considerable uniformity in composition, 
though there are some harder layers of fossil-bearing rock at 
intervals. In general these sands are yellow in color, soft and 
crumbling, with a disposition to weather into steep scarps 1m- 
perfectly exposing the edges of the strata, which are often 
concealed by loose and sliding soil. 

Except in the harder fossiliferous beds and in some con- 
cretionary layers, the sands are but little consolidated. Their 
greatest development is to be seen along the Cantua and Salt 
creeks and southward in the vicinity of the Domengine ranch, 
whence the name. The thickness of these sands is variable, 
but it increases somewhat regularly toward the north. In the 
vicinity of “Oil City”, north of Coalinga, the thickness has 
been given as not over 350 feet, and a little north of the 
Domengine ranch as 1200 feet, while along the Cantua, it is 
not less than 2500 feet. Farther west it appears to again 
diminish though it extends at least as far as New Idria. 

The fossils so far collected in this horizon are typically 
Tejon, though some of the species are found in the Martinez. 
In the vicinity of “Oil City’, a hard layer at the base of the 
yellow sands yielded: 


Voz. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 15 


Turritella uvasana Gaps Trochosmilia sp. 
Dentalium cooperi Gasp Foraminifera, many sp. 
Cardium cooperi GABB Crustacea sp. 


Leda gabbi Conrap 


Higher in the same beds and a little farther south, W. L. 
Watts’ has collected: 


Discohelix leana Gasp Ficopsis cooperi Gass 
Turritella saffordi Gasp Tritonium californicum GaBB 
Turritella uvasana GABE Pectunculus sagitatus GABB 


A few miles north of this locality and near the Domengine 
ranch a hard sandy layer has yielded: 


Meretrix horni Gasp Turritella uvasana GABB 
Cardita veneriformis GABB Amauropsis alveata Gass 
Cardium cooperi Gasp Foraminifera (numuloid forms) 
Pectunculus sagitatus GABB Crustacea, etc. 


Tellina horni Gasp 


Along the Cantua this member of the series becomes more 
shaly toward the top, and the transition toward the succeeding 
member is not sharp but gradual. Farther south thin hard 
beds of sandstone mark the basal portion of the overlying 
shales, but they diminish in frequency higher up. 

Crystals and veinlets of selenite are abundant in many parts 
of this member. 

The Upper Shales —The uppermost member of the con- 
formable series that is here referred to the Eocene is one con- 
sisting almost entirely of shales, but containing some thin 
sandy beds near the bottom. On the Cantua creek east of the 
Lillis ranch house these shales are well exposed on the slopes 
and in the ravines on the north side of the stream. There is 
a total thickness of nearly 1800 feet, including some of the 
thin sandy beds near the top of the preceding member. They 
are divisible locally upon the basis of color and lithology into: 

Wishes chraikay tshiatlesi si, uct: a<0s Gee ae eeaeeeen: 800 feet 

JESTRONG Sas Le ke NSS er sk a AN ees ral LOCO" 
Their unconformity with the succeeding beds is apparent, 
both from the abrupt change from fine organic shales to coarse 
grained sands or even pebbly gravels, and from the fact that 


* Bull. no. 3, Calif. State Min. Bur. pp. 62 et seq. 


16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


in some places an angular difference in strike and dip is plainly 
to be seen. Furthermore, as the formations are followed 
southward, the series with which these shales are identified 
finally disappears beneath the later series. 

The upper shales do not maintain the thickness stated above 
as they are followed southward. In the vicinity of the Domen- 
gine ranch, they are reduced to about 1000 feet, while at “Oil 
City” the thickness is not above 600 feet, and that of the 
entire Eocene series is only about 2500 feet. Farther south 
and west they entirely disappear in the western part of the 
Coalinga district. 

The fauna of these shales consists of many forms of Fo- 
raminifera and marine diatoms, but with a scanty number of 
mollusks. 

On the Cantua the upper white shales contain Pecten peck- 
hami and many Foraminifera and diatoms. Near “Oil City” 
Pecten peckhami and other forms have been found by the 
writer and by W. L. Watts. Intermediate between these two 
localities, on Sec. 19, T. 18 S., R. 15 E., these white shales 
have furnished: 


Pecten peckhami GaBB. Tellina congesta (?) CoNRAD 
Leda oregona (?) SHUM. Callista sp. 


It was these upper brown and white shales which, on the 
basis of both their lithology and their molluscan fauna, were 
regarded as Miocene, and therefore as “Monterey shales”, in 
the former paper. Had the succeeding Lower Miocene series 
been as fossiliferous, however, as new localities have since 
shown it to be, or had it been followed into the localities where 
the great unconformity is more evident, it would have been 
less easy to confuse these earlier shales with their counterparts 
in the Miocene. 

As to the definite assignment of these shales to either the 
Eocene or the Oligocene in the time scale of California geol- 
ogy, that must be reserved for further study and for some 
future time. Stratigraphically and structurally they are cer- 
tainly connected closely with the Tejon series, while faunally 
they are allied more closely to the Miocene. 


Vor. III] |= ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 17 

In its structural features the Eocene is simple. It forms a 
monocline that dips away from the older rocks toward the 
Great valley with only such flexures in strike and dip as are 
consistent with the insular conditions of the period. The beds 
lie along the eastern and northern slopes of the range in such 
a manner as to be in general concentric with the Cretaceous, 
presenting in some places the appearance of conformity, but 
on the whole showing the strongest evidences of unconform- 
ity. This unconformity is evident, as the formations are fol- 
lowed along the range, not only in the physical character of 
the various beds and in their fauna, but also in the distribu- 
tion of the Eocene and the Cretaceous and in their lack of con- 
formity in detail in many places. 

On the western slope of the range, the structure of both the 
Eocene and the Cretaceous is less simple, and both formations 
are also less in evidence. The large amount of faulting which 
has taken place has complicated and obscured the geology, - 
and no clear statement can be made without much detailed 
work. 


THE MIOcENE SERIES 


Regarding the occurrence, stratigraphy, and distribution of 
the Miocene in the Mount Diablo range, a fairly good state- 
ment was given in the former paper, except as to a part of 
the territory north of Coalinga. Miocene rocks are co-exten- 
sive with the range and can be followed almost continuously 
throughout its entire length, particularly along its eastern 
flanks. 

In the earlier paper the stratigraphic divisions of the range 
were considered to be: 


(c) Coalinga beds 
(b) Monterey shales 
(a) Temblor beds 


These do not form an entirely conformable series, though in 
some places it is difficult, or even impossible, to draw the 
line sharply between the several members. The greatest degree 


18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Sex. 


of conformity exists between the two lower members, and less 
between the others, as will be shown farther on. 

The Temblor Beds.—Probably the most persistent member, 
after proper discriminations are made, is the lower, which is 
also the one best characterized by fossils, and 1s therefore the 
most easily recognized faunally. Its occurrence at the type 
locality has been already sufficiently described. It has also 
been noted at intervals along the eastern base of the range as 
far north as Coalinga. Northward of Coalinga the Temblor 
beds follow the range for an unknown distance, but certainly 
to the Cantua creek and to New Idria. They maintain a 
fairly uniform thickness and constant sequence of strata, 
though not always a constant fauna. Just north of the Cantua 
on the Lillis ranch, the following representative section was 
noted : 


INIEOCET ET Strata eres eee a AeMuen ieee nner ege nea tana, 2000 feet 
Temblor Beds 


(g) Thin calcareous beds with 


Turritella ocoyana ..... 30 feet 
(f) Clay shales with Foramin- 
RETA re ae ee Melina kage 15Owi 
(e) Loose gray sands ........ 60 “ 
(d) Thin calcareous sand with 
Turritella ocoyana .... Sige 
(c) Loose friable sands ...... SOnuie 
(b) Yellow sands with Turri- 
tella ocoyana .......... Bens: 
(a) Gray sands and gravels.... 50 ~ 
Hard calcareous bed with 
DEOMCIES sonascoovcoauc ONed 
Loose gray sands ........ 100 “ 
Total .. —————__ 491 “ 
White shales with Pecten peckhami.. 800 “ 


Usually there are three layers of fossiliferous rock within 
the Temblor horizon, bearing typical Lower Miocene fossils 
such as the following: 


(a) Loose sands with Pecten discus CoNRAD 
Astrodapsis sp. 
Barnacles, etc. 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 19 


(b) Yellow sands with Mytilus mathewsoni Gass 

Ostrea titan CoNRAD 

Venus sp. 

Zirphaea sp. 

Pecten discus CONRAD 

Pecten sp. 

Chione sp. 

Turritella ocoyana CoNRAD 

Agasoma sp. 

_Cancellaria sp. 

Bulla sp. 

Macoma sp. 

Trochita filosa GABB 

Numerous small gasteropods 

(d) Thin white calcareous bed with Chione tem- 

blorensis ANDERSON 

Ostrea titan CONRAD 

Dosinia sp. 

Crepidula sp. 

Agasoma kernianum Cooper 

Turritella ocoyana CoNRaD 

Neverita callosa GaABB 

Trophon kernensis ANDERSON 

Conus owenianus ANDERSON 

Oliva californica ANDERSON 


Above the beds classed as Temblor there is a gypsiferous 
clay shale 250 feet in thickness, overlain by 50 feet of coarse 
gravels and conglomerates. 

From the Cantua creek the Temblor beds have been fol- 
lowed southeastward to the vicinity of the producing oil wells 
and to within a short distance of Coalinga and to the Jacalitos 
creek. A large part of the strata formerly placed in a suc- 
ceeding group has been found to belong to the Lower Miocene. 
The “Reef Bed” of the former paper is properly a part of the 
Temblor, and has yielded, on Sec. 20: 


Hinnites (rel. H. giganteus) Bulla sp. 


GRAY Trochita sp. 
Mactra densata ConRAD Hemifusus wilkesana ANDERSON 
Metis alta ConRAD Neverita callosa GaBB 
Pecten discus CoNRAD Astrodapsis merriami ANDERSON 
Arca montereyana OSMONT Teeth of sirenians (Desmo- 
Dosinia ponderosa GABB stylus sp.) 


Lucina borealis Lam. 


20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


At the base of the Temblor beds is a pebbly conglomerate 
that serves to give emphasis to the abrupt change from the 
fine organic white shales upon which they rest. 

It is easy therefore to recognize the unconformity that 
exists between the Temblor beds and the white or brown shales 
provisionally classed as Oligocene. This unconformity is that 
formerly described as conspicuous between the Coalinga beds 
and the Monterey shales. The pebbles of the conglomerate 
include metamorphic schists, jaspers, porphyries, serpentine, 
sandstone, and even some rocks that appear to have come from 
the calcareous concretions of the preceding series. 

The Temblor beds contain the principal oil-yielding strata 
of the Coalinga field, and are well constructed to do so, not 
only stratigraphically and structurally, but also on account of 
the porous and unconsolidated character of the larger sandy 
members. The usual thickness of the Temblor beds is from 
450 to 550 feet. In drilling for oil it has been found that 
various horizons are productive, the oil ranging through almost 
the entire thickness, though locally it is generally confined to 
one or two productive strata. Although in some parts of the 
field oil has also been found in strata both above and below 
the Temblor, the latter may be regarded as the chief source 
of the oil in most cases north of McKittrick. 

In the McKittrick district the Temblor beds are known to 
be oil-bearing, but farther south they do not form the prin- 
cipal productive horizon. They occur, however, on the San 
Emidio and at Kern river, at the base of thick series of sand- 
stones which underlie petroliferous beds. It is perhaps due 
to a change in the character of the strata above the Temblor 
that they do not everywhere contain the principal deposits 
of petroleum. 

The Monterey Shales.—To the north of the Temblor ranch 
house, in western Kern county, is a thick series of white shales 
overlying the Lower Miocene and containing Pecten peckham 
near the top and bottom. Its total thickness has been esti- 
mated at more than 5000 feet. This series of white shales 
has been referred to the Monterey, and there can be no reason- 
able doubt that at least a large part of the formation should 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 21 


be so classed. From this locality these shales can be followed 
with more or less continuity northward to the Devil’s Den and 
to near Coalinga. The Monterey shales and the underlying 
Temblor beds, as they occur along the hills to the south and 
east of Coalinga, have already been described in the former 
paper. To the north of Jacalitos, if the Monterey shales occur 
at all, they are in extremely reduced thickness or in modified 
form. 

In the eastern part of the Coalinga field, certain beds occupy- 
ing the stratigraphic position of the Monterey, have a thick- 
ness of only 250 to 300 feet. In their outcrop along the hills 
in the northern part of the field, they are variously colored, 
white, yellow, or red, and have at most points a decidedly 
sandy appearance. The “Red Hills” to the north of the prop- 
erty of the “California Oil Fields, Ltd.” form an exposure 
that is conspicuous on account of its brick-red color. This 
can be easily followed northward to the Cantua creek and 
beyond, though its color is not persistent. This member of 
the Miocene was, in the former paper, described as “a yellow 
sand”? and included with the Coalinga beds. In the wells 
drilled in the eastern part of the field this member appears 
as a bluish sandy shale which is commonly called the “Big 
Blue’. The buff, yellow, or red color seen in the outcrops 
is probably due to the oxide of iron derived from the decom- 
position of certain iron-bearing minerals. With a good lens 
grains of serpentine and other talcous minerals can be de- 
tected in these shales. Their separation from the Temblor 
beds in the field to the north of Coalinga is for convenience 
in logical treatment rather than for emphasis of their strati- 
graphic prominence. 

To the north of the Cantua creek these shales are even more 
sandy than farther to the south. It is not unlikely that there 
is a gradual thinning out of the Monterey shales from the 
Temblor valley northward to the Cantua creek, but this can 
not now be affirmed. South of the Temblor valley a vast 
series of white shale follows the range as far as Sunset and 
then swings eastward toward the San Emidio, becoming more 
and more sandy toward the east. No direct evidence is at 


ED CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


hand to establish its position in the stratigraphic scale, but it 
is supposed to be the continuation of the Monterey shales oc- 
curring north of Temblor. In the range west of Midway and 
to the south of Sunset they have an aggregate thickness of 
nearly 5000 feet and contain the usual lithologic peculiarities 
of the Monterey. As the Temblor beds are known to occur 
at San Emidio, there is a presumption in favor of these shales 
being properly the Monterey. To the south of the Temblor 
valley the structure of the Miocene rocks is that of a high 
anticlinal fold along the axis of the range, with a steep dip 
toward the Carisa valley and, near Sunset, toward the south. 
This anticline disappears in the vicinity of the San Emidio 
canyon. 

The Coalinga Beds.—The uppermost member of the Mio- 
cene series is best characterized and most easily followed 
along the base of the hills north of Coalinga, but it attains its 
greatest stratigraphic development to the south and east of 
the Warthan creek. In the former paper, on account of its 
thickness and more varied fauna in the Warthan creek locali- 
ties, it was made to include more strata farther north than 
should have been included. It is now proposed to restrict the 
name Coalinga beds to the lower portion of a series that is 
unconformably related to the older members of the Miocene. 
In the vicinity of Coalinga there are two somewhat different 
types of this formation occurring in the localities mentioned. 
As here restricted, the Coalinga beds contain from 500 to 800 
feet of strata at the north—that is, between Coalinga and the 
Cantua creek, and from 1000 to 1500 feet in the field between 
the Warthan creek and Tulare lake. 

These differences are due primarily to the conditions of 
deposition during the latter part of the Miocene period. Along 
the hills north of Coalinga this series begins with a basal con- 
glomerate varying in thickness from 15 to 50 feet or more, 
and consisting of coarse pebbles and boulders often ranging 
in weight up to several hundred pounds. At Salt creek and 
northward to the Cantua, the weathering and faulting of this 
conglomerate has produced the effect of enormous thickness, 
which is deceptive. In many places, as north of the Cantua, 


Vot. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 23 


this basal conglomerate can be recognized and followed where 
other strata of the Coalinga beds can not be so easily identi- 
fied. Above the conglomerate are thick beds of gigantic 
oysters, pectens, and barnacles that form a conspicuous fea- 
ture of the formation. Usually there are two or more beds 
of shells from 6 to 20 feet thick included with 100 feet or 
more of sands. In Sec. 10, T. 19 S.; R: 15 E., the oysters 
occur in four beds extending through nearly 200 feet of sandy 
strata. The shells are usually firmly cemented together and 
weather into a bold escarpment in which little else than huge 
oysters is to be seen. These beds of fossils in which oysters 
are the most abundant are often used in tracing the oil-bearing 
strata of the Temblor through parts of the field in which the 
latter do not show plainly on the surface. The species that 
characterize these beds include: 


Ostrea titan CONRAD Chorus carisaénsis ANDERSON 
Pecten crassicardo CONRAD Chione temblorensis ANDERSON 
Pecten estrellanus CONRAD Astrodapsis tumidus REMOND 
Pecten (rel. P. islandicus Astrodapsis sp. 

MULL.) 


The basal conglomerates and the oyster beds with which 
they are associated overlie the red or variously colored shales 
described in the preceding section. There is little or no 
angular unconformity between the shales and conglomerates, 
though the abrupt change in the fauna and in the character 
of the deposits testifies to a change of considerable importance 
in the physical geography of the time. 

A short distance above the highest oyster bed is a layer of 
sandy white shale 80 feet in thickness, and a sandy stratum 
immediately overlying the shale on the west side of Sec. 20, 
T. 18 S., R. 15 E. has furnished the following species: _ 


Cytherea (callista) sp. Diplodonta harfordi ANDERSON 
Chione temblorensis ANDERSON Agasoma kernianum CooPER 
Macoma nasuta CooPER Turritella sp. 

Pecten estrellanus CoNRAD Cancellaria sp. 

Zirphea dentata Gass Solen sp. 


Lucina borealis Lam. Trophon sp. 


24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


The faunas of the foregoing lists are generally character- 
istic of the Coalinga beds. Above these fossiliferous beds 
the formation is chiefly sand with little or no appearance of 
fossils. 

To the south of Coalinga, or of the Warthan creek, the con- 
glomerates and the associated oyster beds do not form a con- 
spicuous feature of the formation, and in fact have not been 
directly identified. This is probably due to the fact that 
these beds were greatly thickened by the addition of 
sands during the time that an open channel connected 
them with the sea to the westward, causing conditions 
not favorable to the life and growth of oysters, but favor- 
able to the development of some species not often met with 
elsewhere. 

Along the Jacalitos creek the thickness of the Coalinga 
beds has been estimated at 1100 feet. There is an appearance 
of unconformity between the Coalinga beds and those above, 
while the line separating them from the beds below is not 
definitely established. Along the various branches of the 
Zapato Chino creek and eastward the Coalinga beds thicken 
still more until they attain an aggregate of 1500 to 1600 
feet. They rest upon the white or rusty brown beds of the 
Monterey shales, with which there is little to mark an uncon- 
formity. As the Monterey shales here become sandy in their 
upper portion, the change from them to the Coalinga is not 
so abrupt as in the field farther north. There is not a great 
variation of lithological characters in the Coalinga as seen 
along the range south and east of the Warthan creek. There 
is, however, near the middle of the series, a bed of white 
volcanic ash from 12 to 16 feet thick, which is in some places 
conspicuous, but which is not always found, or at least is not 
always recognizable. It can easily be followed for three or 
more miles southward from the Warthan creek, a little east 
of Alcalde, and it appears again on the west fork of the 
Jacalitos at the Roberts ranch and also on the eastern tribu- 
taries of the Zapato Chino, on the Kreyenhagen ranch. Near 
Alcalde it is immediately underlain by a fossiliferous bed from 
which the following species have been obtained : 


Vot. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 25 


Pecten crassicardo CONRAD Trophon (rel. T. ponderosum 


Pecten estrellanus CoNRAD GABB) 
Chione (rel. temblorensis Turritella sp. 
ANDERSON ) Natica sp. 
Mactra (Spisula) catilli- Surcula sp. 
formis DALL V olutilithes sp. 
Mytilus mathewsoni Gass Ficus pyriformis GABB (?) 


Agasoma kernianum CoorpER Tamiosoma gregaria CONRAD 


The same bed some miles to the east upon the Kreyenhagen 
ranch contained, in addition to several of the preceding forms, 
the following: 

Glycimeris generosa Goutp  Scutella gibbsi REMOoND 
Cardium, (cf. C. quadri- Trophon sp. 
genarium CONRAD) Natica sp. 

The forms most characteristic of the Coalinga beds in this 
part of the field are Agasoma kernianum, Scutella gibbsi, two 
species each of Astrodapsis and Trophon, and a Chione. 
These forms range through about 400 to 500 feet of sandy 
strata. Near the top of this zone there is often an abundance 
of Ostrea attwoodi and Scutella gibbsi. 

The general and to some extent the specific resemblances 
of this fauna to that of the Temblor beds is of course evident; 
but a study of the strata above and below this horizon war- 
rants the classification here proposed. The Miocene aspect 
of the fauna is unmistakable in the presence of such forms as 
Agasoma kernianum, Chione temblorensis, and the large 
species of Cardium, V olutilithes, etc. 

A few hundred feet above these beds are the typical beds 
of the succeeding series, while below them are the Monterey 
shales and the typical Temblor. 

The Coalinga beds have not as yet been followed continu- 
ously southward along the range beyond the Sunflower valley, 
though doubtless the task would not be impossible. They 
have not even been clearly recognized between the Sunflower 
valley and McKittrick. They form, however, a well defined 
and easily followed belt along the foothills west of the Midway 
district and to the south of Sunset. Northward this belt can 
be followed to a point a few miles north of Crocker Springs 
(Sec. 6, T. 31 S., R. 22 E.), and from thence it has been only 


26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


indirectly traced into the McKittrick district. West of the 
Midway district the Coalinga beds occur on both sides of the 
range, on the one side dipping toward the Great valley and 
passing below the Midway wells, and on the other side dipping 
to the southwest and under the Carisa and Elkhorn valleys. 
Their structure at this point is that of a denuded anticline, 
though it is not likely that the two slopes were ever quite 
horizontal. The thickness of these beds on both sides of the 
range is very great,—hardly less than 4500 feet. 

Near their base they contain very coarse conglomerates and 
sandstones, among which may be found the characteristic 
fossils. The conglomerates often contain boulders of granite 
of immense size, some of them weighing 15 to 20 tons. The 
conglomerates at the base of the series range through several 
hundred feet of strata, of which they make up a large per- 
centage. The species thus far found in these beds are those 
typical of the Coalinga, and include forms not found else- 
where in great numbers. They are more abundant on the 
western than on the opposite side of the range, though they 
have also been found on the eastern side. On the western 
slope near the locality commonly known as “the Dome”, the 
following species have been found: 

Pecten crassicardo CONRAD Tamiosoma gregaria CONRAD 
Pecten estrellanus CoNRAD Chorus carisaénsis ANDERSON 
Ostrea titan CONRAD 

These beds have been followed northward along the western 
side of the range to the neighborhood of Simler. They pass 
in a synclinal fold below the Carisa valley and appear again 
on its western border. Near La Panza Springs an identical 
fauna has been obtained with the addition of such typical 
forms as: 

Chione temblorensis ANDERSON Lucina borealis LAM. 

Trophon sp. Astrodapsis tumidus REMOND 

Turritella sp. Astrodapsis whitneyi REMOND 
and many other species. Not far away, at the crossing of 
the San Juan creek, these beds overlie an immense thickness 
of Miocene strata including both the Monterey shales and the 
Temblor beds. In the foothills of the Midway district this 


Voz. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY ea) 


series contains above the basal conglomerates a great thickness 
of clays and shales, some of which are diatomaceous and 
chalklike in their physical appearance. 

The wells drilled for oil in the Midway and Sunset dis- 
tricts, although they probably derive their oil from this series 
of strata, do not penetrate to the basal sands for their pro- 
ductive horizon. In fact the better wells so far drilled have 
been less than 2000 feet in depth, and some of the oil has been 
found in strata not altogether sandy. Near Sunset the oil 
sands often outcrop in unmistakable exposures, sometimes 
showing well defined beds of bituminous sand, 30 to 60 feet 
or more in thickness. Near the refinery of the “Sunet Oil 
Company” a layer of hard sand immediately overlying such 
an exposure contains: 

Crytomya californica CONRAD Solen sp. 
Tapes stanleyi GABB Macoma sp. 

Some miles farther to the east on Lobos and Muddy creeks 

the same formation has yielded, according to W. L. Watts’: 


Crassatella collina CoNRAD Tapes stanleyi GABB 
Glycimeris generosa GOULD Crytomya californica CONRAD 
Macoma secta ConRAD Macoma sp. 

Neverita recluziana PEt. Tapes sp. 


Dosinia mathewsoni GABB 


As this locality has also yielded Pseudocardium gabbi Remond, 
it is likely that the Crassatella given in the above list is identi- 
cal with this species, since the forms are somewhat alike. 
These beds in the Sunset and Midway districts overlie the 
immense series of white shales described in the preceding pages 
as Monterey, and the evidences of unconformity are all that 
could be asked for. Not only are there abrupt and great litho- 
logical changes, as well as a change in faunas, but an angular 
difference in dip and strike is clearly seen at many points along 
the range. From an examination of the lists here given and 
of the facts herewith presented, it will be seen that the Coalinga 
beds have been clearly identified in the foothills about the 
southern end of the Great valley, and this identification can 
be confirmed by many other facts that are not here presented. 


1 Bull. no. 3, Calif. State Min. Bur. pp. 38 and 40. 


28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47u Ser. 


In their general features, faunal and other, the Coalinga 
beds resemble the San Pablo beds to some extent; and it is 
not impossible that in part the two may be equivalent, though, 
as will be shown later, it is hardly probable. 


THE PLIOCENE SERIES 


The Etchegoin Beds.—It is quite possible in many parts 
of the Mount Diablo range to recognize a marine series later 
than, if not always distinct from,’all of the preceding. This 
is the series called in the former paper the “Etchegoin Beds”. 
It must be admitted that no sharply defined line separates this 
series from that last described, though evidence is not lacking 
of a change in the physical conditions of their deposition. 

Generally the strata of the Etchegoin beds are conform- 
able in position with those of the Coalinga, and there is no 
great change in the lithology, such as is seen in some of the 
earlier formations. One of the most conspicuous character- 
istics of the later series is an enormous amount of bluish gray 
sand which is distributed throughout almost its entire length 
and thickness. In this feature these beds contrast strongly 
with the yellow or light brown sands of the Coalinga and 
earlier series. From its fauna it may be more easily recognized 
within limits, though there are species that continue upward 
from the Coalinga, and as yet there are not many species that 
individually are to be regarded as a sure sign of the Pliocene 
throughout the Coast or even the State. The exact thickness 
of the Etchegoin beds has not been measured at any point, 
though it has been estimated at a few places. West of the 
town of Coalinga it is hardly less than 1400 feet in the out- 
crop, but in some of the wells drilled along the base of the 
hills it must be somewhat less. Farther north, near the eastern 
part of the field, the thickness is greater, as seen both in the 
outcrop and in the wells, where the aggregate is not less than 
2500 feet, and may be more. North of the Avenal wells, 15 
miles southeast of Coalinga, the thickness is probably as great 
as 3500 or even 4000 feet. Bluish gray sands usually make 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 29 


up as much as 20 percent of the aggregate thickness, to which 
their peculiar color and slightly greater induration give an 
exaggerated effect. The strata are essentially sandy through- 
out, though clays are abundant in their upper portion, espec- 
jally north of Coalinga and in the vicinity of Salt creek and 
the Cantua. In the former paper the Etchegoin beds were 
divided into two portions called respectively, the “Etchegoin 
Sands” and the “San Joaquin Clays.” 

The sands of this series are commonly coarse in texture 
and often pebbly, forming beds of conglomerate. Many of 
the pebbles and sand grains are jet black in color, and mingled 
with these is a kaolin-like matter, perhaps a decomposition 
product from volcanic ash. The gray-blue color which is so 
noticeable in these beds may be due to these ingredients and 
to their manner of mixture. This color has not been noticed 
in either of the other series and has generally been found to 
be a safe index to the identity of the Etchegoin beds. It has 
been noticed not only in the Coalinga field, but at McKittrick, 
near Buena Vista lake, at Mount Diablo, and on San Pablo 
bay. 

One or two fossil horizons are to be recognized in the 
Etchegoin beds,—one near their bottom and another some dis- 
tance above; but whether these are persistent or not cannot be 
stated. The most clearly defined and best characterized horizon 
includes some 400 feet of strata in which there are sometimes 
several separate beds of fossils. This horizon occurs near the 
bottom of the series and, as seen in the outcrops in the hills 
west and southwest of Coalinga, contains the following: 


(n) Brown sands with fossils........... 15 feet 
Gam) miGlavarshalesy WL au hivenee tome Bei 5 as AQhere 
Cl) ey Sandstone swath tossilsn domeeeene ee. I@ 
Co) Biuishi ray sandsi),.).. seer eaeae. : SoMa 
Lower fossil horizon 
(j) Gray sands, gravels, and clays ........ (sg) 
CP Sandstone with: fossils ueeaeeen aoe IQ) 
Gy sandsvand scandy (clays: seen ee 80 “ 
(a) eebiuishveray. sands. eae sees yee, 49 “ 
Ghee rAretllaceous: Satids wine Meme lee LOOtR 
Cre bluigaperay sands ).y aelurnedeuness BU 


Ca) Sandstone swith fossils) 24-69 02s ee 8 


30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Srr. 


Near the middle of this zone a fossiliferous sandstone 
(bed i) has yielded the following species: 


Arca trilineata CoNRAD Saxidomus aratus GOULD 
Metis (Lutricola) alia CoNRAD Glycimeris generosa GOULD 
Mactra (Spisula) catilli- Diplodonta harfordi ANDERSON 
formis CONRAD Tapes stanleyi GABB 
Pectunculus  septentrion- Mytilus mathewsoni GABE 
alis Mupp. Macoma inquinata (?) DESH. 
Pecten owent ARNOLD Nassa californica ConRaAD 
Pecten estrellanus CONRAD Natica lewisi GouLp 
Pecten crassicardo CONRAD Trochita costellata (?) CoNRAD 
Ostrea titan (?) Conrad Scutella gibbsi REMOND 


In this horizon Pectunculus often occurs in great numbers, 
forming the dominant species. More than any other species 
it is persistent throughout the Coalinga field and is a survivor 
from the preceding series, in which it occurs in limited 
numbers. 

The same fauna is found near the bottom of the Etchegoin 
sands along the tributaries of the Jacalitos creek and the 
streams farther east. It is everywhere characterized by the 
great abundance of Pectunculus and by Pecten owent, Scutella, 
Saxidomus, and Tapes, by many other modern forms and by 
some living ones. Higher in the series the number and variety 
of Pecten species increase, and others which are abundant in 
the lower beds almost or quite disappear. 

On the Zapato Chino creek and eastward a fossiliferous 
bed 1000 feet or more above the base of the series contains 
the following species : 


Arca trilineata CONRAD Balanus sp. 

Saxidomus aratus GOULD Neverita recluziana DESH. 

Pecten coalingaénsis Ar- Nassa californica CoNRAD 
NOLD Terebratella sp. 

Pecten wattsi ARNOLD Clypeaster (Scutella) brewer- 

Pecten etchegoint ANDERSON ianus REMOND 

Chama sp. Clypeaster (Scutella) gibbsi 

Ostrea sp. REMOND 

Tellina sp. Sharks’ teeth, etc. 


A comparison of these lists with the lists of the Pliocene 
occurring at Kirker’s Pass, published by Whitney’ and others, 


1 Geol. Surv. Calif. Geol. v. 1, p. 32. 


Vou. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 31 


makes it evident that in fauna the beds are alike, if not in part 
identical. 

The clays at the top of the Etchegoin series to the north of 
Coalinga constitute at least a third of their entire thickness, 
or about 1500 feet. They have a somewhat banded appear- 
ance, the different strata showing different zones of color. 
Thus far no fossils have been found in them north of the 
Warthan creek, though elsewhere they have yielded Scutella 
gibbsi and the teeth of sharks. 

The Tulare Formation.—In the former paper the Tulare 
formation was described as a series of fresh-water deposits 
outcropping on the borders of the Great valley and overlying 
all the earlier deposits occurring along the range. 

It is found in the vicinity of Coalinga, in the Kettleman 
hills, and southward along the western side of the valley as 
far as McKittrick, Buena Vista lake, and about the Tejon 
ranch. The fresh-water mollusks forming the fauna of these 
beds in the Kettleman hills and near McKittrick have been 
noted by W. L. Watts’ as identified by Dr. J. G. Cooper. 
Shells of the fresh-water mollusks, Anodonta and Goniobasis, 
have since been taken from a prospect well drilled one-half 
mile north of McKittrick. They occurred in a layer of hard 
sandstone at a depth of 1000 feet from the surface. After 
penetrating this layer a strong flow of gas threw sand and 
stones from the well with great violence and with them many 
shells and fragments of these species. 

The beds of the Tulare formation are described as having 
a thickness of 1000 feet and standing at an angle of 30° and 
more in conformity with the underlying marine Pliocene. In 
the former paper they were tentatively correlated with the 
Orindan and associated beds described by Dr. Lawson from 
the Berkeley hills. 

While a complete statement of its equivalents can not be 
given here, it is important to remark that the Tulare forma- 
tion should have its continuation not only throughout the 
Great valley, but that its counterparts should occur in all the 


1 Bull. Calif. State Min. Bur. no. 3, 1894, pp. 49 and 53. 


32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


neighboring and intermontane valleys of the state. It is not 
improbable that the equivalents of the Tulare will be found 
to include the thick delta deposits of the San Benito and Salinas 
valleys described by Dr. Lawson’ and later by Dr. H. W. 
Fairbanks.’ If this correlation is correct, then according to 
Dr. Lawson they should also include the marine beds of the 
Merced series, which are generally regarded as of late Pliocene 
age. The Tulare formation should also have its equivalents 
among fresh-water deposits of the Great Basin region, but a 
discussion of this topic can not be undertaken here. Undoubt- 
edly there is a close relation between these deposits and the 
Pleistocene deposits and terraces described below. Just what 
that relation may be can not now be stated with certainty, 
but probably the time interval was short between the close 
of the Tulare epoch and the opening of the Pleistocene. 


THE PLEISTOCENE RECORD 


The evidences of the Pleistocene period in the Mount Diablo 
range are confined to the foothills and the marginal plains of 
the Great valley. As far as known, there are no stratified 
beds distinct from those of the Tulare formation appearing 
along the range that could be classed as Pleistocene, though 
there are abundant evidences that the period, at least in part, 
was one of submergence if not of inundation. 

The Terraces—Along the flanks of the range upon both 
sides, and about the southern end of the Kern valley, there 
are many elevated terraces and other remnants of ancient 
plains that must have circumvented the Great valley. These 
elevated terraces and mesas are not all of uniform height, and 
this fact may be taken as an evidence of a series, rather than 
of a single plain of base-leveling, though in some places the 
variations of level are only those of a somewhat varied topog- 
raphy rather than those of an absolute plain. These terraces 
may be seen to advantage about the lower Kern river, the 


1 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif. v. 1, p. 153. 
2 Jour. Geol. v. 6, pp. 551-576; U.‘S. Geol. Surv. San Luis folio, pp. 11-12. 


Vot. III] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 33 


Tejon ranch, Sunset, McKittrick, Coalinga, the Cantua creek, 
Tesla, and Mount Diablo. Their elevation varies between 
1200 and 1500 feet above the sea, or between 850 and 1000 
feet or more above the floor of the Great valley. On the west- 
ern side of the range their elevation is perhaps a little less, and 
there is also a greater variation throughout and a considerably 
greater extent, particularly about the head of the Salinas valley 
drainage. Along the foothills on either side of the range it is 
not unusual to see these terraces rising from 200 to 400 feet 
or more above the beds of the various stream valleys. These 
terraces are well exhibited in the lower hills in the vicinity of 
McKittrick, Midway, and the Kern river. Most of the oil 
wells of the McKittrick district are drilled upon the outer 
border of a large section of such a plain. Similar remnants 
and other evidences of base-leveling are plainly marked along 
the foothills about the southern end of the valley, especially in 
the neighborhood of the Tejon ranch, where a careful study 
would probably reveal a series of different levels. At the 
mouth of Grapevine canyon a terrace is cut at an elevation of 
600 feet above the floor of the valley. 

In the vicinity of Coalinga the terraces are well marked in 
many places both north and south, but especially in the foot- 
hills to the east of Alcalde and still further eastward in the 
Kettleman hills. Not only are these marginal remnants of 
the old base levels to be seen as terraces along the slopes of the 
higher range, but in many places in the outlying hills there 
are mesa-like ridges and flats strewn with the usual deposits 
of alluvial debris. 

The base-leveling here described has acted upon and trun- 
cated each and all of the stratigraphic series of the range, but 
naturally its effects have been most pronounced upon the 
younger and softer strata. In the foothills along the south- 
west border of the valley the denudation has beveled and 
truncated the upturned edges of all of the sedimentary series 
from the earliest to the latest, including the Etchegoin and 
even the Tulare beds. To a less extent it has acted upon the 
older series, but usually their greater hardness has protected 
them from the destructive effects of denudation. 


34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


As to the exact period to which these results of base-leveling 
are to be attributed it is not easy to say with certainty. While 
presumably the greater part of it was accomplished during the 
Pleistocene, part has undoubtedly been the result of Pliocene 
denudation, and part has occurred later. 

Whitney’ has classed the buried river channels of the Sierra 
Nevada as belonging to the later Pliocene period, and in this 
view both Lindgren* and Lawson* have acquiesced. With 
these river channels may be correlated the Tulare deposits 
of the Great valley, while the development of the great 
Sierran peneplain most writers consider to have taken 
place later. 

The Pleistocene Deposits——The deposits of the Pleistocene 
consist for the most part of alluvial fills or other superficial 
deposits of boulders, gravels, and sands. These deposits are 
especially abundant at the southern end of the Great valley, 
where they have been noted by Whitney, who mentions also 
the terraces about the Tejon ranch, though he does not desig- 
nate them as such. The gravel and boulder deposits of the 
San Emidio canyon he also describes in part, and illustrates 
them by a sectional profile clearly showing their unconform- 
able relation to the Tertiary formations and to the base-leveling 
of the adjacent foothills. In the neighborhood of the Midway 
oil district is a comparatively wide plain to the west of Buena 
Vista lake at an elevation of 600 feet above the valley, which 
is largely the product of alluvial filling and base-leveling of 
the surrounding Tertiary hills. The same class of facts is 
observable at McKittrick, Temblor, Carisa valley, Cholame, 
Peachtree, and elsewhere. 

These deposits are never clearly stratified and are of the 
nature of alluvial accumulations on land surfaces, rather than 
in submerged basins. As in the case of the terraces, they have 
been considerably obscured by the products of later denuda- 
tion, and it is not always easy to distinguish the Pleistocene 
from recent deposits. In many places, as at San Emidio, 


1 Geol. Sury. Calif. Geol. v. 1, p. 250 et seq. 

2 Journ. Geol. v. 4, p. 905. 

3 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif. v. 1, p. 157. 

4 Geol. Surv. Calif. Geol. v. 1, pp. 188, 191 ef seq. 


Vor. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 5) 


Coalinga, and elsewhere, the Pleistocene peneplains have been 
extensively dissected by recent stream erosion and their de- 
posits are left covering the mesa-like ridges or hills interven- 
ing between stream valleys. In such cases it is not unusual 
to find unstratified deposits of boulders covering the top of a 
ridge, or even resting cap-like on the crest of a conical hill. 
Among the boulders and pebbles of these deposits may be 
recognized fragments of all the earlier marine deposits of 
the range including metamorphics, Cretaceous sandstones, 
Eocene and Miocene limestones, and even many fragments of 
the immense oysters of the Coalinga beds as well as later 
fossils. 

The fragments of Ostrea titan have often proved mislead- 
ing to prospectors who have regarded them as a guide for the 
location of oil sands, with which, in their original position, 
they are often associated. 

In those deposits that are most clearly of Pleistocene origin, 
it is apparent that there is an unconformable relation between 
them and the underlying formations, and that a period of 
erosion has intervened. In other words, much of the denuda- 
tion and base-leveling has antedated the boulder deposits. 
_ These deposits are associated with, or more properly include, 
extensive beds of asphaltum at both McKittrick and Sunset; 
and in these asphaltum beds have been found the remains of 
a number of Pleistocene mammals, including the elephant, the 
horse, and an extinct species of wolf, doubtless representing 
a fauna belonging to the latter part of the Pleistocene period. 
It is evident, therefore, that it is to the early or middle epochs 
of the Pleistocene that the most extensive denudation is due. 


STRATIGRAPHIC RELATIONS 


As a result of more extended study and closer attention to 
details it is found to be desirable to revise in some points the 
stratigraphic classification offered in the preceding paper; 
although as there stated, the essentials are fairly well shown. 
Undoubtedly there is evidence of unconformity between the 


36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


strata of all of the successive periodic series, and in some cases 
between different members of the same series. 

The unconformity between the Chico and the Eocene is both 
stratigraphic and faunal when taken throughout their extent, 
though locally there is often some resemblance between them. 
But their relations have already been sufficiently well shown. 
If Oligocene strata are conceded for the Pacific coast, and 
especially in the formations of the California Coast ranges, 
then either they should occur in the Mount Diablo range, or 
their absence should add emphasis to the unconformity between 
strata of the Eocene and the Miocene. If, however, the 
Temblor beds are regarded as the lowermost Miocene, the 
evidence of an unconformity between them and the next older 
strata is significant, and it is clear that the change from one 
to the other is too abrupt to be called transitional. The strata 
immediately preceding the Temblor, however, while they are 
stratigraphically related to the Eocene in the central part of 
the range, are faunally and even lithologically like the middle 
Miocene in other parts of the Coast. 

Probably the most noticeable interruption in the sedimen- 
tation of the Tertiary is that of the later Miocene—an inter- 
ruption which intervened between the Monterey and the 
Coalinga epochs. The evidence of this unconformity is not 
of the nature of denudation so much as of abrupt change of 
sedimentation and fauna. This change is conspicuous through- 
out the range, and in the vicinity of Midway and Sunset shows 
in the heavy conglomerates, and between Coalinga and New 
Idria in the thick beds of huge oysters, pectens, and barnacles. 

The stratigraphic relations of the Coalinga beds with the 
succeeding series is not so clear, though evidence is not lack- 
ing of some sort of change in the physical geography of the 
time. In some few places an angular divergence between the 
Coalinga beds and the Etchegoin has been observed, though 
this is not the rule. Whatever this change may have been, it 
was quite sufficient to inaugurate a considerable change of 
fauna and, on the whole, a noticeable introduction of more 
recent or modern forms. ‘Two epochs, one marine and the 
other lacustrine, are postulated for the Pliocene; and while 


Vot. IIT] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY bu 


their strata are mutually conformable and no clear evidence 
can now be offered to the contrary, it is not impossible that 
such evidence may be found when the fresh-water series shall 
become better known. 

Deposits of Pleistocene age, in the form of alluvial gravels 
and other superficial and unstratified accumulations, rest un- 
conformably upon strata of all of the older series, including 
those of the Tulare, signifying that a long period of denuda- 
tion intervened between the latter and the late Pleistocene. 


CORRELATIONS 


The minor provinces or basins of the Pacific Coast Tertiary 
deposits have not yet been delimited, and the final correlation 
of strata studied in different parts of the coast region must 
await a fuller knowledge of geographical conditions. Even 
within the limits of California, provincial differences are ap- 
parent, and there is a liability to error unless a degree of 
caution is observed; still within limits some correlation is 
safe and desirable. 

In the Salinas valley, Tertiary strata are known which can 
be satisfactorily compared with those of the Mount Diablo 
range; but in the Coast ranges to the west of the Salinas, 
bordering on the open sea, it is quite likely that both sedimen- 
tation and biological conditions were different. 

Thus far the stratigraphy of the Eocene is only imperfectly 
known and has been less studied in the outer ranges than in 
the Mount Diablo range. Dr. Ralph Arnold’ has given a 
brief and comprehensive sketch of the Eocene occurrences of 
the Coast, in which he has endeavored to recognize in each 
the various subdivisions as thus far described. In its more 
characteristic and better known portion, namely the Tejon, 
such an attempt is certain to be more successful and satisfac- 
tory than in other portions. The Tejon beds occurring in 
the Mount Diablo range are correlated with similar occur- 
rences in all parts of the Coast, including Washington, Oregon, 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. paper, no. 47, pp. 10-17. 


38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


California, and the peninsula of Lower California. Farther 
than this it is not now desired to follow them, though no doubt 
enough is now known of them to render it possible to recog- 
nize their equivalents in other parts of the United States. 

In the same paper Dr. Arnold has mentioned supposed oc- 
currences of Oligocene rocks at various points on the West- 
coast and has described a formation which he calls the San 
Lorenzo, which he doubtfully refers to this horizon. The 
fauna as there described is essentially Eocene, though it con- 
tains many species occurring in the lower Miocene as else- 
where known. It is quite likely, though not yet proved, that 
the Upper Eocene shales of the central Mount Diablo section 
should be correlated with the San Lorenzo. In the same way 
they may be correlated with the upper part of the Sespe for- 
mation described by Eldridge and Arnold’ as occurring in the 
mountains of Ventura county, and tentatively classed as 
Oligocene. 

The horizons of the Miocene can be safely correlated only 
within narrower limits, and it is not now intended to extend 
such correlation beyond the immediate environs of the Mount 
Diablo range. 

Homer Hamlin’* has described certain beds under the name 
“Vaquero Sandstone”, and Dr. Fairbanks* and Arnold* have 
repeatedly employed the same name in various papers. The 
type locality from which the name is derived, however, lacks 
thus far any faunal or even stratigraphical description, and 
as it can not be found on any published or official map of the 
state or county in which it is said to exist, it is difficult to 
decide what portion of the Miocene rocks, if indeed any, 
should be classed under this name. The locality has been 
loosely defined as the eastern slope of the Santa Lucia range, 
or the western side of the Salinas valley, etc. Hamlin’s de- 
scription is quite too meager to identify its position in the 
stratigraphic scale, and aside from suggesting that it is not 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Sup. & Ir. no. 89, p. 14. 

2U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 309, pp. 10-12. 

3U. S. Geol. Surv. San Luis folio, p. 4 et seq. 

4Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. v. 43, pp. 19-20; U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. paper 47, pp. 18-19; 
U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 309, pp. 12-17. 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—FURTHER STRATIGRAPHIC STUDY 39 


the basal member of the Neocene, he does not define its place. 
In his attempt to describe the fauna of the “Vaquero Sand- 
stone’ his materials were taken from a series of sandstones 
overlying the Stone canyon coal vein on the west slope of the 
Mount Diablo range. Stratigraphically and faunally it agrees 
with the Temblor beds, as was determined by the writer before 
Mr. Hamlin’s description appeared.* 

Most of the strata that have been described under the name 
“Vaquero Sandstone”, as far as known, represent a well char- 
acterized horizon of the Lower Miocene, and as such are 
without doubt to be correlated with the Temblor beds of the 
Mount Diablo range. 

The Monterey shales occurring in the Middle Miocene of 
California have generally been called by that name; hence 
little is to be said regarding their correlation with the same 
in the Mount Diablo range. In general, however, there is a 
tendency to trust too far to lithological characters in their 
identification, and it is not unlikely that error has thus origin- 
ated more than once in the application of this name. 

The San Pablo beds described by Dr. J. C. Merriam as oc- 
curring on San Pablo bay, have not yet been sufficiently well 
exploited to enable a close comparison to be made. The fos- 
sils contained in the published lists of the San Pablo bay and 
Kirker’s Pass localities are almost entirely those of the 
Etchegoin, rather than of the Coalinga. The species which 
chiefly characterize the lower series do not appear in the San 
Pablo as at present known, though it is quite possible that a 
greater resemblance will be found when both become better 
known. In the San Pablo at its type localities no mention is 
made of the abundant occurrence of Pecten, Ostrea, Tam- 
iosoma, Chione, Agasoma, V olutilithes, Chorus, Cancellaria, 
Turritella, etc. 

In the former paper the San Pablo, as known from its type 
localities, was correlated with the Etchegoin; and this seems 
to be its closest ally among the stratigraphic series farther 


* As for the name “Vaquero” and its application to any strata outside of the type 
locality, it has no logical standing, and its claim upon accepted usage rests only upon 
assumption. 


40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


south, while in the Salinas valley and elsewhere beds that have 
been generally called San Pablo and otherwise correlated with 
it, are undoubtedly more closely related to the Coalinga. This 
is true of the Santa Margarita beds described by Fairbanks,’ 
which also occur at La Panza Springs, Nacimiento river, and 
on the Estrella and San Lorenzo creeks. The type locality of 
Ostrea titan, Tamiosoma gregaria, Pecten estrellanus, P. 
crassicardo, and many other species described by Conrad, was 
the Estrella creek where Coalinga beds are abundantly fossil- 
iferous. It yet remains to be shown that these beds are prop- 
erly correlated with the San Pablo of the type localities, 
whereas the fauna of the Coalinga beds is unmistakable in 
them, as in the Santa Margarita beds. 

Above the Coalinga beds occurring on the San Juan creek 
west of the Carisa valley, there are 2000 feet or more of strata, 
among which the Etchegoin beds and likewise the San Pablo 
have their place. The equivalents of the Coalinga beds and 
of the Etchegoin, which doubtless occur in other parts of the 
Great valley, have not yet been clearly recognized. The classi- 
fication of the Tulare beds as late Pliocene and their relation 
to the Merced and Paso Robles formations have already been 
mentioned. The angle at which the Tulare beds stand in 
most of their outcrops is evidence of a post-Tulare uplift. It 
is not unlikely that, when all these formations are better 
known, it will be found that during the Tulare epoch the 
Kern-Tulare basin had a more direct relation to the Paso 
Robles and Merced deposits than that of synchronism. 

It would be interesting to trace here the long history of 
crustal movements as they are illustrated in the Mount Diablo 
range; but that topic, along with many other interesting 
features of structure that can not now be taken up, must be 
reserved for future consideration. 


21U. S. Geol. Surv. Pub. San Luis folio, no. 101, p. 5-6. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
March 16, 1908. 


PROCEEDINGS 


Fourth Series 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 
Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. Preliminary Descriptions of Four New Races of Gigantic 
Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John Van 
Menburshiy (Lesmed: December 20) TIC) ious 2 a4 eis we he eee $B .25 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 
Islands, 1905-1906. 
(In progress.) 


VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic ‘Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson, (J/sswed October 
Ha Ae 8 IO yO We ey A LS NG MR VAR TA ABN hae 230 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 
tion of April 18-20, 1906. 


4 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


Vor. III, pp. 41-48 DECEMBER 31, 1908 


Description of a New Species of Sea Snake 
from the Philippine Islands, with a 
Note on the Palatine Teeth 
in the Proteroglypha 


BY 
Joun VAN DENBURGH. 


Curator of the Department of Herpetology 
AND 


JosEPpH C. THompson 
Assistant Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1908 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourtH SERIES 


Vot. III, pp. 41-48 DeEcEMBER 31, 1908 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEA SNAKE 
FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, WITH A 
NOTE ON THE PALATINE TEETH IN 
THE PROTEROGLYPHA 


BY 
JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 
AND 
JOSEPH C. THOMPSON 
Assistant Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


The correctness of the suggestion of the unity of the genera 
Aydrophis and Disteira has been most clearly brought out by 
an examination recently made by Dr. Thompson of the dental 
characters of nearly every known species of sea snake. In 
the species referred by authors to Hydrophis, as well as in 
those placed in the genus Disteira, the teeth behind the fangs 
normally are grooved. This grooving varies from deep and 
wide channels extending the entire length of the tooth and 
readily visible to the unaided eye, to the merest trace, present 
only at the base of the tooth and requiring for its demon- 
stration a magnification of sixty diameters. In the widely 
distributed D. cyanocincta and D. fasciata one not rarely finds 
specimens in which the grooving is absent, or present on the 


December 31, 1908 


42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


anterior teeth only. It is reasonable to expect that when a 
considerable series of any of the species is examined a similar 
variation may be found. 

During the course of this examination it has been discov- 
ered that the palatine teeth of many of the species are grooved. 
The groove is on the antero-internal and on the internal quad- 
rant of the tooth instead of on the antero-external quadrant, 
as in the maxillary teeth. This condition was first observed 
in the type specimen of Hydrelaps darwimiensis. An exam- 
ination of a skull of Naja melanoleuca from Gaboon reveals 
the interesting fact that all the palatine teeth are grooved on 
their internal quadrants, and all the mandibular teeth are 
grooved on their antero-external quadrants. The palatine 
teeth are grooved also in the genera Pseudelaps, Diamema, 
Bungarus, Dohophis, and Elaps. In Dendraspis they are solid. 

Among a large number of marine snakes collected by Dr. 
Thompson at Cavite, Manila Bay, in 1906, are nineteen speci- 
mens which we are unable to identify with any of the de- 
scribed species of Hydrophine. This new species of Disteira 
we propose to name for the U. S. S. Cincinnati, to the crew 
of which the junior author is deeply indebted for much aid 
in collecting sea-snakes. 


Disteira cincinnatii new species 


Diagnosis.—This species is closely related to D. fasciata Schneider and 
D. brookti Boulenger. From D. fasciata it differs in being much stouter; 
in the narrow portion of the neck being shorter; in the lower average 
number of gastrosteges’; in the arching of the maxilla between the fang 
and first tooth, and the absence of an acute apex in front of the fangs; 
and in the less acute posterior angle of the frontal plate. From D. brooki 
it differs in the lower average number of gastrosteges; in the character 
of the scales on the sides of the body, which are mostly regular hexagons 
or are a trifle broader than long, where in D. brookii the upper and lower 
angles of the scales are very acute and the laterals are twice the size of 
the scales on the back. In D. brookwu the snout is much broader. 


Type.—Adult male. California Academy of Sciences, No. 15016. One 
mile N. E. of Cavite, Manila Bay, Philippine Islands. Dr. J. C. Thomp- 
son. December 20, 1906. 


1Average in twenty specimens of D. cincinnati is 361, while in twenty-six D. 
fasciata it is 417. 


a a ee ny ee oe ——. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH AND THOMPSON—NEW SEA SNAKE 43 


Description of the Type—Head not distinct from neck, convex above; 
snout tapering and slightly projecting; eye large, its diameter equaling 
one and a half times its distance from mouth. Neck small, less than one- 
third greatest depth of body, slender portion short, less than one-fourth 
total length. Body compressed, width less than one-half depth, greatest 
depth about three and one-half times that of neck. Tail about one-tenth 
total length. Rostral nearly as deep as broad, breadth .0024M., depth 
.0021M.; sutures with first labial converge a trifle above, upper angle a 
little less than a right angle; facet for nasal .0012M., longer than facet 
for labial; lower border with convex median protuberance about one 
millimeter wide, fitting into deep concavity in mental; on each side of this 
protuberance are little concavities into which fit external superior angles 
of mental; portion of rostral visible from above about one mm. long. 
Nasal .003M. long, .002M. wide; anterior border formed by facets for 
rostral and first labial, latter shorter; mutual facet straight, .0023M. long; 
posterior borders of nasals nearly in straight line, if anything forming 
an angle with apex posterior; facet for second labial divided into two 
portions by suture running from anterior external quadrant of nostril out- 
ward and slightly forward to middle of second labial; nostril oval, long 
axis (.0008M.) parallel to suture of nasal and rostral plates; between 
nostril and prefrontal plate is a dent or suggestion of suture in nasal shield. 
Prefrontal broadly in contact with its fellow and second labial; length 
.0015M.; breadth .002M.; mutual suture .0009M.; anterior external angle 
acute; facet for frontal .0012M., a trifle longer than that for supraocular; 
facet for preocular .001M. Frontal one and one half times as long as 
broad, length .003M., breadth .0019M.; .003M. from rostral; supraocular 
facets .0014M., parallel; parietal facet .0014M.; posterior angle barely 
acute; anterior angle obtuse. Parietal .003M. long, .0025M. wide; mutual 
suture .0028M.; anterior angle obtuse; facet for superior postocular 
.0005M.; facet for anterior temporal .0014M., posterior .0024M.; posterior 
angle rounded, touching a single scale which lies between the azygos shield 
and posterior temporal. Preocular one, in contact with second and third 
labials. Postoculars two (normally one), superior a little larger. Tem- 
porals one followed by one; posterior larger, its suture with parietal 
nearly twice as long as that of anterior. Superior labials six; third and 
fourth entering eye; first nearly square; second greatly produced upward 
and backward, touching preocular and prefrontal. Mental .0018M. wide, 
.0007M. long. Infralabials eight; first in contact with its fellow; fourth 
very small; fifth largest. Genials in two pairs; subequal; anterior in con- 
tact; posterior partially separated by a single scale. Gastrosteges 360; 
distinct throughout; nearly all with two tubercles; on anterior part of 
body vary from one and one-fourth times to nearly twice size of scales 
in adjoining row. Preanals five; outer pair about three times as large as 
inner. Scales on neck in 28 rows, subimbricate, smooth, longer than broad, 
with truncate apex; on body, in 44 rows, oblong in a few median dorsal 
rows, majority on sides as broad as long, some a trifle broader than long; 
smooth on anterior portion of body, gradually acquiring a single tubercle 
and changing to hexagonal type posteriorly. . 


44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Head black; neck black with light vertical bars or incomplete rings, the 
first just behind the head; body black marked with lighter rings; tail black 
with light rings or vertical bars. The light bars or rings are much wider 
on the sides and below than on the back. The upper portion of each 
light ring is gray, while the lower half or more is clear yellow. The 
tubercles of the gastrosteges are black. There are 45 bands on the body 
and six on the tail. 

Total length 752 mm. 
Length of tail 77 mm. 
Diameter of neck 6 mm. 
Diameter of body 20. mm. 


Variation—The following table shows the variation in 
the more important characters: 


Diam- | Scale 


Length eter Rows 5) in x a “q | Bands 
cimen Ea Bid ls} es 22) 5 
Sot nia |e] ela) g 8 S| eas = Saline 
So i|e|S/el|ea]s| @] 2] 2] Sisal s| oa 
fA HI/42/91/4/8)1 6 ||] laa) Be] Asa 
SOO] eer ATA | 4515 115) 271 40)333)4 | 1.| 1 | 7 |1-1) 4613 
T5Q0O2Z0 ea es 487 |41] 6 | 14|28/42|365| 4] 1] 1 | 6 {1-1/41} 1 
L5OOS Se eye @ | 518 | 47| 6 | 14] 26|39;370| 4) 1] 1 | 6 |1-1)44| 4 
LSOOF eee @ | 579145] 6 | 16] 29] 46}394) 4] 11] 1 | 6 J1-1)49] 5 
IESTOO Sys aati | 587 161] 6115] 26] 41]345| 4 | 1 | 1 |6-7/1-1) 43} 4 
P5OO0G EERE hie © | 676 | 69) 6 |16|24|}38|323| 4 | 1 {1-2} 6 |1-1141] 5 
iBOOT eee 679 |71| 6 |17)25|38 [381] 4) 1] 1 |s-6|-5/47| 4 
USO Rls dea ao | 701 154] 6 | 23|29|441371| 4] 1] 1 | 6 11-1153] 4 
TSO0O see ee 717 |74| 6 | 20| 26} 42|358| 411) 1 | 6 |1-1/54] 5 
PSOLO Reed ele | 718 | 80] 6 | 21} 27) 44) 365] 4 | 1] 1 | 6 |1-1) 46) 4 
SOU oe he 721 |77| 6 | 18| 28} 42|356| 4 | 1 |1-0|7-8|1-1] 47 | 3 
PSOT 2H ey ni B'| 723. \75 6 | 19°27) 44336) 4) i 1) 6 Vaan 
USO US a ele ae 2 | 743 | 59] 6 | 26) 28|42|390} 4 | 1] 1 | 6 J1-1/ 49} 3 
SOA area de © | 748 |67| 6 | 23| 28) 42| 384) 4) 1] 1 | 6 |1-1) 46] 6 
SOT SRS fs Q | 752 |58| 7 | 24) 28) 44) 379] 4 | 1 | 1 | 6 J1-1/ 47) 3 
15016 Type ....| g'| 752 |77| 6 | 20} 28| 44 | 360) 5 | 1 | 2 | 6 |1-1] 45] 6 
LESSON ARISE LANNE 771 |67| 6 | 21 | 26| 42| 380} 4 | 1 | 1 |6-7}1-1| 49} 6 
T5OUS eae L8ONTIN FT 20 NZS VA So5 | selon lone a2 es 
British Museum] ‘| 651 | 66 28|41|320| 4 | 1 |1-2| 7 |1-1]50} 3 
Senckenberg... 340 | 32 29 | 44 | 386 
Average... 27 \A2N 361) 41) 16 WoL 


An accurate idea of the difference in the length of the tail 
between the male and the female is to be seen in the specimens 
No.) 15016" andi No» 150152 this is) 7Ol9Me or exactly yZ ae 
longer in the male. 

In No. 15002 the right anterior temporal enters the rim 
of mouth, and the left is fused with the sixth superior labial. 

Fresh Coloration.—The following notes on coloration were 
made from fresh specimens. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH AND THOMPSON—NEW SEA SNAKE 45 


No. 15001.—Body rings, above yellowish greenish gray, 
sides and below ochre yellow; demarcation not distinct, on 
about the ninth scale row. 

No. 15002.—Head and neck shiny jet black, body dull 
black, tail blacker; on nape two oblong yellow spots; on neck 
and body forty yellow spots on each side, the majority con- 
fluent across back; on tail, one similar mark and a faint yel- 
low spot behind it. The upper third of each spot on body is 
olive yellow, the lower two-thirds are orange yellow. These 
spots at widest part on body average one to one and one-half 
scales narrower than the black body-color between them. 

No. 15010.—Head and neck for over 100 mm. shiny jet 
black; latter with canary-yellow bars, the first represented by 
two little oblong patches three scales behind the posterior 
temporals. The black bars on the body average nine scales 
long on the middorsal line, and four or five on the middle of 
the sides. The light markings are grayish olive yellow above 
and orange below; there is an abrupt line of demarcation on 
about the eleventh to twelfth row of scales. Tail dull black, 
the yellow clear, no olive above. 

No. 15012.—Light markings olive gray above, light yellow- 
ish gray on sides, demarcation fairly sharp on about the 
eleventh row of scales. 

Anatomical Notes.—In the maxilla are positions for two 
fangs, the inner a trifle the more anterior. There usually is 
one fang firmly cemented into place, and another nearly erect 
but loose. The fangs are compressed laterally and are about 
one millimeter long. The space between the base of the outer 
fang and the center of the base of the first tooth is a little 
more than the length of the fang. There are five teeth, about 
two-thirds the length of the fang; the grooving is on the 
anterior and outer quadrant. 

The hemipenis (from specimen No. 15012) is bifurcate; 
with the organ everted and inflated the distance from an apex 
to the bottom of the division is .0004M.; sulcus bifurcate for 
a distance of .0026M. from apex. Apex and portion between 
rami of sulcus smooth. Papillz border smooth area for about 
two indistinct rows. Spines begin about the middle of the 


46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


rami of the sulcus and extend to .013M. from apex; they are 
very uniform in size. There is a basal papilla on the smooth 
portion of the base of the organ opposite the sulcus; this is 
-OO3M. from the spinous area and .0155M. from the apex. 
This papilla is triangular, about .0012M. long, and its apex 
points toward the base of the organ and is free for about 
-0004M. We have found such a basal papilla also in Lapemis 
hardwicku, Disteira ornata and Disteira cyanocincta. Its pres- 
ence in Disteira stokesii is indicated in the figure given by Cope. 
According to Cope’s figure it does not exist in Hydrus platurus 
and we have found it wanting in Laticauda colubrina. 
Habits.—This species is rarely seen in the daytime, and has 
not been observed floating on the surface during the day, as 
has been the case with Disteira cyanocincta. When it comes 
to the suface for air it swims directly upward at great speed, 
with the neck and anterior third of the body straight and the 
tail and posterior portion of body undulating, the head rises 
about a centimeter above the surface of the water, and then, 
instantly, the animal turns and dives vertically down out of 
sight. At night, in the area illuminated by the gangway lights, 
they are seen swimming slowly and horizontally at the sur- 
face, the neck nearly straight or curving slightly while the 
posterior third of the snake is in motion. All the specimens 
were taken with a dip-net from the gangway of the ship after 
dark. A light was hung over the side near the water, attract- 
ing crustacea and fish. There is no reason to believe the 
serpents were drawn by the light, for they would swim in 
and out of the illuminated area quite as though it were not 
there. They are fairly easy to capture and are extremely 
helpless when out of the water. The only food found in the 
stomachs of the series of nineteen snakes was four specimens 
of a small eel belonging in the genus Murenichthys. These 
eels were submitted to Professor Charles H. Gilbert of Stan- 
ford University and pronounced by him to belong to an un- 
described species which has since been named Murenichthys 
thompsom Jordan and Richardson.’ The ship was anchored 


1pr. Gilbert writes us, “I regret we have no knowledge of its [Murenichthys 
thompsoni] habits, and can only say that the probabilities are much in favor of its 
being a bottom form living in moderate depths (within fifty fathoms).” 


Vou. TI] VAN DENBURGH AND THOMPSON—NEW SEA SNAKE 47 


in about twelve fathoms of water at the time these snakes 
were collected. Two females collected January 6, 1907, each 
contained three embryos. The heart of one embryo was found 
beating fifty-six times per minute, one hour after the death 
of the mother in alcohol. 

Material.—In addition to the eighteen specimens of this 
snake in the Academy’s collection and the one presented by 
Dr. Thompson to the British Museum, we know of but one 
other specimen of Disteira cincinnatii. This is No. 9281.1a 
Senckenberg Museum and is mentioned by Boettger in his 
catalogue of snakes as Hydrophis fasciatus collected by Moel- 
lendorff at Manila. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
December 7, 1908. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I : 
Disteira cincinnati new species 


From the specimen in the British Museum. No. 08-3-19-1. Male. 
: hone Snanged, three times. 


UID) POU, 


‘Ty divig [NOSaWOH], 9 HHNENgl NVA] 


TIOAHSS wy IOS avay Wy doe, 


site 


PROCEEDINGS 


Fourth Series 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 
Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Descriptions of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 20, 1907).................. 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 
Islands, 1905-1906. 
(ln progress.) 


VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jsswed October 
SU OSTATIC BR OSA OL Rok MO te UU CNET LON Tn Ae aot MENON Mec AYN ae) 
Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha.. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
Sone (Assad IEcemhen) SU CHIE st es Lael oN, Cae 


~ 


£30 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the ComtaEta: 


tion of April, 1906. 


Miers Ga 
ah 
MoU) 


ie As 
itetatte 
a, 


ut 
vane 


) 


rae 
Hache 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


a CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


Vot. III, pp. 49-56 December 20, 190° 


New and Previously Unrecorded Species of 
Reptiles and Amphibians from the 
Island of Formosa 


BY 
Joun Van DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


~AyiS0 nian Instit, is 
f oS ’ 4} 
SAN FRANCISCO { DEC 28 1909 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY ; 
he wa 
1909 onal Musee 


Aaa 
aa 


1 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


Vor. III, pp. 49-56 DECEMBER 20, 1909 


NEW AND PREVIOUSLY UNRECORDED SPECIES 
OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM 
THE ISLAND OF FORMOSA 


BY 
JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


The herpetological fauna of the island of Formosa has 
been represented in museums by but few specimens, and our 
knowledge of it has been correspondingly fragmentary. It 
has been, therefore, a source of much pleasure recently to re- 
ceive from this island a collection of some two thousand speci- 
mens, beautifully prepared and carefully labeled as to locali- 
ties. This collection is of extreme interest since, in addition 
to the species previously recorded from Formosa, it in- 
cludes many species not hitherto known to occur in this island. 
Some of these are already known from examples secured 
either in the Riu Kiu Islands, to the north, or from continental 
Asia. Others, including a representative of a new genus, 
are new to science. 

This paper is intended merely as a preliminary record of 
the new and unrecorded species. A more complete report 
upon the collection must await further study. 


December 20, 1909 


50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Ophisaurus harti Boulenger? 


The presence in Formosa of a species of Ophisaurus 
is attested by a specimen now in the Taiwan Medical School. 
This specimen was collected, by the late Rev. Mr. MacKay, at 
Tamsue. Another specimen, collected at Shinchiku, was for- 
merly in this museum, but has been lost. We have not as yet 
secured a specimen, but our collector states that individuals 
-have been seen at Takao sunning themselves on a stone wall 
that borders a grove of screw pines. 

The general relationship of the fauna would lead one to 
suspect that the Ophisaurus of Formosa is probably identical 
with Boulenger’s O. harti from Fokien, China; but the notes 
which I have received concerning the specimen in the Medical 
School indicate that the Formosan lizard is distinct. The 
matter must remain undecided until a specimen is received for 
examination. 


Takydromus septentrionalis Giinther 


The collection includes a number of specimens of this 
lizard from the Pescadores, as well as a large series from 
Taihoku, Koshun, Polisia, Taipeh, and Keelung, Formosa. 


Takydromus sauteri new species 


Diagnosis.—Dorsals large, in regular series; four pairs of postmental 
shields; one inguinal pore on each side; head and tail much elongate; 
color above bright green; upper lip and lower surfaces white. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18001. Koshun, Formosa. 


Takydromus kuehnei new species 


Diagnosis—Dorsals large, in regular series; four pairs of postmental 
shields; four or five inguinal pores on each side; head elongate; olive or 
olive brown above, with dark olive brown lateral streak, lower surfaces 
white. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18002. Kanshirei, For- 
mosa. 


Polyodontophis collaris Gray 


This snake, which previously has not been reported from 
Formosa, is represented in the collection by two specimens 


Vo.. III] VAN DENBURGH—NEW REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 51 


from Kanshirei. Boulenger has recorded the species from 
Fokien, China. 


Pseudagkistrodon new genus 


Maxillary teeth thirteen, moderate, subequal, followed, without an 
interspace, by two extremely large fangs. Dentary not movable on 
articular. Mandibular teeth subequal. Head elongate, moderately dis- 
tinct from neck. Eye large, with round pupil, completely separated from 
labials by a series of suboculars. Body stout; scales strongly keeled, in 
23-24 rows, without apical pits. Gastrosteges rounded. Anal divided. 
Urosteges in two rows. Tail moderate. Hypapophyses present through- 
out vertebral column. 


This remarkable new genus appears to be most closely 
allied to Macropisthodon. The maxillary bone is very short. 
The two long teeth lie horizontally and directed inward and 
backward, in such position that it is difficult to see how they 
can be used. Their posterior edges are sharp. The posterior 
portion of the palatine is much thickened. The quadrate is 
of extreme length. Externally the genus may be distinguished 
by the complete series of oculars surrounding the eye. 

The type and only known species of the genus is: 


Pseudagkistrodon carinatus new species 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18003. Formosa. 


Description of the Type—General form rather short, moderately stout, 
head elongate, tail moderate. Rostral twice as broad as deep; internasals 
a little broader than long, nearly as long as prefrontals; frontal longer 
than broad, nearly as long as parietals, longer than its distance from end 
of snout; supraocular in contact with prefrontal; all upper head plates 
roughened; loreal very small; eye bordered in front, below and behind 
by a series of nine small plates; temporals 3-4, strongly keeled; supra- 
labials seven, fifth or sixth largest; infralabials nine, first in contact 
with its fellow; anterior genials smaller than posterior, in contact with 
first four infralabials; posterior genials separated from first gastrostege 
by one plate; scales very strongly keeled, in twenty-three rows, those 
of outer row nearly twice as large as those above; gastrosteges 141; anal 
divided; urosteges in two series, 64 and tip. 

Head uniform brown above, yellowish white below; rostral, sub- 
oculars and supralabials yellowish white, the latter clouded with brown; 
a dark streak from rostral through nostril and eye to upper part of 
last labial. Body grayish or yellowish brown above; anteriorly with 
large, irregular, dark brown, sometimes black-edged, blotches separated 


52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


by angular pale areas. Sides with smaller alternating dark blotches. 
Posteriorly the blotches become much smaller and are disposed in trans- 
verse series of three. Lower surfaces yellowish white, dotted, clouded 
or marbled with dark brown. : 


Ieen oth tO WaMu; Acta ueyeneerepeererae enero 543 mm. 
Length of tailiy .2 5.00. c tee ei uel 173 mm. 


A second specimen from Toroku, Formosa, caught in 
1905, is in the Sanitary Laboratorium, Formosa. A third 
specimen, received by the Academy, was collected at Mt. 
Arisan, Central Formosa. In coloration and form this serpent 
is, at first glance, strongly suggestive of Agkistrodon acutus, 
although on direct comparison they appear very dissimilar. 


Natrix copei new species 


Diagnosis —Maxillary teeth about 21, gradually increasing in size 
posteriorly, not followed by abruptly enlarged ones. Head distinct from 
neck. Eye rather large with round pupil; lateral. Internasal shields 
broadly truncate anteriorly. Anal divided. Scales in seventeen rows. 
Temporals 1-1 or 2-2. Seven supralabials; third and fourth entering the 
eye. Gastrosteges 125-128. Urosteges 76. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18004. Kanshirei, For- 
mosa, April, 1909. 


Description of the Type—Eye rather large; rostral once and a half as 
broad as deep, scarcely visible from above; internasals shorter than pre- 
frontals; frontal much longer than broad, longer than its distance from 
end of snout, shorter than parietals; loreal about as deep as long; one 
preocular; three postoculars; temporals 1-1; seven upper labials, third 
and fourth entering eye; four lower labials in contact with anterior geni- 
als; posterior genials much longer than anterior; scales in 17 rows, 
strongly keeled except first row where smooth or weakly keeled; gas- 
trosteges 123; urosteges divided; anal divided. 

Head nearly uniform brown; labials light with blackish edges. Upper 
surfaces of body and tail rather dark brown with a suggestion of a paler 
brown stripe on each side along the fourth, fifth and sixth scale-rows, 
and indications of small blackish spots medially and laterally. Outer 
row of scales lighter, clouded with slate. Belly yellow, with a more or 
less wedged-shaped blackish spot near the outer extremity of each gas- 
trostege and urostege forming a distinct series along each side of the 
belly and tail. 


Weneth to vantis me Aye see ere mle eereievele a teleicyele 320 mm. 
Wengthyoticatlioed). sels cee sehen tee. 54 mm. (broken) 
This is a most clearly defined species, since the very 
small number of gastrosteges occurs in no other Asiatic mem- 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—NEW REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 53 


ber of the group with seventeen scale-rows. I have examined 
specimens from Kosempo and Kanshirei, Formosa. It gives 
“me much pleasure to name this species in memory of Professor 
Cope, whose studies have thrown so much light upon the 
relationship of the species of natricine snakes. 


Elaphe porphyracea (Cantor) 


Mr. Boulenger has recorded four specimens from Fokien, 
China. It is of much interest to find that the species occurs 
also in Formosa, where it has been taken at Kanshirei, Shin- 
chiku and Giran. 


Oligodon ornatus new species 


Diagnosis.—Scales in 15 rows, anal divided; nasal undivided; post- 
oculars two, supralabials seven, ithe sixth excluded from the labial 
margin; gastrosteges 161. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18005. Shinchiku, For- 
mosa. 


Description of the Type—Nasal undivided; portion of rostral visible 
from above much shorter than its distance from frontal; suture between in- 
ternasals shorter than that between prefrontals; frontal a little shorter than 
its distance from end of snout, much shorter than parietals; loreal united 
with prefrontal; one preocular; two postoculars; temporals 1-2; seven 
supralabials, the third and fourth entering the eye, the sixth excluded 
from the labial margin; four infralabials, in contact with anterior genials; 
posterior genials but little smaller than anterior; scales in fifteen rows; 
gastrosteges 161, angulate laterally; anal divided; urosteges 37, in two 
series. 


Light brown above, with nine transverse, dark brown blotches on the 
body and two on the tail. These blotches are edged with whitish yellow 
and are serrate in outline. Midway between these large blotches are 
transverse series of small brown spots. Head yellowish brown with 
dark brown markings consisting of a blotch on rostral and nasals, a 
cross band from prefrontal region through eyes to third, fourth and 
hfth labials, and a V-shaped band from posterior part of frontal across 
parietals and second series of temporals to angle of mouth. A large 
blotch, bifid posteriorly, on nape and posterior portions of parietals. 
Lower surfaces yellowish white, with quadrate black spots on many of 
the gastrosteges and irregular spots on the anterior urosteges. 


IWerieriinetom eauisey ne wn ail) feta ed eo Sonia tam te 292 mm. 
IDS ON, TENG. ee Re SOROS Ss RMA e MBN Arig 51 mm. 


The type specimen‘is the only one we have obtained, but in 


54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 47H Ser. 


the Taiwan Museum is one said to have been collected at 
Horisha, Formosa. ; 

This species combines several of the characters of O. tem- 
pletoni and subgriseus but seems to be distinct from both. 
It resembles O. waandersu and melanocephalus in the pos- 
session of an undivided nasal plate. 


Callophis macclellandii (Reinhardt) ? 


In the Taiwan Library is a peculiar specimen of a Callophis 
which differs so much from the usual C. macclellandii that our 
collector, failing to secure a specimen like it, has sent us a 
photograph and some careful notes concerning it. The speci- 
mien in question was collected at Giran, Formosa. 

The left maxilla has been destroyed. No small teeth could 
be made out on the right maxilla. There are one pre- and 
two postoculars; seven supralabials, the third and fourth enter- 
ing the eye; frontal nearly as long as the parietal; temporals 
1-1; genials nearly equal, anterior in contact with anterior four 
infralabials; scales in thirteen rows; gastrosteges 243; uro- 
steges 29; anal divided; tail ending in a spine-like scale. 

The head is black with a white band across adjoining 
halves of the sixth and seventh labials, the temporals, anterior 
half of parietals and posterior third of frontal. There is a 
black dorsal stripe covering the median scale-row and half 
of the adjoining row on each side. External to this is a 
brown stripe covering two and one-half rows, while the outer 
three rows are occupied by a black lateral stripe. This outer 
black stripe is interrupted by twenty-one white spots, each 
followed by a black blotch which encroaches on the fourth 
scale-row and on a gastrostege. These white spots are farther” 
apart and smaller posteriorly. Gastrosteges with black spots 
and cross bars for about one-third of surface. 

There is some doubt as to whether this specimen represents 
an undescribed species or merely an individual variation from 
the usual coloration of C. macclellandii but it seems best to 
regard it as the latter, at least until a specimen is received. 

We have received C.:maccellandiu from Kosempo and Sui- 
shako, Formosa. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—NEW REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 55 


Amblycephalus formosensis new species 


Diagnosis—Loreal and preocular distinct; a long subocular sepa- 
rating eye from labials; prefrontal entering eye; scales smooth; eye 
bordered by four shields; gastrosteges 171; urosteges 80. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18006. Kanshirei, For- 
mosa, March 27, 1909. 


Description of the Type—Rostral as deep as broad; internasals about 
half the length of prefrontals; frontal little longer than broad, longer 
than its distance from end of snout, much shorter than parietals; a 
small interparietal; loreal deeper than long; eye surrounded by supra- 
ocular, prefrontal, one preocular, long crescentic subocular, and one post- 
ocular; temporals 2-3; supralabials seven, last two elongate, none entering 
eye; first lower labial not meeting its fellow; three pairs of large chin 
shields, first longer than broad. Scales smooth, in fifteen rows, vertebral 
row enlarged. Gastrosteges 171. Anal entire. Urosteges 80, plus tip. 

Snout yellow; tip of head grayish brown dotted with black; an 
irregular black streak from supraocular to side of neck; side of head 
yellow, a row of small blackish spots from first lower temporal across 
last two supralabials to near tip of second gastrostege. Upper surfaces 
brownish yellow with dark brown or blackish transverse bars or blotches, 
usually interrupted along the spine, 47 to 50 on body and neck, and 
about 14 on tail. Below, yellowish white, sparingly dotted with black. 


Wengilimp tow amuse rye eters ese celery tea ars hens meh 208 mm. 
Sei ny SUE 0] 1 (a cae 1A atte Ole Ee Re 66 mm. 


Agkistrodon acutus Giinther 


This interesting addition to the known fauna of Formosa 
is represented in the collection by three specimens from 
Koshun. In the Tatwan Medical School is a specimen from 


Shinchiku. Mr. Boulenger has recorded this species from 
Fokien, China. 


Rana namiyei Stejneger 


The collection contains numerous specimens which agree 
with Stejneger’s description of the type from Okinawashima, 
Riu Kiu. These are from Kanshirei and Polisia, Formosa. 


Rana latouchii Boulenger 


A very large series of frogs from Kanshirei, Formosa, 
evidently represent this species, which Boulenger described 
from Fokien specimens. 


56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Rana taipehensis new species 


Diagnosis—Allied to Rana erythrea. Vomerine teeth in two oblique 
groups between and extending behind choanz; interorbital space broader 
than upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, two-thirds diameter of eye. 
Fingers moderately slender, with expanded tips, first not longer than 
second. Toes slender, moderately webbed, three phalanges of fourth 
toe free; two small metatarsal tubercles; tibio-tarsal joint reaches nostril; 
thighs overlap. Distinct, rather broad, dorsolateral fold; a narrower 
lateral fold. Skin smooth. Bluish gray above; upper lip, dorsolateral 
and lateral folds white; loreal and tympanic regions, area between dorso- 
lateral and lateral folds and stripe above dorsolateral fold blackish. 
Limbs with longitudinal dark stripes. Lower surfaces yellowish white. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18007. Taipeh, Formosa. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
November 15, 1909. 


F Fourth Se eries 


“VOLUME u 


ae Oe tie. California ‘Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 
- Islands, oe 19066. ¢ 54 nt , i 

| Pages 1-6. Preliminary - Descriptions of Four ‘New. Races fo 
_ Gigantic a Tortoises. from the Galapagos’ Islands, By John 
Van Denburgh. ee December 20, LO: By ac RU NIE. 


) 


ty oe Ne 


VOLUME ain 


Expedition ot thie California Academy of Sciences to. the Galapagos 
p Aslaness 1905-1906. te aN 
au Wee n progress) 


eae a VOLUME IIL 


Pages 1-40, a Hunter ‘Stratigraphic ‘Study in the ‘Mount Diablo 
Oo aig es California. Bae Frank M. Anderson,” heed October 
Pages 41-48. Desceiguad of a New. Snecical of Sea Sua fron the 
ae Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in. the 
_ Proteroglypha. — By John. Van Denburgh and Joseph (Os Ee 
son, (Issued December 3l, Measy ey eke re an eae 
"Pages 49-56. New and Previously Untetorded Species of Ropes. 
and Amphibians. from the Island of Formosa. By John Vann fy 
bene ee December 20, AID PAN RA ee MURMUR NLS ba 645, 


é i, pk 
" Y si 


The eae cannot ae any. of its anlanane issued before the: 
hs “year 1907, its entire reserve see having been destroyed in. the conflagra- 
; _tion of cay 1906. LT PU NAN Mec ook a Meteo: ay 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


Vot. III, pp. 57-72 September 17, 1910 


Water Birds of the Vicinity of 
Point Pinos, California 


BY 
Roitto Howarp BEecK 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1910 


‘3 
ee 

9 Ree 
pie i 


bg 


Win tie 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourtTH SERIES 


Vou. ITI, pp. 57-72. September 17, 1910 


WATER BIRDS.OF THE VICINITY OF POINT PINOS, 
CALIFORNIA 


BY ROLLO HOWARD BECK 


Durtinc the period between March 1, 1903, and July 13, 1910, 
while in the service of the California Academy of Sciences as 
chief field assistant, I spent considerable time in collecting 
water birds in the general vicinage of Point Pinos—Monterey 
Bay and the adjacent ocean. The precise periods of my activ- 
ity were from September 8 to September 29, November 9 to 
- December 31, 1903; March 1 to April 27, 1904; November 2, 
1904, to February 25, 1905; February 13, 1907, to February 6, 
1908; August 12, 1909, to January 22, 1910. 

While my efforts were directed chiefly to collecting and 
preparing specimens, I availed myself of such opportunity as 
was afforded to make notes on the relative abundance and time 
of occurrénce of the birds that came under observation, and the 
results are summarized in the following pages. When deemed 
expedient to supplement my own observations, I have freely 
incorporated those of Mr. Loomis as reported in his papers on 
California water birds, published in the “Proceedings of the 
California Academy of Sciences,” 2d ser., v. 5, pp. 177-224; 
ibid., v. 6, pp. 1-30; 3d ser., Zool., v. 2, pp. 277-322; ibid., pp. 
349-363. 

With the exception of the omission of the vernacular and 
technical names of the subspecies, the nomenclature in the 
following pages conforms to the third edition of the A. O. U. 
Check-List. 

September 17, 1910 


58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


In closing this brief prefatory note, I desire to make 
acknowledgment of the assistance rendered in the preparation 
of this paper by Mr. Leverett Mills Loomis, Director of the 
Museum of the California Academy of Sciences, and Mr. 
Edward Winslow Gifford, Assistant Curator of the Depart- 
ment of Ornithology. 


1. AXchmophorus occidentalis. WESTERN GREBE.—This spe- 
cies appears after the breeding season and occurs in varying 
numbers through the winter, being common at times. It 
lingers on into May. It prefers the quiet waters of Monterey 
Bay to the open ocean. 

2. Colymbus holbeelli. Hotpa@ri’s Grese—tIn fall and 
winter this grebe is by no means a rare bird on the bay, espe- 
cially in the harbor at Monterey and along the shore to Pacific 
Grove. Specimens obtained in April and early May are in high 
plumage. 

3. Colymbus auritus. HorNnep Grese—The Horned Grebe 
is apparently less abundant on Monterey Bay than its con- 
gener, the Eared Grebe. It is also a later arrival from breeding 
grounds. Some March and April examples approach high 
plumage. 

4. Colymbus nigricollis, Earep Grese—It appears during 
the middle of summer and remains through the winter, loiter- 
ing on into spring. It is apparently the commonest representa- 
tive of the family visiting Monterey Bay. 

5. Podilymbus podiceps. PiEp-BILLED GREBE—The “Didap- 
per’ is apparently only an estray on Monterey Bay in the 
vicinity of Point Pinos. 

6. Gavia immer. Loon.—Of the three loons found in this 
vicinity, this species seems to be the least numerous. How- 
ever, it is tolerably common in the winter season. The earliest 
and latest dates of capture are October 15 and June 15. 

7. Gavia pacifica. Pactric Loon.—Outnumbering all the 
loons, it is truly abundant at times late in autumn, through the 
winter, and in spring. In 1909, two loons, probably of this 
species, were seen as early as August 19. Great numbers pass 
Point Pinos on their way north at the end of May; stragglers 
remain into June. 

8. Gavia stellata. Rep-ruroatep Loon.—Apparently the 
Red-throated Loon arrives from the north about as early as its 


Vor. IIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 59 


black-throated relatives; the majority appear to depart about a 
month earlier in spring. It is decidedly common at times. 

9. Lunda cirrhata. Turrep Purrin.—Neither Mr. Loomis 
nor myself have observed the “Sea Parrot” in this immediate 
vicinity during January, February, March, and April. Accord- 
ing to our observations it is a rather common visitant at 
intervals during the rest of the year. 

10. Cerorhinca monocerata. RHINOCEROS AUKLET.—So far 
as I am aware, the earliest and latest occurrences in this 
vicinity are September 27 and the middle of May. It is a 
common winter bird; in 1907 it was numerous as early as 
October 14. 

11. Ptychoramphus aleuticus. Cassin’s AUKLET.—Although 
there are no breeding places in the immediate neighborhood of 
Point Pinos, individuals occur in the height of the breeding 
season. Early in August there are inroads from breeding 
resorts. Asa winter bird it is common, though perhaps vary- 
ing in numbers in different years. 

12. Phaleris psittaculas PAroguet AUKLET—TIn January, 
1905, one was taken on the 14th and two on the 17th; all were 
several miles offshore. In January, 1908, twelve were captured 
on the 13th, one on the 15th, and one on the 30th. All were 
found several miles from shore. A dead one was picked up 
on the bath-house beach at Pacific Grove on the 28th. 

13. Synthliboramphus antiquus. ANCIENT MurreLet.—That 
the experience of Mr. Loomis in finding this boreal auk com- 
mon in December, 1894, and January, 1895, was not excep- 
tional, is proved by my own observations. The species is 
certainly a common winter one. In 1907, the first seen were 
six on October 21; by the middle of November they had 
become common. In 1909, two were shot on September 2Z. 
Three stragglers were noted March 22, 1907. 

14. Brachyramphus marmoratus. MarsLepD MuRRELET.—A 
striking instance of variation in abundance and times of occur- 
rence is furnished in this species. Flights of adults similar to 
those noted by Mr. Loomis at the end of July and in August, 
1894, were not witnessed by me. Mr. Loomis found these 
birds common in the midwinter of 1894-1895, while I found 
them scarce in the midwinter of 1904-1905. In 1907, during 
the last of February and through March these murrelets were 
passing north, usually in pairs. A straggler was seen on April 


60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


2. An adult of the vanguard was taken June 22 and a young- 
of-the-year June 29. In 1909, through the fall and during 
December they were not uncommon. In January, 1910, their 
ranks appeared to be thinned, as only a few were met with. 

A male, February 18, had assumed to a considerable extent 
the nuptial dress. March specimens of the Academy’s series 
approach more nearly the complete attire. A male, March 26, 
is apparently in nearly full feather. 

15. Brachyramphus hypoleucus. Xanrtus’s Murreter.—lt 
is a remarkable circumstance that Xantus’s Murrelet, a bird 
breeding in the subtropics, should occur in the vicinity of 
Point Pinos in midwinter with the Ancient Murrelet, a bird 
breeding in boreal regions. My records for the vicinity of 
Point Pinos are as follows: 

From November 24, 1904, to February 4, 1905, Xantus’s 
Murrelets were seen nearly every time a trip was made to the 
seaward of Point Pinos. On the 6th of December eleven were 
captured and on January 2 twenty were seen, ten of which 
were taken. They were common up to the day of my depar- 
ture, February 25. 

In 1907, a pair, flying northward, was seen on April 25; on 
July 29, several pairs were also seen winging their way north- 
ward; eleven specimens were prepared in August after the 
13th of the month; September 2, fifty or more, mostly in pairs, 
were observed as they were flying out of the bay; they were 
common on September 6, one little company numbered half a 
dozen; a few were noted along to December 5. 

During my stay in 1909 they were scarce. 

Mr. Gifford informs me that the lining of the wings in the 
Academy’s series of thirty-six specimens shows a complete 
intergradation between the white and gray aspects said to 
characterize B. hypoleucus and “B. craverw’ respectively. 
Further, No. 10,197 has the lining of the wings chiefly white, 
but exhibits no white on the exposed portion of the inner web 
of the outer primary, and but little of the white tipping on 
the dark colored feathers on the sides of the body. No. 15,820 
has the white lining of the wings and the white inner web of 
the outer primaries, and, when viewed superficially, appears 
to lack the white tipping of the feathers on the sides of the 
body. Closer examination, however, reveals under the surface 
new feathers with white tips. 


Vor. IIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 61 


These facts do not argue well for the validity of “Brachy- 
ramphus craveru.” 

16. Cepphus columba. Piczon GuILLEMoT.—Only an occa- 
sional straggler occurs in winter. In March “Sea Pigeons” 
reappear, and become very common with the advance of 
spring. During the height of the breeding season they retire 
to their breeding places, forsaking the vicinity of Point Pinos 
save when on fishing excursions. By the middle of September 
they cease to be plentiful. The Academy’s series of one 
hundred and thirty-six specimens fairly exhibits the various 
plumages incident to this species. 

17. Uria troille. Murre—Another instance of irregular 
occurrence in the winter season is afforded by this well-known 
resident species. During some years they are more abundant 
in December and January than in others. Visitors, apparently 
coming from nearby rookeries and bent on fishing, are com- 
mon early in summer. The young-of-the-year, unable to fly, 
begin to arrive toward the end of July, the 24th being the 
earliest date of occurrence noted by me. 

18. Megalestris skua. Sxua—The third edition of the A. 
O. U. Check-List ignores the specimen of the Skua obtained 
by Colonel Pike “off Monterey,” at one time in the possession 
of the late George N. Lawrence and now in the American 
Museum of Natural History. It is therefore with no small 
degree of satisfaction that I record a male (No. 10,920 C. A. Si) 
shot by me on Monterey Bay on August 7, 1907. 

19. Stercorarius pomarinus. PoMARINE JAEGER.—Occurs in 
the vicinity of Point Pinos in every month in the year, but it 
is really common only during its passage southward in August, 
September, and October. Intermediate phases predominate. 
The extreme dark phase is not infrequent, but the extreme 
light phase is rare. The Academy’s series of one hundred and 
seventy specimens represents all of these styles. 

These jaegers pursue the gulls and terns, but seldom, if 
ever, molest the shearwaters with whom they often fish. 

20. Stercorarius parasiticus. Parasitic JAEGER.—Not nearly 
as common as its larger relative, the Pomarine Jaeger; still it 
is by no means a rarity. It is most numerous in August and 
September. My latest fall date is November 10, when one 
individual was taken. The Academy has eighty-three speci- 
mens exhibiting the extreme and intermediate phases, 


62 -CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


21. Stercorarius longicaudus. LOoNG-TAILED JAEGER.—The 
male mentioned by Mr. Loomis still remains the only specimen 
on record from this region. 

22. Rissa tridactyla. KiTTIwAKE.—One was taken Novem- 
ber 22, 1904. A few were noted during December, 1904, and 
January, 1905. ~ In February (of) the Matter” year they were 
common. 

On my arrival in February, 1907, I found them common; for 
a time they were the commonest gulls of the vicinity. They 
remained until the latter part of April, several being seen on 
the 25th. In the following autumn, I saw one on the 6th of 
November; they became common in December and in Jan- 
uary, 1908. 

In the fall of 1909 and through the following winter, to the 
end of my stay on January 22, only a few were met with, the 
first on November 15. 

23. Larus hyperboreus. GLAuCcouS GuLL.—To the two 
specimens mentioned by Mr. Loomis, I am able to add a 
third, a white bird captured by Mr. Manuel Duarte in Mon- 
terey Harbor and mounted by him and now on exhibition in 
his store in Monterey. 

24. Larus glaucescens. GLAUCOUS-WINGED GULL.—In this 
vicinity, as elsewhere on the coast of middle California, this 
gull is abundant in the winter season. My earliest date is 
October 25. In 1907, the majority had departed by May 10. 

25. Larus occidentalis. WeESTERN GULL.—Through most of 
the year this gull is abundant. Several sets of eggs were taken 
June 6, 1907, at Point Carmel, where a few pairs of these birds 
nest. 

26. Larus argentatus. HERRING GuLL—While not as 
abundant as the two preceding species, still it is tolerably 
common during the winter season, arriving early in fall and 
- lingering on into May. 

27. Larus californicus. CALIFORNIA GULL.—As in other 
localities along the coast of middle California, this gull is 
abundant in winter. It makes its appearance in this vicinity 
toward the end of summer and departs late in spring. 

28. Larus delawarensis. RING-BILLED GULL.—Found in fall, 
winter, and spring,.but it is not common hereabouts. It 
appears to be a bird of the quieter waters, being more numer- 
ous at the mouth of the Salinas River. 


Vor. IIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 63 


29. Larus canus. Mew Guti.—I learn from Mr. Gifford 
that the characters ascribed to “Larus brachyrhynchus” are all 
to be found in Larus canus, which is a common winter bird on 
this coast. 

30. Larus heermanni. HEERMANN’s GULL.— Migration 
northward from the subtropics and tropics after the breeding 
season is well illustrated in Heermann’s Gulls. They arrive 
from the south in force in June and July and with the advance 
of the season increase in numbers, at times rivaling the most 
abundant of the other gulls. They decline with the approach 
of their breeding season and in April and May are represented 
in this vicinity only by stragglers. By the latter part of Jan- 
uary, 1908, the majority were white-headed. 

31. Larus philadelphia. BoNnaparte’s GuLL.—This is not a 
winter gull in the vicinity of Point Pinos. Three individuals 
December 9 and one December 24, 1907, are all I have to 
supplement Mr. Loomis’s record of December 19, 1894. As a 
bird of passage, it is very common in later April and in May, 
about to the close of the third week. It is common in October 
and remains on into November. 

32. Kema sabini. Sapinr’s GULL.—Ocurring in abundance 
in winter at Callao Bay, Peru, it is not surprising that these 
culls pass Monterey in considerable numbers. 

During the latter part of September, 1903, they were com- 
mon off Point Pinos, journeying southward. Some eighty 
specimens were taken. 

In 1907, about fifty were seen on July 22; they were common 
by July 30 and abundant through most of August; a few were 
noted along during September; the last one seen was on 
October 28. 

In 1909, a few were observed during the last of August and 
through September. One was secured on October 6. 

In returning to their nesting grounds, they apparently keep 
well offshore. I am able to report only eleven birds for the 
return-migration—all observed between the 15th and 21st of 
May, 1907. 

In the Academy’s collection there are one hundred and 
thirty-three specimens from this vicinity. 

33. Sterna maxima. Royat Tern.—Mr. Loomis found the 
Royal Tern decidedly common at intervals during his sojourn 
in December, 1894, and January, 1895. I failed to find them 


. 


64 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


common during any of my visits, further illustrating the varia- 
ble abundance in different years of the water birds of this 
vicinity. 

34. Sterna elegans. ELecanr Trern.—I have never met 
with the Elegant Tern in this locality. Mr. Loomis, however, 
took a number of specimens and saw others during September 
and October, 1896. . 

35. Sterna forsteri. Forster’s TERN.—Forster’s Tern is a 
migrant in this vicinity, passing by in spring and fall. The 
precise status of this and the two following species has not 
been fully worked out in this State. The Academy’s series 
contains seventy-eight California specimens. 

36. Sterna hirundo. Common Tern.—That the Common 
Tern is of common occurrence in California has been entirely 
overlooked in recent years by ornithologists. In 1907, one was 
shot April 29; a few were seen during May, the last on the 
18th. August 2 of the same year one was taken; through 
September they were common and a few tarried on into Octo- 
ber. In 1909, a few were noted on the 27th and 30th of August. 
They were common through September of this year, and a few 
occurred in October. There are one hundred and nine Cali- 
fornian specimens in the Academy’s collection. 

37. Sterna paradiszea. Arctic TerN.—In passing Monterey 
in their migration to the antipodes, they occur inshore in 
varying numbers late in August and in September. The Acad- 
emy’s collection contains twenty specimens from the vicinage 
of Point Pinos. 

38. Sterna antillarum. Lerast Tern.—While not actually 
seen in the immediate neighborhood of Point Pinos, these 
terns probably occur in transitu; as .a small breeding colony is 
established at Moss, near the mouth of the Salinas River. 
August 25, 1903, young birds were just able to fly. The middle 
of June, 1907, nesting was commencing; by August 28 the 
young were awing. 

39. Hydrochelidon nigra. Brack Trern.—On the 9th and 
16th of August, 1907, a few were seen flying southward. Two 
were taken on the 2nd and one on the 6th of the following 
September. On the 6th of September, 1909, two were noticed 
heading southward. 

40. Diomedea nigripes. BLACK-FOOTED ALBATROSS.—Singu- 
larly, “Gonies” were apparently absent from the vicinity of 


Vor. IIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 65 


Point Pinos during my last visit, August 12, 1909, to January 
22, 1910. In 1907, they were seen frequently from April 25 
onward to August 27; then there was a hiatus until January 
28, 1908, when a male was taken. My notes for 1904 and 1905 
show only one occurrence, two individuals on January 30 of 
the latter year. 

41. Diomedea albatrus. SHoRT-TAILED ALBATROSS.—Strange 
to say this albatross has not been taken by me. Only on one 
occasion, December 12, 1904, did I see an albatross that might 
have been this species. Mr. Loomis, however, found it quite 
common in the winter of 1894 and 1895 and in the fall of 1896. 

42. Fulmarus glacialis. FuLtmMar.—April 15, 1904, Fulmars 
were still common. But few were present during the winter of 
1904-1905. In 1907, one was seen October 14, and in November 
they were common. Fully two thousand were observed on the 
19th. Through December and the following January they 
were also common. In 1909, two were noted August 17 and 
a few through October; during November and December and 
in January of 1910, they were Common, and fed largely on 
jelly fish. 

“Fulmarus rodgerst”’ is included under Fulmarus glacialis. 

43. Daption capense. PintTapo PETREL.—Col. Pike’s speci- 
men, now in the American Museum of Natural History, is the 
only one that has been reported from this region. 

44. Puffinus creatopus. PINK-FOOTED SHEARWATER.—These 
shearwaters are common sojourners in this vicinity after their 
breeding season in the South Temperate Zone. Eight individ- 
uals seen February 27, 1907, probably belonged to the van- 
guard of that year. Before the end of November the majority 
take their departure, only stragglers remaining. 

45. Puffinus opisthomelas. BLACK-vENTED SHEARWATER.— 
Coming to this vicinity after their breeding season in the 
subtropics, these shearwaters occur in great numbers, ranking 
second among the petrels in the scale of abundance. Their 
time of arrival varies in different summers. Their numbers 
also vary in different years. My earliest date of occurrence 
in 1907 was July 22, while in 1909 it was September 22. The 
last week of April witnesses their final departure for the 
breeding grounds. 

46. Puffinus griseus. Sooty SHEARWATER.—I have observed 
them in every month of the year. During the height of their 


66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


breeding season in the South Temperate Zone only stragglers 
are present. During the latter part of April they return in 
force, becoming very abundant in May and irregularly so in 
summer and early fall. In 1907, a gathering of fully twenty 
thousand was seen on November 4, a late date for such large 
numbers. 

47. Puffinus tenuirostris. SLENDER-BILLED SHEARWATER.— 
Seemingly they are of regular occurrence in this vicinity in the 
return-migration to the Southern Hemisphere. In some years, 
however, they appear to be more numerous than in others, 
notably in December, 1895, as observed by Mr. Joseph Mail- 
liard. December 2, 1907, was the day of greatest numbers in 
my experience, twenty-nine specimens being secured and oth- 
ers seen in a gathering of over two thousand Black-vented 
Shearwaters. The earliest occurrence coming within my 
observation is October 14, 1907, and the latest, January 30, 
1908, a specimen being taken in each instance. 

48. Puffinus carneipes. FLESH-FOOTED SHEARWATER.—In all, 
ten specimens of this shearwater have been taken by me in 
the vicinity of Point Pinos, adding another species to the list 
of birds of the American side of the Pacific. The specimens 
were obtained under the following dates: November 23, 1903; 
November 24, 1904; February 27, April 29, June 25, August 
27, September 2, and November 4, 1907. 

49. Puffinus bulleri. BULLER’s SHEARWATER.—The A. O. U. 
Check-List has rechristened this bird the “New Zealand Shear- 
water,” and has defined its range as “New Zealand; north 
casually to California.” Ten specimens have been taken by 
me in fall off Point Pinos, double the number recorded from 
New Zealand seas in Godman’s “Monograph of the Petrels.” 
The first recorded specimen from the Northern Hemisphere 
was taken by Mr. Loomis, and noted by him in the fourth of 
his California water bird papers. 

50. Priofinus cinereus. BLACK-TAILED SHEARWATER.—The 
only record we have for this vicinity is the time-honored one 
of Lawrence, based on Pike’s specimen, which is now housed 
in the American Museum of Natural History. 

51. Oceanodroma furcata. FoRK-TAILED PETREL.—In its 
migrations this petrel probably passes Point Pinos well off- 
shore. Sometimes it comes within the shelter of the land. 
Such was the case in June, 1895, when it was plentiful in the 


Vor. IIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 67 


Monterey harbor. Again, early in November, 1903, sixteen 
were taken, and some others seen, on Monterey Bay, about a 
mile off Point Pinos. 

52. Oceanodroma melania. BLAcK PETReL.—September 14, 
1903, a few were found on the south side of Monterey Bay. 

In the spring of 1907, they were first met with on May 27, 
three being shot as they were winging their way northward 
over the ocean, two miles west of Point Pinos. "Two were 
noted on the 28th and two on the 29th. On the 3lst over a 
dozen were seen off Point Cypress. June 3 one was taken. 
June 22, about five miles west of Point Pinos, I saw a dozen 
or more, shooting three of them. June 25 one was captured. 
July 8, several miles northwest of Point Cypress, one was seen 
heading north. On the 22nd, in the same vicinity, about 
thirty were noticed. On the 24th they were quite common 
about eight miles west of Point Pinos; sixteen were captured. 
Six were observed on the 26th. August 12 and 14 single 
individuals were shot and August 19 half a dozen were seen. 
On the 21st and 22nd they were fairly common in the morning, 
feeding in current streaks two or three miles north of Point 
Pinos. Fifteen were taken on the 22nd. August 26 they were 
common. A few were noted on the 27th and 30th. September 
2 a few were encountered about four miles to the northward 
of Point Pinos. On the 14th quite a number were seen in the 
same vicinage, searching for food. They were the last of the 
season, so far as noticed by me. 

September 13, 1909, two were observed on the ocean about 
seven miles west of Point Pinos. 

53. Oceanodroma homochroa. AsHy PEtTrEeL—In 1907, a 
few individuals were observed on May 20. On July 24 several 
were seen, two of them being captured. They were well 
offshore, about eight miles west of Point Pinos. In this situa- 
tion Black Petrels were quite common. August 21 a solitary 
individual, feeding with Black Petrels, was taken on the ocean 
two or three miles north of Point Pinos. 

In the fall of 1909, scattering birds were seen in September, 
the first on the 13th. One was taken on the 20th. October 8 
a specimen was shot, the only one observed during the month. 
On the Ist of November, I went out about eight miles west of 
Point Pinos. A low fog came in toward noon, with rising 
wind and sea, and amumber of Ashy Petrels drifted in with it. 


68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


I put out some bait and secured about twenty in less than 
three hours. Two or three Fork-tailed Petrels put in an 
appearance, one coming close to the boat. On November 4, 
the day’s trip extended six miles out from Point Pinos into a 
bank of fog. Here I saw four of these petrels, two of which 
were secured. 

54. Phalacrocorax auritus. DoOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT.— 
Monterey Bay in the vicinity of Point Pinos does not afford 
the same attractions for these “shags” as the land-locked bays 
of San Francisco and Tomales. During the time of the year 
when they are at large only occasional individuals have been 
observed. There is no rookery in the immediate neighborhood. 

55. Phalacrocorax penicillatus. BRANpDT’s CORMORANT.— 
Brandt’s Cormorants are abundant residents hereabouts. They 
nest on the islets along the shore south of Point Pinos. Sep- 
tember 29, 1909, a few downy young were taken. 

56. Phalacrocorax pelagicus. PELAGIC CoRMORANT.—Com- 
mon residents, but in some nesting seasons they appear to find 
more congenial fishing grounds elsewhere than along the south 
shore of Monterey Bay. 

57. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos. Wuite PELican.— Two 
bands of half a dozen each, heading down the coast, were seen 
November 12, 1904, near Monterey. 

58. Pelecanus californicus. CALIFORNIA BROWN PELICAN.— 
Arriving from the south after their breeding season, they occur 
here commonly, remaining until the advent of the next season 
of reproduction. 

59, Mergus serrator. RED-BREASTED MERGANSER—In the 
period of general distribution, these mergansers-are common 
in this vicinity. 

60. Spatula clypeata. SHoveELLER—The region under con- 
sideration is not a suitable one for river ducks. Incidentally, 
some have been observed as they were passing over. A male 
of the present species was shot December 24, 1907, in the 
vicinity of Point Pinos. 

61. Dafila acuta. Pintam.—August 12, 1907, a male in 
eclipse plumage and a female were shot on Monterey Bay. 

62. Marila collaris. RiING-NECKED DuckK.—A drake is re- 
ported by Mr. Loomis in the second of his series of water bird 
papers. 


Vou. LIT] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS 69 


63. Charitonetta albeola. Burrite-Heap—Mr. Loomis has 
recorded this duck from this vicinity. 

64. Harelda hyemalis. Orp-sguaw.—December 23, 1904, 
one specimen was taken. It was the only one seen by me. 

65. Histrionicus histrionicus. HARLEQUIN DucKx.—June 6, 
1907, an adult male in worn plumage was shot by me at Point 
Carmel. Mr. Loomis captured an adult male July 7, 1894, and 
a female May 25, 1897. 

66. Oidemia americana. Scorer.—In 1909, a pair was seen 
November 1 and another pair November 4. On each occasion 
the male was secured. 

67. Oidemia deglandi. Wuire-wincep Scorer.—Pensioners 
occur through the summer, keeping near the surf. About 
September 1 detachments from the north pass by. In Novem- 
ber their ranks are reinforced. While not so numerous in 
winter as the following species, nevertheless they are common. 

68. Oidemia perspicillata. Surr Scoter.—Flights of Surf 
Scoters occur in October and November. As winter residents, 
they are abundant. During the last of April, 1907, flocks were 
still passing north. As in the preceding species, disabled birds 
are found through the summer. 

69. Erismatura jamaicensis. Ruppy Duck.—It is repre- 
sented in this vicinity during the season of general dispersion. 

70. Branta nigricans. Brack Brant.—Although geese pass 
Point Pinos in some numbers, but one specimen was captured, 
a male Black Brant taken November 8, 1907. On the same day 
three flocks of Black Brant were seen. In 1909, three individ- 
uals of this species were seen on November 26 and eight on 
December 9. 

71. Dendrocygna bicolor. Futvous Tree-Ducx.— Three 
were taken at the mouth of the Carmel River. | 

72. Ardea herodias. Great BLUE Heron.—Atfter the nesting 
season has passed, solitary individuals are occasionally seen 
flying over the bay and ocean or sitting on the rocks and kelp 
along the shore and even on the drifting kelp on the open bay 
and ocean. 

73. Nycticorax nycticorax. NicHT Hrron.—“Squawks” 
probably breed in the neighborhood. They occur about the 
lagoons and the call-notes of passing birds are heard in the 
evening, 


70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


74. Rallus virginianus. Vircin1A Rait.—Two or three were 
heard on December 16, 1909, at the mouth of the Carmel River. 

75. Fulica americana. Coor.—Here, as elsewhere in middle 
California, “Mud-hens” abound during the winter season in 
suitable situations. Some spend the summer on the lagoons 
in Monterey and Seaside. 

76. Phalaropus fulicarius. Rep PHALAROPE.—As the shore 
was not systematically patrolled, I have not much to say of 
the shore birds frequenting the sandy beaches and surf-beaten 
rocks. Moreover, the immediate vicinity of Point Pinos does 
not afford congenial haunts for the denizens of the salt marshes 
and sandy beaches. However, in my search offshore for alba- 
trosses and petrels, | encountered phalaropes in abundance. 

Red Phalaropes arrive from the north early in August and 
occur through autumn and are common at times, extensive 
flights taking place. Some linger through December and Jan- 
uary. There are fifteen specimens of such winter birds in the 
Academy's collection. I have not found Red Phalaropes in 
great force in spring, a few northbound travellers the last half 
of May being the only ones observed by me. I infer from his 
anticle\on the Northern Phalarope ()Bird-Wore,); v.7) sp, 273) 
that Mr. Chapman saw many Red Phalaropes on this coast at 
the end of May, 1902. 

//. Lobipes lobatus. NorTHERN PHALAROPE.—The North- 
ern Phalarope has been found in every calendar month of 
summer. Nevertheless, there is an interval of over a month 
between the departure of the last stragglers in June and the 
arrival of the advance guard in July. The height of the south- 
bound movement occurs in August, when they are abundant. 
Some linger into November. Toward the end of April they 
reappear and become abundant during the first half of May. 
Afterwards they decline in numbers. Mr. Chapman notes (1. 
c.) an instance of arrested migration during the latter half of 
May. 

78. Pisobia bairdi. Barrp’s SANDprPER.—Mr. Joseph Mail- 
liard has recorded in “The Auk” (v. 15, p. 51) the capture of a 
male on the ocean beach south of Point Pinos, August 25, 1897. 

79. Pisobia minutilla. Least SANDPIPER.—In connection 
with the record of the capture of Pisobia bairdi, Mr. Joseph 
Mailliard incidentally mentions the occurrence of a flock of 
Pisobia minutilla. 


Vor. III] BECK—CALIFORNIA WATER BIRDS A 


80. Ereunetes pusillus. SEMIPALMATED SANDPIPER.—Of this 
common California species, I have obtained but one specimen 
in this vicinity. “FE. mauri’” is included under E. pusillus. 

81. Calidris leucophza. SANDERLING.—They occur as mi- 
grants on the beaches of the vicinity. 

82. Limosa fedoa. Marsiep Gopwit.—This species has 
been noted only during the exodus-migration. 

83. Catoptrophorus semipalmatus. Wutter.—The Willet 
has been positively identified only during July and August. 

84. Heteractitis incanus. WANDERING TATTLER.—Frequent- 
ing the surfi-beaten rocks, these tattlers are common during 
both migrations. In the exodus-migration, they arrive in July. 
In the return-migration, my earliest date is April 20. 

85. Actitis macularia. Spotrep SANDPIPER.—Two females 
were taken on May 10, 1907. 

86. Numenius americanus. LoNG-BILLED CURLEw.—My only 
records are for the close of summer. 

87. Numenius hudsonicus. HupsoniAn CurLew.—A single 
male was taken on April 8 and another on May 13, 1907. Dur- 
ing the latter part of July of the same year some were seen 
going south over Monterey Bay. 

88. Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED PLOvER.—As in 
the case of the other shore birds, my notes are very fragmentary 
for this common species. On the 24th and 30th of July, 1907, 
some were seen heading south over Monterey Bay, about five 
miles offshore. In 1907, a male was shot on September 23, and 
in 1909, a male on November 22. 

89. Oxyechus vociferus. KILLDEER.—Wherever the condi- 
tions are favorable, the Killdeer is to be found in more or less 
abundance in this vicinity. 

90. AXgialitis nivosa. SNowy PLover.—The Snowy Plover 
breeds commonly on the sandy shore. 

91. Aphriza virgata. SURF-BiIRD.—Careful observation on 
the seaward side of the rocky islets along this coast would 
probably show that the Surf-bird is not rare. There are six 
specimens in the Academy’s collection secured by me in the 
vicinity of Point Pinos; a male taken May 10, 1907, and two 
males and three females taken August 5, 1907. 

92. Arenaria interpres. —TURNSTONE.—So far as I remember 
I have not taken the-Turnstone in this vicinity. Mr. Loomis 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  {Pxoc. 41m Ser. 


‘ and Mr. Joseph Mailliard (1. c.) have recorded solitary speci- 
cor mens. me a ey a 
93. Arenaria melanocephala. BLAck TuRNSTONE.—Like the 
Pomarine Jaeger, the Black Turnstone occurs in this vicinity 
in every month of the year, stragglers and early birds from the 
north nearly or quite bridging the interval of summer. At 
times it is common. 

04. Hzmatopus bachmani. BLack OysreR-CATCHER.—They 
were of frequent occurrence in suitable places on the coast 
below Point Pinos. One of the Academy’s specimens from 
this vicinity was taken on June 5 and another on January 24, 
which would seem to indicate that the species is resident. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
September 10, 1910. 


PROCEEDINGS ~ 


BF Fourth s eries: 


te 


“VOLUME Le 


Ve aedinod of the California: Academy of acne to the Galapagos 
Islands, oe 1906. © 

Pages 1-6. _I. Preliminary Descantone of Four New: aces of 

Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John — 

Van ee ae eee December 20, shee Borah Wer os Pike See Te 


rs 


- VOLUME Ws 


rs 


"Expedition of the ava Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos 


Wee a 1905- 1906. : 
ao reer In ree < 


+ 


‘VOLUME mI 


Pages 1-40. “A Further. ‘Statieraphic Study in the ‘Mount [onble. ; 
Se of California. By Frank M, Anderson. (Lsswed October 


ages 41-48, Description of.a New bkaee of Sea eras from the | 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 


eee By John Van Slee: and ice G; eee. 


(Lssued December 31, DOSY OS a Po Ee OU ee he ee Pelee Ae 


eo O56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Ropes 


and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By Jobn VaR et 


- Denburgh. ({ssued December ATT ID) eee ae lake ore eae 
Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Boe California. 


_ By Rollo Howard Beck. eee Begg LEADON: So Poe es 


Fe oF ge 


The: Academy anee Sree any fet its publications eared before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve. stock Loe been destroyed in the eon : 


_ tion oF eo 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


Voit; Il) pp. 73-148 } NOVEMBER 9, 1911 


The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin 


BY 
FRANK M. ANDERSON 
Curator of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1911 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourtH SERIES 


Vou. III, pp. 73-148 NovEMBER 9, 1911 


THE NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER, 
CALIFORNIA, AND THE TEMBLOR 
BASIN 


BY FRANK M. ANDERSON 
Curator of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology 


CONTENTS 

Pirates II-XIIT 
PAGE 
PREFACE . : : : E ; : : a : ; 3 74 
GENERAL STATEMENT : . 3 : { ; é : : ; 75 
REVIEW OF LITERATURE . : , : : : ; : J P 76 
TopoGRAPHY OF THE AREA . : : i : : : ; 3 78 
RIVER- TERRACES : : : : , ‘ : : : : 79 
BASE-LEVELING . : : : ; : : : ) : : 80 
GroLocy oF THE Foot-Hi1ts . : : 2 : ; . : 3 80 
Tue NEOcENE SERIES. : e : s : , ‘ é : 81 
STRUCTURE OF THE NEOCENE . 3 : : é : : , 81 
THICKNESS AND STRATIGRAPHY MIRED, 4 ; ‘ : 4 83 
The Outcrops ; : : : f 4 S é 4 3 84 
Deep-Well Records . : : : : d A : : 86 
ESTUARINE CONDITIONS . , : : , 3 E ‘ é 89 
DIVISIONS OF THE NEOCENE . 4 : : : Su ie : : 90 
THE TEMBLOR GROUP 2 3 : : i : 5 d : 90 
Basal Member . : ; f : : : 3 : , 90 
Upper Member . 3 p , é : : ; 3 : 92 
THE Kern RIVER GRouP CO ORCI Rte nF ey Ong fie ta MNES 95 
QUATERNARY DEPOSITS . : 4 : : ; : : ; 96 
FAUNAL FEATURES OF THE SERIES . Oh ea : : : : : 97 
TST Ob) SBECEES) «1. Oe ie 4 : t aaa 99 
Fossits From THE Estuartne Bens. : s , : ; 102 
CORRELATION OF DEPOSITS . , ; : : Z : fs ; 103 
THe TEMBLOR BASIN . : : ; : : 4 3 s ’ 104 
Tue TEMBLOoR GRouUP P : ; . . : : 2 : 106 
MonTEREY SHALES . ; i : : ‘ : : f +) af 09 
Kern River Group . P : : : ; : ; é 3 111 
QUATERNARY GRAVELS ; : : : : = : : F 113 
Economic GEOLOGY . 4 s : i : ; : ; } : 113 
DIASTROPHIC RECORD : : ; A : é : : ‘ : 118 
CoNCLUSIONS . i 2 : : i . : A J 3 118 
Locs oF DEEP WELLS : : ; ‘ ; ; : : : : 120 
BIBLIOGRAPHY . ; : b j : ‘ ; : : : 125 
EXPLANATION OF PLATES Y 2 : F : ; : E , 128 


November 2, 1911 


74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


PREFACE 


The first visit of the writer to the Kern River district was 
made in the spring of 1902; and the stratigraphic observations 
begun at that time have been extended from time to time each 
year as opportunity offered, until the summer of 1910. While 
this work was not begun nor carried on with the intention of 
publishing any of the results, yet the study has proved so 
interesting, and the results are in some respects so different 
from what had been anticipated after a considerable study of 
the Neocene deposits along the California coast, that it appears 
worth while to present some of the more general facts in the 
following paper. 

One of the interesting points brought out by this study is 
the suggestion of a rather provincial character in the Neocene 
stratigraphy of the coast, which had been assumed to be 
uniform, at least within the limits of a single unit basin. It 
would be carrying the subject too far at the present time to 
attempt a close correlation of these Kern River deposits with 
any beyond the limits of their basin, but an attempt is made to 
point out the limits of the area within which such a correlation 
may properly be undertaken. The name used for this physio- 
graphic unit, the Temblor Basin, is the name used also for the 
more widely distributed and characteristic strata of the Neo- 
cene, that is the Lower Miocene, or Temblor Beds. There 
are other good reasons that may be brought out later for the 
adoption of this name, but for the present this one is perhaps 
sufficient. 

The fossils and other material which had been collected from 
this region prior to 1906, had been largely donated to the 
California Academy of Sciences, and were lost in the great 
fire. Since then the Academy has made explorations in this 
field, and as a result has not only restored its collections, but 
has added considerably to our knowledge of the Kern River 
region. It is due to acknowledge in this connection the part 
taken in this work by Mr. W. H. Ochsner, Mr. A. G. Carpen- 
ter, and Mr. John P. Buwalda. Mr. Carpenter lived for several 
years at the electrical power-plant station situated on Kern 
River at the contact of the granite and the Neocene sediments. 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 75 


He has made extensive and interesting collections in the Tem- 
blor beds at the base of the Neocene, and has made important 
donations of fossils to the California Academy of Sciences. 

Mr. Ochsner and Mr. Buwalda each spent a considerable 
time studying the stratigraphy of the field, and making collec- 
tions, the results of which have all been turned over to the 
Academy. 

The identification of the fossil plants obtained from this 
field, in so far as identification has been secured, was made 
by Dr. Willis L. Jepson of the University of California. 

It is proper also to mention in this connection the generous 
and co-operative attitude of Professor E. T. Dumble, Consult- 
ing Geologist of the Southern Pacific Company. 

And lastly, the friendly interest taken in this work through- 
out by Dr. J. Perrin Smith, Dr. John C. Merriam, and Dr. 
Andrew C. Lawson, has been encouraging and gratifying ina 
high degree. 


GENERAL STATEMENT 


One of the most striking features of the geology of the 
Great Valley of California is the relative lack of Cretaceous 
and Tertiary strata on its eastern border. Considering its 
synclinal structure, and the great display of strata along its 
western border, which range through all the periods from 
Cretaceous to Pleistocene, it is remarkable that there are so 
few occurrences of similar formations along the foot-hills of 
the Sierra Nevada. Certainly the streams coming into the 
valley, or basin, from the east during these successive periods 
must have contributed greatly to contemporaneous deposits; 
or rather, the quantity of detritus entering from the east 
could not have been small, and, under the assumed conditions 
of grade, would presumably be commensurate with the time- 
duration and the areas denuded. Naturally, therefore, larger 
collections of strata would be expected on the eastern than on 
the western border of the valley, and their absence is all the 
more surprising. 

If thick deposits of strata were ever formed along the 
eastern border, but little evidence of them is visible. The 
basement rocks of pre-Cretaceous age usually come well down 


76 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


to the present valley floor, and the few occurrences of later 
strata are in detached areas of only local extent. One of the 
most important of these areas is in the vicinity of the Kern 
River and its neighboring streams. Between White River 
and the Tejon valley for a distance of 50 miles there is a 
zone of low hills three to fifteen miles wide, occupying a 
position intermediate between the Sierra Nevada and the Great 
Valley. This zone of low hills consists almost entirely of 
Neocene strata resting in a gently inclined position against 
the granitic and metamorphic rocks of westerly Sierran spurs. 
In general the area is lenticular in outline, its widest part 
being in the vicinity of Poso Creek and the Kern River. The 
stratigraphic and faunal features of this area are the chief 
subject of the following paper, though it naturally embraces 
many related topics. 


REVIEW OF LITERATURE 


Although the Tertiary strata in the vicinity of the Kern 
River were among the earliest in California to receive notice 
from geologists, and their fauna has long been believed to be 
exceptionally rich, yet comparatively little has been done to 
gather from this quarter the material they might furnish 
toward the development of our knowledge. At the close of 
this paper will be found a brief bibliography of the more 
important papers in which this area has been at least men- 
tioned. 

In 1853 a party of U. S. topographical engineers under the 
leadership of Lieut. R. S. Williamson, with Wm. P. Blake* 
as geologist, visited this region and made a camp for some 
weeks on Poso Creek, then known as Ocoya Creek. Blake 
made some search in the near-by hills, and discovered some 
marine invertebrate remains and the teeth of sharks. He made 
drawings of the invertebrate fossils, which were afterwards 
submitted to T. A. Conrad, and which were described by him? 
from the drawings. The sharks’ teeth were likewise sub- 
mitted to Prof. Louis Agassiz® for identification and descrip- 
tion, and the conclusion was reached by both Conrad and 


1 Pac. R. R. Rept., v. 5, pp. 32-36. 
2Pac. R. R. Rept., v. 5, pp. 328-329. 
3 Pac. R. R. Rept., v. 5, 313-316. 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 77 


Agassiz that the formation was of Miocene age. Blake 
described in detail the beds with which these fossils were asso- 
ciated to the thickness of about 160 feet, though he inadvert- 
ently conveyed the impression that they were a part of a series 
at least several hundred feet in thickness. 

After the discovery of oil on the Kern River, Mr. W. A. 
Goodyear,’ and later W. L. Watts,” both mention these forma- 
tions. Mr. Watts gives a meager description of the beds 
occurring along the river, and lists of the fossils contained in 
them. Incidentally he leaves the impression that the beds have 
a thickness of at least 2000 feet, though he does not directly 
say so. The fossils collected by Watts were submitted to 
Dr. J. G. Cooper for identification. 

Dr. Cooper® noticed the resemblance of some of the species 
to Pliocene and living forms, and concluded that either several 
periods were represented in the Kern River section, or that 
the series could only be described collectively as Neocene. 
The fossils, however, all came from about the same horizon. 

In 1902 Geo. H. Eldridge* published a brief statement of 
the surface geology and structural features of the Kern River 
oil-field, giving by far the best description of the same that had 
yet appeared. He believed that the section contained both 
-Lower and Upper Miocene beds, and perhaps also Pliocene. 
The structure he believed to be, in the main, monoclinal over 
a wide area, and to contain minor undulations resulting in 
subordinate folds, in which the dip was commonly below 10°. 
The entire series of beds, he states, has the appearance of a 
shore deposit along the granite range of the Sierra. The wells 
of the Kern River field, according to Eldridge, are drilled into 
the upper part of the series, though he does not specifically 
say SO. 

In 1904 Dr. J. C. Merriam,” in a brief paper on the Fauna 
of the Lower Miocene, recalled the fact that at least some of 
the Kern River beds are of that age, chiefly on the evidence of 
such forms as Agasoma gravidum, A. kernianum, Turritella 
ocoyana, etc. Incidentally he called attention to the fact that 


17th Ann. Rept. State Min., 1888, pp. 67-68. 
? Bull. No. 3, Calif. State Mng. Bur., 1894, pp. 38-41. 
* Bull. No. 4, Calif. State Mng. Bur., p. 51 et seq. 
* Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 213, pp. 310-312. 
Bull. Geol. Dept. Univ. Cal. v. 3, pp. 377-381. 


78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H SER. 


in a wider study of the subject there appeared to be two 
distinct horizons of the Lower Miocene in California. 

In 1905 F. M. Anderson’ published a brief note on the 
formations along the Kern River, stating their thickness to 
be about 3000 feet, and giving a list of some 38 species, 
including many characteristic Lower Miocene forms. The 
species listed were all from the same horizon, within a vertical 
range of 200 feet, but more than 1000 feet above the base of 
the Neocene. 

Meanwhile Mr. John Barker, whose residence was for some 
years upon Kern River, collected a large number of fossil 
sharks’ teeth and other vertebrate remains from near the same 
horizon, all of which were donated to the California Academy 
of Sciences. 

Later F. M. Anderson collected an equally large number of 
similar remains from the same horizon, including many unde- 
scribed species, all of which were likewise donated to the 
California Academy of Sciences. 

In 1907 Dr. David Starr Jordan’ published descriptions of 
many new species of sharks and other fishes found in the 
collections of Barker and Anderson, but without any attempt 
to determine the exact horizon of the Miocene from which they 
were taken. In these collections there were nearly 800 speci- 
mens, representing perhaps 15 species, most of which were 
sharks, though including also remains of rays and skates. All 
of these collections were lost in the San Francisco fire. 

As will be seen from the foregoing review, the literature 
bearing upon these beds is fragmentary and scattered, and 
although the formations are interesting and important, no one 
seems to have found time to give them the attention they 
deserve. It is hoped that in the following pages the measure 
of their importance will be more fully shown, and some fur- 
ther information gathered from their study. 


TOPOGRAPHY OF THE AREA 


Viewed from a distance, the topographic features of the area 
herein described consist of low rounded hills, which taken 
altogether present the aspect of a gently sloping mesa inclined 


1 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. v. 2, pp. 187-188 
2 Bull. Geol. Dept. Univ. Calif. v. 5, pp. 95- Hoss 


Vor. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 79 


toward the west. From a nearer view they are seen to be 
very much dissected by erosion. The larger streams coming 
from the Sierra meander through the zone of foot-hills in 
sinuous valleys along narrow flood-plains developed by corra- 
sion in the yielding sediments. The intervening parts of the 
area are deeply cut by canons and ravines of varying gradients, 
which reproduce, in measures proportionate to their size, the 
features of the larger streams. As the general mesa-like 
surface rises gradually toward the east, so too, in going up- 
stream toward the basement formations, the canyons and their 
tributaries become deeper, and the hills higher and steeper. 
The effect is that usually produced upon yielding sandy forma- 
tions by recent but rapid degradation. The topography is 
similar to much that is found in the more arid belt along the 
western border of the Great Valley. 

The principal streams are the Kern and White rivers, Poso, 
Caliente and Tejon creeks, all of which derive their waters 
from the older areas of the Sierra, and descend thence through 
deep and narrow gorges, and enter the zone of foot-hills in 
rapids, below which the grade is quickly lost. With the excep- 
tion of the Kern River, these streams are without water during 
the drier portions of the year, while in the wet seasons they 
are often torrential. They cross the zone of foot-hills in rela- 
tively wide and shallow canyons, and have developed flood- 
plains that are in strong contrast to the narrow defiles in the 
older and harder formations. The canyon of Caliente Creek 
offers some interesting features which will be taken up later. 


RIVER-TERRACES 


The later erosional phases in the physiographic development 
of the region are well illustrated in the terraces along the 
several streams in the zone of the Tertiary hills. They are to 
be seen along all of the larger streams, but especially along the 
valley of the lower Kern. Within four miles of the point at 
which the river emerges from the granitic defile, five distinct 
terraces are to be seen above the present level of the river. 
Most of these terraces are shown in the plates at the end of this 
paper. Within the limits of these views they are found at 
elevations of 20, 60, 100, 160 and 350 feet above the level of 
the river. There are terraces at still higher levels, and rem- 


80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


nants of terraces, though they can hardly be called stream- 
terraces. 

The highest river-terrace proper is at an elevation of nearly 
850 feet above the sea, and on the south side of the river 
forms a broad mesa with an undulating surface. This may 
mark the level of a late Pliocene or Pleistocene delta, which 
will be referred to later. 

The various terraces here described probably represent 
former flood-plains of the river, developed during the gradual 
elevation of the region. River gravels are strewn abundantly 
over all of these terraces, and even river boulders occur on 
some of the ridges 700 or 800 feet above the floor of the 
valley. These topographic features are fairly well shown on 
the Bakersfield special topographic sheet of the U. S. Geolog- 
ical Survey. 


BASE-LEVELING 


As a topographic feature the development of base-level 
terraces on the valley border is not so conspicuous within the 
Kern River area as it is at some points just outside of its 
limits. As shown in some of the photographs of the neigh- 
boring foot-hills, they form recognizable features along the 
southern border of the valley, and, as stated in former papers, 
they are present along its western border. Over the greater 
portion of the Kern River area, erosion has obscured or oblit- 
erated them to a considerable extent, though undoubtedly the 
mesa-like topography of the foot-hills is partly due to base- 
leveling, at least in its higher levels. 

On the south side of the Caliente Creek at about the altitude 
of Bealville is one of the more noticeable of these terraces. 
Terraces that are believed to be the result of base-leveling 
truncate the edges of the older Miocene beds to the north of 
the Kern River and Poso Creek, and also south of the river as 
far as the Tejon valley. 


GEOLOGY On Ge Poors 


The geology of the area as shown on the maps includes, 
broadly speaking, two series of rocks; the Neocene Tertiary 
and the basement series. This fact has been already mentioned 
by most of the writers who have alluded to this locality, and 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 81 


it requires no special notice here. The older series consists 
of granitic and metamorphic rocks, among which are horn- 
blendic and other crystalline schists, phthanites and limestones. 
The contact between the older series and the Neocene is usually 
well defined, so that the boundaries are easily mapped. 

There are a few isolated areas of Neocene which are evi- 
dently superficial, and also a few unimportant areas of the 
basement rocks exposed by erosion within the boundaries of 
the Neocene. Moreover, the Neocene deposits occupy some 
troughs in the basement rocks which appear to have been 
excavated in pre-Neocene times. The most important of these 
troughs is that of the Caliente canyon which will be described 
hereafter. 


THe NEOCENE SERIES 


The Neocene deposits extend along the foot-hills of the 
Sierra from near White River southward to the Tejon valley, 
forming a zone of varying width, fifty or more miles in length. 
This zone narrows at each end, though more gradually at the 
south, and has its greatest width in the section along Poso 
Creek. 

As a feature of great economic value this area includes the 
well known oil-fields of the Kern River, which are situated 
_ near the mouth of the shallow canyon of the lower Kern River. 
But it is not the design to give prominence to the economic 
features of the geology in this paper. 


STRUCTURE OF THE NEOCENE 


The Neocene deposits of the Kern River area were evidently 
laid down upon a floor of older rocks that had been much 
eroded. This fact is illustrated by the somewhat broken 
boundary, by the isolated areas of granite within the Neocene, 
and by the filling of pre-Neocene troughs by the basal beds of 
the Neocene. This latter feature is particularly well shown in 
the case of the Caliente canyon. To some extent the dip and 
strike of the basal beds conform to these irregularities, but 
this is not usually noticeable. 

In the main, the structure of the Neocene beds is simple, and 
consists of a gentle dip to the southwest, which rarely exceeds 
5° or 6°. The greatest dip is near the base in certain disturbed 


82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


localities, and the flattest is along the western border of the 
hills. There are a few local undulations that develop low 
anticlinal arches elongated in a northwest and southeast direc- 
tion. One of these anticlines traverses the developed oil dis- 
trict of the Kern River, and, according to Eldridge, another 
is found farther north. Another is to be seen along the 
eastern border of the area just north of the Kern River, and 
may be followed to the northwest across Poso Creek. It lies 
a little to the west of the fuller’s-earth mine on the road from 
Poso station to Granite. There is a corresponding syncline 
to the east of this, midway between the Granite road and 
Adobe canyon. 

The evidences of faulting within the Neocene area are 
almost negligible, though such faulting has taken place. 
Faulting to a greater extent has taken place along the eastern 
margin of the area, following in a general way, and in part, the 
contact with the basement rocks, and extending also at right 
angles to it for a limited distance at one point at least. 

The faulting along the margin has evidently been of the 
normal type, and was probably progressive, resulting in a 
displacement of at least a few hundred feet in some places, 
and much more in others. At Pyramid Hill, the lowest Neo- 
cene beds known within the area are left exposed at a consid- 
erable elevation, resting upon a floor of granite. Near Walker 
Basin Creek, beds of sandy ash, which are apparently of Lower 
Miocene age, are severed from the main area and left stranded 
at an elevation of 2500 to 3000 feet upon the granites, indicat- 
ing a throw of 1000 feet or more. 

The structure of the Neocene beds developed by this faulting 
is partially expressed in the Poso anticline previously men- 
tioned. It seems probable that the faulting has been pro- 
gressive, and pari passu with the corrasion of such narrow 
defiles as that of the Kern River; but this aspect of the subject 
cannot be fully taken up at present. 

North of Poso Creek, erosion has greatly excavated the 
Neocene sediments along the line of contact, forming small 
deep valleys in which the strata are clearly exposed. 

In the head of Adobe canyon and near Granite station, where 
the structure of the Neocene beds resting upon or against the 
basement rocks is well shown, they are seen to be almost 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 83 


horizontal, or to dip gently westward at a low angle. In this 
respect they present a strong contrast to their counterparts 
on the opposite side of the Great Valley, where the lowest 
beds of the Neocene usually stand at a high angle against the 
basement series. 

The average dip of the strata across the entire area in the 
vicinity of Poso Creek is less than 4°, and approximates 3° 30’. 
This is about the average along a cross-section nearly 10 
miles in length, and, as shown later, it fairly represents the 
dip in the western side of the developed oil-field. 

The entire series has in many places the appearance of strati- 
graphic conformity throughout, and evidence is often lacking 
of any great disturbance intervening between the beginning 
and the close of Neocene sedimentation. Both to the north 
and to the south of the Kern River, however, there is an 
evident overlap of the younger portion of the series upon the 
older. and even upon the basement rocks to the east. Along 
Caliente Creek and southward, the Neocene beds stand at a 
higher angle than elsewhere; and beds that belong to the 
upper part of the series rest upon the basement rocks. North- 
ward, near White River, there is a similar overlap. Beyond 
the limits of this area the evidence of overlapping is unmis- 
takeable, but within the area it took place by a process so 
gradual that the results are not striking. 

There is no clear proof of an interval of erosion intervening; 
though the assumption of one might offer a convenient explan- 
ation for the comparatively small stratigraphic thickness as 
contrasted with similar beds near Sunset, Temblor and north- 
ward. i 

THICKNESS AND STRATIGRAPHY 


On account of the excellent exposures of the strata, and 
from the fact that deep wells have been drilled in the western 
part of the area, the opportunity for studying the thickness 
and composition of the Neocene beds is exceptionally good. 
Two sections have been made across the area, and two or more 
deep wells have given a fair representation of the stratigraphy. 
One of the sections crosses the area north of Poso Creek ; the 
other extends along the Kern River; and both show some 
peculiarities. The aggregate thickness of the entire series, as 
measured in the outcrop across the strike to the north of Poso 


84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Creek, is quite 3300 feet, and may be more, assuming the 
beds to have been originally horizontal. 

Near the Kern River, where the dip varies from 2° to 8°, 
the measurement of its different parts separately gave an 
aggregate thickness of 3250 feet; yet the apparent thickness 
may be somewhat deceptive because of faulting. 

In the deep wells the thickness is naturally somewhat less, 
since their positions are farther from the shore line, and the 
section is also somewhat reduced by erosion, but these matters 
will be referred to later. 

The Outcrops.—Within the area outlined, the sediments of 
the Neocene are prevailingly sandy in the outcrop, with only 
a moderate proportion of clay and organic shales, such as 
usually compose them in other parts of the coast country. 

Toward the bottom of the series there are conglomerates, 
sands, and volcanic ash, making up near 600 feet of the lower 
portion. Higher up and extending above the middle of the 
series there are shales more or less sandy in the outcrops, or 
shales interstratified with sands, that make up in the aggregate 
a third of the series. Above the shales are sandy beds which 
become generally coarser toward the top, as will be shown 
later. It is thus possible, on the basis of lithology, to separate 
the combined series into three separate portions; but on other 
grounds a two-fold division has been here presented. 

In the outcrops the clastic elements are prominent in nearly 
all parts of the series, and the first impression is apt to be that 
it is chiefly sandy. At the surface the beds are but little con- 
solidated, as the results of erosion show. The harder beds are 
nearly all confined to the lower third of the series, and they 
are prominent only at the base and near the bottom. 

The lithological character of the individual beds is probably 
not always persistent over wide areas, and it is not easy, there- 
fore, to recognize the smaller stratigraphic units in widely 
separated localities. 

Below is given a tabulated generalized statement of two 
sections crossing the area, and similar stratigraphic columns 
of two deep wells of the Kern River district for purposes of 
comparison. 

Fossils have been found at several different horizons in the 
lower part of the series, but more especially at three separate 


Vot. IIT] 


ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 


85 


levels designated in this paper as Zones A, B, and C, which 
are shown in their relative positions in the following state- 


ment: 


Poso Creek Section 


Santa Fe Well, 


“Rasmussen,’’ No. 28 


Pink sands, 


240" gravels, etc. 


Gray sands,| 300’ 
gravels, etc. 


Green and 
brown sands, 
gravels, and 
beds of clay. 


975' 
605’ 


Ashy beds, 
‘fullers’ 
earth,” 
sands, etc. 
with marine 
fossils. 


Ashy shales. 


Fine white 
sands and 
clays. 

25s 
Sandy shale 
with marine 
shells. 


255) 
720' 


955% 


Sandy shale, 


100’ marineshells. 


Arkose sand 
and rhyolite 
ash beds. 


350’ 


Coarse 220' 


arkose sand 
and gravels. 


Total 


250' 


20D 


5010’ 


2205 ' 


Erosion. 


Gravels, 
sands and 
clays. 


Kern oil- 


measures, 
etc. 


Oil-sands. 


Sandy blue 
clay and 
shale beds. 


Grace Oil Co's Well, 
No. 5 


400' 


905’ 


White sands} 900’ 


and clays. 


Brown sandy 
shale, etc. 


Brown shale. 


Brown sandy 
shale, etc. 


Sand, salt 
water and 
marine shells. 


Hard sands. 


Gray shales, 
sands, and 
brown shale. 


Total 


961’ 


3166' 


Kern River Section 
Erosion. Terrace 240' 
Is. 
Gravels and aud 
sands with 
water. Gray sands, 
gravels, etc. 
Sands with 
interbedded 
clays, etc. iGreen and 
Sands with |brown beds. 
oil and gas. 1260' 
(Kern oil- qq, 
ys, sands, 
measures.) and gravels. 
Water-sands, 
oil-sands, etc.|Sands and 
gravels with 
stains of oil. 
Clay shale. |Zone C. 
“sticky Sands, shells, 607 
shale,” gas, |sharks’ teeth. 
ee oi 
Sandy shale,|q),, 700' 
ys and 
oy shale, ashy shales. 
Yellow clays 
and sands. 
Zone B. 100’ 
; Sands,marine shells. 
Marine 
shells. 
Organic Diatoma- 
shale. ceous shale, 
“Take of sandy clays, 440’ 
Mud.” shale, etc. 
Sand and 
shale with oil 
and gas. Zone Na 160’ 
Shatin ands,marine shells. 
gas, Sandstones, 
F basal con- 300° 
White sand. elomerate. 
Total Total 32607 


86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Deep-Well Records.—The records of the deep wells shown 
above throw considerable light upon both the thickness and 
the stratigraphy, as well as upon the structure of the Neocene 
series, and deserve, therefore, more than a passing notice. Mr. 
W. L. Watts’ gives the record of a well drilled on the Barker 
ranch upon the Kern River, which began in a stratum of shale 
near the top of “Zone B,” and which was carried to a depth 
of more than 969 feet without reaching the base of the Neo- 
cene, though boulders are reported at 743 feet from the surface. 
Most of the strata described in the record are sandy clays and 
hard shales such as are found on the surface not far eastward. 
Drilling was still in progress at the time of this report, and 
later developed a strong flow of sulphur water, which presum- 
ably was near the base of the series. The flow of water still 
continues, and is characterized by its contents of H.S gas, and 
alkaline sulphates and chlorides. 

Subsequently the deep well of the Grace Oil Company” was 
drilled on Sec. 8, T. 29 S., R. 28 E. near the Kern River, in 
the western part of the district. The surface at this point has 
been reduced by erosion not less than 240’, and the well pene- 
trated the formations to a depth of 3166 feet, reaching a bed 
of white sand apparently near the base of the Neocene, from 
which was obtained a strong flow of very salt water. 

On account of the more than usually complete information 
furnished concerning the drilling and the formations of the 
Grace well, it is of more than ordinary interest. The follow- 
ing notes and extracts are taken from a written statement by 
Mr. F. J. Carman, who superintended the drilling of the well. 

The upper part of the log is said to be not unlike other logs 
in the vicinity, and includes the usual clays, sandy strata, and 
oil-sands of the Kern River district. Oil-sands are reported 
at intervals below 1260 feet, but only in small quantity, or 
even with some doubt. 

At 2206 feet a bed of sand with fragments of fossil shells is 
reported, and its position corresponds somewhat to that of 
“Zone B” of the Kern River section. 


1 Bull. No. 19, Calif. State Mng. Bur. p. 116. 

2 The log of this well with some others will be added at the close of this paper, and 
for those who desire to make a close study of the stratigraphy of the district they will 
be found valuable. 


Vout. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 87 


Mr. Carman says: “At 2260 feet a lake of mud was encoun- 
tered; this was the soft top of a shale formation 888 feet 
thick. This shale was soft but not sticky, most of the pieces 
obtained showing distinct lamination, and all of it saturated 
with hydrocarbon gas which would burn at the mouth of the 
well.” 

“The change at 2260 feet was a distinct one, from alternat- 
ing sand and shale to a continuous shale deposit of great depth, 
and of somewhat different character from the upper shales. 
From what Captain Barker told me I should judge that this 
same shale was struck on his ranch at about 1200 feet.”’ 

“The shale also carried occasional streaks of chert and 
limestone from a few inches to two feet thick. The shale itself 
was slightly calcareous, probably due to the infusorial remains. 
A high-power microscope showed these minute shells, though 
I do not know their names.” 

“Some of this shale from about 2600 feet was identical in 
appearance with a piece from one of the Santa Maria wells at 
about 2000 feet, though I do not imagine this identifies the 
formation. At places in this shale, notably just beneath the 
hard shells, small quantities of oil were observed; I should 
judge it was from 20° to 25° gravity.” 

“At 3148 feet soft, fine-grained, white sandstone was struck 
‘into which we drilled 18 feet.” The drilling was then said to 
have been stopped, “by the strong current of salt water that 
began to flow as-soon as we had penetrated a short distance 
into the sand.” 

“This water was quite salty, though not so much so as 
ocean brine. It contained no sulphates.” 

“This flowed gently over the casing. How high it would 
have risen above this I do not know.” 

“The sand we found at the bottom, * * * is very 
similar to that found a few miles east of Poso station.” 

“From 1100 feet to 1285 feet the sands contained mainly 
water. At this point 55 feet of extremely coarse sand and 
gravel was struck, heavily saturated with oil of 10%4° gravity, 
and no water.” 

“The find of this stratum, containing no water, led me to 
believe that I was upon the summit of another oil-horizon, 
especially after passing through so much water above.” 


&8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


At a later date a well was drilled by the Santa Fe Railroad 
Company in the western part of the Kern River field near the 
center of Sec. 24, VT. 285), R127 Ei attained a depth of 
only 2270 feet, and was then abandoned. The formations 
penetrated by this well were for the most part sandy beds 
with interstratified clays described in the log as “blue clays.” 
Only a little oil-sand was reported above 1260’, and less 
still below that depth. Many of the sandy beds carried water 
which required frequent shutting off in drilling the well. 

Most of the productive oil-wells in the Kern River field 
have penetrated only the upper member of the series, and but 
few have attained a depth of more than 1250 feet. The rec- 
ords show the beds to be mainly sand and sandy shale, which 
are separated by beds of clay distributed at intervals in the 
formation. Very little oil has been found below a depth of 
1250 feet, though the deep-well records report small quantities 
at a much greater depth. 

In 1909 the Santa Fe Railroad Company under the name of 
the Petroleum Development Company drilled a deep well, 
“Rasmussen No. 28,” on the S. E. % of Sec. 4, T. 29 S., R. 
28 E., and at the time of this writing had not ceased operations 
upon it. Through the kindness of Mr. F. C. Ripley, superin- 
tendent of the company, permission was obtained to make use 
of the following facts and records. 

In the upper part of the log the formations are chiefly clays 
and sands with the usual oil-sands of the district. Oil in 
paying quantities was not found below a depth of 905 feet 
from the surface. 

At a depth of 2694 feet the drill entered a hard sandstone 
from which was obtained a strong flow of salt water. At 
2805 feet a dark gray shale was reached which continued 
almost uninterruptedly for nearly 2000 feet. This formation 
of gray shale resembles very much the dark shales of the 
Eocene in the vicinity of the Tejon ranch, in the San Emidio 
hills. Fossils were brought up from a depth of near 2600 feet, 
including Turritella ocoyana, and Chione temblorensis. The 
sandy bed between 2694 and 2805 feet apparently marks the 
base of the Miocene. 

As will be seen, the thickness of the Neocene series is here 
also somewhat reduced by erosion—probably by as much as 450 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 89 


feet, including the gravel beds at the top represented in the 
bluffs south of the river. | 

The dip of the beds between the deep wells, Rasmussen 
No. 28 and Grace Well No. 5, is near 3°, and as calculated on 
a section more nearly normal to the strike, it must be as much 
aS} O15). 


ESTUARINE CONDITIONS 


It is clear from the foregoing descriptions that the Neocene 
deposits of the Kern River are largely marine. At least one 
prominent exception to this rule must be noted, and the facts 
presented in this exception are of more than passing interest. 
The pre-Neocene trough of the Caliente Creek, especially near 
the junction of the Caliente and Walker Basin creeks, is filled 
with sediments that are at least not altogether marine. More 
than 2000 feet of strata are exposed along the lower part of 
Walker Basin Creek, nearly all of which are either non-marine 
or brackish-water deposits; and some of the strata near the 
base are plainly of fresh-water origin. The series is almost 
entirely composed of coarse gravel and sand of a greenish 
drab color, partly unconsolidated, but in the main sufficiently 
hard to resist weathering. Much of the material is pumiceous 
and otherwise volcanic. 

Near the base of the series are sandy clays of a soft and 
yielding character and of the usual greenish color, containing 
remains of land and fresh-water mollusca; and, higher in the 
series, similar clays containing leaves and stems of plants. 
Near the top a flow of basaltic lava some 90 feet in thickness 
can be followed for a distance of two or three miles. Above 
the lava, and forming the uppermost beds of the lower group, 
are about 190 feet of marine strata. 

The whole collection forming the lower group dips south- 
ward at an angle of 20°-30°, as exposed on the northern 
border of the trough. The character of the sediments, their 
distribution, the character of their fauna, and the plant-remains 
found at various levels, all indicate that the beds are estuarine, 
and are either of fresh-water or of brackish-water deposition. 

This view is strengthened by the position of the beds within 
a trough in the basement rocks, and also by the fact that, as 


November 1, 1911 


90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


followed toward the northwest, the beds pass into the normal 
marine conditions of the lower Miocene already described. 

Overlying this brackish-water series above described are the 
beds of the Kern River group forming a wide overlap. 


DIVISIONS OF THE NEOCENE 


In the foregoing descriptions it has been shown that, upon 
the basis of lithology, the Neocene series can be divided more 
or less satisfactorily into three groups, two of which are 
thick, sandy aggregates separated by a third, in which clays 
and organic shales form a prominent part, constituting prob- 
ably half its volume. If, on the other hand, the division is 
based upon other criteria it is not easy to separate the two 
lower members, though the upper one remains distinct. 

On the whole the most natural division accords with the 
data of paleontology, and as measured in the outcrops is 
roughly as follows: 


Gravels and sands, 250’ 
Kern River sands and clays, without fossils, t 1260’ 
Group. but including the Kern oil-meas- 


ures. 
Neocene j Unconformity 
Lower Miocene; clays, ashy beds, 
shales, white and yellow sands 1160’ 
with marine fossils; 
Sands, sandy ash-beds, pumiceous 
ash-beds, and conglomerate, with 600’ 
(marine fossils. 


Total Thickness, 3270' 


Temblor 


es and brown beds, gravels, ) 
’ Group. 


THe TEMBLOR GROUP 


Basal Member.—The basal division of the Neocene series, 
like the upper division, is essentially sandy; but, unlike the 
latter, the rocks are often considerably indurated, and some- 
times concretionary. Fossil invertebrates are often abundant, 
and have doubtless contributed cementing material to the con- 
cretions and to other hard portions of the strata. Some of 
the lower beds consist largely of volcanic ash, pumice, and 
sand, as has been already noticed by previous writers, and 
in this paper. Basal conglomerates are visible in only a few 
places, but a stratum of at least 50 feet is exposed at one 


Vor. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 91 


point north of the Kern River. Conglomerates, sandstones, 
and ashy beds make up 350 to 600 feet of the series to the 
north of the Kern River. On the flanks of the granite along 
Comanche canyon, beds of coarse sand and conglomerate 
make up 250 feet or more; but it is probably not all exposed. 
Gravelly or pebbly beds can be followed southward to the 
Tejon valley, but positive statements cannot now be made 
concerning them. 

In the outcrop the basal member is not always visible, but 
between Poso Creek and White River, where it is exposed, 
it consists chiefly of coarse arkose sand mingled with rhyolite 
ash. The lowest bed, 250 feet in thickness, is a coarse white 
quartz sand, usually unconsolidated, though locally becoming 
indurated to quartzite. 

Above this is a characteristic aggregate of beds 350 feet 
thick, in which ash is much more conspicuous, and strata of 
ashy sand alternating with beds of white ash in which grains 
of quartz and dark mica form a minor part. Some of the 
beds are entirely of ash of a faint dirty green color, yielding 
reluctantly to erosion, and for that reason forming the capping 
of prominent narrow ridges with bold eastern escarpments 
between the drainage lines. 

Between Poso Creek and the Kern River, where combined 
faulting and erosion have exposed the lower beds, there are 
basal conglomerates and concretionary sandstones near 500 
feet in thickness, mainly detrital, in which ash is not prom- 
inent, though probably not absent. These beds are best 
exposed in Pyramid Hill where they are quite fossiliferous, 
containing many species of marine invertebrates, and the teeth 
and bones of many vertebrate species. 

To the south of the Kern River these basal beds are not 
much exposed, or, if exposed, were not recognized beyond a 
limited distance. It is evident that as the basal beds are 
followed northward they lose more and more their detrital 
aspect, and become more and more ashy and at the same time 
less fossiliferous. 

To the north of Poso Creek, marine fossils are to be found 
in many places in these lower beds, though they are not 
abundant. Immediately below, however, and sometimes in, 
the more ashy beds, the teeth and bones of marine vertebrates 


9? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


are sometimes plentiful. Marine invertebrates, which are 
abundant south of Poso Creek, are much less abundant to the 
north. 

On Caliente Creek, and about the junction of this stream 
with Walker Basin Creek, sands, gravels, and conglomerates 
make up a much larger part of the series, but the conditions 
here are in several respects local, as will be shown later. 
Volcanic materials make up a considerable part of the entire 
Temblor group in this locality. 

To the north of the Kern River the concretionary beds of 
the basal member are usually more fossiliferous than other 
parts of the strata, and probably for that reason are harder 
and more resistent. In the weathering of the beds, however, 
the concretions usually disintegrate somewhat, often releasing 
the fossils in almost perfect condition. 

As far as can be determined from well-records, this member 
of the Neocene series is much thinner in the western part of 
the field than in the outcrops; and this is not surprising, since 
the westerly stations represent points that were farther off 
shore. 

Upper Member.—The upper member of the Temblor group, 
or the portion above the general level of 600 feet from the 
base, as shown in the outcrops and in the records of the deep 
wells, contains a smaller percentage of sand and other detrital 
matter, and a greater percentage of organic material than any 
other portion of the Neocene. And of the detritus present a 
greater portion is of clay and shaly matter. 

In this member clays and shales probably form in the out- 
crop about 50 per cent of its volume, and of this percentage 
about one-half is organic. Some layers are chiefly composed 
of diatomaceae and other minute organisms. In the deep 
wells the sands are replaced by clays, and the strata are 
correspondingly reduced in volume, but more strongly char- 
acterized. The reason for this is to be found in the relation 
to the Miocene shore line. The percentage of organic matter 
in the strata is of course not readily known from the well- 
records, but that organic matter is present has already been 
shown. 

Thick deposits of diatomaceous and other predominantly 
organic shales, such, for example, as the white siliceous shales 


Vout. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 93 


so characteristic of the Neocene in many parts of the coast 
region and in the Mt. Diablo Range, are almost absent from 
the deposits of the Kern River area. Microscopic organisms 
are not conspicuous in many of the strata examined, though 
in moderate numbers they are visible in many places. 

At Barker’s ranch on the Kern River, just below the beds 
designated as Zone B, there is an exposure of about 200 feet 
of white, chalk-like shale in which diatoms are readily seen 
with a lens, and there are a few other such outcrops north of 
Poso Creek; but there is in this area no body of strata com- 
parable in thickness to the great beds of siliceous shale on the 
opposite side of the valley almost west of the Kern River. 
In place of such material, however, especially in the northern 
part of the area, there is a considerable quantity of white, or 
light-colored, ash, such as will be described in the following 
paragraphs. 

Among the strata that may be especially mentioned are 
beds of a sandy clay-like rock which has been described as 
“fuller’s earth.” A critical examination of these beds and 
of their material has not been attempted, but, from a cursory 
examination of the rock and of the beds, it seems probable 
that the clay-like matter is residuary. The color, fracture, 
gravity, and other physical properties, and the appearance of 
the rock under a good lens, all conform to the characteristics 
of a sandy volcanic ash. It shows a decided ability to resist 
weathering, even after being mined. In color it is a light 
gray, with a faint greenish tinge. 

An analysis of this material from an old “fullers’ earth” 
mine opened on Sec. 14, T. 27 S., R. 28 E., published by the 
California State Mining Bureau,’ gives the following com- 
position: 


Steer SIO) ) oye tes CM tina WA Ae 54.32 
Minami ayy (WAVL SOs Nia eNO Leak 0) 0) 18.88 
ironyoxatden(MesOnyen cull iia vais 6.50 
ethnars: (XG O) En Ay Ie a avs ee eee 1.00 
INMamaesial (MeO) ny Q uN ly fuk en o22 
ass Dryateuaibeia Ay ree) No uk ee 11.86 
Alkaliibyaditterence ss). 0 0. 02.00) aoe 4.21 

L228) 


1 Bull. Cal. State Mng. Bur., No. 38, p. 275. 


94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41TH Ser. 


A sample of similar material taken from near the same place 
was analyzed by Dr. A. S. Eakle, of the University of Califor- 
nia, and was found to correspond very closely in composition to 
a true volcanic ash with an admixture of quartz sand and some 
other foreign minerals. His analysis, given below, differs 
from the foregoing in a manner that may be largely accounted 
for in this way. With a good magnifier nearly all of the 
samples showed clastic matter of this sort mingled with the 
ashy products, and the sample analyzed was not exceptional, 
but fairly representative of the great mass of this rock. It 
was taken from an old mine a few miles north of Poso station 
on the road to Granite. Dr. Eakle’s analysis follows: 


Silica SI @s yh ata eo ae ken ener ere 64.23 
Aliermmmiria (CAT E@ EN (Ce ne A IWRSS 
Berricroxiden(e,O3) ie eae gn ae 4.25 
Dire (CAO) ee! Sic MATS uakel 4.01 
Magnesia (Mic@) a ean Trace 
Potash K(REO tints et ee ar en: 158 
SodaviGNas Oy hac Ae eee ee eee 1.98 
LS UN ea iis aa A LARA mI MMA 1 hw) A 5), 68) 
SONS 


In the rock opened by mining there are casts of marine 
invertebrates, bones of marine vertebrates and the teeth of 
sharks. The lens reveals many minute scales of dark mica, 
and the confused granular surface of decayed felspathic matter 
and quartz sand. Several beds of this or similar material 
occur in this member of the Temblor, especially north of 
Poso Creek, where they form prominent outcrops at the sur- 
face, which are easily followed along their strike. 

A few outcrops of sand are sufficiently bituminous to induce 
drilling for oil, which has been done in different parts of the 
district, but thus far without satisfactory results. 

The fresh-water or brackish-water facies of the Neocene 
which was described some pages back, forms a local phase of 
the Temblor group. The difficulties to be overcome in making 
any division of the Temblor group upon the basis of litho- 
logical character become apparent when attempted in this 
quarter of the field. The more shaly portion is nearest the 
base, and the beds become coarser toward the top, though 
clays are distributed throughout the column. 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 95 


Then, as will be shown presently, there is reason to regard 
the whole collection of fossiliferous beds as representing the 
whole of the Temblor group, though it is not proved that 
some part of the series has not been carried away. 


THE KERN RIVER GROUP 


The uppermost group of the Neocene, as far as known, is 
almost without fossils, and consists of sandy beds, alternating 
aggregates of sands and clays, and, toward the top, beds of 
gravel. These beds are well exposed in outcrop one or two 
miles east of the Kern River oil-field, and along Cottonwood 
Creek, and southward, and on the Caliente, and also north of 
the Poso stage-station on the road to Granite. Beds of gravel 
and conglomerate, and frequently large boulders, are charac- 
teristic of this group. Some of the boulders near Cottonwood 
and Caliente creeks are above a ton in weight. 

The upper part of the group is usually gray in color, but 
the larger part has a characteristic pale greenish or sometimes 
yellow color, though it often contains thin strata of chocolate- 
brown sand or clay. 

The entire group bears evidence of being a terrigenous 
rather than an organic deposit, as far as known from its out- 
‘crops and from the well-records of the Kern River district. 
What it may be beneath the valley floor can only be surmised, 
though very likely its organic component becomes more pro- 
nounced, and the detrital is reduced. 

The thickness of the group varies somewhat in different 
parts of the area, though in general it is under 2000 feet. To 
the north of the Kern River estimates have generally resulted 
in placing it near 1260 feet. South of Cottonwood Creek a 
partial section was measured which had a thickness of over 
1100 feet, and on Caliente Creek a calculation based upon the 
average dip showed a thickness of something more than 1500 
feet. Its thickness is naturally greater in the western part of 
the area than in the eastern, where it has usually suffered from 
denudation. 

The group often exhibits sudden alternations of condition, 
changing quickly from clays, shales, etc., to coarse gravels 
and boulders. Some of the boulders of granitic rock are so 


96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


large as to suggest glacial or other unusual conditions during 
sedimentation. . 

There is quite generally the appearance of stratigraphic 
continuity in the Neocene series, and at any one point it 1s 
not easy to detect any angular divergence in dip or strike 
between the Kern River and Temblor groups. When followed 
along the strike, however, there is conclusive evidence of 
overlapping and of unconformity between the two groups. 

Just south of the Kern River, and also near White River, 
the Kern River group rests upon and covers in turn different 
members of the older group, and finally rests directly upon 
the granite. The same is probably true to the north of the 
Tejon valley. 

Special importance is attached to the stratigraphy and distri- 
bution of this group from the fact that the productive oil- 
measures of the Kern River district are confined to it. From 
this fact it has been called the Kern River group. The oil- 
measures make up about one-half of the stratigraphic volume 
of the beds. 

Very little oil, and probably no oil in commercial quantities, 
has been found in the Kern River field below the base of this 
group, though small quantities of oil and gas are often 
reported. Bituminous matter in small quantities has often 
been seen in some of the outcrops of the older group, but as 
indications of oil deposits they are generally negligible. 

The age of the Kern River group is not readily told, except 
that it is younger than the Temblor, with which it is certainly 
unconformable, as already stated. 

The only fossil remains that have yet been discovered in it 
are fragments of petrified wood, but aside from suggesting 
fresh water conditions, or perhaps those of shallow water, 
they are of little value. 

The oil-measures furnish a sort of evidence, which is perhaps 
stronger than a suggestion, that the group should be correlated 
with the petroliferous beds at Sunset, Midway and McKit- 
trick, but this topic will be deferred for the present. 


QUATERNARY DEPOSITS 


Overlying all of the older formations of the lower Kern 
River region, including the basement rocks and the Neocene, 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 97 


and resting more or less horizontally across their edges where 
they are upturned, are thick deposits of gravel of distinctly 
alluvial origin belonging to a former epoch. Their areal 
extent is difficult to estimate, but they occur along all of the 
larger streams and stream-terraces, and along the borders of 
the valley plain are blended with recent alluvial deposits of the 
Kern valley. 

The most characteristic of these deposits have some elevation 
above the present stream beds, and from these they range 
upward in altitude to several hundred feet. A large area of 
these alluvial sands and gravels occurs along White River, 
and another about the lower portion of Caliente Creek; but 
these areas are probably among the more recent. Along the 
upper terraces of the Kern River are some of the older 
deposits. The more recent deposits are naturally the thickest, 
having suffered less from denudation. Near Bena, a small 
station on the Southern Pacific railroad, they form cliffs of 
horizontally stratified gravels nearly 100 feet in height, but 
probably these represent only the upper portion of the deposits, 
and their true thickness at this place is quite unknown. They 
rest in turn upon the upturned edges of both the Temblor 
and the Kern River groups, and clearly occupy a trough 
excavated in these formations prior to the epoch of alluviation. 

These alluvial deposits vary in texture from coarse gravels 
to sands and clays, and have usually a rusty yellow color. 
For the most part they are incoherent, though near the summit 
a hard layer is often seen, which has served to protect the cliffs 
from reduction. 

The denudation and excavation of the older groups prior 
to alluviation is interesting, as showing a relative elevation of 
the land surface, very probably above the present altitude; 
and the formation of alluvial deposits that are now elevated 
shows as clearly a corresponding depression of the land sur- 
face. Alluviation and terracing have doubtless been syn- 
chronous. 


FAUNAL FEATURES OF THE SERIES 


The faunal contents of the Neocene series of the Kern 
River and its vicinity present some interesting and unexpected 
features. Blake’s collections were probably made from the 


98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


lower fossiliferous beds of the series, but he was unable to 
arrive at any more definite conclusion than that the beds were 
of Middle Tertiary, or Miocene age. Whitney and Gabb 
came only to the same general conclusion as to their age. 
Dr. J. G. Cooper, after examining several small collections 
made by W. L. Watts, partly from the lowest horizon, though 
chiefly from one higher up, was able to classify the beds only 
as Neocene. Among the fossils from the vicinity of Barker’s 
ranch he believed he had identified many living species, and 
evidently these influenced his determination of their age. 
Later J. C. Merriam expressed a belief that the beds containing 
Turritella ocoyana and two or more forms of Agasoma, etc., 
were of Lower Miocene age, and refers to the Kern River beds 
as examples of the same. It is due also to remember that Dr. 
Merriam recognized the occurrence of many species in these 
beds having a modern or recent aspect. 

In accordance with the views already expressed in this 
paper, only the lower 2000 feet of strata can confidently be 
called Miocene, as only that part of the series is known to be 
fossiliferous. Within this range, fossils are found at different 
levels throughout the area, some species having the entire 
vertical range. Dosinia whitneyi, Chione temblorensis, Pec- 
tunculus septentrionalis, and Neverita callosa have been found 
at both the top and bottom of the fossil-bearing strata. Pecten 
andersoni, Venus pertenuis, and Solen sicarius have a consid- 
erable vertical range. But by far the larger number of species 
and individuals are found in a much more restricted range. 

There are, as already suggested, three well-marked horizons, 
separated by intervals of more than 400 feet, which contain 
nine-tenths of the fossils and an equal proportion of the species. 
These horizons have been designated as Zones A, B, and C. 

Zoue A is that of Pyramid Hill on the divide between the 
Kern River and Poso Creek. It is apparently the horizon 
described by Blake, and the one from which he collected the 
species described by Conrad, and it constitutes the lowest 
known fossiliferous horizon of the series. The top of Zone A 
is not more than 500 feet above the base. The beds are some- 
what concretionary and exceedingly fossiliferous. 

Zone B is that of the Barker’s ranch locality, best seen on 
the north bank of the river one mile above the old ranch house. 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 99 


It is the horizon chiefly represented in the list of species pub- 
lished by the writer in 1905, and is also the horizon from 
which Dr. Cooper believed he had obtained many living 
species. Probably none, or only a few, of the species are 
actually living, though it must be admitted that the resemblance 
of many of them to living forms is more than superficial. 
Probably many of them are the lineal antecedents of forms 
now living along the Pacific coast. Zone B has a stratigraphic 
thickness of less than 150 feet, and may be generally taken as 
100 feet, though some of the species are found a little lower. 

Zone C is that exposed near the top of Round Mountain, 
two miles north of Barker’s ranch, and also in the hills west 
of Round Mountain, locally known as the Shark-Tooth Hills. 
It is the horizon from which most of the sharks’ teeth have 
been obtained, including those to which reference is made by 
Dr. Jordan.* 

This horizon can be followed across the field for many 
miles, and can usually be identified by its characteristic white 
marl, by its abundant sharks’ teeth, and by the fact that it 
forms the uppermost fossil horizon, and is overlain by the 
greenish-gray sands of the Kern River group. 

On the following pages are given lists of the more common 
or characteristic species of the three principal horizons of the 
' Kern River Neocene series. The fossils of Zone A were 
collected by W. H. Ochsner, A. G. Carpenter, and the writer 
from the south side of Pyramid Hill in 1909, 


List oF SPECIES 


: 4 : Miocene Fossil Zones 
Species from the Kern River section: Fae Eel a= 


Tp MMR TO ARC SUS ALIVE Wat OO RON CO AP RAY BS as 
ALCOLMONTEKEVANGIOSMONTY. 22) 52/5 cette Sh able sels oles wade ls x x 
Cardium waqueroense ARNOLD. 0... ¢.060. 00825002050 ss x 

Cyrena (Corbicula) dumblei ANDERSON................ a x 
Cytherea (Callista) mathewsoni GABB...............-- >< x 
ONACOTAD. SDs SBS SEO TS So OES RI estes x 

DD OSIM COPIEGINGIABDY Sethe coe walgreens alae x x 
Dosimiawzehmneye Gappe. 22 ue Vee ees ay Oe Pe x pe Se 
DEO OVA) Dac. WS 0 Oth tO Re TT Ot Re SEN XK 4 

eda OreS ONAN SEUIMARD) 2. co los. . Sale Nb eta tela nated x 
Macii ae Gey in alata CONS) ee).cc esd cs  ioesk tee satel SK 

Mactra (Spisula) (rel. M. falcata Gup)............... x 
LACEN GINS PBS TEE ie cts soe Chevols tw aleeatana agen XK 
Monlusimothewmsonin Gaps ..e ose. ee ae. x 


1 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Cal., v. 3, pp. 95-144. 


100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


List oF SPECIES—Cont’d. 


Miocene Fossil Zones 


Species from the Kern River Section: A = C 


Maytilus (small spin eie eis Secieile eh aeisoele x 

Ostrea eldridget ARNOLD..............++-++20+-+s00ee- x 

Ostrea sp. (rel. O. titan CON.)........-.. epee CUA x 

Ostrea sp. (small thin valves) ........0000 02sec reece x 

Pecten andersoni ARNOLD........----0eeecer erste tees WX x 
Pecten bowersi ARNOLD .......---.--eeceecerr tec terees x 

Pecten magnolia CONRAD ?.....-...-2 eee eee cere e ese ees x 

Pecten nevadensis CONRAD.......---+.+0eeeeeeee reece: x 

Pecten perrini ARNOLD ?........0--2eee eee eee eters x 

Pecten sespeénsis ARNOLD........00-00eeee eee eee eens x 

Pecten sp. (rel. P. estrellanus CON.) ...+-+-.+++050+00: x 

Pectunculus brannert ARNOLD ........-.20-++-+2e2ceeees x x 
Pectunculus septentrionalis Mwp.......-...+++-++++++:- x 

Phacoides acutilineatus CONRAD ......--+++++0+0e0++0e- x 

Phacoides richthofeni GABB.........-...0000eee ee eeees x x 
Pinna alamedaénsis YATES.......---+-02e eect eter ces x 

Solen sicarius GOULD). 2 eco osne eae aes isi erie x 
SG GANAS Ne Dn es OObe Sua ub a Ono apincrOonid siolsolodct x x 
Tellina ocoyana CONRAD ...........+.00eee eee rete eee x x 
Melina spawn neo PATON IEG SUMAN) ay JAAY Ca ect eae ea x x 
Tevela inegana ARNOLD ..........-0- 0s ec ceee eet eteees x x x 
Venus (Mercenaria) pertenuis GABB...........-++++++ x x 
Venus (Chione) temblorensis ANDERSON......-.-.--+-- x x x 
Yoldia sp. (rel. Y. coopert GABB).......+-- ++ 02s ee eeees x x 
Agasoma gravidum GABB........+---+20+e sees reece x x 
Agasoma kernianum COOPER ......---++-+e0eeeee eects x x x 
Bullia (Molopophorus) anglonana ANDERSON .......... x 
Cancellaria condoni ANDERSON ......--.-2+e+2eseceeees x 
Cancellaria dallana ANDERSON..........--+-+ 0002222 e> < 
Cancellaria joaquinensis ANDERSON.....-----+--+++++-+- S< 
Cancellaria pacifica ANDERSON.......-+++-++0++ereeeeee x 
Cancellaria simplex ANDERSON .......-++00+20seeee eee x 
GUYISOUOMUS SPS lier oe eyaie alsleiniae tii elat aie a apolenetehaole x 

Conus owenanad ANDERSON......----eeeeseeeeeeereees x x x 
Crepidula praerupta CONRAD ........--+-+2-eeseeee eres x 
Crepidula princeps CONRAD.....-.---++++e-eeeee ee ee cee x 

Cuma biplicata GABB ........0.. 0c eee e ete eens x 
Dentalium substriatum CONRAD........+++++ee00 seers x 
Dentaliuan Spo ee eerie cee oeileteeets iste keke pel eta sven x x 
Epitonium (Opalia) (cf. O. rugiferum DaLL)........-- x 

Nassa arnoldi ANDERSON.......---+seceeeeee cere t cree x 
Natica (rel. N. lewisi GOULD) .....--..----+ +022 eee see v4 

Neverita callosa GABB........0-.eeee sree teeter tees x x x 
Oliva californica ANDERSON ........--- A NOG I a aS x x 
Oliva futheyana ANDERSON.....-..-+-++-2 essere eee ress x 
Pleurotoma (Clathurella) dumblet ANDERSON .......... 4 
Purpura lima MARTYN........6 eee eet eee eens x x 
Scaphander jugularis CONRAD .......--+++-2seee reese x 
Sigaretus scopulosus CONRAD.......+--+220e seer ees x 
Terebra coopert ANDERSON..........+0+eeeee eect eeee x 
INO HOS). (GBs sa ceaonadooasodnnonodeosudenWouce x 
Trophon kernensis ANDERSON........+0-++++0+ seers >< 
Turritella ocoyana CONRAD...........6++.eee teers x 


Vor. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 101 


Species cited by Blake as determined by Conrad from the 
Lower Miocene of Ocoya Creek: 


Natica genticulata ConraD 

Natica ocoyana CoNRAD 

Scaphander jugularis ConRaD 

Agasoma gravidum GarsB (figured but not named) 
Agasoma kernianum CooPer (figured but not named) 
Pleurotoma transmontana CoNRAD 

Nassa arnoldi ANDERSON (figured but not named) 
Sycotypus ocoyanus CONRAD 

Turritella ocoyana CONRAD 

Colus arctatus CONRAD 

Crepidula prerupta Conrad (figured only) 
Tellina ocoyana CoNRAD 

Pecten nevadensis CONRAD 

Pecten catilliformis CoNRAD 

Arca microdonta CONRAD 

Dosinia sp. 

Cardium sp. 

Solen sp. 

Venus sp. 

Cytherea (Callista) mathewsoni ? GaBB 


Fossil Fishes determined by Dr. Jordan from the Lower 


Miocene of Kern River: 


Carcharias antiquus AGASSIZ 
Carcharodon brannert JoRDAN 
Carcharodon rectus AGASSIZ 
Dalatias occidentalis AGassiz 
Galeocerdo productus AGASSIZ 
Hemipristis heteropleurus AGASSIZ 
Heptranchias andersoni JorDAN 
Tsurus planus AGASSIZ 

Isurus smuthi JorDAN 

Tsurus tumulus AGAssiz 
Lamna clavata AGASsiz 


The species contained in the foregoing list are mainly from 
the top of the Temblor, or the horizon of Zone C, and were 
collected by the writer or by Mr. John Barker as before stated. 
In addition to the above species there are many remains of 
- rays, skates, sword-fish, and other marine fishes and animals. 
Vertebrae and other bones of whales, and the jaws, teeth, and 
ribs of marine mammals are occasionally found. Teeth of sea 
lions and of Desmostylus have also been found among the 
fossils of Zone C. 

According to Blake’s statement, the species described by 
Agassiz were, with perhaps two exceptions, obtained from a 
lower horizon on Poso Creek; but as far as known to the 
writer, the most prolific beds are at the upper limit of marine 
shells. The beds of this horizon are probably the most per- 


102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


sistent in character, and can be followed farther through the 
field than any others that have been attempted. A prominent 
layer of white sandy marl with an abundance of vertebrate 
remains can be followed easily for many miles. 

Mr. Charles Morrice has recently collected from a small 
area in this zone an enormous number—1500 or more—of 
vertebrate fossil remains, including the teeth of many species 
of sharks and skates, the jaws and teeth of sea-lions, bones of 
whales, etc. Some of the sharks are probably undescribed 
species. Teeth of a Desmostylus have been obtained also from 
the same locality. It seems remarkable that so many remains, 
including diverse species, could be assembled in so small an 
area, which, at the time of their deposition and burial, must 
have been considerably off shore. Probably they mark an 
epoch of abnormal destruction among marine veretebrates, 
possibly an epoch of violent volcanic activity accompanied by 
the fall of ash, etc. 

As has been already stated, the teeth and other remains found 
at other horizons than Zone C, are often found just beneath 
beds of volcanic ash, or in beds in which ash makes up an 
important part. 

As will be seen, the faunas of the three prominent zones 
already described belong to the lower division of the Neocene, 
and are characteristically Lower Miocene. The upper division 
as far as known is almost without fossils, and is barren of any 
forms that are serviceable for stratigraphic correlation. 


FOSSILS FROM THE ESTUARINE BEDS 


Among the invertebrate fossils occurring in the estuarine 
beds of Caliente Creek, Dr. Dall has recognized land shells 
belonging to the genera Circinaria and Epiphragmophora. In 
addition to these a species of Corbicula near C. dumblei occurs 
in great abundance in one or more beds near the top of the 
series. 

No special effort was made to collect or to determine the 
land plants contained in these beds, though, along with ferns, 
etc., the following genera were recognized: Salix, Platanus, 
Ficus. Other genera, however, were observed and also col- 
lected. 


¥ 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 103 


CORRELATION OF DEPOSITS 


In a recent paper on the Geologic Record of California,’ 
Dr. J. Perrin Smith has made a tabulated statement of the 
recognized sedimentary groups of California, including a sum- 
mary, and tentative correlation of the formations that have 
thus far been described in the Neocene deposits. This is 
undoubtedly the most concise and satisfactory statement that 
has yet appeared of the progress made upon the correlation of 
the Neocene in California, though it evidently leaves much to 
be settled. The standard column of the Neocene is still a 
debatable subject, and will probably remain so for some years. 

As shown in former papers bearing upon the stratigraphy 
of the valley borders, and as shown also in the tabular sum- 
mary of Dr. Smith, here reprinted, there are, in the Mt. Diablo 
Range taken as a whole, all of the horizons of the Neocene, 
or their equivalents, that are to be found in any part of the 
coast, or in other words, all that are required for a complete 
section; though there are few places, if any, in which they are 
all present in recognizable form. At one point the lower, at 
another the middle, and at still another the upper members of 
the series are more fully developed. In the Kern River region 
if all of the members are present, they have not been recog- 
nized, and there appears to be the same incompleteness of 
section. © 

While it is possible or perhaps easy to identify some of the 
beds with members of a standard column, it is at present not 
safe to attempt a complete correlation of the several groups 
in the Kern River Neocene with those even of the Mt. Diablo 
Range. There is great variability in both the lithology and 
the faunas of contemporary beds even within the limits of the 
basin here concerned. For example, the Neocene deposits on 
the west side of the valley near the Temblor ranch and near 
Sunset have a thickness estimated at more than 6000 feet, 
consisting chiefly of shales which are largely organic. The 
contemporaneous strata near the Kern River attain hardly 
more than half this thickness, and are mainly of sandy detritus, 
with beds of ash and a minor part of shale, not exclusively 
organic. On the west side of the valley the beds are fossilifer- 


1 Jour. Geol., v. 18, 1910, pp. 216-227. 


104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


ous in places, even to near the top; while on the Kern River 
side the upper beds are destitute of fossils, except for a few 
which serve little for correlation. 

The problems of correlation appear to be such as can be 
solved satisfactorily only by reference to the physical geog- 
raphy and other conditions attendant upon Neocene sedimenta- 
tion, and in the light of facts gathered from districts somewhat 
outside the one under discussion. Doubtless marine currents 
during Neocene times played no small part in the distribution 
of the materials, and hence with the stratigraphy and thickness 
of the beds, and possibly also with their faunas. But it is 
only by recognizing the entire extent and position of the 
particular basin of deposition and its physical history that we 
gain the view requisite for the problems of correlation. 


THE TEMBLOR BASIN 


As shown on the maps contained in this paper the basin of 
deposition did not conform either in extent or position to the 
Great Valley of California, but, as has been pointed out in 
former papers,’ it included not only a portion of the Great 
Valley, but also the intermontane valleys to the west. This 
basin was subsequently somewhat roughly described and out- 
lined by Dr. Arnold in a paper giving broad generalizations 
of the environment of the Pacific Coast Tertiary faunas.” 

From evidences that cannot be fully presented here it is 
believed that the Neocene basin of the California Interior was 
bounded on the east by the Sierra Nevada, on the south and 
west by the Tehachipi and Santa Lucia ranges, and on the 
north by a low plain, in part skirting the Sierra, but in the 
main occupying the northern portion of the Great Valley. 
The exact position of the shore-line cannot be stated, but it 
probably crossed the Great Valley obliquely in a northwesterly 
direction, receding more and more from the position of the 
Sierran foot-hills as it is followed northward. It is unlikely 
that this shore-line held its place continuously throughout the 
Neocene, but more probably its locus was shifted somewhat 


1Proc. Calif. Acad. Wet eae 3d ser., Geol., v. 2, pp. 157-158; Proc. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., 1908, 4th ser., By -7. 
gout Geol. 1909, a in ‘pp. 320 et seq. ; 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 105 


by the diastrophic movements of the period. As will be shown 
later, the conditions, if not the area, of marine deposition were 
greatly altered during Mid-Neocene—that is Monterey—time 
by wide-spread disturbances. 

As stated before, the Mt. Diablo Range divides ‘he Temblor 
basin somewhat centrally. Around the several island cores 
of this range the Neocene sediments cluster more or less con- 
tinuously in concentric zones. The thickest and probably the 
most normal, if not the most varied, development of the Neo- 
cene is about what is locally known as the Temblor Mountains, 
and it is this portion of the Mt. Diablo Range that is most 
central to the basin here described. For these reasons, and 
also because the oldest beds of the Neocene, those known as 
the Temblor Beds, more accurately than any others delineate 
the extent and area of marine conditions, the basin may be 
appropriately known as the Temblor Basin. 

About this basin, as already described, the summits of the 
various coast ranges lift their heads as boundary or interior 
monuments, well fitted to commemorate the existence of an 
object so important. For this basin forms in truth one of the 
most important unit-areas of the California Neocene, and 
should be treated as such in any extensive and consistent study 

of the deposits. 

It is not believed that the various coast mountains existed 
as continuous ranges during the Neocene, but rather as chains 
of disconnected islands intermittently bounding the basin on 
the south and west, and also dividing it somewhat centrally 
in the position of the Mt. Diablo Range. About these several 
islands, in the wide inter-island channels, in the narrower 
waterways, and in the inclosed sea, the range of conditions, 
when affected by ocean currents, was very great, both as to 
sedimentation and as to the distribution of faunas; and it is 
only in view of these facts that correlations can be advantage- 
ously undertaken, either of deposits within this particular 
basin, or of deposits occurring respectively in this and neigh- 
boring basins, or of either with the standard column of the 
California Neocene. 

Below is given a tabulated statement showing in a general 
way the plan suggested for the correlation of the Kern River 


November 1, 1911 


106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


beds with those of the Mt. Diablo Range, and with others 
throughout the area of the Temblor basin. 


Mt. Diablo Range Kern River Area 


Tulare Group Not Recognized. 


Kern River Group 


: Gray water-sands; green and 
Etchegoin Group brown sands, clays, etc.; sands 
carrying oil, oil-measures. 


Santa Margarita Group 
Unconformity, or beds not recog- 


ized. 
Monterey Group as 


Temblor Group 


Zone C., clays, ashy beds, and 
sands Le mee fos 
Zone B, gravels, clays, sands 
Temblor Group with eure focal diatom 
shales, bituminous shales, etc., 
Zone A, conglomerate, ashy 
beds, sands with marine fossils. 


In his recently published paper, The Geologic Record of 
California, Dr. J. P. Smith* suggests without comment a tab- 
ulated correlation of the Neocene deposits occurring in and 
about the borders of the Temblor Basin. While the plan 
therein proposed is not in entire harmony with the conclusions 
of this paper, it fairly represents the trend of opinion, and 
therefore, by his courtesy, is reprinted here with slight neces- 
sary alterations, the terms in parentheses being interpolated. 


THE TEMBLOR GROUP? 


From an inspection of the fauna of Zone A described in the 
preceding pages, there can be but little doubt as to its identity 
with the lowermost beds occurring at Temblor and at other 


1 Jour. Geol., v. 18, No. 3, pp. 216-227. 

2Dr. Arnold and others have not hesitated to apply the term “Vaqueros” to the 
Lower Miocene beds of the Mt. Diablo range which have been previously described 
under the name Temblor. It should be remembered, however, that the name 
“Vaqueros” has not yet any well-founded claim upon scientific or technical usage 
aside from its introduction into the literature of the U. S. Geological Survey. It has 
not yet had either a faunal or a stratigraphic description that could logically entitle it 
to recognition, nor has any such description been claimed for it. Its use in the 
literature of the U. S. Geological Survey is without reference either to logic or to the 
rules of precedence, and has in fact only an arbitrary basis for its support. It is 
hoped that its use will be discontinued. 


1 


Kern (County) Coalinga 


Oo 
par 
= Lake beds ' 
& | Pliocene fa 
(Tulare) with so 
brackish-wat 
=| 
x) 
ae) 
3 
4 
RS) 
(Base of Bs 
“McKittrick SD 
Formation ”’) ES 
Ss 
(ea 
Jacalitos be 
with 
Pecten owe 
(Santa Margarita) Ee 
= Beds wit] 
g Tamiosom 
6 | gregaria, Ost 
ag > 
q titan, an¢ 
Ep Pecten estrell 
5 
fe) 
1e) 
sy 
4 1 
i Bitgnenene Doubtfully ret 
e shales to the 
iS) Monterey 
= 
= ees 
3 h bed 
-2 |Barker’s ranch beds ; 
“| with Agasoma | § Bae seer 
© barkerianum ial F eo 
q auna like th: 
oO Agasoma = the O C. 
g | kernianumand |G a ae 
8 Pecten andersoni SEE AOA 
(e) 


Vaqueros 


Nrocenr Secrions or CALiIroRNIA (afler J. P. Smith) 


Kern (County) Coalinga San Luis Obispo Salinas Valley Santa Cruz Mt. Diablo Region 
os 
Marine beds iS 
3 | of Lake Mer- | 9 
& |ced and fresh-| & 
: th [S| Type section of |$ 2 | Sania Clana [a 
F fa| eibebetart || TeeeSeelan et | | covets thon 2 
(Tule with some 6 | Supposed to be of |‘, type section g Brechwater 
brackish-water beds] 3 | freshwater origin | 4 2 Phiacena 
& Ay o 
: od _ and 
Marine bedaioe 5 | Miocene of the 
ea Y |! Berkeley Hills 
5 Pecten healeyi 
‘DB 
— E a 
d 
= Ay 
49 
= Beds with a 
| Pecten wattsi g 
Ss and ——_—*| 8 |Doubtfully referred] .¢ Sand é LE 
(Base of ¢| P.coalingaensis | £| to this horizon. | & Seu ae with ; 
“McKittrick So & | It may be the E-| cute 5 gibbsi 5 Type section on 
Formation ”’) 2 “ | equivalent of the |S] p fe et 2| San Pablo Bay 
iS = | Santa Margarita | CCLeL Wats cS with 
rca} B © | Pecten pabloensis 
Ay g and 
D Astrodapsis 
tumidus 
Jacalitos beds ; Kirker’s Pass beds 
with Type section of with 
Pecten oweni £ Typical sandstones s Santa Mereanta gs s Santa Margarita 
| with Ostrea titan | 3 | With Ostrea titan [2 | cu ndstones with | 8 fauna 
&| “ Tamiosoma | |  Tamiosoma | | ““Ostrea titan | 8 
S a s gregaria, 3 ee 
RNS i = Ss gregaria, and S and> I 
ASSES UES) me) s = | Pecten estrellanus a Pecten estrellanus | 4 Astrodapsis e 5 
= Beds with 8 $ and _ gs Anitiselit | Sandstones with 
g Tamiosoma § S (Pecten crassicardo) § q Ostrea titan 
5 | gregaria, Ostrea | eB io) 2 and _ 
= titan, and > ae SS Pecten crassicardo 
&2| Pecten estrellanus ; , 
4 ___| Pecten discus bed |__| Pecten discus beds | — see 
fo} 
S D> ES 
2 D> ea) 3 
= alent Doubtfully referred] 2 5 5 ares 5 
£ Bituminous 6 ie 2! Diatomaceous | 2 2 __, Bituminous re Monterey shale 
5 shales Mesa Bll spelt, iio cing IS Type section of | § |diatomaceous shale] § 
S S | typical Monterey |= Monterey shale |S S 
=z Sa | ee ee eee Beal 
2 ‘ker’ ch b 
B 5 : 
ne oath Acaeoma os | Type section of | | Sandstone with «| Sandstones with 
S barkerianum |= | , 2emblor, with | -2 |Agasoma gravidum 2 |Agasoma gravidum 
Oo Agasoma g | fauna like that of g Turritella ocoyana ‘g | Turritella ocoyana 
=| kernianumand |< the Ocoya Creel é and Mytilus é and : 
3 Pecten andersoni formation mathewsoni Pecten andersoni 
(S) Sen 


Type section of 
Vaqueros, 

= |massive sandstones| 

‘ali r he : | 3 


Massive sandstones 
with 


idling 


Ha lt ater evn ia 


pe abet oo | 
eee yearn re ad ma 
hi tel eee 
q eheanoth eae See 
; gomtor cade ot 1 peep 
bvanehiascl ype aT i 
’ fyb Z'] We SF 


Pot (ae yee 
ARO Stay Liens Bait 


i 


Sabcbik ned nse tilt 


(itt sees 
t " 


BAY Goll gente Ne 
rade: Letneyet | 


Wh 


ciinlean opti 
Tea ah 
“i 


A SruRih Nie ae i 
aN ety de Soe, aaah oes ua y my 


eae ee 


Page omniek ables 


BM Bae 33 bi 
i Heh ce aici 


Vor. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 107 


places in the Mt. Diablo Range and in the Temblor basin in 
general. 

It was at first thought that this horizon might prove to be 
older than the typical Temblor, on account of the number of 
large pecten species it contained, but there is now quite abund- 
ant proof that a horizon older than the Temblor has not been 
recognized either here or in any part of Temblor basin, nor 
do the stratigraphic facts from any part of the basin furnish 
proof that older Neocene beds exist within it. It may be 
supposed that the occupation of the Temblor basin by the 
sea was transgressional and progressive, and that there are 
older beds belonging to the Neocene in the outer coast ranges; 
but if this is true, it has yet to be shown. 

The relationship of Zone B both faunally and stratigraphic- 
ally is clearly with the Miocene, and its correct reference to 
this period will hardly be questioned, notwithstanding the 
recent or modern aspect of some of the species, as already 
mentioned. 

Not only is it to be regarded as Miocene, but the preponder- 
ance of evidence is undoubtedly in favor of its connection 
with the Lower Miocene. Any question which may arise as 
to its exact stratigraphic position is more likely to involve 
only a choice between the Temblor and the Monterey. But 
thus far in the study of the West Coast Miocene, the Mon- 
terey has not been regarded as the habitat of such species as 
Agasoma gravidum, Turritella ocoyana, Cytherea mathewsont, 
Dosima whitney, Y oldia impressa, and a score of other species 
given in the lists. Indeed, Dr. Merriam has cited all of the 
above-named species except the last as being characteristic of 
the beds below the Monterey shales. And none of the species 
of Zone B are characteristic of any Miocene horizon younger 
than the Monterey. And furthermore it must be added that 
while Zone B is rich in species some of which have often been 
found in the Monterey shales, the species most widely charac- 
teristic of the latter, namely, Pecten peckhami, has not been 
found at all in any part of the Kern River area. 

In the same manner it may be shown that Zone C, both 
stratigraphically and faunally is related to the Temblor, rather 
than to any later division of the Neocene. All of its species 
are found in both Zones A and B, and while some of them 


108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


are found in the Santa Margarita, none of them are charac- 
teristic of it. 

Since the entire stratigraphic group including Zones a B, 
and C is quite conformable in position, and all its members 
are more closely related to the Temblor in faunal features than 
to any other horizon of the Neocene, it follows that if any 
_ part of the included strata is to be referred to a horizon other 
than the Temblor, it must be done upon the basis of criteria 
other than stratigraphical or paleontological. In the matter 
of thickness also there is little to warrant any subdivision of 
these beds. 

The Temblor beds described in former papers devoted to 
the Mt. Diablo Range have in their type-locality an aggregate 
thickness of 1500 feet. Northward along the range the thick- 
ness diminishes until at Coalinga and on Cantua Creek it is 
hardly more than 300 feet. 

In the San Emidio section it is not easy to say how much of 
the Miocene is to be classed as Temblor, but, judging from 
Whitney’s description, it is not less than 1500 feet and may 
be more. The writer’s estimate has been greater than this. 

In the Kern River area the Lower Miocene beds, including 
Zones A and B, would have only an average thickness; and 
including all of the fossil-bearing beds the series aggregates 
only 1760 feet, a thickness quite comparable to that of the 
type-locality of the Temblor. Other localities are known in 
which the beds referable to the Temblor attain a much greater 
thickness than any here given. Elsewhere a statement has 
been given of the criteria upon which a provisional division 
of these beds might be attempted. 

In the outer Coast Ranges of California are beds that have 
been described and classed under the undefined name of 
“Vaqueros.” Without recognizing the sufficiency of this 
rambling and nondescript name, it may be said that most, if 
not all, of the strata that have hitherto been classed under this 
term are comparable stratigraphically and faunally to the 
Temblor. Dr. Arnold has described beds in the Santa Cruz 
mountains, and Dr. Fairbanks in the Coast mountains about 
San Luis Obispo that are referable to the Temblor. Dr. 
Merriam has pointed out that Turritella hoffmani is found 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 109 


only in the Lower Miocene of the outer coast ranges, and has 
suggested that beds in which it occurs may be older than those 
of the interior valley in which T. hoffmani is replaced by T. 
ocoyana, abundant about the Kern River. . 

Thus far it remains to be shown that any such discrimination 
is warranted or possible. In other respects the Lower Mio- 
cene of the outer coast ranges does not differ faunally from 
the Temblor. Undoubtedly the Temblor group has its con- 
temporaries among some of the Neocene river-deposits of the 
Sierra Nevada, but a correlation will not be attempted here 
with these deposits. 


MONTEREY SHALES 


on 


It is quite impossible to recognize in the outcrop in any 
part of the Kern River area that member of the Miocene which 
forms its most characteristic feature in many parts of the 
Coast, that is, the Monterey Shales. 

In the series as described in the preceding pages, partly from 
the outcrop and partly from the records of deep wells, there is 
one portion that bears some resemblance to the Monterey, 
namely, that portion which is most strongly characterized 
-by shales, some of which are organic to a considerable extent. 
It will be noticed that nearly every class of materials commonly 
found in the Monterey has been found in the upper part of 
the Temblor group. Some of these points have been well 
brought out in Mr. Carmen’s description of the formations 
encountered in the Grace Well No. 5, quoted above. This 
portion of the series embraces at least 700 to 900 feet of strata, 
and includes and extends from Zone C downward to or below 
the position of Zone B, though it cannot include more than 
1160 feet. 

But if this collection of strata really represents the Mon- 
terey, it is hardly comparable in thickness or character to 
known exposures of Monterey not far away. On the western 
border of the valley, at Temblor, McKittrick, Midway, and 
Sunset, exposures of Monterey shales, almost exclusively 
organic, aggregate in thickness 4000 to 5000 feet. Moreover, 
they overlie a considerable thickness of clearly recognized 


110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Temblor sandstones and shales which are quite comparable 
to those of the Kern River. It may be added also that in 
the outer coast ranges the thickness of the Monterey is often 
as great as 3000 or 4000 feet, though this thickness may not 
be constant. 

On the other hand, as shown in previous papers, and as 
admitted by others, at Coalinga and vicinity the Monterey is 
but very little developed, and in the Mt. Diablo Range north 
of Jacalitos Creek it is not clearly recognizable at all, and if 
actually present it is in very greatly reduced volume. Nor 
has it been recognized at any place on the eastern border of 
the Temblor basin. 

It may be said, then, with reference to the Temblor, and 
also to the Monterey, that the conditions during the early 
and middle Miocene were similar in the Kern River area and 
in the Mt. Diablo Range in the vicinity of Coalinga. In both 
places on the borders of the Temblor basin the Temblor 
deposits are fairly well developed, while the Monterey is either 
absent, or is present in a reduced or disguised form. There 
are other facts that emphasize the absence of the Monterey on 
the eastern and northern borders of the basin, as will be shown 
later. 

The explanation of this interesting fact is to be found no 
doubt in the diastrophic record of the times. The subsidence 
that inaugurated the occupation of this basin by Temblor sedi- 
ments continued without interruption until middle Miocene 
time. It then paused, and on the eastern and northern borders 
of the basin the shore lines remained stationary throughout 
the epoch of the Monterey. In these parts, therefore, sedi- 
mentation was nil, while along the western borders, in the 
position of the outer coast ranges, and about the southern 
portion of the Mt. Diablo Range, subsidence went on without 
cessation, and sedimentation was therefore continuous. 

It is unnecessary to suppose that there was any elevation 
and denudation of the older Miocene during the Monterey 
epoch, either in the Kern River area or elsewhere, and no 
such disturbance seems probable. The facts appear to indicate 
merely an epoch of stability along the eastern and northern 
shore-lines of the basin, along which, therefore, the conditions 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 111 


were unfavorable for the continued accumulation of any class 
of sediments. 

But another aspect of sedimentation may well be considered 
in this connection, and that is the climatic conditions of the 
time. The Monterey epoch appears to have been one of dry, 
if not arid, climate. This is shown not only by the class of 
detrital sediments which are characteristic of this group, but 
also by the organic deposits, and by the class of organisms 
that were dominant in this basin at the time, namely Diatom- 
aceae, etc. 

In the various descriptions of the Monterey deposits that 
have been given from time to time, it will be recalled that 
among the materials considered as essential in its composition 
are diatomaceous and other organic shales, foraminiferal 
limestones, volcanic ash, gypsiferous clays, and disseminated 
bituminous matter more or less pervading the whole group. 
All of these materials are not only compatible with, but are 
characteristic of, arid conditions of climate. Furthermore, 
there is a generally acknowledged absence in most places of 
detrital or terrigenous materials. The enormous deposits built 
up of remains of diatoms and of foraminifera not only indi- 
cate, but they require, undisturbed and clear water, conditions 
that are found only under calm and clear skies. But under 
arid climatic conditions there would be slight denudation of 
land areas, and therefore but little sedimentation of terri- 
genous materials along a low and stationary shore line, such 
as bounded the Temblor basin on the east. 


THE KERN RIVER GROUP 


The correlation of the Kern River group with any occurring 
in the Mt. Diablo Range cannot now be made on paleontolog- 
ical ground, for the reason that as far as known it is without 
any determinative fossils. The beds of the Kern River group, 
however, can be followed south to the Tejon valley, and prob- 
ably can be connected toward the west with similar beds 
extending around the south end of the Great Valley and to 
the Sunset and Midway oil districts. In this way the Kern 
River group can, perhaps, be connected with the lower part of 


112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


the Etchegoin group occurring west of Midway; but this cor- 
relation is not given as final, but only as tentative. 

In lithological character the beds of the Kern River group 
resemble the Santa Margarita, especially in the parts con- 
taining the heavy-boulder conglomerates, and also in the 
gravels, and perhaps in the greenish-colored sands; but these 
criteria are not conclusive. 

Another and stronger feature of resemblance is in the oil- 
measures. It is a generally recognized fact that the oil- 
measures of the Sunset and Midway districts are in beds of 
Etchegoin age, and are principally near the bottom. The well- 
known occurrence of oil-measures in the Kern River group 
gives a means of correlation that would have great weight with 
many, and it may well be considered to have a strong strati- 
graphic if not a paleontological basis, and therefore to warrant 
serious consideration. 

The overlapping of the Kern River group upon the older 
groups is similar to that of the Etchegoin as exposed elsewhere. 
The Kern River group, however, is in the aggregate thicker 
than the Etchegoin, west of Midway, but on the other hand 
it is thinner than the Etchegoin group north of Coalinga. 
It is possible that the Kern River group is contemporaneous 
with, and equivalent to, the upper part of the Santa Margarita 
and a part of the Etchegoin, and represents a transgressional 
or progressive subsidence of the basin-floor. This view would 
harmonize many points not readily determined by direct proof 
derived from any part of the basin. 

It is less satisfactory to attempt a correlation of the Kern 
River group with any portion of the “McKittrick Formation” 
for the reason that the latter is not yet sufficiently well under- 
stood. In the published description of the McKittrick forma- 
tion it is made to include both marine and fresh-water beds 
that are readily distinguishable, and the definition is further 
complicated by the use of terms that are subject to dispute. 
The correlation of the Kern River group with any portion of 
the McKittrick formation must therefore await a fuller and 
more consistent definition. But as both the Santa Margarita 
and the Etchegoin beds are known to be petroliferous about 
McKittrick and Midway, it is likely that the equivalents of the 
Kern River group will be found to include portions of both. 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 113 


THE QUATERNARY GRAVELS 


The next collection of strata following that of the Kern 
River group is found in the alluvial gravels and _ terrace- 
deposits of the Kern River area. These deposits have all been 
formed during an epoch of subsidence, if not submergence, 
such as is known to have taken place generally over the whole 
Coast region during the late Quaternary. The horizontal 
position of these deposits across the truncated edges of the 
Kern River group, and the trenching of the latter prior to the 
epoch of alluviation, as shown along Caliente Creek, mark an 
intervening epoch of land conditions and of denudation. Quite 
similar facts are to be seen along the base of the Mt. Diablo 
Range in which the Tulare deposits are involved, which have 
been shown to be of Pliocene age. 

An attempt was made in a former paper’ to correlate the 
post-Pliocene deposits about the southern end of the Great 
Valley, and to suggest their relation to the terracing as well 
as to the previous interval of land elevation and denudation. 

The interpretation here given to the Quaternary terracing 
and older alluvial gravel-deposits in the Kern River area, is 
that they represent an epoch of subsidence in late Quaternary 
time, following the epoch of elevation which attended glacial 
conditions. In other words, these features of the Quaternary 
period are classed with those of the Champlain epoch in gen- 
eral. 


EcoNOMIC GEOLOGY 


It is not the purpose of this paper to deal specially or exten- 
sively with the economic features of the district, yet in passing 
a few notes may be included for the benefit of those who may 
desire them. _ 

The chief economic product is, of course, petroleum, though 
others are at least possible in the not distant future. As far 
as known the petroleum deposits of commercial value are con- 
fined to the Kern River group, and therein have a stratigraphic 
range of 300 to 600 feet, though unproductive beds of oil-sand 
are found both above and below. At any one point the produc- 
tive sands rarely exceed 400 feet in thickness, and they are 


1 Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., v. 3, pp. 1-40. 


114 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 41H Ser. 


often confined to 250 feet or less. Mechanical difficulties often 
make it impracticable to draw upon all of the sands capable of 
yielding oil, and the perforations of the casings are sometimes 
extended to only half the thickness of oil strata actually 
encountered in drilling. 

Below the base of the Kern River group and, therefore, 
within the Temblor, oil-sands have been reported in the records 
of the deep wells, but none of them are known to be capable 
of yielding commercial quantities of oil. The oil is generally 
reported to be of lighter character than that from the oil- 
measures of the Kern River group. Thin streaks of oil-sand 
and stains of oil, and shales more or less colored by bituminous 
matter, if not with oil, outcrop in certain localities within the 
Temblor. Some of these are to be seen along Kern River east 
of the oil-field, and in the hills north of Poso Creek as, for 
example, near the old fuller’s-earth mine. Oil-sands are 
reported in some old wells a quarter of a mile north of this 
mine, at a depth of 1300 to 1400 feet, and gas is still issuing 
from one of these wells in small quantity. 

Gas, which is generally regarded as an indication of oil, 
has been encountered in nearly all of the wells, old and new, 
that have been drilled into the Temblor beds. Considerable 
quantities of gas were found in both the Grace Well No. 5, and 
in the deep well of the Petroleum Development Company. 

Stratigraphically, the oil is not found in a single bed extend- 
ing across the field, but in sandy beds more or less separated 
by clays and distributed through the oil-measures. The sandy 
beds and clays interleave, often forming an alternating series 
throughout the measures. As a rule, in the developed portion 
of the field the sands are thicker in the eastern part of the 
field and become thinner toward the west, and the clays are 
thicker on the western border and become thin and scattered 
toward the east. In like manner the sands are thicker toward 
the south, and clays increase in volume northward. 

There is considerable lack of uniformity in the well-records; 
but this is probably due more to faulty records than to irreg- 
ularities in the beds themselves. Both sands and clay-beds are 
believed by some to be lenticular in section, and this is some- 
times given as the cause of troubles met with in controlling the 
underground water. But if a lenticular condition has really 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 115 


been observed in any case, it is likely to have been found along 
certain directions, and belongs primarily to the sands rather 
than to the clays, since it would owe its origin to the sorting 
action of currents during deposition. However, the idea of 
this condition comes solely from a study of the well-records, 
and the faulty data furnished by some of these should not be 
forgotten. If a well-record fails to record a particular bed of 
clay, it does not prove its absence, but possibly only a failure 
to detect it. 

The structure of the beds is almost that of a simple mono- 
cline, but when studied in detail the beds undulate somewhat, 
forming slight anticlines and synclines striking N. W. to S. E. 

The ultimate areal extent of the field has not been proved 
by actual developments, though the limits may be definitely 
known toward the northeast, if not also toward the southwest. 

Thus far water has proved to be more troublesome on the 
southwestern border of the field; and this is partly on account 
of the thinner clay beds in this direction, and the greater 
difficulty met with in shutting it out from the wells, or in 
confining it to certain limits by means of these clays. 

The gravity of the oil varies from 10.4° B. to 17.0°, though 
a large percentage of the production is between 14.5° and 16° 
B. Still lighter oil comes from strata below the oil measures 
of the Kern River group. 

Water-sands, which are the source of much trouble, are 
found both above and below the productive beds—some 
within the oil-measures, though in some cases water has been 
let into the oil-measures by accident or by faulty drilling. It 
is usually possible to shut out the upper water, and when the 
horizon of the lower water-sands is once learned, drilling may 
be stopped above it. There are usually sufficient clays suitably 
situated for the control of the underground water if the condi- 
tions are correctly known beforehand. 

The question as to the origin of petroleum is one much 
debated; but in California there is overwhelming evidence in 
favor of an organic origin, and the facts point to certain low 
organisms of both marine and fresh-water habitat. In the 
Tertiary formations of California, Diatomaceae are extremely 
abundant, and beds that are largely composed of their remains 


116 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


abound in all parts of the Neocene series, excepting possibly 
the latest. In the Mt. Diablo Range diatomaceous and other 
organic shales often make up a large percentage aggregate 
of the Monterey and later groups, and they occur also in the 
Etchegoin group, included by Ralph Arnold in ne so-called 
“McKittrick series.” 

The opinion has been unequivocally expressed’ that in the 
Coalinga field the real source of the petroleum is in the Eocene 
shales underlying the Neocene, and that migration of the 
petroleum upward through the strata has brought it into its 
present repositories in the Neocene oil measures. That petro- 
leum, in some parts of the Mt. Diablo Range and elsewhere, 
has originated in the Eocene cannot be denied, and it is also 
now found there in many places. But to conclude that all or 
any of the Neocene oil-measures have derived their supplies 
from the Eocene is illogical and unnecessary. The Neocene 
beds themselves contain the same organisms in even greater 
abundance than does the Eocene, and this is particularly true 
in the Mt. Diablo range. And there is no reason to suppose 
that the oil found in the Neocene measures has not originated 
in the Neocene strata themselves. 

The view here expressed is that the oil found in any Neocene 
group has more probably originated in that group, and that 
migration would be far easier along the planes of bedding and 
lamination than at right angles to the same. That thick beds 
of clay and shale often restrain oil, water, and gas, is quite 
well demonstrated in California, and even within the Temblor 
basin the upward transverse migration of these substances 
under enormous pressure has been successfully resisted by 
certain impervious beds, possibly clays. 

Naturally in the sedimentation of any basin the sandy detri- 
tus usually remains near shore, and the finer materials are 
carried away to other localities to be deposited. Also if 
Diatomaceae and other delicate organisms form any apprecia- 
ble deposits they will more probably be formed off shore. In 
subsequent regional deformations of the strata, the organic 
deposits are apt to be left occupying the position of synclinal 
depressions, bounded by the sandy shore line deposits left lying 


1U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. No. 357, p. 73. 


Vor. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 117 


in positions inclined toward the interior of the basin. If such 
organic deposits give rise to any supply of petroleum or other 
liquid or gaseous substances, these may be forced to migrate 
laterally along the bedding-planes of the strata, and into the 
sandy strata of the border, far more readily than they could be 
forced upward through the clays and shales and into overlying 
beds. 

And, if deposits of petroleum are subsequently found in 
sandy shore-deposits, we may expect to find not far away in the 
same beds the source and origin of it. Along the Kern River 
the conditions are all that could be required to support the view 
that lateral migration has been the means by which accumula- 
tion has taken place, and the same may be said of all the other 
producing or non-producing fields in the Temblor basin. The 
extent to which water, oil, and gas may migrate laterally along 
bedding-planes in the progress of geologic periods is, of course, 
very great; but the fact that it is retained at all in the rocks, 
even under enormous pressure, is very good proof that it 
cannot migrate in a vertical direction, transverse to the bed- 
ding-planes. 

Thus far but little effort has been made to discover or 
develop water for irrigation or for other uses in the Neocene 
beds about the Kern River, except for field use within the 
Kern River district. It is worth while to note the fact, how- 
ever, that water of economic value has been found in certain 
strata of both the Temblor and Kern River groups. In neither 
case has the water been found free from objectionable sub- 
stances, though in each it is usable for all ordinary purposes 
in which relatively pure water is needed. 

One of the most important attempts to develop water for 
economic use has been made by the Associated Oil Company 
in the «western part of the district: On Sec. 5, Ts 29S; 
R. 28 E., several wells have been devoted to, or drilled for, 
the production of water, and these wells are supplying large 
volumes of water at a cost that brings it within economic 
limits for irrigating some kinds of crops. 

None of these wells are more than 400 feet in depth, and 
most of the water is within 375 feet of the surface, and above 
the oil-measures. 


118 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


DIASTROPHIC RECORD 


The Neocene diastrophic record in California has been more 
or less studied by all of the writers who have attempted the 
problems of correlation. Naturally there is not entire harmony 
in the conclusions of all, but all agree as to the main facts. 

Dr. Fairbanks summarized much of the information current 
at the time of his writing in a paper entitled Oscillations of 
the California Coast,’ though considerable additional inform- 
ation has since been developed. The conclusions as to the 
diastrophic record reached in the present study of the Temblor 
basin may be more concisely presented graphically in the 
accompanying diagram. 

While some of the oscillations portrayed may be more or 
less local, they nevertheless show a tendency toward physical 
change that may be wide-spread, though not universal or 
uniform, within a given region. Furthermore, it may be 
stated that the oscillations here delineated do not include all 
that have recently been proposed by certain writers ambitious 
to cause a stir. 

It is believed that the conclusions of this paper, however, 
are in harmony with those of Dr. Smith set forth in the paper 
before referred to and quoted. But it is not designed to carry 
the subject farther at the present time. 


CONCLUSIONS 


The more important conclusions which may be drawn from 
the statements of the preceding pages are briefly summarized 
in the following paragraphs. 

The Neocene deposits of the Kern River area show a sur- 
prising lack of development when contrasted with contempor- 
aneous deposits in the Mt. Diablo Range. 

The comparatively small aggregate thickness of the series 
is partly explained by the fact that they do not contain all 
of the members of the generally accepted column of the Cali- 
fornia Neocene, or even all that have been recognized in the 
Mt. Diablo Range, which admittedly holds all that are most 
characteristic. 


1Am. Geol., v. 20, 1897, pp. 213-245. 


; 


) AM OWA M2Ad AOJEMAT ANT 41 BY990R% ANT oviaUG GR0IKa De 


peerasine en 
woe SS, 
DeNnudATiION. Su 

LAND BY WATER_AND ICE 


pune es UNCONFORMITY Fi TY LLUVIATION AND 
oi CONFOR FORMITY UNCONFORMI WAG 
1 UNCONFORM! ; 18, 


SSA A AN : ZIN 
OLIGO|CENE JEROSION! TEMBLOR MONTEREY | SANTA MARGARITA ETCHEGOIN MERCED -TULARE PEARLY PLEISTOCENE GLACIATION CHAMPLAIN? 


EQCENE MIOCENE PLIOCENE PLEISTOCENE RECENT 


DIASTROPHIC RECORD DURING THE NEOCENE IN THE TEMBLOR BASIN AND MT. DIABLO RANGE, CALIFORNIA. 


Vou. 111] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 119 


The Monterey group is either absent from the column, or if 
present, cannot be separated from the Temblor. 

An epoch of disturbance following the deposition of the 
Temblor group is indicated by the faulting of the beds, which 
has left some of them at a considerable altitude and quite 
severed from the main area of the foot-hills. 

The unconformity of the Kern River group upon the Tem- 
blor is emphatically shown by an overlapping of the later 
group, although there is no clear evidence of an intervening 
epoch of erosion. 

. The absence from the Kern River area of any recognizable 
Monterey deposits, and presumably their absence from the 
whole eastern border of the Temblor basin, perhaps means a 
recessional movement of the sea, and therefore at least a 
slight upward movement of the land along its eastern and 
northern shores, and along portions of the Mt. Diablo Range. 

The greatest depression of the land-surface during the 
Neocene seems to have been during the Temblor epoch, and 
immediately following this was the Monterey epoch of relative 
elevation. 

The sequence of events during the early and middle Miocene, 
as shown in this area, conforms generally to that shown in the 
contemporaneous deposits about Coalinga and northward. 

The local contrasts in the thickness of the Temblor deposits - 
in and about the Temblor basin, and especially in their volcanic 
and detrital matter, suggest that land-denudation on the con- 
tinental side was relatively slight, while volcanic activity was 
prevalent during this epoch. 

The general absence of Monterey deposits, and the other 
evidences of elevation, taken in connection with the prevailingly 
organic character of these beds where they do occur, may be 
interpreted as indicating equable or arid climatic conditions; 
and the small aggregate thickness of Miocene strata on the 
landward side of the basin harmonizes with this view and may 
mean that such conditions prevailed in some measure through- 
out the Miocene. 

The Kern River group is correlated only tentatively with the 
oil-yielding formations of western Kern County, and such 
correlation is based chiefly on the data of the oil-measures 
themselves. 


120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47 SER. 


The absence of the Tulare group from the Kern River area 
is probably due partly to its removal by erosion and partly 
to its being mantled over by terrace-deposits and other Qua- 
ternary gravels. 

An epoch of land-conditions and therefore of elevation pre- 
ceded the formation of at least some of the alluvial deposits, 
and it may have been during this epoch that the Tulare beds 
suffered most from denudation. 

The fresh-water or brackish-water facies of the Temblor 
beds is local; and, taken in connection with the local embay- 
ment in the shore line of this epoch, affords evidence of 
estuarine conditions along the lower portion of the Caliente 
canyon, and indicates the entrance at this place of a consider- 
able stream, derived doubtless from the contiguous portions 
of the Great Basin. 


Locs oF DEEP WELLS 


Log of Well No. 52, Kern Trading and Oil Company, Sec. 
3, T. 29 S., R. 28 E., Kern River District. 


From To Thickness Formation 
Surface 30 fee 30 feet Sand and clay 
30 feet 58“ 28 Boulders 
58 “ 260 “ 202 “ Sand and clay 
260 “ 290 “ 30. “ Light oil-sand 
290 “ 300. “ gy) & Clay 
300 “ S30): 30 “ Rich oil-sand 
330“ 56) Pe Clay 
shi 440 “ Soaans Good oil-sand 
440 “ 455 “ 1S est Clay 
ASD 465. “ io) Good oil-sand 
465 “ 485 “ 20 Hard sand 
485 “ 500 “ 15 Se Good oil-sand 
500 “ 510 “ OW Clay 
510 “ 55 Oia 40 “ Good oil-sand 
550 “ 560 “ 10 “ Clay 
560 “ 610 “ 5008 Good oil-sand 
610 “ 615 “ Bs Clay 
615 “ 630 “ Since Oil-sand 
630 “ 640 “ 100% Clay 
640 “ 665 “ PS Rich oil-sand and boulders. 
665 “ 670 “ Ses Clay 
670 “ AES 45 “ Oil-sand and gas 
Zils) | (ay 3 TO) 2% Clay 
725s 740 “ Ie Good oil-sand 
740 “ 750 “ 10 “ Clay 
750 “ Hs 6 Psy Clay 
ASD) HAs © PAS Oil-sand 
Hels} 789 1400 Hard sand 


789 805 “ 16 “ Hard sand (4 feet below casing) 


Vou. III] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 121 


Log of Well No. 5, Grace Oil Company, Sec. 8, T. 29 S., 
R. 28 E., Kern River District. 

The upper part of this log is similar to others in this field 
and is not specially interesting. 


From To Thickness Formation 
429 feet 761 feet 232 feet Oil-sands, etc. 
Zo) ** 1OolkS 300° 555 Oil-sands 
1061 1080 “ LAS JHE ANOS. ener 40S Oil Ne ae et 
1080 “ 1100 “ Aly) Sandy shale 
1100 “ 285i ie LSSieine Sands, with water 
1285)" 13050) 45 ZO Oil-sands 
1505) 133207) Cia Clay and shale 
1332) 1ISZee 2 Ne Sandstone 
SEV TSR8iai a 362)" Tough clay 
13884 1390“ Aa Black shell 
1390 1420 “ SOR Coarse sand 
1420 “ 1442 « Bo Blue clay 
1442 “ 15075" Ooh Coarse sand (oil?) 
1507 “ 1535.05 Pees Clay and sand 
15350 1555)“ 7a a Coarse sand (oil?) 
1555s 156k" Ovni: Blue clay 
1561S 1634 “ Fie Sand (oil?) 
1634 “ 1666 “ 32h hae Sand and clay 
16660'" LOS." 2 VA Sticky shale 
1708 “ 7A Ppa Sand (asphaltum) 
nS at 1786 “ 7A a es Shale, with some sand 
1786 “ 1989 Ag Shale and sand 
1798 “ S230 Den Clay shale and sand, with gas 
1823 “ 1835). °° ame Sand 
183550 1846 “ dae Hard clay shale 
1846 “ 1871. ¢ 25 ie Sandstone 
= S74 Canine 1e75. 5 4 * Tough clay 
By) 1921 “ 46 “ Sand, with oil 
1921 * T9373 ite Tough clay 
1937." 1971)“ 5 es Sand 
LOT 1998 “ Dire Sticky clay 
1998 “ 2004 “ 6 “ Coarse sand 
2004 “ 2040 “ Bey te Sandy shale 
2040 “ 2047 “ Tpit Sand, with oil 
2047 “ 208305 36) 5, Clay shale 
208355 2087 1 Ane Sand, with oil and water 
2087) 0 < PAWNS eh gas Sl Clay shale, with shell 
PALE ae ZUG) 66 ee Water-sand 
2129)" USO: ire Soft shale 
ZUSOn PAWS ae 2th Hard shale 
PAW IS ish 2194 “ LOU Sand (firm) 
2194 “ ZO  ui6 ee Sandstone 
ZAMS yanks: 2206 “ 1 lege Dark clay shale 
22060 2209 “ Bue Sand, with fossils 
2209 “ 22 ta, Dark clay shale 
ZAM ZoAD Zoe Clay and sand alternating 
2242 “ 2260) LS iapr Coarse gravel 
2260 “ 250 Silvis Shale, with hard shells 
2501. “ 27a ALONE: Sand shale, with gas and oil 
PATON eS PUN EDN lien Sand 
272 “ Z7aBa es 46 “ Shale 


November 1, 1911. 


122 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Serr. 


Log of Well No. 5, Grace Oil Co.—Cont’d. 


From To Thickness Formation 
2758 feet 2763 feet 5 feet Hard shell 
213i a BIS) ase Sand 
Za 2814 “ BO Shale, with white specks 
2814 “ 2837 in 23h ig Sand, with gas 
ZEST. 3148 “ SLL Shale, with gas 


3148 “ 3166 “ 18 “ Fine white sand 
3166 “ ye stiees Strong salt water 


Log of Well No. 43, Kern Trading and Oil Company, Sec. 
3, ©) 29)S.. R. 28 E. Kern’ River District: 


From To Thickness Formation 


Surface 230 fee 230 feet Sand and clay 
1] 66 


230 fee 425 “ 95, Light oil-sand—Water at 400 feet 
425 “ 452 “ 27 Clay 

452 “ 475 “ 23) Oil-sand and gas 
oA 485 “ LON Clay 

485 “ 530° 45 “ Rich oil-sand 

GON ine 542 “ VARS Clay 

542 “ 580 “ 38°8 Rich oil-sand 

580 “ 600 “ 20; “ Dry sand—Some gas 
600 “ 648 “ 48 “ Oil-sand 

648 “ 650 “ Baia Clay 

650 “ 690 “ 40 “ Oil-sand 

690 “ ZAG 3 20: Clay 

ZAOT 750)“ 40 “ Oil-sand 

750 “ 7530 Sor Clay 

7532" 760 “ Toit Oil-sand 

760“ 765+ Bins Clay 

765%" 810 “ 45 “ Light oil-sand 

810 “ 820 “ 1) Rich oil-sand 

820 “ S25" Bis Dry sand 

8230: 830 “ 7 fale Rich oil-sand 

830 “ 833. Silhis Clay 

83st S35 ae Dry sand—Bottom 


Log of Well No. 31 (‘“Rasmussen’’), Petroleum Develop- 
ment Company, Sec. 4, T. 29 S., R. 28 E., Kern River. District. 


From To Thickness Formation 
Surface 34 feet 34 feet Surface formation 
34 feet Soa Eos Sand gravel and blue clay 
850K 2620 i WDE ie Sand shale and blue clay 
262% 3350) on 68 “ Oil-sand 
se) 405 “ sy © Blue clay and hard sand 
405 “ 425 “ 20 Oil-sand 
425 “ 450 “ PAS: Clay and sand 
450 “ 500 “ SON Oil-sand 
SOO cis 650 “ 150 “ Oil-sand and blue clay 
650 “ 695 “ AS. Oil-sand 
695) iltsyt 231 Ae Blue clay and oil-sand 


Water shut off at 255 feet. 
Gas blew out top of rig at 437 feet. 


Vou. IIT] 


ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 


123 


Log of Well No. 51, Kern Trading and Oil Company, Sec. 
3, T. 29 S., R. 28 E., Kern River District. 


From 


Surface 


58 
260 
290 


“cc 


To 


30 feet 


Thickness 


30 fe 


‘ 


et 
‘ 


Formation 


Sand and clay 
Boulders 
Sand and clay 
Light oil-sand 
Clay 

Rich oil-sand 
Clay 

Good oil-sand 
Clay 

Good oil-sand 
Hard sand 
Good oil-sand 
Clay 

Good oil-sand 
Clay 

Good oil-sand 
Clay 

Oil-sand 

Clay 

Rich oil-sand and boulders 
Clay 

Oil-sand and gas 
Clay 

Good oil-sand 
Clay 

Oil-sand 
Hard sand 


_ Log of Well No. 2, Petroleum Development Company, Sec. 
24, T. 28 S., R. 27 E., Kern River District. 


Thickness 


From 


Surface 


460 feet 


110 
20 
20 


Formation 


Sand and clay 

Blue water-sand 

Blue clay 

Blue clay 

Oil-sand 

Blue clay and water-sand 
Water-sand and blue clay 
Blue clay 

Water-sand 

Water-sand and clay 
Heaving water-sand 

Sand and clay 

Coarse water-sand 

Blue clay and sand 
Water-sand 

Hard standstone 
Water-sand and blue clay 
Sand, showing oil. 
Water-sand and blue clay 
Coarse sand, showing oil and gas 
Sand and clay, showing oil 


124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser. 


Log of Well No. 2, Petroleum Development Co.—Cont’d. 


From To Thickness Formation 
1845 feet 1890 feet 45 feet Sticky blue clay 
1890 “ 1900 “ LO Blue clay, showing oil 
1900 “ 1930. “ BO ih Water-sand, showing oil 
1930 “ 2000 “ ZOE Sand and clay, showing oil 
2000 “ ZNO Si 105)"; Sand and clay 
2105 “ PANO Zoints Hard white sand 
PMO 2240 “ lO ri Hard brown shale 
2240 “ DOA iN ania Fine white sand, showing some oil 
2245 “ 2270s Zain Fine white sand 


This well was abandoned. 


Log of Well No. 28 (“Rasmussen’’), Petroleum Develop- 
ment Company, Sec. 4, T. 29 S., R. 28 E., Kern River District. 


From To Thickness Formation 
Surface 30 fee 30 fee Sand and boulders 
30 feet 285)" 255i ny Clay and sand 
285i) a: 330 5 45 “ Blue clay and oil-sand 
330)“ Sie iy Bites Oil-sand 
B35 iin: 430 “ OS Oil-sand and clay 
430 “ 470 “ 40 “ Oil-sand 
470 “ 490 “ 20 “ Oil-sand and blue clay 
490 “ 540 “ SO. Blue clay 
540 “ 800 “ 260 “ Blue clay and oil-sand 
800 “ 820 “ BO Oil-sand 
S20) 905 “ Soi ier Oil-sand and blue clay 
DOS pn SISO} 3 445 “ Sandy clay 
T35OUR 1360 “ Oia Blue clay 
1360) 1397s 7 hah Sandy blue clay 
1897) ¢ 1450 “ Bishi hG Blue clay 
1450 “ 1455 “ Sui Blue clay and sand 
1455 “ 1461 “ 6) White sand 
1461 “ TAZ 2 Li White sand and clay 
AYN GZS wis; SS vent Sandy clay 
1625 “ 1652 “ PALS I Brown sandy clay 
1652)“ 2405 “ 75S hin Brown shale 
2405 “ 2480 “ Tonk Sandy shale 
2480 “ 2566 “ 86 “ Brown shale 
2566 “ 2580) 5 14 “ Brown shale and sand 
2580 “ 2585 “ Batt Sand, with fossil shells and salt water 
2585s ZOU in Daf Sand and brown shale 
2612 “ 2690 “ TS ny Hard brown shale 
2690 “ 2694 “ 4 * Hard sandy shale 
2694 “ 2805 “ BAY Hard sand 
2805 ii) 3000 “ 195 “ Gray shale 
* 3000 “ 3050 “ SO Sand 
3050 “ 3240 “ 190 “ Gray shale 
3240 “ 325514 TSH Gray shale and brown sand 
S20 ue SBVAUNIIG: iy Blue shale 
3370“ 4295 “ O25 its Gray shale 
4295 “ 4580 “ 285 “ Brown shale 
4580 “ 4650 “ ZO Nini Sandy shale 
4650 “ 4660 “ OW Sand and some oil 


4660 “ SOLON SOO in Gray shale, etc. 


Vout. II] ANDERSON—NEOCENE DEPOSITS OF KERN RIVER 125 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Acassiz, Louis. 1856. Notice of Fossil Fishes: 
Pac. R. R. Rept. Vol. V, Append. pp. 313-316. 

Anpverson, F. M. 1905. Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range 
of California: 

Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. II, No. 2, pp. 156-248. 

Anverson, F. M. 1908. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount 
Diablo Range of California: 

Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, pp. 1-40. 

ArNotp, Ratpu, and Haru, H. L. 1904. The Diabase of the Santa Cruz 
Mountains, etc.: 

Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. 43, pp. 15-53. 
ARNOLD, RatepH. 1906. Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of California: 
U. S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Ppr. No. 47, Ser. C, pp. 1-264. 

ARNOLD, RatpH, and ANDERSON, Rosert. 1908. Preliminary Report on the 

Coalinga Oil District, Fresno and Kings Counties, California: 
Bull. 357, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 1-142. 

ARNOLD, RatPH. 1909. Paleontology of the Coalinga District, Fresno and 
Kings Counties, California: 

Bull. 396, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 1-101. 

ARNOLD, RALPH. 1909. Environment of the Tertiary Faunas of the Pacific 
Coast of the United States: 

Jour. Geol. Vol. XVII, pp. 509-524. 

ARNOLD, RALPH, and Anperson, Rosert. 1910. Geology and Oil Resources 

of the Coalinga District, California: 
Bull. 398, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 1-263. 

ARNOLD, RALPH, and JoHNson, Harry R. 1910. Preliminary Report on 
the McKittrick-Sunset Oil Region, Kern and San Luis Obispo Coun- 
ties, California: 

Bull. 406, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 1-225. 

Becker, Geo. F. 1885. Notes on the Stratigraphy of California: 
Bull. No. 19, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 191-215. 

Biake, Won. P. 1856. Tertiary Formations of Ocoya Creek, etc.: 
Pac. R. R. Rept., Vol. V, pp. 30-50, & pp. 163-173. 

Brake, Wo. P. 1898. Oscillations of Level of the Pacific Coast of the 
United States: 

Am. Geol., Vol. XXI, pp. 164-165. 

Conrap, T. A. 1856. Descriptions of Fossil Shells: 

Pac. R. R. Rept., Vol. V, Append. pp. 317-330. 

Cooper, J. G. 1888. Catalogue of California Fossils: 

Bull. Calif. State Min. Bureau, No. 4, pp. 5-65. 
Exprince, Gro. H. 1902. Petroleum Fields of California: 
U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. No. 213, pp. 310-312. 

FairBanks, H. W. 1897. Oscillations of the Coast of California during 

the Pliocene and Pleistocene: 
Am. Geol., Vol. XX, pp. 213-245. 
Geen ee W. A. 1888. Petroleum, Asphaltum and Natural Gas of Cali- 
ornia: 
7th Ann. Rept. State Min., pp. 67-68. 
Jorpan, Davin Starr. 1907. Fossil Fishes of California, ete. : 
Bull. Geol. Dept. Univ. Calif., Vol. V, pp. 95-144. 

Lawson, ANDREW C. 1893. Post-Pliocene Diastrophism of the Coast of 
Southern California: 

Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., Vol. I, pp. 115-160. 

Merriam, J. C. 1904. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene of 
California: 

Bull. Geol. Dept. Univ. Calif., Vol. III, pp. 377-381. 


126 » CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


MENDENHALL, W. C. 1908. Ground Waters of the San Joaquin Valley, 
California : 
U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Ppr. No. 222, pp. 1-52. 
O’NEILt, Epmonp. 1901. The Development of the Petroleum Industry: 
University Chronicle, Vol. IV, No. 3, pp. 176-202. 
O’Ner1, Epmonp. 1903. Petroleum in California: 
Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. XXV, No. 7, pp. 699-711. 
SmitH, J. Perrtn. 1910. Geological Record of California: 
Jour. Geol., Vol. XVIII, pp. 216-227. 
SmiTH, J. Perrin. 1910. Ancient Climates of the West Coast: 
Pop. Sci. Mon., May, 1910. 
Turner, H. W. 1893. Rocks of the Sierra Nevada: 
14th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv., Pt. II, pp. 437-495. 
Watts, W. L. 1894. Gas and Petroleum Yielding Formations of the 
Central Valley of California: 
Bull. Calif. State Min. Bur., No. 3, pp. 38-41. 
Wuitney, J. D. 1865. Geology of the Sierra Nevada: 
Geol. Surv. Calif., Geol., Vol. I, pp. 199-202. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
February 25, 1911. 


128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~~ [Proc. 47H SER. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV 


View showing defile of the Kern River, looking east at point of debouch- 
ure from the granite. The slight shoulders on each side of canyon in 
middle distance correspond approximately to top of lacustrine delta-ter- 
races. 


Al SIV [NUSHaONy] IIT TA 425 wp 105 Ovoy Iv] oad 


130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


View at mouth of the Kern River defile, looking west. Old flood-plain 
shown on left of the river forming a wide terrace 40 feet above the present 
level of the stream. Granitic rocks on the extreme left. 


is 


PLAT 


NUERSON| 


fA 


Proc CaLAcan Sri 47 Ser Vou Ill 


132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI 


View near mouth of the Kern River defile, looking north. Boulder- 
strewn flood-plain in foreground; old flood-plain terraces in middle dis- 
tance strewn with river gravels; steep granite scarp in background along 
line of faulting. 


IA SIV Td [NOSSaoNy| 


HT WA 445 py 125 Ovoy Wy doa 


ay A 


Oh See ih 


134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII 


View on the Kern River looking east. Recent flood-plain of river 
shown on the right and left in middle distance; older flood-plain terraces 
shown in background, cut into Tertiary (Neocene) formations; granitic 
ridge in extreme background. 


oo 


2 eb. 


WA SLv1q (NOSuaoNy | NDTOA 445 wy 105 Ovoy IW] Jog 


136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Sr. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII 


View on the Kern River looking west from point one mile below 
Barker’s ranch. Recent flood-plain shown in foreground; Neocene hills 
in background showing Temblor beds near “Zone C”’; abrupt change of 
formation noted on slopes marks the base of the Kern River group; terrace 
at the top 350 feet above the river. 


IA Suvi (NOSuaoONy] A, BS pete TG) Mvoy 9 doug 


138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


PECAN ATION OR sei x 


View on the Kern River two miles east of Oil City showing several of 
the older terraces; only Neocene hills visible; top of delta-terrace shown 
near top of ridge in the background. 


XI SIv1q [N 
d [NOSHSONY | TT T0A 825 gy 105 Ovoy Wd Joa 


el Way pte = eared 


140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47m SEr. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X 


View on the Kern River east of oil-field, looking north; flood plain 
terraces; terrace gravels at top of cliff on the left. 


X aivig (NOSHaONy] Ee gree iene 


i 
‘ a aa 
iar 


Rey A i, 


Hei ee: 


142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI 


View in the Kern River oil district, showing character of surface and 
other conditions. 


IX SLY Tq (NOSNSONY | PTA 845 wy (15 Ovo WV? doa . 


ete 


et 


aa 


Cape fa 
meray tee 
ha a Sl 


144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Sex. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII 


View in the Kern River oil district, showing characteristic scene and 
surface formation and topography. 


IX iv Tq [NOSHAONY | 1) DON ate ar tele Waly) vale eS 


ea ae 


cae 


ete ey 


hy 
Rou 
aa 


146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII 


View at the mouth of the Grapevine canyon, south end of Great Valley, 
looking north, showing delta-terrace near 600 feet above floor of valley, and 
near 1500 feet above sea-level; terrace cut by recent erosion. 


I SLY Iq [NOSMSONY | | (110) £45 wp 1S avayIvy oc 


/ 


nee ae VOLUME a *y = = ee 


bs "Expedition. of the California ‘Academy of ‘Sciences. to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
Pages. 1-6, I. Preliminary Description of Four New Ruices of © 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. oe John 3 
Van Denburgh. (Issued December 20, 1907)... 0.00.0... Se ee 
Beagon 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
Po). By Alban ‘Stewart. (Issued January IL TED ik ats SOE os 
eS Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
: ae Islands. BY Francis a Williams. ~ isteg October 


4 


te a es VOLUME. ID 


Expedition Tak. the California oReadewsy of ‘Sciences to the 
Gepradee Islands, 1905-1906. 3 
3 en oe Progress.) iia = 


“VOLUME. Tk te See 


ae Pages 1-40. A Further Siacenplic Study in rhe Mount ‘Diablo ae 
sie" Range of California. | “By Frank M. Anderson. (issued October mee 
- _ Pages “41-48, x eDentipeon of a New Species of Sou Snake an the . 
_ Philippine Islands, with a ,Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
~ Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C, Thomp-. : = 
eon leswed December Sh LUIS) eco RES ig Bet Oa ck bob Owe, RDO 
eae 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles a 
and Amphibians. from the Island of Formosa. i Jobn Van 
: -Denburgh. (Issued December 20, VE) ia ep PROD oe Poy aE a lslly BE 0) 
_ Pages 57-72, Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. Witwer 
By Rollo Howard Beck. - “(Issued September LI, AIO) chee Het 25 
Pages 73-148. The Neocéne Deposits of Kern River, California, = 
& as ~ and the Temblor Basin. By. Frank M. Anderson. (Issued es 
 Wewember 2, TUL) ese i eee ee ees 400: 


“The Academy cannot supply any oe its actor tes issued before the. Pai 
year 1907, its entire reserve™stock having been Pty d in the gouiiaera: a 
tion of — 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtTH SERIES 


Vou. III, pp. 147-154 January 17, 1912 


Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona 


BY 
Joun Van DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1912 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


(Vor slit pp: 147-156 January 17, 1912 


NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF REPTILES FROM 
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA AND 
ARIZONA 


BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


Through the kindness of my friend Dr. Charles H. Gilbert 
I have been afforded an opportunity to examine and report 
upon a collection of reptiles brought together by Mr. Dane 
Coolidge in 1897 and 1899. The material is chiefly of interest 
as an aid toward a more complete knowledge of the distribu- 
tion and variation of a number of Californian species. It 
contains no forms new to science. The specimens, several 
hundred in number, were secured at various localities in San 
Bernardino, Riverside and San Diego counties, California, 
and near Yuma, Arizona. They are the property of Leland 
Stanford Junior University and form a part of its zoological 
collections. 


I. LytTLe CREEK, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY 


1. Crotaphytus collaris baileyi (Stejneger).—Three fine 
male specimens, secured in May, 1899, all have two rows of 
interorbitals. Their femoral pores are 19-19, 17-18, and 19-19. 

2. Eumeces skiltonianus (Baird & Girard).—One speci- 
men, measuring 109 mm. from snout to vent, was taken in 
May, 1899. It is entirely without stripes. 


January 15, 1912 


148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


II. Swartont CANON, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY 


1. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard—One typical speci- 
men taken July 29, 1899. 

2. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—Several. July 29, 
1899. 

3 Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray.—Three specimens, caught 
July 29, 1899, are nearly intermediate between this species and 
P. frontale as regards the character of their head-plates. It 
therefore becomes necessary to regard the northern flat-scaled 
form as a subspecies of P. blainvillu under the name Phryno- 
soma blainvillii frontale. The characters which distinguish 
these two forms are remarkably constant in specimens from 
northern Lower California, San Diego County, and Riverside 
County on the one hand, and the territory North of 35° on the 
other. 

Mr. Coolidge notes that the largest specimen of the three, a 
female, squirted blood three times from its eyes when captured. 

4. Gerrhonotus scincicauda ignavus Van Denburgh.—The 
only specimen is so young that it does not show the characters 
of this subspecies very distinctly, but can be identified by the 
character of the keeling of its caudal scales. It was taken July 
29) beO9: 


III. Victor, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY 


1. Sceloporus magister “Hallowell—-One male and one 
female typical of this species were obtained in May, 1897. The 
former has twelve femoral pores. 


IV. Cajon Pass, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY 


1. Callisaurus ventralis (Hallowell).—A single lizard of 
this species was found July 25, 1899. 

2. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard—Two typical exam- 
ples were taken July 25, 1899. 

3. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—This fence-lizard is 
represented in the collection by a single specimen taken July 
Ho) tes), 

4. Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray.—Ten adult and several 
young specimens were secured in July, 1897. Two have head- 


Vor. TI] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 149 


plates nearly as rough as in P. b. frontale, but in both speci- 
mens these plates are convex as in P. blainvillii, Another has 
these plates nearly flat but almost smooth. The other speci- 
mens are typical P. blainvillii. 


V. GRAPELAND, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY 


1. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—This was the only 
species collected in this locality. 


VI. WatTERMAN’s CAaNon, SAN BERNARDINO Mts., SAN 
BERNARDINO COUNTY. 


1. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard.—Secured in June, 
1899. 

2. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—A large series was 
taken in June, 1899. No male shows two blue throat-spots. 

3. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger. 

4. Lampropeltis californie (Blainville).—This snake is 
represented by a single specimen. 


VII. Biurr Lake, San BERNARDINO Mrs., SAN BERNAR- 
DINO COUNTY 


1. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard. 

2. Sceloporus graciosus Baird & Girard. 

3. Eumeces skiltonianus (Baird & Girard).—A young 
specimen was caught in June, 1899. 

4. Pituophis catenifer (Blainville)— One gopher-snake 
was captured June 23, 1899. Its gastrosteges are 222 and its 
urosteges 77. 

5. Thamnophis hammondii (Kennicott).—Mr. Coolidge 
secured a single snake typical of this species July 2, 1899. Gas- 
trosteges 165. Scale rows 21. 

6. Crotalus oregonus Holbrook. 


VIII. Riversipe, RiversipE County 


1. Hyla regilla Baird & Girard. 
2. Rana draytonii Baird & Girard. 


150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard. 

Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell. 

Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger. 

Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray. 

Lampropeltis boylii Baird & Girard. 

Salvadora grahamie Baird & Girard.—A Salvadora 
whe here by Mr. Coolidge has 17 scale rows, gastrosteges 
199, urosteges 92, frontal short and broad, parietal short, ros- 
tral wide with detached edges, first pair of infralabials elon- 
gated posteriorly, mental small, and posterior genials separated 
by small scales. I have no specimen from Texas for compari- 
son. Ten from Lower California agree in the main with this 
one from Riverside but have rather larger rostrals and show 
that the shape of the frontal and parietal plates is inconstant. 

9. Arizona elegans Kennicott.—One specimen. 

10. Pituophis catenifer (Blainville)—One young gopher- 
snake, taken July 3, 1899, has four large and two small pre- 
frontals, 68 urosteges, and scales in 33 rows. 

11. Thamnophis parietalis (Say).—Typical. 

12. Thamnophis hammondii (Kennicott)— One young 
garter-snake was secured August 7, 1899. 


FON AMA & 


IX. Temescat Mrs., RIVERSIDE COUNTY 


1. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard.—Two typical males 
were obtained July 12, 1899. 

2. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger—A large male taken July 
10, 1899, is typical of this species. The tail has been repro- 
duced and is forked. 

3. Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray.—Five typical adult females 
were collected July 12, 1899. 

4. Gerrhonotus scincicauda ignavus Van Denburgh—A 

single specimen is evidently of this form. 
_ 5. Cnemidophorus stejnegeri Van Denburgh.—Five whip- 
tailed lizards were secured July 10, 1899. The younger speci- 
mens have the markings on the throat smaller and less numer- 
ous than in adults. 

6. Verticaria hyperythra beldingi Stejneger—Mr. Cool- 
idge captured one specimen of this lizard July 10, 1899. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 151 


X. GaAVILLAN, RIVERSIDE COUNTY 


1. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell——This species was col- 
lected August 9, 1899. 

2. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger—Five typical examples 
were taken in August, 1899. 

3. Lichanura roseofusca Cope.—The only snake of this 
species in the collection was caught by Elmer Schellinger in 
May, 1899. It has 237 gastrosteges and scales in 41 rows. 
The rostral is prominent and there are three true loreals. 


XI. Perris VALLEY, RIVERSIDE COUNTY 


1. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger—Many typical specimens 
were secured in July, 1897. 
_ 2. Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray—The head-plates are typ- 
ical of this form in six horned-toads obtained in Perris Valley, 
July 26, 1897. 


XII. Curmuanua Mrts., San Dieco County 


1. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard—Typical specimens 
were collected July 30-31, 1897. 

2. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—Twenty-one lizards of 
this species, representing various ages and both sexes, are all 
typical as regards the single blue throat-patch and the separa- 
tion of the supraoculars from the median head-plates. 

3. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger.—Five were taken July 30- 
SI Nes, 

4. Cnemidophorus stejnegeri Van Denburgh.—This species 
is represented by a single specimen. 

5. Eumeces skiltonianus Baird & Girard—One young 
skink was secured in July, 1897. 


XIII. Cuyamaca, SAN DrEco COUNTY 


Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard. 
Sceloporus biseriatus’ Hallowell. 
Cnemidophorus stejnegeri Van Denburgh. 
Lampropeltis californize (Blainville). 
Thamnophis hammondii (Kennicott). 
Crotalus oregonus Holbrook. 


Qs Cie pst 


152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


XIV. Oak GrRovE, SAN DiEGOo CouNTY 


1. Callisaurus ventralis Hallowell—vTen were taken near 
Oak Grove in July. 

2. Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird & Girard—A leopard liz- 
ard was obtained in July, 1897. 

3. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard. 

4. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell.—This species was col- 
lected in July, 1897. 

5. Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger. 

6. Phrynosoma blainvillii Gray.—Three young horned- 
toads are labeled Oak Grove. 

7. Verticaria hyperythra beldingi Stejneger—Two typical 
examples of Belding’s Orange-throat were secured in July, 
1897. 

8. Thamnophis hammondii (Kennicott).—This very dis- 
tinct species is represented from this locality by one young and 
one adult specimen taken in July, 1897. 


XV. CovoTE CANON, CoLorADO DESERT, SAN DiEGO CoUNTY 


1. Crotalus mitchellii Cope—One rattlesnake typical of this 
species was secured in Coyote Cafion. It appears to differ in 
no way from specimens from the Cape Region of Lower Cali- 
fornia. 


XVI. Fort YuMA, IMPERIAL COUNTY 


1. Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird & Girard.—This lizard 
was found at Hall Hanlon’s Ranch June 2, 1899. 

2. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard.—Brown-shouldered 
lizards were taken at Hanlon’s, May 28, 1899. 


XVII. Yuma, ARIZONA 


1. Coleonyx variegatus Baird.—One male with six preanal 
pores. 

2. Dipsosaurus dorsalis Baird & Girard.—28 specimens of 
this lizard are in the collection. Of these, 25 have nasals of 
both sides separated from the rostral by two rows of scales, 
while in three cases, on one side of the head but a single row 
intervenes. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 153 


3. Uma notata Baird.—Seventeen specimens were taken 
near Yuma in May and June, 1899. The keeled suborbitals 
vary in number from three to six; the loreal rows from four 
to seven; supraocular rows from eight to ten; supralabials 
from eight to ten; infralabials from eleven to seventeen; and 
femoral pores from twenty-two to thirty. 

4. Callisaurus ventralis (Hallowell).—Mr. Coolidge pre- 
served fifty-two specimens of this lizard. Only one of these 
has three lateral black blotches, the number found in C. dra- 
contoides. In this specimen, as in all others, these blotches are 
very oblique. 

5. Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird & Girard.—Two leopard 
lizards were taken in May and June, 1899. 

6. Uta stansburiana Baird & Girard.—This species is com- 
mon at Yuma, where a number were collected. 

7. Uta symmetrica Baird—Numerous specimens of this 
species were collected in May, 1899. 

8. Sceloporus magister Hallowell—The number of fem- 
oral pores in the fifteen specimens secured ranges from eight to 
fifteen, the average of the thirty series being 12.1. 

9. Phrynosoma m’callii (Hallowell).—One fine horned- 
toad of this species was caught June 9, 1899. It has seventeen 
femoral pores. 

10. Cnemidophorus tigris Baird & Girard—One specimen 
has the frontoparietal plates united for the anterior third of 
their length. None has enlarged postantebrachials, and in 
none is the second labial in contact with the anterior nasal. 
In all these specimens the enlarged preanals are two, preceded 
by one, which in turn is usually preceded by one. Femoral 
pores in 40 specimens vary from 15 to 25; the average of 80 
thighs is 20.4 (average of 40 right legs 20.41, of 40 left legs 
20.42). All the specimens are very dark. The gular regions, 
and the lower surface of the body nearly to the insertion of the 
hind limbs, are dark slate or black, usually with light markings 
along the posterior edges of the ventral plates. 

11. Siagonodon humilis (Baird & Girard).—One typical 
specimen was taken May 22, 1899. 

12. Chionactis episcopus (Kennicott).—This Chionactis 
has a light vinaceous-rufous band extending along the back 
from the occiput to the tip of the tail. This band is four or 


154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


five scales wide on the body, and two or three on the tail. The 
central two or three rows show only very faint darker mark- 
ings, but the scales of the more lateral rows are marked each 
with a central dash of dark hair-brown, while their margins 
are whitish. The dark dashes therefore appear as a brown line 
along the middle of each row of scales, with the exception 
of a few of the dorsal rows, while the ground color is reddish 
dorsally and white laterally. The head is pale yellowish brown 
with a large dark brown blotch on the parietal and frontal 
plates. This specimen has scales in 15 rows, gastrosteges 169, 
urosteges 45, postgenials very small, supralabials 6-7, infra- 
Jabials 6-6. It measures: length to anus 270 mm., length of 
tail 59 mm. Ina second specimen the reddish dorsal band is 
rendered less distinct by the presence on the dorsal scales of 
central dark markings similar to those of the lateral scales. 
The scales are 15 rows, gastrosteges 168, urosteges 47, post- 
genials very small, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 6-6. 

13. Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird & Girard.—A single snake 
of this species was secured May 23, 1899. Its labials are 3; 
scale rows 25; gastrosteges 206; urosteges forty single, fol- 
lowed by eight pairs. 

14. Lampropeltis conjuncta (Cope) ?— One milk-snake, 
caught June 5, 1899, is very similar in coloration to specimens 
from the Cape Region of Lower California. It has 23 rows of 
scales, 237 gastrosteges, and 57 urosteges. 

15. Bascanion flagellum frenatum Stejneger.—One speci- 
men taken May 21, 1899, has scales in 17 rows, gastrosteges 
193, urosteges 100. 

16. Thamnophis marcianus (Baird & Girard.—I refer to this 
name two garter-snakes captured at Yuma. The larger meas- 
ures 375 mm. to anus, tail94 mm. These specimens agree in 
having the lateral stripe on the third or the second and third 
rows, nuchal blotches and labial markings very distinct, one 
row of scales smooth, postgenials much longer than anterior, 
and gastrosteges 159. In one specimen the scales are in 21 
rows, temporals 1-3, supralabials 8-8, and urosteges 65. In 
the other the scales vary in number from 21 to 26 rows, tem- 
porals 1-2, supralabials 7-8, and urosteges 54 (tip missing). 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
November, 1911. 


i 5 i 
he 


29) % PROCEEDINGS - 


Fourth S eries 


VOLUME 1 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (lssued December 20, 1907). .cccccccccccccvces 

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 


By Alban Stewart. (lssued January 20, 191])..ccccceccccecees . 
Pages 289-322. III]. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the © 
Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (Jsswued October 


(SOY LIT AN ARSE DR NEL CIRCE SABE ued an NED Haun CARS Ean UR OAK aaa Peron 
Pages 323-374. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 
John Van Denburgh. (lssued January 17, 1912). ...cccees fee 
VOLUME II 


mapeaiuon of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
(ln progress.) 


VOLUME IIiIl 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 


Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (/ssued October 
Soy PAWS) erase ao a hin ia ees 28 alk Talos diac We teeta on MEERA Deer adv ea crs 


Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 


Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 


sone al (Ysswed: December SL; SIT we voge Gide Nee Vea 8 ee «esha rare 


Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denburehs © Ussaed, December; LIP eo wie wise. 0) dine were ee nla ahh 


- Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 


- By Rollo Howard Beck. (lssued September 17, 1710).......... 
Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 


and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (lssued — 


WN ORICTILOC HAP Lig LL WSS ale Sahat ORE Socios oi edad pave ete aastatehor a elute aetenelecel ahs 


Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern © 


California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (J/ssued 
REHILEM LL GLO ata k ae se alg hae! nl ei Sy mopar aac PENe eats alan ar 


Hatt 


.50 


PS. 


25 


25 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH SERIES 


VoL. III, pp. 155-160 January 17, 1912 


Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah 


BY 
JoHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Depariment of Herpetology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1912 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


VoL. III, pp. 155-160 January 17, 1912 


NOTES ON SOME REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 
FROM OREGON, IDAHO AND UTAH 


BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


The following notes are based upon material secured in 
1894, by Dr. Charles H. Gilbert, of Leland Stanford Junior 
University. While the number of species is not large, the data 
on distribution are of considerable interest to the student of 
zoogeography, for the herpetology of Idaho is but little known. 
I am indebted to Dr. Gilbert for the privilege of reporting 
upon the collection. 

1. Clemmys marmorata (B. & G.).—A single specimen of 
this turtle was taken at Klamath Falls, Oregon, June 16, 1894. 

2. Crotaphytus wislizenii B. & G.—Twenty-seven adult 
specimens of this fine lizard agree perfectly, both in dimensions 
and coloration, with this form as distinguished from Crota- 
phytus silus Stejneger of the San Joaquin Valley, California. 
Three very young specimens, however, have dimensions and 
coloration very nearly as in C. silus; but that form is not based 
upon immature individuals. The dorsal markings, both lines 
and spots, have a tendency to disappear in old individuals. 
Usually the lines fade first, leaving the spots fairly distinct ; 
but the reverse order of disappearance may occur. Thus is 
formed a great series of color-patterns. 

These specimens were all collected in Idaho:—at Weiser, 
Washington County, Aug. 6, 1894; plains of Snake River, by 
Upper Salmon Falls, Aug. 9, 1894; plains on south side of 


January 15, 1912 


156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Snake River, Salmon Falls, Aug. 9, 1894; between Blue Lake 
and Shoshone Falls (on upland), Aug. 13, 1894; plains 
between Bliss and Snake River, Aug. 10, 1894; plains north of 
Snake River, between Upper Salmon Falls and Bliss, Aug. 10, 
1894: plains across river from Glen’s Ferry, Aug. 8, 1894; 
Snake River shore at Upper Salmon Falls, Aug. 10, 1894; 
near Cottonwood Creek, Cassia Co., Aug. 23, 1894; and Glen’s 
Ferry, Aug. 8, 1894. 

3. Uta stansburiana B. & G.—This wide ranging species was 
found, in Idaho, between Blue Lakes and Shoshone Falls, Aug. 
13, 1894; on the plains between Bliss and Snake River, Aug. 
10, 1894; sage-brush plains between Shoshone and Blue Lakes, 
Logan County, Aug. 12, 1894; south side of the cafion between 
Shoshone Falls and Twin Falls, Snake River, Aug. 15, 1894. 

4. Sceloporus occidentalis B. & G.—A single specimen of 
this lizard was obtained near Cottage Grove, Lane County, 
Oregon, June 27, 1894. 

5. Sceloporus biseriatus Hallowell—I have been unable to 
detect any difference between specimens of this lizard from 
southern California and the sixteen which were collected in 
Idaho, at Blue Lakes Cafion, Aug. 13, 1894; on sage-brush 
plains between Shoshone and Blue Lakes, Aug. 12, 1894; on 
the cafion walls at Shoshone Falls north of ferry, and at 
Blue Lakes, Aug. 16, 1894; and between Blue Lakes and 
Shoshone Falls, Aug. 13, 1894. 

6. Sceloporus graciosus B. & G.—The numerous specimens 
from Idaho fall well within the known variation of this species, 
both as regards coloration and scale characters. ‘They were 
collected on the plains between Bliss and Snake River, Aug. 10, 
1894; plains across river from Glen’s Ferry, Aug. 8, 1894; 
sage-plains near Conant, Raft River, Cassia Co., Aug. 21, 
1894; sage-plains between Shoshone and Blue Lakes, Aug. 12, 
1894: Blue Lakes Cafion, Logan Co., Aug. 13, 1894; and at 
Weiser, Washington Co., Aug. 6, 1894. The species was 
found also at Kelso, Cowlitz County, Washington, March 23, 
1894. 

7. Phrynosoma douglassii (Bell).—A very noticeable differ- 
ence in color between this and the following species is the 
indistinctness, in P. douwglassi, of the dark nuchal blotches, 
which are so clear and well-defined in P. platyrhinos. In 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—OREGON, IDAHO, AND UTAH 157 


adults, this difference is somewhat less marked, for while the 
colors of P. douglassii seem to become more intense with age, 
those of P. platyrhinos seem to fade. The largest specimens 
are 84, 87, and 90 mm. long; the smallest, 33 mm. 

These specimens were secured on the sage-brush plains near 
Conant, Cassia County, Aug. 21, 1894; near Cottonwood 
Creek, Cassia County, Aug. 23, 1894; at Arco, Alturas County, 
Aug. 23, 1894; and at American Falls, Snake River, Aug. 25, 
1894. It has also been secured at Grant’s, Oregon, by Mr. 
Gilbert Edgington. 

8. .Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard.—Numerous specimens 
of this horned-toad were secured on the plains across the river 
from Glen’s Ferry, Aug. 8, 1894; on the plains between Bliss 
and Snake River, Aug. 10, 1894; sage-plains between Sho- 
shone and Blue Lakes, Logan County, Aug. 12, 1894; on sage- 
plain near Blue Lakes, Logan County, Aug. 16, 1894; and 
near Cottonwood Creek, Cassia County, Idaho, Aug. 23, 1894. 

In one of these specimens there is no trace of an enlarged 
series of gular scales. The majority have these series repre- 
sented, on one or both sides, by a few scales slightly larger 
than those around them. One specimen has the series fairly 
well developed. The same differences exist in specimens from 
Arizona and southern California. Two specimens have naked 
tympana, but in the others the tympana are fully scaled. The 
number of femoral pores ranges from eight to twelve. 

9. Gerrhonotus scincicauda (Skilton).—A single specimen, 
secured at Drain, Douglas County, Oregon, June 26, 1894, is 
unquestionably referable to this species. 

10. Cnemidophorus tigris B. & G.—This lizard is repre- 
sented in the collection by nine typical specimens, only one of 
which has the throat and chest strongly tinged with black. 
The dorsal color-pattern is not more distinct in young than in 
adults. These specimens were secured at Glen’s Ferry, Aug. 8, 
1894; Blue Lakes Canon, Logan County, Aug. 13, 1894; 
south side of the cafon between Shoshone Falls and Twin 
Falls, Snake River, Aug. 15, 1894; on sage-plain near Blue 
Lakes, Logan County, Aug. 16, 1894; Snake River plains by 
Upper Salmon Falls, Aug. 9, 1894. 

11. Bascanion teniatum Hallowell.—A fine specimen of this 
racer was obtained on the plains between Snake River and 


158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


Bliss, Aug. 10, 1894. The lower surfaces are beautifully 
tinted posteriorly with rose pink. 

12. Pituophis catenifer (Blainv.).—The Western Gopher- 
Snake was collected at Roseburg, Oregon, and at Blue Lake, 
Idaho. I can detect no difference from California specimens. 

13. Thamnophis parietalis (Say).—A garter-snake of this 
species was taken at Weiser, Idaho, August 6, and another 
near Bear River, Logan County, Utah, August 27, 1894. 

14. Thamnophis vagrans (B. & G.).—The Wandering Gar- | 
ter-Snake was collected in Oregon at Umatilla and Wallowa; 
in Idaho at Arco, Shoshone Falls, Warderer, Ketcham, Weiser, 
on the plains along the south side of the Snake River near 
Salmon Falls, at the head of Malade River Cafion, on Cotton- 
wood Creek, Cassia County, near Clear Water River seven 
miles above Lewiston, Nez Perces County, and near Potlatch 
Creek two miles above Lewiston; and in Utah near Bear River, 
Logan County. 

15. Thamnophis vagrans biscutata (Cope).—Four speci- 
mens of this snake were preserved at Klamath Falls, Oregon, 
where thousands were observed. They differ in coloration 
from most of the specimens from Washington which I have 
referred to this subspecies, showing fewer spots, and some- 
what resemble certain specimens of T. elegans. Some of their 
scale characters are: nasals, 2-2, 2-2, 2-2, 2-2; loreal, 1-1, 1-1, 
1-1, 1-1; preoculars, 1-1, 2-2, 2-2, 3-3; postoculars, 3-3, 3-3, 
3-3, 3-3; temporals, 1+3—1+3, 1+2—1+2, 1+3—1-+3, 
1+2—1+2; genials, posterior much longer, posterior much 
longer, equal, equal; supralabials, 8-8, 8-8, 8-8, 8-8; scale rows, 
23, 23, 21, 21; urosteges, 76, —, 73, —; gastrosteges, 168, —, 
165, —. 

16. Crotalus oregonus Holbrook.—The Pacific Rattlesnake 
was secured at Klamath Falls, Oregon; and at Twin Falls, and 
in Blue Lakes Cafion, Idaho. 

17. Rana pipiens brachycephala (Cope).—This beautiful 
frog was caught in the Snake River at American Falls, Oneida 
County; at Montgomery’s Ferry, at the mouth of the Weiser 
River, Weiser, Washington County; at Spring Branch, just 
above Shoshone Falls, Logan County; and at Blue Lake 
Spring, Idaho. It was also taken at Logan, Cache County, 
Utah. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—OREGON, IDAHO, AND UTAH 159 


18. Rana aurora B. & G.—The collection contains specimens 
of Rana aurora from Eugene, Lane County; and Clear Creek, 
near Oregon City, Clackamas County, Oregon. 

19. Rana pretiosa B. & G.—This frog was found at Island 
City, and in Grand Ronde River, Union County, Oregon. 

20. Rana boylii Baird—Among the most interesting speci- 
mens in the collection are four specimens of Boyle’s Frog 
caught in Deer Creek, near Roseburg; and in the Umpqua 


River, Douglass County, Oregon. They seem identical with 
Californian specimens. 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
November, 1911. 


PROCEEDINGS. 


Fourth Series ’ 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands By John 
Van Denburgh. (lsswed December 20, LOT Poa its aoe ee 

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. (Jsswed January 20, 19/1) 


i ee Pr ery 


Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the | 


Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (Lssued October 

TELTE LY it Be ry eee a pee eh ee Be ag ie a Ns fo nak a 
Pages 323-374. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 

John Van Denburgh. (Issued January 17, 1912).......20.0.... 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
(ln progress.) 


~ VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jssued October 


Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
SONG WASSUCTeDICCCULOCT, ST AUOS). Wet a os Se aS Aye, ee 

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denbursh: > (¢ssged December 20, 1902) oo oo. es 3 kh 

Pages 5/-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 
By Rollo Howard Beck. (Lssued September 17, 1910) ......... 

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (J/ssued 
NV OUETL OCT PD IL MN NI NON AG OS Ns eR Ree le omer erehe Gate aoa 

Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued 
PATUAT YEN FLING NE eB Sete IO Pek gis aia a Wate, er ek 

Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued 
SF AUUAIU A TA RORY rere ie a aay. cial OR Gx AE A gaat AE OE 


35 


=20) 


25 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


eA 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FouRTH SERIES _ 


Vo. III, pp. 161-182 APRIL 5, 1912 


Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils 
of California 


BY 
JAMES PERRIN SMITH 
Stanford University, California 


“tar 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1912 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourTH SERIES 


Vou. III, pp. 161-182 Apri 5, 1912 


GEOLOGIC RANGE OF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATE 
FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 


BY JAMES PERRIN SMITH 
Stanford University, California 


CONTENTS 
PAGE 
FAUNAL ZONES IN THE MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA . ; ‘ AGS 162 
CHECK-List oF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA . : i 170 
List oF SPECIES CONFINED TO THE LOWER MIOCENE . l s 7 177 
List oF SPECIES CONFINED TO THE Upper MIOCENE . 5 é : 180 
List oF MIOCENE SPECIES THAT ARE STILL LIVING : : ; 3 181 


April 2, 1912 


162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ [Proc. 47H Ser. 


FAUNAL ZONES IN THE MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA. 


When Conrad described the Tertiary fossils of California in 
the Reports of the Pacific Railroad Survey, he assigned some 
species to the Miocene on account of a vague resemblance to 
Miocene species from Virginia and Maryland; but he had no 
positive criterion for distinguishing the various faunas. When, 
in 1868, Gabb wrote his monograph on the Tertiary of Cali- 
fornia, he, too, had little opportunity of distinguishing the sep- 
arate faunas that make up the beautiful succession, as we know 
it, on the West Coast. Where the rock beds were much dis- 
turbed and hardened, he called them Miocene; and where they 
were little disturbed, and not lithified to any extent, he called 
them Pliocene. This criterion was usually right, but not 
always; for there are Miocene beds in California that are 
unconsolidated, and Pliocene beds that are turned up on edge 
and hardened into real rocks. In fact, the principal disturb- 
ance in the Tertiary beds of the Coast Ranges came in the 
mountain-making epoch at the end of Monterey, in the middle 
Miocene time, and, after this, several thousand feet of sand- 
stones were laid down still containing Miocene fossils in 
abundance. 


Later writers—Fairbanks, F. M. Anderson, Merriam, Law- 
son, and Arnold—have introduced a much more elaborate 
classification of the Neocene of California, and a large number 
of formation-names. But these so-called formations, however 
useful they may be for areal mapping and for economic geol- 
ogy, do not always correspond to the faunal divisions. Some 
of them are merely different facies of the same thing. The 
formations have been subdivided much more minutely than the 
faunas warrant. 


Instead of the numerous subdivisions recognized by most 
stratigraphers, there are, in fact, only two major faunal units in 
the Miocene of California: a lower, including all the faunas 
up through the Monterey; and an upper, including the San 
Pablo, Santa Margarita, and Etchegoin faunas. The division 
line between them corresponds to the period of orogenic activ- 
ity that came on at the end of the Monterey epoch. This 
marks not only a great change in the physiography of the West 


Vor. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 163 


Coast, but also the extinction of many of the older Miocene 
types, and the introduction of new forms, many of which have 
survived until the present time. This brings us back almost 
to the standpoint of Lawson and Merriam, who have proposed 
to call all the lower Miocene ‘Monterey,’ and all the upper 
Miocene “San Pablo.” 


The beds containing the Vaqueros, Temblor, and Monterey 
faunas were uplifted and somewhat hardened in the Coast 
Range uplift; and on the eroded flanks of this range were laid 
down the younger Miocene strata containing the Santa Mar- 
garita, San Pablo, and Etchegoin faunas. They too have 
been upturned by later disturbances, but not hardened to such 
a degree as were the older beds. 


The fossils in these later Miocene beds not only have a much 
more recent appearance than those of the lower Miocene, but 
also the number of species still living is much greater among 
them. The number of these living species increases gradually 
as the top of the Miocene is approached, and the faunas grade 
over imperceptibly into the Pliocene. There is no natural 
boundary between Miocene and Pliocene in California, and the 
line is drawn between the Etchegoin and Purisima as a matter 
of convenience. In fact the two faunas overlap; and the forma- 
tions may well do so. The Etchegoin has been called the Plio- 
cene by F. M. Anderson, and upper Miocene by Arnold. The 
overlying Purisima has been called transitional by Ashley, 
Pliocene by Arnold, and upper Miocene by Dall. And since 
all these writers had good reasons for their opinions, it is safe 
to conclude that the line between Miocene and Pliocene should 
be drawn somewhere near the boundary line between the two 
formations. 


One of the most striking characteristics of the Tertiary of 
California is the orderly advance toward modern life, with a 
constantly increasing number of modern species, and a con- 
stantly increasing number of species closely allied to recent 
forms. Step by step each succeeding fauna becomes more like 
the present life of the California coast than the preceding. 
This gradual change finds its explanation in the physiography 
of the region. All through the Tertiary the coast line of Cali- 
fornia was nearly the same as at present; for while the orogenic 


164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


disturbances during that age have been profound and far- 
reaching, they were longitudinal. There was here, as else- 
where in the northern hemisphere, a gradual drop from the 
subtropical warmth of the Eocene to the cool climate of the 
Pliocene, the chill of the Glacial Epoch, and then a fluctuating 
rise to the genial climate of the present. This has been 
recorded in the successive marine faunas, but the changes were 
so gradual that during the Neocene there was no catastrophic 
destruction of the inhabitants of the sea. From each geologic 
formation many species live on into the next. It would have 
delighted Lyell.to see such a complete illustration of the prin- 
ciple he adopted for the subdivision of the Tertiary, for here 
we have a gradation from the Eocene with no living species, 
through the Miocene and Pliocene with gradually increasing 
number of modern forms, the Quaternary with about 90 per 
cent of recent species, to the present, where in the same region, 
out of a marine fauna of somewhere near a thousand species, 
over four hundred extend back into the Quaternary, and nearly 
a hundred extend back into the Tertiary. 


TABLE OF MIOCENE FAUNAS OF CALIFORNIA. 


EtcHEGOIN fauna, of the Coalinga region, of the Salinas and the 


a San Benito valleys. 

Fy PMR ec RADAR AN eR A ete eA UAE oe 8 
“ — | San Pasro-Santa Marcarira faunas, of the Mt. Diablo region, 
= Salinas valley, and the Coalinga region. 
{x} ee ee eee Eee eee 
5 MontTEREY-TEMBLOR faunas, of the Contra Costa hills, Mt. Ham- 
= ilton Range, Black Mountain, Santa Lucia Range, Coalinga 
= | & region, Bakersfield region, Santa Ynez and Santa Monica 

ES mountains, and Santa Ana Range. 

4 


Vagueros fauna, of the Santa Lucia Range, Black Mountain, 
the Santa Monica and Santa Ynez mountains. 


As shown in the table, there are only two major faunal divi- 
sions of the Miocene: a lower, including the Vaqueros and 
the Monterey-Temblor faunas; and an upper, including the 
San Pablo-Santa Margarita and the Etchegoin faunas. 

The entire Miocene fauna consists of about 300 species 
described, and of these about 220 are confined to the Miocene. 

The entire lower Miocene, as known as present, consists of 
about 173 species, of which 116 are confined to lower Miocene, 
25 range into upper Miocene; 11 range into Pliocene; 1 ranges 


Vor. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 165 


into Quaternary; and 20 persist into the Recent fauna. The 
percentage of Recent species in the lower Miocene fauna taken 
as a whole is 11 per cent. 

The Vaqueros fauna consists of 56 species, of which 10 are 
confined to the Vaqueros, or to this and the San Lorenzo Oli- 
gocene faunas; 25 range into the Monterey-Temblor faunas; 
10 range into upper Miocene; 3 into Pliocene; 1 into Quater- 
nary; and 6 range into the Recent fauna, giving 10 per cent 
of living species. 

The Monterey-Temblor faunas contain a total of about 154 
species, of which 25 range up from Vaqueros; about 70 are 
confined to Monterey-Temblor ; 26 range into upper Miocene; 
11 into Pliocene; 1 ranges into Quaternary; and 20 persist 

“into the Recent fauna, giving 13 per cent of Recent species. 

The following characteristic species are confined to the 

Vaqueros fauna: 


Modiolus inezanus Arnold Turritella inezana var. sespeensis 
Pecten magnolia Conrad Arnold 

Pecten vanvlecki Arnold Purpura vaquerosensis Arnold 
Pecten vaughani Arnold Natica inezana Conrad 

Turritella inezana Conrad Scutella fairbanksi Arnold 


Terebratalia kennedyi Arnold 

This lowest horizon of the Miocene has been called by Mer- 
riam’ the zone of Turritella hoffmanni (—Turritella inezana) ; 
it may eventually be found to be the inshore equivalent of the 
deep-water San Lorenzo Oligocene, with which it has a few 
species in common. Of this fauna only six species are known 
to have persisted to the present, namely, Terebratalia occident- 
alis, Balanus concavus, Hinnites giganteus, Macoma nasuta, 
Phacoides richthofeni, and Psammobia edentula; and of these 
Macoma nasuta appeared in the San Lorenzo Oligocene. _ 

The following characteristic species are confined to the 


Vaqueros and Monterey-Temblor faunas: as 
Arca montereyana Osmont Pecten nevadanus Conrad Ai 
Cardium vaquerosense Arnold Pecten peckhami Gabb 4 
Chione conradiana Anderson Pecten perrini Arnold 
Chione mathewsoni Gabb Pecten sanctaecruzensis Arnold 
Dosinia conradi Gabb Pecten sespeensis Arnold 
Dosinia mathewsoni Gabb Agasoma barkerianum Cooper 
Glycimeris branneri Arnold ‘Agasoma gravidum Gabb 
Pecten branneri Arnold Cuma biplicata Gabb 
Pecten lompocensis Arnold Trochita costellata Gabb 


Pecten miguelensis Arnold 


* Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 3 (1904), p. 380. 


166 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


The following characteristic species are confined to the Mon- 
terey-Temblor fauna: 


Scutella breweriana Remond Cancellaria condont Anderson 
Scutella merriami Anderson Conus hayest Arnold 
Corbicula dumblei Anderson Conus owenianus Anderson 
Glycimeris barbarensis Conrad Ficus kernianus Cooper 
Pecten hamlim Arnold Ficus nodiferus Gabb 

. Pecten propatulus Conrad Ficus pyriformis Gabb 
Tellina congesta Conrad Ficus stanfordensis Arnold 
Yoldia impressa Conrad Oliva californica Anderson 
Yoldia oregona Shumard Terebra coopert Anderson 
Agasoma santacruzanum Arnold Trophon gabbianus Anderson 
Bathytoma keepi Arnold Turritella ocoyana Conrad 
Bullia. anglonana Anderson Turritella variata Conrad 


In addition to the six species enumerated under the Vaqueros, 
the following species persist from the Monterey-Temblor fauna 
into the present : 


Cardium quadrigenarium Conrad Panopaea generosa Gould 
Dosinia ponderosa Gabb Phacoides annulatus Reeve .. 
Leda taphria Dall Saxidomus nuttalli Conrad 
Macoma calcarea Gmelin Solen sicarius Gould 
Macoma secta Conrad Tellina idae Dall 

Mactra catiliformis Conrad Lunatia lewisi Gould 

Metis alta Conrad Olivella pedroana Conrad 


The entire upper Miocene fauna consists of about 182 spe- 
cies known at present. Of these 26 range up from lower Mio- 
cene, and become extinct in the San Pablo-Santa Margarita 
and Etchegoin faunas; about 77 are confined to the upper Mio- 
cene; 26 range into Pliocene, and become extinct in the Puri- 
sima or San Diego horizon; 2 range into Quaternary; and 50 
persist into the Recent fauna. 


The lower division of the upper Miocene consists of the San 
Pablo-Santa Margarita-Jacalitos faunas, which are a unit, or 
nearly so—the Jacalitos being merely the upper division of the 
Santa Margarita, and both together being the approximate 
equivalent of San Pablo. The aggregate fauna of this division 
amounts to 117 species, of which 38 are still living, giving 32 
per cent of Recent forms. 


In the Etchegoin fauna there are known 111 species, with 20 
additional that existed both before and after that time, making 
131 species. Of these 51 are still living, giving 38 per cent of 
Recent species in the Etchegoin fauna. 


Vor. IIT] 


SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 167 


The following common and characteristic species range up 
from the lower Miocene, and become extinct in the San Pablo- 


Santa Margarita fauna: 


Arca microdonta Conrad 
Arca obispoana Conrad 
Chione temblorensis Anderson 
Cytherea diabloensis Anderson 
Modiolus multiradiatus Gabb 
Ostrea titan Conrad 


Panopaea estrellana Conrad 
Pecten andersom Arnold 
Pecten crassicardo Conrad 
Pecten discus Conrad 

Pecten estrellanus Conrad 
Trophon carisaensis Anderson 


The following characteristic species are confined to the San 


Pablo-Etchegoin fauna: 


Pecten pabloensis Conrad 
Astrodapsis antiselli Conrad 
Astrodapsis tumidus Remond 


Astrodapsis whitneyi Remond 
Tamiosoma gregaria Conrad 


The following species lived over from the lower Miocene, 
and became extinct in the Etchegoin: 


Mulinia densata Conrad 
Sigaretus scopulosus Conrad 


Zirphea dentata Conrad 
Trophon ponderosus Gabb 


The following characteristic upper Miocene species became 


extinct in the Etchegoin: 


Diplodonta harfordi Anderson 
Diplodonta parilis Conrad 
Glycimeris coalingaensis Arnold 
Modiolus directus Dall 

Mytilus coalingaensis Arnold 
Ostrea vespertina Conrad 


Ostrea atwoodi Gabb 

Pecten coalingaensis Arnold 
Placuanomia californica Arnold 
Thats ketilemanensis Arnold 
Turritella vanvlecki Arnold 


The following characteristic species range up from lower 
Miocene, and become extinct in the lower Pliocene, Purisima- 


San Diego fauna: 


Scutella gibbsi Gabb 

Arca trilineata Conrad 
Chione securis Shumard 
Trochita filosa Gabb 
Mactra albaria Conrad 
Marcia oregonensis Conrad 


Phacoides sanctaecrucis Arnold 
Thracia trapezoidea Conrad 
Venus pertenuis Gabb 

Chione staleyi Gabb 

Trochita inornata Gabb 


The following characteristic upper Miocene species range 
over into lower Pliocene, and become extinct in the Purisima- 


San Diego fauna: 


Astrodapsis perrint Weaver 

Scutella gibbsi Gabb var. ashleyt 
Arnold 

Arca canalis Conrad 

Cryptomya ovalis Conrad 

Cardium coosense Dall 

Cardium meekanum Gabb 

Macoma astori Dall 

Ostrea veatcht Gabb 

Pecten cerrosensis Gabb 


Pecten cerrosensis vat. menden- 
hallii Arnold 

Pecten nuttert Arnold 

Pecten owent Arnold 

Pecten wattsi Arnold 
Schizothoerus pajaroanus Conrad 
Chrysodomus imperialis Dall 
Chrysodomus portolaensis Arnold 
Miopleioma oregonensis Dall 


168 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser. 


Crepidula princeps Conrad persists from lower Miocene into 
Quaternary, and Pisania fortis Carpenter persists from upper 
Miocene into Quaternary before becoming extinct. 


Throughout the Miocene, into the Pliocene, and up to the 
present, little evolution of forms is seen. Species appear with 
all their characteristics distinctly marked, run their course, and 
disappear from our ken, without any appreciable change. The 
geologist, looking over collections from the lowest Miocene to 
the Recent fauna, rarely sees the evolution of marine inverte- 
brates. He sees only the sudden appearance of forms, and 
equally sudden disappearance of the same, without knowing 
whence they came, or how they disappeared. 


This could be used as an argument for saltatory or spas- 
modic evolution. But it could be used equally well as an argu- 
ment for special creation. In fact, the paleontologist does not 
see here any spasmodic evolution; he sees only sudden appear- 
ance. The species appear before us in the rocks, without any 
previous record or credentials as to their history—presumably 
as immigrants, having been evolved somewhere else. They 
live on a while, and disappear a few at a time. 


In the few cases where there is even a suggestion of evolu- 
tion of species, this is not spasmodic, but slow and regular. In 
the Venus shells there is a probable genetic series, from Chione 
temblorensis in the lower Miocene, through Chione securis in 
the middle and upper part of the Miocene, to the group of 
Chione succincta of the Pliocene, Quaternary, and Recent 
faunas. 


An equally good genetic series is seen in the development of 
Pecten andersont of the lower Miocene into Pecten discus and 
Pecten pabloensis of the upper Miocene. 


Another probable genetic series is that of the group of 
“Janira’; namely, Pecten sanctaecruzensis of the lower Mio- 
cene, Pecten bellus of the Pliocene, and Pecten excavatus of the 
Quaternary and Recent faunas. In this case there was a grad- 
ual retreat southward as the climate grew cooler, and the 
modern representatives are almost entirely confined to warmer 
waters. In addition to these, nearly fifty other species in the 
Recent fauna can be traced somewhat doubtfully into Miocene 
ancestors. : 


Vor, IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 169 


The tables of the occurrence and range of the Miocene spe- 
cies of California are based on a critical study of all the litera- 
ture, and a critical examination of extensive collections from 
all the Miocene localities in California. Of course the list is 
not complete, for there are many undescribed species in the 
collections of the U. S. National Museum, of the University of 
California, of the California Academy of Sciences, and of 
Stanford University. Also some species that are now put 
together may not be synonyms, and very certainly some that 
are now treated separately will eventually be merged. 

Further examination of better material will probably show 
that some of the Miocene species, now considered as identical 
with Recent forms, are different. And further collection will 
probably bring to light more Recent species in the Miocene 
faunas. But none of this will change materially the figures 
and percentages given. The numbers are too large, and the 
collections already made are too extensive for that to be the 
CASE sii) 

It is hoped that this list will be of use to students of Cali- 
fornian stratigraphy, for whom it was prepared. Each one 
can do something towards completing it, by adding new species 
as they are described, checking the occurrence of old species, 
correcting the synonymy, and inserting names that have been 
omitted. 

In the check-list the Temblor and Monterey faunas are 
entered separately as a matter of record, although they are 
certainly synchronous. The lower Pliocene faunas are merged 
under the name San Diego-Purisima for convenience of refer- 
ence; and the upper Pliocene is recorded under the name Santa 
Barbara, because it is by no means certain that the name Mer- 
ced, which has been used for the upper Pliocene, is applicable 
in southern California. The name Fernando, which has been 
extensively used in listing the faunas of southern California, 
is not applicable, for it has included faunas from Leas Plio- 
cene to middle Quaternary in age. 


170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Cueck-List oF MI0ocENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA 


MI0cENE 


OLIGOCENE 
PLIOCENE 


GENERA AND SPECIES Lower 


, | QUATERNARY 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
Temblor 
Monterey 
Etchegoin 
San Pedro 
RECENT 


Sta. Barbara 


xX 


Asterias remondi Gabb............-. 
Astrodapsis antisel Conrad ........ 
Astrodapsis antiselli, var. arnoldi 

Paice aia t enue yin eet vega al ating 
Astrodapsis jacalitosanus Arnold.... 
Astrodapsis fernandoensis Pack..... x 
Astrodapsis tumidus Remond........ 
Astrodapsis whitneyi Remond....... 
Scutaster andersoni Pack........... 
Scutella fairbanksi Arnold.......... x 
Scutella merriami Anderson ........ x 
Scutella perrint Weaver............- 
Scutella norristi Pack ............-.- x 
Scutella breweriana Remond........ 
Scutella gibbsi Remond............. 
Scutella gibbsi, var. ashleyi Arnold.. 
Clypeaster bowersi Weaver......... 
Clypeaster gabbi Remond........... 
Linthia californica Weaver.........- x 
Terebratalia kennedyi Dall.......... 
Terebratalia occidentalis Dall....... 
Terebrataha Smitht Arnold......... 
Discinisca oregonensis Dall......... x |X 
Balanus concavus Brown..........- x 
Balanus estrellanus Conrad......... 
Tamiosoma gregaria Conrad........ ? 
Anomia subcostata Conrad.......... 
Arca canalis Conrad...............- 
Arca microdonta Conrad............ x 
Arca montereyana Osmont.........- 
Arca obispoana Conrad ............. 
Arca osmonti Dall...............--. 
Arca trilineata Conrad.............. 
Arca schizgotoma Dall............... 
Arcopagia unda Conrad............. 
Cardium coosense Dall.............. 
Cardium meekanum Gabb..........- 


Dee e eee a eee ae eae eee ee eee ese eee ee a ecco eee nr 


WOOK Oe OX 


xx 
xX 
x 
xx XXX 
xX xx 
x 


XXX 

eK OS Oe IIS 
x 
x 


xx KX 


XK KK XK 
xX XX 


xX 


Astrangia coalingensis Vaughan..... 

avia merriamt Vaughan............ 
Stephanocoenia fairbanksi Vaughan . 
Amphiura sanctaecrucis Arnold..... 


Vor. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA WAL 


CHECK-List oF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


MIocENE 


OLIGOCENE 
PLIOCENE 


| QUATERNARY 


cs 
=z 
co 
s 
= 
—] 
= 
co 
s 


GENERA AND SPECIES Lower 


San Lorenzo 
Sta. Margarita 
Purisima 
<x  X | Sta. Barbara 
San Pedro 
RECENT 


-X X 


Vaqueros 
Temblor 
x Monterey 
an 
Etchegoin 


Cardium quadrigenarium Conrad.... 
Cardium vaquerosense Arnold....... 
Chama pellucida Sowerby........... 
Chione conradiana Anderson ........ 
Chione mathewson Gabb............ 
Chione securis Shumard............ 
Chione sialeyt Gabby .).2.). 22 «2232+ < 
Chione temblorensis Anderson...... x 
Clidiophora punctata Conrad........ 
Corbicula dumblet Anderson........ 
Cryptomya ovalis Conrad ........... 
Cryptomya quadrata Arnold......... 
Cumingiascalifornica Conrad........ 
Cyrena californica Gabb............. 
Cytherea diabloensis Anderson...... ASS 8 
Diplodonta harfordi Anderson....... 

Diplodonta parilis Conrad........... 

Dosinia jacalitosana Arnold......... 

Dosinia ? longula Conrad ........... 

Dosinia mathewsont Gabb........... Ia ec 
Dosinia montana Conrad............ 

Dosinia ponderosa Gabb.............- KAEX 
Dosinia subobliqua Conrad.......... 

Dosinia conradi Gabb............... x 
GarnalataiGabb pene anaes 4 
Glycimeris barbarensis Conrad...... x 
Glycimeris branneri Arnold ......... x |X 
Glycimeris coalingaensis Arnold..... x 
Glycimeris septentrionalis Midd...... x Salis 
Hemimactra lenticularis Gabb....... x 
Hinnstes, crassus Contad jcc 0-55: x 
Hinnites giganteus Gray............ x |X x 
Lucina estrellana Conrad............ x 
Macoma calcarea Gmelin............ YASS 
Macoma inquinata Deshayes ........ x 
Miacoma astort Walleye seas 
Macoma jacalitosana Arnold........ 
Macoma nasuta Conrad............. SGX 
Macoma piercet Arnold............. 
Macoma secia Conrad............... 


x 
rae 


XX XX 
x XXXX 


xX 
ee Ga ON NON 
ROK KK 


UKXy eX KKK 
x xX 
x TOG OX 
x 
x 


x 


ee eS OS 
ee Same 
xX 


XxX 


WAL CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


CHECK-List oF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


MIOocENE 


OLIGOCENE 
PLIOCENE 


2 
i— 
= 
| QUATERNARY 


GENERA AND SPECIES Lower §Upper 


an Diego- 
Purisima 
RECENT 


an Pablo- | 
Sta. Margarita 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
Monterey 
Etchegoin 
Sta. Barbara 
San Pedro 


XXX | Temblor 


Macoma ocoyana Conrad............ 
Mactra albaria Conrad.............. 
Mactra catilhformis Conrad......... 
Mactra coalingaensis Arnold........ x 
Mactra montereyana Arnold........ 
Marcia oregonensis Conrad ......... x 
Meretrix uniomeris Conrad ......... 
Meretrix traski Conrad ............. x 
Meretrix decisa Conrad............. 
MietisialianConradieaccee ease ance 
Modiolus capax Conrad............. 
Modiolus directus Dall.............. 
Modiolus multiradiatus Gabb........ x 
Modiolus rectus Conrad............. 
Modiolus ynezanus Arnold...,...... x|xX 
Monia macroschisma Deshayes ...... 
Mulinia densata Conrad............. 
Mulinia, var. minor Arnold.......... 
WES (OPOPMED VESooesccousoconcondoe 
Mytilus coalingaensis Arnold........ x 
Mytilus inezensis Conrad............ 
Mytilus mathewsoni Gabb........... x 
Mytilus mathewsom, var. expansa 
Avvo ee ven es NAS Engl ven ne ne Nn nyAl Rigs x 
Nucula castrensis Hinds............ SEN E< <1 8 I OX 
Nucula conradt Meek 2.2 ./...2.. <2: 
Ostrea atwoodt Gabb................ x |x 
Ostrea bourgeoist Gabb):. 22.2.4)... x 
Ostrea eldridget Arnold............. x 
Osirea heermanni Conrad........... x 
Ostrea panzana Conrad ............. x 
Ostrea lurida Carpenter............. x x |X 
Ositrea tayloriana Gabb............. 
Osineauiitan Conrad hee eee xX|xX| XTX 
Ostreaveatchi, Gabbi see eee xX] X 
Ostrea vespertina Conrad........... x 
Ostrea vespertina, var. sequens Ar- 
TOL TO Cn Mir SRST gs oS x 
Leda cahillensis Arnold............. 
eda taphrias alleen as oeene py 
iRandorarscaphasGabpeene ea eee 


xX 
x 
xX 


x 
x 

x 

x 


x xX xX 
x 
x Oe ere 
xX x x 
x xX 
x 
x x 
x xX 


x 


x 


xX X 
x 
x 
x 
x 


Vor. IIT) SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 173 


CueEcx-List oF MIocENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


Panopaea generosa Gould........... 
Panopaea estrellana Conrad......... 
Paphia jacalitosana Arnold.......... 
Paphia tenerrima Carpenter......... 
Paphia staminea Carpenter........ sits 
Paphia truncata ‘Gabbe. i222. oye sea 
Pecten andersoni Arnold............ 


Pecten cerrosensis Gabb............ 
Pecten cerrosensis, var. mendenhalli 

JN) YO) (a MIR AO oN nO 
Pecten coalingaensis Arnold......... 
Pecten crassicardo Conrad.......... 
Pecten crassicardo, var. hamiltoni 

ZA 010) a bp neta AVAL eee MRAP OE 
Recien desert: Contads.. 4s. 22200. 
ecten discuss Conrad saeco selene 
Pecten eldridgei Arnold............ 
Pecten estrellanus Conrad........... 
Pecten estrellanus var. catalinae Ar- 

TOL Ree AN a acer siz ien letras ae 
Pecten estrellanus var. terminus Ar- 

NO] Dee mare on Mans ee URED 
Pecten etchegoini. vAn@ersOtinsncdecer 
Pecten hamlint Arnold.............. 
Pecten hastatus Sowerby............ 
Recten keepu Arnolds acne: oc 2 seams 
Pecten lompocensis Arnold.......... 
Pecten magnolia Conrad ............ 
Pecten miguelensis Arnold.......... 
Pecten nevadanus Conrad........... 
Pecten nutteri Arnold............... 
iRectenvowent sNtnoldijenacnec ce eee 
Pecten pabloensis Conrad........... 
Pecten peckhamt Gabb.............. 
Pecten perrint Arnold.®..........%.. 
Pecten propatulus Conrad........... 
Pecten sanctaecruzensis Arnold..... 
Pecten sespeensis Arnold........... 
Pecten sespeensis, var. Hydei Arnold 
Pecten stanfordensis Arnold........ 


OLIGOCENE 


San Lorenzo 


Vaqueros 


x 


XXX X 


XXX XX 


MIocENE 


X X | Temblor 


x xX 


x 


xX XXX 


xX | Monterey 


San Pablo- 


Sta. Margarita 


XX KKK KX 


x 


PS SOS PPR 


XX 


PLIOCENE 


2 
SI 
.— J 
= 
| QUATERNARY 


Sta. Barbara 
X | San Pedro 
RECENT 


x 


OX x | Etchegoin 
x x 
XX 
x&X 


Xx 


xX|X| xX] xX 


xX 


xX 
xX 


174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


CuHeEck-List oF MiocENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


——————————— 0 Le 


MI0cENE 


OLIGOCENE 
PLIOCENE 


QUATERNARY 


GENERA AND SPECIES Lower Upper flower! Upper 


an Pablo- | 
Sta. Margarita 
RECENT 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
Temblor 
Monterey 
Etchegoin 
Purisima 
Sta. Barbara 
San Pedro 


Pecten vanvlecki Arnold............ 
Pecten vaugham Arnold............. 
Pecten veatcht Gabb...............- 
Pecten wattst Arnold............... 
Periploma sanctaecrucis Arnold ..... 
Phacoides acutilineatus Conrad...... 
Phacoides annulatus Reeve......... 
Phacoides richthofeni Gabb......... 
Phacoides sanctaecrucis Arnold..... 
Pholadidea ovoidea Gould........... 
Placuanomia californica Arnold ..... x 
Pinna alamedensis Yates..........-- x 
Psammobia edentula Gabb........... x 
Saxidomus nuttalli Conrad.......... 
Saxidomus vaquerosensis Arnold.... 
Semele rubropicta Dall.............. 
Schigodesma abscissa Gabb.......... 
Schizothoerus pajaroanus Conrad.... 
Septifer coalingaensis Arnold........ 
Siliqua nuttalli Conrad.............. 
Solen sicarius Gould...............- 
Tapes inezensis Conrad ............- ? 
Tellina aragouta Dall.........-...-- 
Tellina congesta Conrad ............ x 
Tellina idae Dall...... DRE ALN, Leas 
Tellina oregonensis Conrad......... 
Tivela inegana Conrad.............. x 
Thracia jacalitosana Arnold......... 
Thracia mactropsis Conrad.......... x 
Thracia trapezoidea Conrad......... 
Transenella californica Arnold...... 
Venus pertenuis Gabb...........--- x 
Venericardia montereyana Arnold... x 
Venericardia ventricosa Gould...... x 
Voldiavcoopert: Gapbaesee seer rer x 
YVoldia impressa Conrad ............ x 
Yoldia oregona Shumard........... 

Yoldia submontereyensis Arnold..... 

Yoldia supramontereyensis Arnold .. 

Zirphea dentata Gabb..............- 

Zirphea gabbt Tryon...) 2.2.22...) 

Agasoma barkerianum Cooper....... x 


CURTIS IIS AL SEMI IIL PDS nS OOOO 


xx xX xX 
xXx xX Sex oS 
xXXXXX 
x x 
xX ROG 
x 


x 
KX KK 


Kok xX xX x 
x 
x xX SR DKS — 2628 
xX 
KG x 


xX 
x 
x 
x 
x 


Pe IS 


Vor, III] 


SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 


175 


CuHeEcK-List oF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


OLIGOCENE 


San Lorenzo 


Vaqueros 


MI0cENE 


Lower 


Temblor 


Monterey 


Upper 


an Pablo- | 
Sta. Margarita 


Etchegoin 


PLIOCENE 


s 
= 
Ss 
= 
= 
3 
s 


Sta. Barbara 


| QUATERNARY 


San Pedro 


RECENT 


Agasoma gravidum Gabb........... 
Agasoma santacruzanum Arnold.... 
Agasoma sinuatum Gabb............ 
Alacilnie isle) GAN) oho sesceoo aucc 
Astyris richthofem Gabb............ 
Bathytoma carpenteriana Gabb...... 
Bathytoma carpenteriana, var. fer- 

nandoensis Arnold. 22)... 022.0..- 
Bathytoma coalingaensis Arnold..... 
Bathytoma keepi Arnold............ 
Bathytoma piercet Arnold........... 
Bittium asperum Gabb.............. 
Bullia anglonana Anderson.......... 
Calliostoma coalingaense Arnold.... 
Calliostoma kerri Arnold............ 
Cancellaria altispira Gabb........... 
Cancellaria andersoni Arnold........ 
Cancellaria condoni Anderson....... 
Cancellaria joaquinensis Anderson .. 
Cancellaria dalana Anderson....... 
Cancellaria pacifica Anderson....... 
Cancellaria simplex Anderson....... 
Cancellaria tritonidea Gabb......... 
Cancellaria vespertina Anderson..... 
Cancellaria vetusta Gabb............ 
Cerithium topangensis Arnold....... 
Chrysodomus imperialis Dall........ 
Chrysodomus portolaensis Arnold... 
Conus owenianus Anderson......... 
Gonusshayest Ainoldee eee ees 
Crepidula onyx Sowerby............ 
Crepidula praerupta Conrad......... 
Crepidula princeps Conrad.......... 
Cuma biplicata Gabb................ 
Cylichna petrosa Conrad...........- 
Dentalium conradi Dall............. 
Ficus kernianus Cooper............- 
Ficus nodiferus Gabb..............- 
Ficus ocoyanus Conrad ............. 
Ficus pyriformis Gabb.............- 
Ficus stanfordensis Arnold.......... 
Fusus portolaensis Arnold........... 


x 
EES OS 


x XX 


xX xX KKK XK 


KKK KKK KKK KK 
Roum ees 


xX X 


SOS O88 


xX 


xX 


176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


CHECK-List oF MIOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 
Continued. 


MIOocENE 


OLIGOCENE 
PLIOCENE 


| QUATERNARY 


= 
oe 
=z 
a 
s 
= 

= 

—J 
ao 
Ss 


GENERA AND SPECIES Lower j Upper 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
<< | Monterey 
an Pablo- 
Sta. Margarita 
Etchegoin 
Purisima 
Sta. Barbara 
San Pedro 
RECENT 


Fusus stanfordensis Arnold......... 
Goniobasis kettlemanensis Arnold . 
Hemifusus wilkeseanus Anderson.... 
Littorina mariana Arnold .,......... x 
Littorina planaxis Phill............. 
Littorina remondi Gabb............. 
Lunatia lewisiti Gould..............- x 
Macron merriami Arnold ........... 
Margarita johnsoni Arnold......... 
Metula remondi Gabb.............. x 
Miopleionia oregonensis Dall........ xx 
Monoceros engonatum Conrad ...... 
Nassa arnoldi Anderson ............ 
Nassa californiana Conrad .......... 
Nassa californiana, var. coalingaensis 
Jai shaVa) (a lies Suh Salary Oe RLS AMA a NE oR x 
Natica geniculata Conrad........... 
Natica inezana Conrad.............. x 
Neptunea recurva Gabb............. 
Neverita callosa Gabb............... x 
Neverita recluziana Petit............ 
Ocinebra topangensis Arnold........ 
Ocinebra lurida Midd............... 
Oliva californica Anderson.......... 
Oliva futheyana Anderson.......... 
Olivella biplicata Sowerby........... 
Olivella pedroana Conrad ........... 
Pachypoma biangulata Gabb......... x 
Pisamia fortis, var. angulata Arnold.. 
Pleurotoma transmontana Conrad ... 
' Purpura vaquerosensis Arnold...... x 
Ranella mathewsoni Gabb........... 
Scaphander jugularis Conrad........ 
Sigaretus scopulosus Conrad........ x 
Sigaretus perrint Arnold............ 
Terebra cooperi Anderson.......... 
Thais canaliculata Ducl............. 
Thais crispata Chemie eee eee 
Thats edmondi Arnold.............. 
Thais etchegoinensis Arnold........ 
Thais kettlemanensis Arnold........ x 
Trochita costellata Conrad.......... xX! |X 


x X Temblor 


x 
xX 
x 
x 


x 


xX XxX 
x 
x 
x 


xX 


CESS See 
xX ee ee 
Ox x x 
x 
xX x 
xx x <x 


x 
xX 
x 
x 
xX 
xX 


xX 


Vor. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 177 


Cueck-List oF MIocENE INVERTEBRATES OF CALIFORNIA— 


Continued. 
io] 
Z eile 
5 MroceNE She hes 
iS) ° 2) 
=) ‘S| (ea) 
o) Ay 5 
Mea aioe a ann San D 
GENERA AND SPECIES Lower [| Upper flower|Upper| Ot 
s 
g Bey Paice z 
Sie}. | bist] poo 2/8] 8 
oOo} &}] Oo] & Ws toh 8) s] o | & 
Aleisl2hs| Se eaalalie 
g/2| 8/8 es| Ses) ¢| s 
n)/> |e] & fn! @ nd] n | wn 
Trochita diegoana Conrad.......... ? 
Trochita filosa Gabbe. ss 0c. 5. ce ceee x x x 
Trochita inornata Gabb............. x1 xX x 
Trophon bartoni Arnold............ Xx 
Trophon carisaensis Anderson...... xx 
Trophon coalingaensis Arnold...... x 
Trophon gabbianus Anderson....... x 
Trophon gabbianus, var. cancellari- 
OGULES VAENOIG) aio daveelere reikaterhaleichels x 
Trophon kernensis Anderson....... x 
Trophon ponderosus Gabb.......... xex) xX 
Trophon stuarti Smith.........0..... x X1X1xX 
Turbo topangensis Arnold.......... x 
Turritella inezgana Conrad.......... x 
Turritella inezana, var. sespeensis 
HANS OKC) (GP ARO EATON BU GU IE A I es 
Turritella ocoyana Conrad.......... x 
Turritella vanvlecki Arnold......... x |X 
Turritella variata Conrad........... x 
Vanikoro diegoana Conrad.......... ? 
Triptera clavata Gabb.............. x 


SPECIES CONFINED TO THE LOWER MIoCENE—VAQUEROS, 
TEMBLOR, AND MONTEREY FAUNAS 


| 


° 

N 

5 n al 

uw ° =) Oo 

GENERA AND SPECIES & 3 2/3 

g|e| 5) 8 

al>lals 
BAA COMPOTHICA ANG CAV ET aa) fsc)als e ols)s aco c isles eee es x 
Astrodapsis fernandoensis Pack ...........ceeeeeececneee x 
DEgieliafaiuanespr AiMoOld a ws ec isasce sc nee eee wee 
Scutella merriamt Anderson..........0.2eeeeecescncecces x 
SU LEL LONI OTUISUM eral CRE I Dee a ceva ey at aie vata Seta nies ranma ae a x 
SeutellavbnewerananGanpnne cna e eae eee x 


178 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


SPECIES CONFINED TO THE LOWER Mi1ocENE—C ontinued 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 


Pa ea Saal 


Arca montereyana Osmont........sesseeecrccccccseereee 

Arca obispoana Conrad ........sccc cece eee c cert enecteeee 

Arca osmonti Dall ......cccc cece cece c cece eer creer eecces 
Cardium vaquerosense Arnold........ fe Pa OAL Mieco tay Seen ete x 
Chione conradiana Anderson .......ceceececcseceereeeees x 
Chione mathewsont GabbD .....--ceeceeceeseeeecccecreces ? 
Corbicula dumblei Anderson.......--.csceecccesccesceces 
Dosinia conradi Gabb.....cecccceccccccccecccscccesccses 
Dosinia mathewsont Gabb......cccrccssccesccrcvccserecs 
Glycimeris barbarensis Conrad.........seeceecrceeeeeeees 
Glycimeris branneri Arnold ......-+.seeeceeeeeeereceees 
Hemimactra lenticularis Gabb .......eeeecececeeeeccceees 
Leda cahillensis Arnold .........cccceceecccccesecccceers 
Macoma piercei Arnold ..........eeee ee ee reece eereeees o6 
Macoma ocoyana Conrad........... TE Men a GANA OH Ob Alas 
Mactra montereyana Arnold.......06..seeeeceececcreeeee 
Meretrix decisa Conrad .........cccccrcccerecrecccscers 4 
Modiolus ynezanus Arnold .......-eceeseeeeecereeeceees x 
Mytilus inegensis Contad.........0eeeces eee e tence cece ees 
Mytilus mathewsoni Gabb, var. expansa INSU. Sub G00 
Nucula conradi Meek ..........eccescereres HO CGNs 
Ostrea eldridget Arnold .........cceeeeer cece eee encceee 
Pandora scapha Gabb .....+...sceeeeccce cs cceeeseecceers 
Periploma sanctaecrucis Arnold.........+s++eseceereeeees 
Pecten branneri Arnold .........cccccecccreccceecrseecee x 
Pecten hamlini Arnold ........sccceeeccccceeeeecseeceees : 
Pecten lompocensis Arnold.........seeeeeeeeseeeeesecees 

- Pecten magnolia. Conrad........c.eeeeeeeseeeeecereecceee 
Pecten nevadanus Conrad ........ccseeeeccccesceeccteees 
Pecten peckhami Gabb .........cseerecceceeecereeeeeeces x 
Pecten perrini Arnold..........cceeee eee ee eee cree neces 
Pecten propatulus Conrad ......-.eeeeeceeceecceeeeceeces 
Pecten sanctaecrugensis Arnold............eee eee eee eens x 
Pecten sespeensis Arnold.......ssceeeerccerccerceerccces 
Pecten sespeensis, var. hydei Arnold......--+++++e++-++e> 
Pecten stanfordensis Arnold........+..eeceeeeeeenceeeees 
Pecten vanvlecki Arnold........ccceececcccseeeerccrreeee 
Pecten vaughani Arnold..........eeceeeceeeeeerecereeees 
Saxidomus vaquerosensis Arnold ..........0+eeeeeeeeceee 
Septifer coalingaensis Arnold........+-+-seeeeee seer teres 
Tapes inezensis Conrad.......seececeeeeecr csc ecetetrcees 
Tellina congesta Conrad........ccceeee cere eee eeeecrecees 
Tellina oregonensis Conrad........seeeecescececscecerees 
Voldia impressa Conrad ..........eee cece esee creer eceeces x 
Voldia oregona Shumard............seeeceseeecescrecees 
Voldia submontereyensis Arnold.........+-seesseeeeeeees 
Voldia supramontereyensis Arnold..........+++++eeeeee eee 
Agasoma barkerianum Cooper ......s++scecereeeeeseeeces x 
Agasoma gravidum Gabb.......-.--eseeeecer err eeereeees 
Agasoma santacruzanum Arnold.......-+++++seeeeeeeees dj 
Agasoma sinuatum Gabb ....-.---+--+- eset 


X}| Temblor 
>< X| Monterey 


x 


Ke AK 
xX XXXXKXXKXK KKKXKXKX 
x x 


xX XXX 


x 


XXXXxX X 
SOOCCOe e A 
x 


XX XX 
x 


xX 
x 


XXX XXXX 
XX 


x 


Vot. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 179 


-SpEcIEs CONFINED TO THE LOWER M1ocENE—Continued 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
Temblor 
Monterey 


Alenia) slo (Gals oSbb on odaanoncdeddobmoeDebusceaOOrc 
BOLL YLOME Mi CCPErANTIOIG iere oidteyaleietalersloieiai ois cle ciel «1s sielalalayaiese 
[BOT BUOOR PUR) 1488010} (0l Senic DACIROOUSOUUOSO ORO NUCOUr Aer 
Buliavangloncna -AMGerSOmlees cers -iaw sede -\sicls + oc cleie #2 ols ale 
Cancellaria’ clits pura Gab yer yt cre as oa) ool sb crototo) «pais «61 c) ots tals 
Cancellaria andersomt Arnold ...........ccceccceecccenees 
Cancellaria condoni Anderson .........2...esceeeeceeeees 
Cancellaria dalliana Anderson ...............eeeseeeeeees 
Cancellaria joaquinensis Anderson ............0e.eee00- 46 
Gancellaria pacitica pAndersomm nace. > osisieig so crieles sole aie ele bg 
Cancellaria simplex Anderson.............ccceeceeseneees 
CGancellarianverusial Gabbe ne cietilce el e-ierlole) volelers 
Gerithium topangen sis) VATnNOld esate cities sic tclolele oleisis ties eee 
GON VSMUGN ESSINGTON eters oly save cl aeerciete aoe te sal ees alone tise als 
Conus owenianus Anderson ........2..2.-scesceecccceees 
(Gaim benlheutn (CA) sabanacaqsengaooqucsanosaoddeobmududc x 
Cyliclneipetrosan Conrady sian eeieyeieie:<ciete eels sralalalarsarerel« 
Denalirie (Cour DeilhesocgodhoocesbedsccouogdasoGooHeL 
Rien Ian (Cooierisanannoodonndudpoduadecnoguceouas x 
JCS HOGTEAES (Gel do doaMondouoetcade poccabdcn ee sae en poe 
RUCWSO CONAIUSH COMA. se uieiaa tenella oe siete eka sie releleloie slse;s 
RTGS ON FOOS: (Gel SosnoondooncgacdauaReoooconoooocooE 
FAGCUSUSIQI OAH SISMATNOIGE eee eee eee 
EUsUsrstanfordensis) Nanoldemekiccciien sciciecielsicle ciclo eis) ao 
Hemifusus wilkesanus Anderson...........02..-+2e+-e00s 
Mietulaltnemondi Gabb sae qc e cee ele alice lelele eieterelie 
MIGEHON Merriam “ATNOIGS iio) cient <b cleicis cvels alors) sielelele ele sen 
INGSSANATHOLADMANGEESOMU My tae coe cote oe cee ee eer 
INGLCG) CCHILGTUN GEC CONTA aie la ss ciate oie a letarsialeraie wicieysisi ole eis sieve 
INGHCHMINEZONG CONTAC Velie clei cchelele ele See else x 
Ocinebratopangen'sis; Amnoldiiaccies sm eccue cece dene sie eile 
Oliva californica Anderson ..........cccceecccecccneccaes 
Oliva futheyana Anderson.............22-e-eeeceseceeees 
Pleurotoma transmontana Conrad..............020+e20005 
Pupura vaquerosensis Arnold.........0ceseececeeceececes x 
Ranvellay mathewsony. Gay caeciies ls celstelsle weieielelsis eres eis 
Scaphandenmuculans  Connadi- neers eee ie telcos se 
SHAGKELW SPEER ATMO! Gin si soar erie cual aerecry seainleveisialsiaie ese at 
erebrancOoperty WANGeTSONG entre eeicie sein cialis cisieisis ee eisiacls 
TONS CORO BR IL-MAMOG sop Geb obo o ee ono ODS o RHO oObDbome sue 
yodonm eussaiiona: (Coureyle$coccsc0ongbnocedououduoenaGe4 x 
LOM IOD tein EMMONS gobs obo0e6deodeduns sau0UdboOdnOO 
Trophon gabbianus Anderson............ceeecceeceeeeees 
Trophon gabbianus, var. cancellarioides Arnold........... 
Trophon kernensis Anderson .......2...ccecceccecceccees 
UU ONLOPAZEN SIS PATNO] Mies anette kel as eye eke aie 
Rurrivellasine sana Gonads yeaa cee cele oo aioe eset 
Turritella inezana, var. sespeensis Arnold..............+.- 
linrnicllomocovanomConradaene once cee kee eee 
Terns Goran (CoOnvealeesdsguoanuonocscusosancocacsbor 
DR EON GAG TINGE) LER E ASE Ee acte BOOTIE HOE OO chin LO 


XXX XX X 


SSC KK OK KK RICK: SOOO COOOE rane 


xX 


XXX 


180 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


SPECIES CONFINED TO THE UPPER MIOCENE IN CALIFORNIA— 
SANTA MarGariTA, JACALITOS, SAN PABLO AND ETCHE- 
GOIN FAUNAS 


| 
GENERA AND SPECIES asl 2 
a ae] 
as| 8 
ne| 2 
Astrangia coalingaensis Vaughan.............-0.- eee ee ee eee x 
Hawa wnerniamy INaugshaneeaee cee eee lens ee eee x 
Stephanocoema fairbanksit Vaughan...........-...--2- see e eee x 
Ampliura sanctaecrucits Arnold. ..5.20003se. ee eee x 
IASTenIas MEMONAY NGADD Wane Oe oe eee oes x 
Astrodapsis antiselli Conrad...... 2.0000. c0e eee eee ee eee eee x 
Astrodapsis tumidus Remond...........0...-+2ee cee ec eee eee ee x 
ASILOA UP SIS NWN EAUE INCMONGIs WA ye eee aeelloeiete x 
Glypeaster WbowWerst NViCAVER Ads Sais sera ticles ete eieists qiettele ser x 
Clypeaster .gabbu “Remon jae) daljaie ee acces sae ia aieiicels weiner x 
AROMIGSUDCOSIALE 1 COntAd sean ore ole eee ee x 
Avcopagia tunda Conrad aise taa eked dle rseliciae cee alors x 
Cirena\ californica: Gap sonony sons eee snes x 
Diplodonta harfordt Anderson..:.......22..2-+cesseees- esses x WX 
Diplodenta® partis: Conrad Ways aanaiecs acy eeveniee ooo stove siete Se OS 
Dosim yacatitosana WArnolde ane ece ace eeioio nce x 
Gari lata NGap De Ges oa ee RN theta ee egetee nn ULAR x 
Glycimeris coalingaensis Arnold ............-2 eee eee ee ete eee x |X 
LIN MibeS 1EFASSUS CONTAC Qs as Alea o eee eieaie x 
ucinanestrellana ‘Conradsg snc eS ee Soa eee x 
Macomayacaliiosana Arnoldi naa oee eee Loe: x 
Mactramcoalngaensis) Arnolds enone eee ees cellent x 
Meretrex uniomens Contad 1) ena esas eee ae g 
Modiolus directus Malle oe sie Walle ere de ee nO gales alee oo sels x 
WENGE STOPDOLM Gah NEM EEGs NG BORGO RS OBHOR OE COs Sa UIGiG dad ON obO dol. x 
Malus coolimeaensisy AUNOld iy s.r4 fey telt cic slakelei=y=))s12) ere etek x | xX 
OSireaatwood uN Gabor ye ee eee eo ee let eaten x |x 
OSI EDN DOUTZEOTSD GADDe dois a ea etibe otelotd cial onel alae oom iayalstelopara eres x 
Ostrea heenmannt Conrad vay aaneacccce aoe lee eee aie x 
Osireappanzana monary tee setol ete ctr esac) stelle skeeverevatete x 
Ostrea iPespertinan Conrad ke oe ee ee see eee Loner x 
Ostrea vespertina, var. sequens Arnold .............--.eeeeeees x 
PRaphiawjacalitosana Aanolaie wate seas cee ie eer ee sie ose x 
Paphia truncata Gabb...........006.-¢ BWC aL ane RN REN IEP x 
Pecten carrizoensis Arnold............. Id bn ar a a INST ah Mie ; x 
Pecten ideserto) COmtad iy teeta cicarelal eee aettoe x 
Pecten Veldrid cet | Arnoldu ren aead ange satan cone alee x 
Pecten etchecoint Andersomi Gun aces cee te even ooenlasees x 
PEcken Gh CODE AGOLG sli a AMI Actes ihoieoceele ora tatercicls: pues arate x 
Recten pabloensis | (Conragey soe ae el oaeie elo oon ede ustetes x 
IPecten VecotenivGabDi gene teal as Cia ee oie LIT Oates x 
Placuanomia californica Arnold ...........ccee eee ee cece cee cees Sb cos 
Sichizodesmanaoscissa: GabDeace eee eee ae leeeceise xX |X 
Siliqua (nuttaih (Contadsj00 ean ane ee neice leaner x 
heliivawaraconva Wallace nec aero x 
Thracia jacalitosana Arnold...........eccescesceccecceveescees x 


Transenella californica Arnold ........0...0ccs cece cer ecccenens x 


Vor. IIT] SMITH—MIOCENE FOSSILS OF CALIFORNIA 181 


SPECIES CONFINED TO THE UPPER MIOCENE IN CALIFORNIA— 
SANTA MARGARITA, JACALITOS, SAN PABLO AND ETCHE- 
GoIn Faunas—C ontinued 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


Margarita 


xXXXXX KX X XK XKXX*X | Etchegoin 


Santa 


ASEVETS® TAGHEMOPERY GADD UC tee ie lene en oaho ae aeersiae sale muti naee 
Bathyioma) coalineaensis) pAtnoldiisidnciecia se ocle seicls ciel «nl elec 
GCalliastoma\ coalimgaense, ASmOl dint) e)ek 2s oi sicye\s mie lean os) 21a 14 a(alo,ai 
Gallvostomaneerrprninol dani nee chile cancers 
Gancellaria wesbertina) “AMGersom y. 6c .clo Si. Meets ea. ee.5 oc e.e/ ois sieve oyeis,s x 
Goniobasis ketilemanensis Arnold .............00.cesecccscosees 
I OAD) ALCON A AGLAOL OOH G2 10) aN AG hee ain OS FAIS OER PEIN CAE ie aCe x 
IEG O RG PTA), INGO) lig So qa nn op seu ODA Dopod onU AGU hobo Gon 
Marc UritaMOnnsont wNin Oldeerae settee ciliates cia aciieeke x 
Nassa californiana, var. coalingaensis Arnold.................2- 
INCDFREB: PEGI. (CAI): Soa bbeohopobdudoooabusouosabdocendenaae x 
Pisania fortis, var. angulata Arnold. .:....0....... accesses scene 
MNGUSMELENESOINENSIS VATNOIG sa elects reise cisiale elo Deieaiarte els eniele 
Tots AUG TOG VE DSS IMERONGLS dAninowbugenoo ain ededoosebesoo dass x 
RUTTULCLICM VONUICCUMATNOIG Eee eee ore icine oat weelcee x 
er O PLOW WCOdiinoden sys JA TNO Ns Mes cals satelefe mis eemlers ite leleiels lol dele 6.6 ie 


List oF MIOCENE SPECIES THAT ARE STILL LIVING 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


San Lorenzo 
XX | Vaqueros 

Temblor 
Monterey 
Santa 
Margarita 
San Diego- 
Purisima 
Santa Barbara 
Quaternary 


Terebratalia occidentalis Dall....... 
Balanus concavus Brown..........- 
Cardium quadrigenarium Conrad.... 
Chama pellucida Sowerby........... 
Clidiophora puctata Conrad......... 
Cumingia californica Conrad........ 
Dosinia ponderosa Gabb...........+ 
Glycimeris septentrionalis Midd..... 
Hinnites giganteus Gray..........0 
Macoma calcarea Gmelin ........... 
Macoma inquinata Deshayes........ 
Macoma secta Conrad). .3:26....---- 


x 
x 
ee NN 
XXXXKXKXXXXXXX | Etchegoin 
xXX xX 
xX 


xX 


xXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
xxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX | Living 


Macira catilliformis Conrad......... 
Metts alia) Conrady cuss ss cee 
Modiolus capax Conrad............. 
Modiolus rectus Conrad ............ 
Monia macroschisma Deshayes...... 
MAG MOPONICG ayes Noo aces 


xX 


XXXX XX X 
XXXX XX 


x 
XX X XXKXXX 
x 


182 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


List oF MIocENE SPECIES THAT ARE STILL Livinc— 
Continued 


g0- 


GENERA AND SPECIES 


San Lorenzo 
Vaqueros 
Temblor 
Monterey 
anta 

Margarita 
San Die 
Purisima 

| Santa Barbara 


x 
XX XX X>%X! Etchegoin 


Nucula castrensis Hinds............ 
Ostrea lurida Carpenter ............ 
Bedantaph yap alles eee ane aac 
Panopaea generosa Gould........... 
Paphia tenerrima Carpenter......... 
Paphia staminea Carpenter.......... 
Pecten hastatus Sowerby...........- 
Phacoides annulatus Reeve......... 
Psammobia edentula Gabb.......... 
Phacoides richthofeni Gabb......... 
Pholadidea ovoidea Gould.......... 
Rellina vdae Mallee ene sues clei ls 
Saxidomus nuttalli Conrad.......... 
Semele rubropicta Dall............. 
Siliqua nutialls Conrad ............. 
Solen sicarius Gould .............5- 
V enericardia ventricosa Gould...... 
Voldia coopert Gabb..........-.00. 
Hin pned Saoou MinyOn secre ee nee 
Bathytoma carpenteriana Gabb...... 
Bittium asperum Gabb.........+.--- 
Crepidula onyx Sowerby............ 
Littorina planaxis Phill............. 
Lunatia lewistti Gould.............0- 
Nassa californiana Conrad.......... 
Neverita recluziana Petit........... 
Ocinebra lurida Midd............... 
Olivella biplicata Sowerby........... 
Olivella pedroana Conrad..........- x 
Thais canaliculata Ducl............. 

Thais crispata Chem...........00.%- 

Trophon stuartt Smith.............. 


xx 

xx 
x XXX 
KKK X 
XXXXXXX XX} Quaternary 


xX 
x XX XX 
x SCS 
Ss 
RRR KK KK KKK KKK KR OOOO OOK 
xX 


XXX XKXKXXXKXX XX XK X 
xX 


x 


xX 


x 


XX XwX x 
XXXXKXKXK VK KKXKKKKXKXKXKXXKX 
XXKXKXKKXKUKKXKXKKKXKKKXKXKKXKKXKXKXKXXKXXXXKX>X| Living 


XX KXKXXXKX 


PROCEEDINGS 
Fourth Series 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 


Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of — 


Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. | (Jsswed December 20, 1907)... .0 0.00. oo ob 
Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. (lssued January 20, 191])....... 2.2.2... 
Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (Jssued October 
Pages 323-374. 1V. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 
John Van Denburgh. (lssued January 17, 1912), 0.0.0.2. -0 02. 
Pages 375-404, V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By 
Alban Stewart. (Lssued Janwary 19) 1912 yore or 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
(Li progress.) 


VOLUME Ill 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
: Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jsswed October 
SHI 04 cA reap neee agai sae ekg Byes Shih too Wd oi Ea HR MEE RRA 
Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
SONS (SESH EM PI CCCIIOEILS LG LIT ee Saat ret AY ie MALAY 
Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denburohs Wsswed December 20 1909). ae i he eee Ne 
Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 
By Rollo Howard Beck. (/ssued September 17, 1910) ......... 
Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (J/ssued 
NO DCHED COD veL SUED) cies Vibe CN SR UR: isa ual eis UV a NCES Uk Vict hel 
Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. § (/ssued 
January 17, 1912)..... NAR OR Aa aR an ear lie LeU ALG cpa h ate BAI 
Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh.. (/ssued 
SANMUATY MT Tp ATTA oer 1D aa eilsay es ua ad Os deta RPM CUNT ioe 
Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 
Caliiornias? -" Css7ed A pra Onl O72 wee) ooh Eta Ci de Sag 


.50 
50 
wo 


50 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the © 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourTH SERIES 


Vou Hl pp:-183-186 May 3, 1912 


Description of a New Genus and Species of 
Salamander from Japan 


BY 


SurGEon J. C. THompson, U. S. Navy 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1912 


So 
as 


Pid *% 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FouRTH SERIES 


VoL. III, pp. 183-186 May 3, 1912 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF 
SALAMANDER FROM JAPAN 


BY SURGEON J. C. THOMPSON, U. S. NAVY 


PLATE XIV 


The California Academy of Sciences has received from the 
Far East a tailed batrachian belonging to the subfamily of 
Amblystomatinz. It is intermediate between the groups com- 
posed of Hynobius Tschudi and Salamandrella Dybowski on 
the one hand and of Onychodactylus Tschudi and Geomolge 
Boulenger on the other. 

The larvz possess stout claws, which is also the condition 
found in the young of Geomolge. The development of the 
dermal covering of the palms and soles is unique among sala- 
manders. 


Pachypalaminus new genus 


Type.—Pachypalaminus boulengeri, No. 33192 California Academy of 
Sciences. 


Generic Characters.—Tongue large, with longitudinal plicze and sulci 
and with anterior and lateral borders free. Series of palatine teeth inter- 
rupted, forming a pair of salient angles, with mesial sides the longer. 
Palms, soles, and inferior surface and tips of fingers and toes covered with 
a tough brown corneous modification of the epidermis. Toes five. Tail 
compressed at the base, deepened and strongly compressed posteriorly. 


The following species is dedicated to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, 
F.R.S., V. P. Z. S., as a slight token of the appreciation felt 
for assistance rendered me when a student in London. 


May 3, 1912 


184 owe ah CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 


Pachypalaminus boulengeri new species 


Type—No. 33192 California Academy of Sciences; male; Odaigahara 
Mt., Yamato Province, Honshu, Japan; October, 1911. 


Specific Characters—Head large, depressed, and as broad as long; 
snout long and rounded; nostril situated a trifle nearer to the orbit than 
to the tip of the snout; eyes rather large and prominent; orbit contained 
one and one third times in the length of the snout. Series of palatine 
teeth interrupted, not forming a reéntrant angle; apices of the two salient 
angles on a line with the centers of the choane; the length of the inner 
side of one of the angles equal to the interval between the choanz; the 
length of the outer side equal to one third this interval. Tongue circular, 
strong and fleshy, filling the floor of the mouth, the surface finely and 
longitudinally plicate; two fairly deep sulci with a general antero-pos- 
terior trend, their outline that of two laterally directed obtuse angles, 
enclosing about one half the central area of the tongue. The gular fold 
moderately developed, Body depressed ; distance from the snout to the 
gular fold contained nearly three times in the distance from the latter to 
the cloaca; median dorsal groove, markedly deepened over the pectoral 
and pelvic regions; thirteen well developed costal folds, including the one 
flexed to enter the axilla and the one reaching the groin; the nine mid- 
dle folds continued across the abdomen. Vent (of male) three slits meet- 
ing in front, the medium longitudinal and longest, the two others 
obliquely directed forwards, forming an angle; the borders swollen. 
Limbs stout, when adpressed the digits overlap for about two milli- 
meters. Digits well developed. Tail a trifle longer than the distance 
from the gular fold to the cloaca, strongly compressed, deepened and 
fleshy in the posterior thalf; not keeled; the tip rounded. Skin smooth; 
numerous mucous glands on snout, around nostrils and eyes, and on 
upper and lower lips; parotids distinct; an irregular horizontal groove 
from eye to gular fold, joined by a short vertical one posterior to 
angle of mouth. Color in spirits slate, a trifle paler beneath. 


MEASUREMENTS (in millimeters) 


Metal) Ver etle yk ee oe aie o's wiele ed esi wie ye eat wc lee| alo) form n/0) sale oie ie oye oye ore 161 
ISHaraW STOO i) ACHORIGEL Sag neseanbonsognddoocslcoucododbomnus weds oe 92 
Tear AVVO? (eo (ASV HONG) sbct ne goenooonddsoocsonneeasdeopoe sagen 23 
From snout to level of centre of insertion OfMfore limb sae seeeee 35 
From snout to level of centre of insertion of hind limb .......... 88 
Naor oily toy. [Aeybol waesagebowaassoddos pos auuogoas Bogseoooe se 44 
| Ghee MAE bb oe Gc AUP RUR eae euntes ies ian EN ah RLM Bs Es LOO SL SUED MME SSID AN 23 
1 Erne ONO bras aTOUR ree ena alate ln IE ei a Ra EER 3 26 
1S To be MERU MAgh MENU He GI (E HAAS CANS Bip Ba Aine cela ae MI Clie sol 18.5 
NA celta Oe Gaul ese ies ACs CRT ere LAR eee LSU RtUao ae Zeyh URI UCB ay US 19 
Eran, SHout (to (MOSHE A seater eae ere Were nnedat ways ae iale a cuenta ne 5 
Tntervalibetween NOStrdl SH eile etree eere sine eee tonite epeeaievens 7.3 
rom snout oO icemthe On (eye sees seve em ers ieiieleteiebesisieusteleherststene re 10 
TeiterOrbital ese eases Ute aN eater enero ue hu al Nel S pact ane Rega ape ge 4.3 
Interval between anterior CAMel a ie te emesis clive le lelecetay suate le siaretevataystenata Oia 
Interval (between Posterior (Campi eines icicle We ol Me leetenevelenaeltar ete sis) 
Brom anterior canthus) to mostriljee vemos cis sill clemaleieiel ele eretars 4 
jDetopook Galorbhanno) boty Copan seglOiblde) Asa vrei com oSoobeounmdaacooneostas 15 


HBS) UI IA cepa SS EO ARWAT aD WSEAS ARCOM SUA ity ADS Ut ean REM CRN Sale Oe Ye 69 


Vor. III] THOMPSON—NcW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SALAMANDER 185 


Depth Width 


XC UADASEMOn tall sits cane cicomery spans 12 11.5 
At end of first quarter of tail ........ 10.5 9.5 
At end of second quarter of tail ...... 12.5 6.5 
At end of third quarter of tail....... Se 4.5 


Series of palatine teeth: 


Length (measured along mesial side of one salient angle) 6 
Width (interval between extremities of lateral sides of 


Salientitanelesi vireo enn k tn slapsrancay Aarti Laan 6.8 
Interval between apices of salient angles ............ 4 
Length of short lateral side of a salient angle ......... 2 
Interval between posterior extremities of mesial sides o 

each salientyy anole wisureur et tie nso he dun renee eee SERN OS] 


California Academy of Sciences, 
ZApral 25 SZ! 


126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV 


Pachypalaminus boulengeri new species. 
Type: No. 33192 California Academy of Sciences; male; Odaiga- 
hara Mt., Yamato Province, Honshu, Japan. 
Figures 1, 2, 3 natural size; 4, 5, 6 enlarged two times. 


2 Shu, bff isa, wiiss fe Et, VEL. til L 1MUMPr SUN | PLATE ALV 


- PROCEEDINGS 
Fourth Series ; Bar 


VOLUME I 


‘Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (Jsswed December 20, 1907)... 0... cece cin ens 

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. (Usswed January 20, 1911)... 0. ccc e ccc cnk 


Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (JZsswed October 


LR LIE ets BAe ine tt oat ote Nach Wee Ee RM AC WON SS Sues tak 
Pages 323-374. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 
John Van Denburgh. (Jssued January 17, 1912). 000.0000. ccc es 


Pages 375-404. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By 
Alban Stewart. -([sswed January 19, 1912)... 00... ccc cece ecece 
Pages 405-430. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued April 16, 1912) ............ 


VOLUME IIL 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
(ln progress.) 


VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jssued October 
he PIO ON ibe reek ets Ue Sera Na aoe eee cee ate ae te Sap 

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
sone “(Assman December 3h; LIS yids oe eso Pas Os Due, Be 

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denburgh. (/ssued December 20, 1909)... ...cccesccccecee Boe 

Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 
By Rollo Howard Beck. (lssued September 17, 1910).......... 

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jssued 
IVOQCT ULES DME IIIS ke GRO ee SRS PL Sa ele Mist ha 3 

Pages 147-154, Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued 
SOTUALY DTS LUA es Biro naan ME ae Ree RS Re AES, 


Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 


Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued — 


ALERT TLY LOY eae Ga hess Soe Os oe Oe Sh ES es 
Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 

California. By James Perrin Smith. (Jssacd April 5, 1972)... 
Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- 


mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. Navy. 
MEST MAY ES ES BS Vi 2 Pore Br See ae ai ag WN any Seg FORTS serio 


1 


39 


.25 


29 
eo 


00 


29 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


- PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FouRTE SERIES 


Vor. III, pp. 187-258 DECEMBER 16, 1912 


Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and 
Amphibians from China, Japan, the 
Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa 


BY 
Joun Van DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology — 


~aysonian 
oe & 
DEC 23 1912 — 


OB 
ingg; ep 


7 


hy an , BS gt 
“iens| MuseSh-* 


SAN FRANCISCO 
“PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1912 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


VoL. III., pp. 187-258 December 16, 1912 


CONCERNING CERTAIN SPECIES OF REPTILES AND 
AMPHIBIANS FROM CHINA, JAPAN, THE 
LOO CHOO ISLANDS, AND FORMOSA 


By JoHn Van DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


CONTENTS 
PAGE 
PREFACE . : ; ‘ : 2 é - s : : : 188 
DISCUSSION OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES UNDER THE FOLLOWING 
GENERA :— 
Ey Ta : ; 3 4 5 : 5 ; 5 : 5 190 
Kang. ; ; , f , i / 4 : 5 : 192 
Babina . 4 i ; : : ; L : : : E 196 
Polypedates . : : ‘ ; . : : : : : 200 
Gekko . 3 : : f : A , : : : A 206 
Hemidactylus f : 3 A ; ; s é ) é 207 
Cosymobotus ; : ; : : ! : : : \ 208 
Ptychozoon ( ; ‘ f ! : : : : ‘ 208 
Japalura 4 fh 4 : ‘ 4 ; : : ! 208 
Eumeces ; 5 i ; ; A : B A s ‘ 211 
Mabuya . j f ! j : : : 3 ; y : 228 
- Sphenomorphus . , f 4 : Stee F i ye O 
Emoia . , j : : 5 : ; ‘ : 3 : 234 
Leiolopisma . ; i y ‘ f : q i , : 235 
Lygosaurus . A 4 : ; ; ! : : t ; 240 
Cryptoblepharus . ! ; : A : : , “ : 241 
Tachydromus : ‘ L : s j f : ; : 242 
Achalinus . : ; i i é : p { : : 254 
Calliophis i ‘ 4 ( i f : : : 255 
Hemibungarus . : i i ; f 256 


December 13, 1912. 


188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47u Ser. 


INTRODUCTION 


This paper is made up of a series of notes upon Pais niene 
of reptiles and amphibians from China and the Japanese 
Empire, which the Academy has received during recent years. 
It is not in any sense an exhaustive account of these collec- 
tions. Instead, it deals only with certain species, nearly all of 
which have been collected by Victor Kthne in Formosa and 
the Loo Choo Archipelago. A few species from China, Japan 
proper, the Pescadores, Botel Tobago, Wake, and the Bonin 
islands also are included; but a large proportion of the species, 
even from Formosa and the Loo Choo Islands, have not been 
studied at all. 


One genus and the following species and subspecies are 
here first described, although advance diagnoses of these forms 
were published July 29, 1912.* 


Ayla hallowelh 

Japalura polygonata ishigakiensis 

Japalura polygonata miyakensis 

Eumeces barbourt 

Eumeces marginatus amanuensis 

Eumeces marginatus kikaigensis 

Eumeces ishigakiensis 

Eumeces chinensis formosensis 

Sphenomorphus indicus formosensis 

Sphenomorphus boulengert 

Leiolopisma laterale formosensis 

Leiolopisma laterale boettgert 
_Lygosaurus pellopleurus brownt 

Takydromus stejnegeri 

Achalinus wernert 

Calhophis swinhoet 


From a study so incomplete as this, it is indeed difficult 
to draw conclusions of value regarding the past changes in 
the land and water areas of the region involved. We may, 
however, state rather positively that changes have been more 
numerous, and land-connections more complicated, than in the 
Galapagos Archipelago. Although not here set forth, there 


* Advance Diagnoses of New Reptiles and Amphibians from the Loo Choo Islands 
and Formosa. Published San Francisco, July 29, 1912. 


Vor. WI] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 189 


is evidence that Sakhalin has been rather recently connected 
with continental Asia. The various islands of Japan proper 
bear evidence of having been joined not only with each other 
but also with Sakhalin and Korea by way of Iki and Tsushima. 
The Loo Choo Islands probably are quite old. The majority of 
their reptiles and amphibians apparently reached them from the 
south, doubtless by way of a continental connection of which 
the present island of Formosa formed a part. The northern 
islands, however, must sometime have been united with Japan 
proper; as is shown, for instance, by the presence of Eumeces 
barbourt. The islands of this group were doubtless all con- 
nected for a considerable period—long enough to develop 
specific differences, such as exist between Ewmeces marginatus 
and Eumeces elegans. Later they became separated into the 
various islands, and have had individual existence for a period 
long enough to permit subspecific, or in some instances specific, 
differentiation. The southern islands show the Formosan in- 
fluence upon their fauna more strongly than the central and 
northern islands. The major portion of Formosa is occupied 
by a reptilian fauna which is practically Chinese modified by 
time and isolation. Southern Formosa, however, bears evi- 
dence of a former connection with the Philippines by way of 
Botel Tobago—as is shown, for example, by Sphenomorphus 
boulengeri. 


From all this it would seem probable that this whole region 
has been gradually sinking; that formerly these various islands 
were united, as it were, into an enormous “barrier reef” off the 
whole eastern coast of Asia, and connected with that continent 
through Sakhalin, Korea and Formosa: that the Loo Choo 
portion of this “reef” then became separated from Japan, and 
later from Formosa; and that subsequent depression resulted 
in the present geographical conditions. Doubtless there have 
been minor elevations and depressions, more or less local in 
extent, resulting in temporary connections and isolations of 
portions of this area, and complicating the reading of the story 
in further detail. 


190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


Hyla chinensis Giinther 


Originally described from specimens from China, this was 
one of the species obtained by Swinhoe in Formosa. It has 
been recorded also from Taiwan, Formosa. 


We have received twelve adult specimens from Formosa. 
In all, the heels overlap about the width of the tarsus. When 
carried forward, the heel reaches the anterior edge of the eye 
in five, the middle of the orbit in five, and the posterior edge 
in two. One specimen (No. 20075) twenty-six millimeters 
long from snout to vent, has no vomerine teeth. Two have 
only the left patch of vomerines. There is considerable varia- 
tion in the number, shape, and distribution of the black mark- 
ings on the legs and sides of body. One large specimen has 
no black markings. On the body there may be only one spot, a 
series of spots, or a continuous narrow line. On the legs the 
markings may be confined to the thighs, or may extend down 
to the feet; may be round, or may form longitudinal streaks. 
The brown streak in front and behind the eye seems to be con- 
stantly present. The vomerine teeth are a little farther back 
than in Hyla arborea japonica from Japan, but not farther 
than in the Loo Choo species. There seems to be no appre- 
ciable difference in the extent of the web. 


Our specimens were collected at Kosempo, Keelung, Tai- 
hoku. 


Hyla hallowelli Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—Similar to Hyla chinensis, but never with 
black spots on legs and sides of body, and with only a trace of 
a dark streak on side of face; heels overlapping, tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaching anterior border of eye or beyond; tibia 
seldom less than half the length of head and body; no dark 
streak behind eye; green extending beyond wrist and ankle. 


Type.—Adult male. California Academy of Sciences No. 
23806. Kikaiga shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan, April 30, 1910. 


Description of the type-—Vomerine teeth in two small central groups 
between posterior edges of choanae. Tongue rounded, slightly indented, 
and free behind. Canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region slightly oblique 
and concave. Interorbital space much broader than the upper eyelid. Tym- 
panum distinct, small, about half the diameter of eye. Fingers webbed at 
b:se. Toes webbed as in H. chinensis, Heels overlap about the width of 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 191 


the tarsus when the legs are folded and held at right angles to the axis 
of body. Heel reaches a little beyond anterior border of eye. A strong 
dermal fold from eye to tympanum and along the side. A strong pectoral 
fold. Large external vocal sac. 


The color above, in alcohol, is uniform bluish gray, doubtless green in 
life. This color extends down the upper surfaces of the limbs on {to 
the external digits. There is a trace of a narrow gray line from nostril 
to eye. There are no other dark markings except a few indistinct gray 
dots on the sides of the body, the front of the thigh, and the back of the 
thigh and leg. The lower surfaces are uniform yellowish white, faintly 
clouded with gray on the vocal sac. 

Variation.—With fifty-seven specimens at hand, but little 
variation appears. There is practically no variation in color. 
The dark spots of H. chinensis are always absent in this 
species. The heels overlap about the width of the tarsus in all 
these specimens. The heel reaches only to the middle of the 
eye in two, to the nostril in two, and to or slightly beyond the 
anterior edge of the eye in fifty-three. The tibia rarely is a 
little less than half the length of the head and body, but usually 


is more than half this measurement. 


Relationship.—The slightly more posterior position of the 
vomerine teeth, the overlapping of the heels, the general shape 
of the head and body, and the uniform green coloration above, 
indicate relationship with H. chinensis, nothwithstanding the 
fact that the absence of the showy black spots and red-brown 
head-streak give a certain resemblance to the Hyla of Japan. 
The following measurements, first, of the type of this species, 
second, of a Formosan specimen of H. chinensis, and third, 
of a Japanese specimen of Hyla arborea japonica, may be use- 
ful. All are males. 


SHOU tO venti las cae cia ok 33. mm. 33.4 mm. 32.3 mm. 
Snout to tympanum ..... ONG a Oh 94 “ 
Tympanum to vent ...... DASA Ai 2 Ole BA iis 
Widthiok ahead sauees LA al ae LZ lS}. e 
Horeidimbin eas sone TASER Ma Dey ne 23 ii 
Telshaal Ri eal phot sey ees eM ene Bay SF Bal) He 52: 
ARID I aera rea none craiatae TS a IG iat 15: yy 
Heel to tip of longest toe.25 “ Za tn DAS o 


It will be seen that the new species has a much longer 
tibia, and that the Japanese form has a broader head. © 

Distribution.—No tree-toads have been recorded from any 
of the Loo Choo islands. We have received good series from 
Kikaiga and Amami O shima, but none from any other island 
of the group. 


192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Rana okinavana Boettger 


This frog was described by Boettger, in 1895, from 
three specimens secured by a Japanese collector for Mr. B. 
Schmacker. These were labeled Okinawa shima. The large col- 
lection which we have received from the Loo Choo Islands 
contains no specimens of this frog from Okinawa, where it 
was sought in vain; but on Ishigaki shima twenty-five speci- 
mens, which seem referable to this species were obtained. 


Boettger’s original description applies so completely that 
a detailed description of them seems uncalled for, but it will 
be well to call attention to certain variations occurring in the 
series now at hand. 


The vomerine teeth normally begin about on a line con- 
necting the posterior borders of the choanae—or a little anterior 
to this—and extend obliquely backward, being separated from 
each other and from the choanae by nearly equal spaces. Nine- 
teen specimens show approximately this arrangement. Two 
specimens have the vomerine patches between the choanae 
(Nos. 22834 and 22845). One specimen (No. 22852) has 
the left patch much in advance of the right, so that the left is 
between, and the right chiefly behind, the choanae. One adult 
specimen (No. 22851) has no vomerine teeth, and two have 
them absent on one side. 


In four specimens (Nos. 22851, 22838, 22847, 22852) the 
nostrils open about midway between the eye and the end of 
the snout. In the other twenty-one examples the nostrils are 
decidedly nearer to the end of the snout than to the eye. In 
No. 22846 the nostril is farthest forward. 


The external metatarsal tubercle usually is not present, but 
five or six specimens (as Nos. 22851, 22835, 22852) show it 
as a distinct, small, round, white knob at the base of the 
fourth toe. ! 

The skin usually is smooth everywhere except on the rump 
and hind legs, but in some specimens the sides bear small warts. 

In two specimens (Nos. 22851 and 22852) the tibio-tarsal 
joints do not overlap. In six (Nos. 22841, 22853, 22847, 
22838, 22842, 22835) they overlap one-half the width of the 
tarsus. In the other seventeen specimens they overlap the full 
width of the tarsus. 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 193 


Nineteen specimens have a distinct mid-dorsal line. One 
(No. 22832) shows a mere indication of this line. Five are 
entirely without this light line. 


Many of the specimens have the ends of the toes so much 
dilated that they might be said to bear pads. 

The largest individuals have a length from snout to vent 
of 44 mm. 


Rana ijimae Stejneger 


This frog was described by Stejneger in 1901 from a 
single specimen preserved in the Science College, Tokyo, said 
to have been collected at Tanabinura, Okinawa shima. Care- 
ful collecting on Okinawa failed to bring to light any addi- 
tional specimens, but on Ishigaki some ten specimens were se- 
cured which agree very well with Stejneger’s type. For pur- 
poses of comparison I give the following description of the 
Ishigaki specimens: 


Description—Vomerine teeth in two oblique series, extending poster- 
iorly from a line connecting the choanae, about equidistant from the latter 
and from each other; tongue without free conical papillae; snout some- 
what projecting, nostrils much nearer to tip of snout than to eyes, and 
nearly over tip of lower jaw; interorbital space slightly narrower than 
upper eyelid; canthus rostralis well-marked; lores concave; tympanum 
one-half diameter of the eye; fingers free, first extending slightly beyond 
second, disks distinct, small, largest on third and fourth fingers, less than 
half diameter of tympanum; toes almost fully, or extensively, webbed ; one 
or one and one-half terminal digits of fourth toe free, excision sometimes 
reaching to terminal third of basal phalanx of fourth toe; disks well-devel- 
oped, a little less than half diameter of tympanum, about equal to or a 
little larger than those of fingers; subarticular tubercles very prominent; 
inner metatarsal tubercle oval, fairly well-developed, contained about two 
and one-half times in the distance from its distal border to the end of first 
toe; no outer metatarsal tubercle, except a mere thickening of skin in one 
specimen; no outer dermal fringe on fifth toe; no tarsal fold; tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaches between eye and nostril when the hind leg is carried 
forward, and overlaps about as much as the distance between eye and nos- 
tril; tibia equals or exceeds one-half length of head and body; skin of back 
usually smooth, occasionally with a few scattered tubercles; sides with 
numerous large tubercles interspersed with small ones; lores smooth or 
with asperities which sometimes are white tipped; similar asperities numer- 
ous on temporal regions and forming a ring about tympanum “like a string 
of pearls’; from two to four large glandular warts behind corner of 
mouth; dorso-lateral fold distinct, narrow or moderately broad, often not 
entirely continuous; under surfaces smooth except sometimes posteriorly 
and on thighs, where in many specimens they are granular. 

The color in alcohol varies from dark slaty brown through chocolate 
brown, olive brown, and grayish cinnamon to a greenish or brownish gray. 


194. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


The back usually is unicolor, but may have indefinite dark or light mark- 
ings. The dorso-lateral fold may be light more or less edged with black 
(sometimes a complete line, sometimes only a few black dots), or the light 
streak may be absent. The edge of the lip is dark, but above this is a light 
streak, much more definite in some specimens than in others, which is con- 
tinued on to the postoral tubercles. A dark line usually extends from the 
snout through the nostril, along the canthus rostralis and edge of upper 
eyelid to join the black edge of the dorso-lateral fold. The sides and 
limbs are lighter than the back. The former are spotted or blotched, and 
the latter are cross-barred with black or dark brown. There is a whit- 
ish pineal spot. 


INmber Veen Nie a Layee 22825 22827 22822 22820 
Snout/to vente sce esc ne mm. 48 69 88 99 
Width ori head (eu ianni ty cin Lins 17 2205 30 34 
Distance between nostrils ..... 58) 7 8.5 10 
Distance bet. nostrils and eyes 5 6 7 8.5 
Diameter of eye .............. 8 10 12 
Diameter of tympanum ...... S48) 4.5 4.8 6 
Interorbitaliispace) viens e 4 Se. 6.5 9 
Hone legs aroun GROEN es 31 44 51 59 
Width of largest finger disk.... 1.3 1.8 2 2 
Hind leg, vent to tip of longest 

OSH RUS O TR ite ol en ah ae 89 116 141 157 
PRD IEA Mie hen ae Ve hu ee ae ater ke 29 36 45 52 
Metatarsal tubercle ........... 2 3 4 5 


In one of the smaller specimens the tibio-tarsal joint reaches quite to 
the end of the snout. 


Rana namiyei Stejneger 


An excellent series of twenty-two specimens of this frog 
is now at hand from Nago, Okinawa. 


These specimens agree in almost every particular with the 
description given by Dr. Stejneger: A few points of varia- 
tion may be noted. The tooth-like prominences in the lower 
jaw are farther apart than indicated in the figure, and between 
them on the median line is a smaller prominence. The head 
may be as wide as Stejneger states but, especially in the 
younger specimens, may be considerably (diameter of orbit) 
narrower. ‘The nostrils may be a little anterior to the point 
midway between the eye and the end of snout. The interorbital 
Space may be one and one-half or only one and one-fourth 
times as wide as the upper eyelid. The length of the meta- 
tarsal tubercle usually is considerably shorter than the dia- 
meter of the eye. The tibio-tarsal joint may not reach the 
eye; it usually reaches the posterior border of the eye, but may 
extend to the anterior border. ‘The heels usually are as de- 
scribed by Stejneger, but they may nearly meet. The skin 


Vor. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 195 


above may be nearly smooth, or may have numerous warts 
and transverse or longitudinal folds. There are small warts 
on the upper eyelids, especially posteriorly. 


The color above, in alcohol, is brown, gray, or olive, with 
very indefinite darker cloudings on the back and limbs. When 
most clearly marked there seem to be three dark blotches on 
the back behind the head, and three cross-bars on the limbs. 
The upper surfaces of the limbs, the temporal regions, and the 
upper eyelids are sometimes more or less stained with orange 
or brick-red. Individual warts may be reddish or blackish. On 
the hind limbs there often are whitish asperities. 


In these Loo Choo specimens the toes vary a little in length; 
but nevertheless it may be said that they constantly bear the 
relations described by Stejneger. The same proportions are 
seen in a good series of frogs from Formosa which I recorded 
under this name.* None of these Formosan frogs is quite as 
large as some of the specimens from Okinawa. Otherwise, 
upon direct comparison, the two series seem to be absolutely 
alike except in the following particulars: 1. The free dermal 
margin along the outer edge of the fifth toe is considerably 
more extensive in the Okinawa specimens. 2. In these speci- 
mens, also, the web is constantly more extensive than in those’ 
from Formosa. 3. In all the specimens from the Loo Choos 
the dark band which passes through the posterior half of the 
upper eyelids is broad, and is indefinite behind, while in the 
Formosan frogs this band is narrower, is sharply limited 
posteriorly, and has a smaller dark cross-band, blotch, or series 
of spots immediately behind it. 

Since these differences are constant in a considerable series 
of specimens, it is evident that the frogs of Formosa and of 
Okinawa must be regarded as distinct, though very closely 
related, species. The name Rana namiyei must be restricted 
to the Loo Choo frogs, for it was from Okinawa shima that 
Stejneger’s type came. What, then, are the frogs from For- 
mosa? Are they Rana kuhlu or a new species? These ques- 
tions I shall leave for future consideration. 

Rana namiyei has been secured only on Okinawa shima. 
Here it was found in crevices and under the stones of brooks, 


4Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), III, 1909, p. 55. 


196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


in deep and shaded valleys about three miles northeast of Nago. 
Its croak is a single very loud deep-toned bark. The stomachs 
of three specimens each contained a fresh-water crab. Babina 
holsti lives in the same situations, and when these two kinds 
of frogs were caught they were put into the same collecting 
bag. The result of this was that several specimens (as Nos. 
22807, 22617, 22808) of Rana namiyer were badly wounded 
by the dagger-frogs. One was cut so deeply that much of the 
ovaries and small intestine protruded. 

In life, the color above is olive bronze mottled with black, 
and beneath it is white mottled with brown. The front of 
arms, groin, inner surface of calves and the dorsum of the 
foot are golden brown. The pupil is garnet, rhomboidal, with, 
long axis parallel to the mouth. The iris 1s golden-edged. 
From each angle of the pupil a dark band extends to the outer 
rim of the eye; the posterior is horizontal and broader, the 
anterior directed downward at forty-five degrees, the superior 
faintest. The upper half of the iris is tinged with bronze, the 
lower half is gray, and both show dark reticulations. 


On May 8th, 1910, some eggs (No. 22675) were found in 
a little puddle by a brook, and from a crevice leading from this 
puddle one of the females was taken. 


Babina Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.— Like Rana, but with a large, sheathed, bony 
spur on inner side of hand in the position of the metacarpal 
of pollex. 

Type.—Rana holsti Boulenger. 

Two large frogs from the Loo Choo Islands have been 
described as Rana holsti Boulenger and Rana subaspera Bar- 
bour. In the descriptions of both attention was called to the 
large development of the first metacarpal or rudimentary 
pollex. The abundant material in the present collection, and 
the field notes which accompany the specimens, indicate that 
this structure is so remarkable as to justify the placing of 
these frogs in a separate genus. What at first sight appears 
to be an innocent rudiment of a thumb is in reality a most for- 
midable weapon. 


Vor. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 197 


Mounted upon the inner side of the carpus is a long, curved, 
sharply pointed bone, which seemingly is the first metacarpal. 
It is about equal in length to the other metacarpals. This 
bony spur is completely covered by the soft tissues about it. 
When, however, pressure is made upon the end of the “thumb,”’ 
this sheath of soft tissue slips back and leaves the bony weapon 


Bones of Right Hand of Babina subaspera 


exposed and ready for use. When one of these frogs is caught, 
it strives to grasp a finger between its two hands, and when 
it succeeds—as the first one did—the spurs are driven into the 
finger down to the bone. Several specimens of Rana namiyei 
were badly slashed by some B. holsti that were put into the 
same bag. One received a clean-cut wound forty-five milli- 
meters long in addition to several minor injuries. One can 
have only feelings of pity for any snake which might succeed 
in swallowing one of these dagger-frogs. 

Both of these frogs have an unusual aggregation of glands 
above the insertion of the arm. It is probable that the secretion 
of these glands might often run down into wounds made by 
the spurs. 

Babina holsti was found only on Okinawa, while Babina 
subaspera seems to be peculiar to Amami O shima. 


Babina holsti (Boulenger) 


Although described in 1892, Babina holsti has been known 
only from the unique type specimen, which was collected by 
Holst in Okinawa. We have now secured an excellent series 
of this remarkable frog from Nago, Okinawa. 


198 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH SER. 


The specimens agree very well with the original description 
of this frog, the principal point of discrepancy being that the 
interorbital space is constantly wider than the upper eyelid. 
As in B. subaspera, there normally is a large gland above the 
axilla. B. holsti is a very much smoother frog than B. suba- 
spera and in it the dermal fold on the external edge of the 
metatarsus rarely extends more than one-third of the distance 
between the toes and the tarsus, while in B. subaspera it usually 
exceeds half this distance. Otherwise I am unable to find any 
structural differences between them. The general smoothness 
of one and wartiness of the other, however, render them readily 
distinguishable, except in a few instances. 


The coloration of B. holsti is usually browner and darker 
than that of B. subaspera, and the dark markings—particularly 
the blackish band from the snout through the eye to the 
shoulder—are more distinct and definite. 


In both frogs the fold from the eye to the shoulder may 
be very distinct, indistinct, or absent. The dorso-lateral fold 
may be broken up into a mere series of small glands hardly 
worthy of the term. The outer metatarsal tubercle usually 
is not developed, but in both forms it is sometimes present as a 
small rounded pad at the base of the fourth toe. The tibio- 
tarsal joints may meet or not, but do not overlap; when turned 
forward they extend to the eye or between the eye and nostril. 
The tibia may be one-half the length of the head and body, 
but often is less. The web is not full, two terminal phalanges 
on the outer and one on the inner side of the fourth toe usually 
being free, except for the dermal margins. The vomerine 
teeth are between and extending behind the choanae. The dia- 
meter of the tympanum may be three times its distance from the 
orbit. There may or may not be a whitish pineal spot. 


The white, pearl-like asperities vary very much in number 
in both frogs. Some specimens have very few anywhere. The 
chest may be entirely smooth. Others have them very 
numerous, so that they are crowded on the warts and over the 
chest and inner surface of the arms and first fingers. Some- 


times they are scattered over the chin and upper surface of the 
head. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 199 


The coloration of a living specimen of B. holsti is described 
thus: The iris is golden above the level of the upper angle of 
the canthus, mahogany with black reticulations and golden 
sheen showing through below, rim golden. The pupil is black. 
Back uniform olive; sides olive brown with a few dark spots. 
A brown streak from tip of snout, through nostril and eye to 
temporal region. Lips dark brown with a golden stripe from 
nostril, below eye, under tympanum to above arm. The dorso- 
lateral fold is olive like the back, but along its outer edge are a 
few black blotches. The limbs are brownish olive above, the 
arms spotted with blackish brown, and the hind limbs with 
three broad, light-edged bars. The throat is dark brown. The 
chest is lighter, with gray granules showing through. The 
belly is dirty white. 


This frog was found only near Nago, Okinawa. The land 
east of Nago is very hilly with deep, shaded valleys in which 
are clear cool brooks, deeply shaded. In crevices of the rocks 
near the brooks, and in recesses near waterfalls, this frog and 
Rana namiyei were prevalent. Fifteen specimens were secured. 


Babina subaspera (Barbour) 


Rana subaspera was first described by Barbour, in 1908, 
from a single specimen “taken in the Riu Kiu Islands, May, 
1904 by a Japanese collector of Mr. Alan Owston.”’ Its exact 
place of origin has remained unknown. The collection now 
at hand contains some thirteen specimens of a large frog from 
Amami O shima which I believe is identical with Barbour’s 
species. There are certain points of difference between my 
specimens and the original description of R. subaspera, but Mr. 
Barbour, at my request, has been so kind as to re-examine his 
type specimen—which seems not to be in perfect condition— 
and writes me that the apparent differences are not real. Thus 
his specimen agrees with mine in the width of the interorbital 
space, the webbing of the toes, the length of the tibia, etc. 


As already stated under the heading B. holsti, this frog 
seems to be structurally like the preceding species in every 
respect except in the greater number of warts and the extent 
of the metatarsal fold. Nevertheless, the series of each at hand 
prove that we have to do with distinct species. B. subaspera 


200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru Ser. 


usually is lighter in coloration than B. holsti; and the dark, 
markings, especially on the head and limbs, are less well-defined. 
In both species the dorso-lateral folds may be more or less 
broken up. B. subaspera may be very little (but is always) 
more warty than some specimens of B. holsti, or it may be so 
warty as to look almost like a toad. The tympanum sometimes 
is nearly hidden. — 


The bony spurs do not become firm enough for use until 
the frog is of considerable size. It was an adult of this species 
which astonished the collector by clasping his finger between 
its hands and driving the sharp spurs, one on each side, clear 
down to the bone. When the spurs are not in use they are 
completely covered by the skin. 


Two had eaten fresh-water crabs, and one a land snail. 

This frog was found only on Amami O shima. About five 
hundred meters west of the middle of the harbor, and at an al- 
titude of about one hundred and fifty meters, there are a couple 
of paddy-fields. The water supply flows from springs that are 
very cold and come from many deep crevices. In these, B. 
subaspera holds forth at night with a prolonged, very loud, 
three-toned croak. Tadpoles were found in the paddy-fields 
along with Diemuctylus. 


Polypedates schlegelii Gunther 


This tree-frog was first described, in 1858, from Japanese 
specimens. ‘Two years later Hallowell described his Polype- 
dates viridis from a specimen taken on Loo Choo Island, (Oki- 
nawa). In 1907, Stejneger described specimens from Ishigak1 
shima under the name of Polypedates owstoni, and in 1908 
Boulenger named the Formosan form Rhacophorus mol- 
trechtit. All these tree-frogs, which may be spoken of as the 
Polypedates schlegelii group, are very closely related. 


The following remarks are based upon two specimens from 
Japan proper, fifteen from Amami O shima, forty-six from 
Okinawa, one-hundred and thirteen from Ishigaki, and nine 
from Formosa. 

It may be said at once, that there appear to be no constant 
structural differences between any of these members of the P. 
schlegelii group. The two Japanese specimens have no outer 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 201 


metatarsal tubercle. This tubercle is slightly developed in one 
specimen (No. 23753) from Okinawa. There appears to be no 
difference in the width of the dermal margin of the fingers. In 
all the members of the group the distance from the tip of the 
coccyx to the end of the sacral diapophysis is usually less than 
the width of the head, and greater than the distance from the 
tip of snout to center of tympanum; but it may be equal to 
that, or greater, in all except perhaps the Japanese, of which 
the series at hand is too small to show this variation. In speci- 
mens from all these localities the heel may reach the posterior 
border, the middle, or the anterior border of the eye. There 
seem to be no differences in the vomerine teeth, or the size of 
the tympanum, digital disks, or web. On the other hand, in 
both Japanese specimens, when the head is viewed from the 
side, the nostril appears to be very nearly midway between the 
eye and the end of the snout, while in a very large majority of 
the Loo Choo and Formosan examples the nostril is distinctly 
anterior to this point. When the legs are folded and held at 
right angles to the axis of the body, the heels do not meet in 
the specimens from Japan proper, whereas they do meet in 
73.4% of the frogs from Amami O shima, 97.8% of those from 
Okinawa, 99.1% of those from Ishigaki shima, and 88.8% of 
those from Formosa. 


As one passes from the north southward, the dark mark- 
ings on the legs and sides of the body tend to lose the character 
of reticulations or cloudings (Japan and Amami O shima) and 
to become discrete dots (Okinawa), spots (Ishigaki), or 
blotches (Formosa). These dark markings usually are lack- 
ing in the young, and their character is not constant in the adult 
Loo Choo specimens, although it probably is in the adults from 
Formosa. 


In view of these facts it seems best to retain in use the four 
names that have been proposed for these tree-frogs, but to 
regard P. viridis and P. owstoni as subspecies of Polypedates 
schlegelii. 

The principal characters of Polypedates schlegelii may be 
expressed in the following: 

Diagnosis.—Fingers nearly half webbed; heel without der- 
mal appendage; vomerine teeth in two straight, but oblique, 


202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


series between, and starting close to, the choanae; tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaching eye; color above uniform green in life, 
with dark markings on the legs and sides of body, usually tak- 
ing the form of reticulations or cloudings ; tibio-tarsal joints not 
meeting when the folded legs are held at right angles to body 
axis; nostril usually midway between tip of snout and eye. 
Japan proper. 


Polypedates schlegelii viridis (Hallowell) 


Diagnosis.—Like P. schlegelu but with tibio-tarsal joints 
usually meeting when the folded legs are held at right angles 
to the body axis; nostril usually nearer to tip of snout than to 
eye; dark markings on thighs and sides of body either reticula- 
tions, cloudings, or very numerous small spots. 

Amami O shima and Okinawa. 


The tree-frogs of Amami O shima and of Okinawa seem 
not separable, although those from Okinawa show a greater 
average difference from true P. schlegelii than do those of 
Amami O shima. This subspecies has been partly discussed 
in considering the Japanese form. 


No. 23845, an adult, has no vomerine teeth. WV 


The specimens were collected at Naze, Amami O shima 
and at Nago and Naha, Okinawa, in April and May, 1910. 


Polypedates schlegelii owstoni (Stejneger) 


Diagnosis.—Similar to P. schlegelu viridis but with spots 
on thighs and sides of body discrete, larger, and less numerous. 
Ishigaki shima. 

This form has been commented upon above under head 
of P. schlegelu. It is probable that the width of the head is 
greater than the distance from tip of a sacral diapophysis more 
constantly in this subspecies than in P. schlegeliu viridis of 
the more northern islands; but since this relation is found in a 
majority of the northern specimens, it is of but little value in 
classification. The dark spots are absent in young specimens, 
and are subject to considerable variation in adult ones. Never- 
theless the difference in the spotting of these two subspecies 
usually is quite characteristic. 


In life, the lower surfaces may be either white, cream, or 
yellow. The groin may be gray, straw or tinged with salmon. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 203 


The thigh may be gray, yellowish green, yellow, or salmon. 
The color above may be yellow green. The young are some- 
times grayish green. } 

The specimens are all. from Ishigaki; no tree-frogs of this 
group have been taken on Miyako or Iriomote shima. 


Polypedates moltrechti (Boulenger) 


Diagnosis—Similar to P. schlegelii owstom, but with dark 
markings on thighs and sides of body much larger and still 
less numerous. Formosa. 


This tree-frog is perhaps smaller when adult than its more 
northern relatives. The young are without dark markings. 
The seven adult specimens at hand agree in the characteris- 
tic blotching of the thighs and sides of body. Occasionally, 
these dark blotches are so large as to be confluent. As has 
been said in writing of P. schicgeliu, there seem to be no struc- 
tural differences between this and the other members of the 
group, but the constancy of the color-difference makes it 
desirable to regard the Formosan form as a distant species. 


In life, the color above is light green; the tip of snout 
olive. The lower surfaces are cream. The inguinal region, 
anterior and posterior surfaces of thighs and legs, the top of 
foot and the web are pale salmon. 


This tree-frog was originally secured at Lake Candidje, 
Nanto district, central Formosa. Its presence at Kosempo, 
Formosa, has since been recorded by its describer. Our speci- 
mens were collected at Kosempo and Kanshirei, Formosa. 


Polypedates eiffingeri (Boettger) 


This species was first described from a specimen from the 
Loo Choo Islands. Although the exact place of origin of the 
type was unknown, Dr. Boettger thought that it came either 
from Okinawa or Amami O shima; probably the former. We 
have received no specimens from either of these islands, but 
have three collected on Ishigaki between May 25 and June 
2 yO: : 

Dr. Boulenger has recorded the presence of this tree-frog 
at Kanshirei, Formosa, whence we have received a very large 


series. We have it also from Koshun, Formosa. 
; December 13, 1912. 


204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


The specimens at hand agree very well with the original 
description, and upon direct comparison there appears to be 
no difference between the Loo Choo and the Formosan ex- 
amples. There is considerable individual variation in the 
large series from Kanshirei. 


The skin of many specimens is perfectly smooth almost 
everywhere on the upper surfaces of the head, body, and 
limbs. In others it is dotted everywhere with little white 
warts or asperities. Some have these asperities only on the 
limbs and head, others only on the supraocular regions and 
sides of head. Every degree of intergradation is found be- 
tween the smoothest and roughest specimens. The white 
dots on the feet and arms usually are raised on little warts, 
but may be level with the rest of the skin. 


. The vomerine teeth normally are in two rounded patches 
near the choanae; but in several specimens they are in trans- 
verse series very much as in P. buergeri, but never longer than 
the interval. A few specimens seem to have no vomerine | 
teeth. In other specimens the teeth are intermediate between 
these three conditions. One has a single large clump near the 
median line and no lateral patches. 


In alcoholic specimens, the color above may be uniform 
light bluish gray, yellowish or brownish gray, dark brown, or 
slate, with only a few small dark spots on the sides of the 
body; or there may be definite dark markings on the back, 
head, and limbs. There may be an X-shaped blotch between 
the shoulders, or only spots there and posteriorly, or nearly 
the whole back may be covered by one large dark blotch. 
Often there is a dark band across the head, passing over the 
upper eyelids. The limbs may be cross-barred. There is often, 
especially in large females, a bright purplish pink suffusion 
about the dark blotches in the upper surfaces, recalling the 
coloration of Microhyla fissipes. The lower surfaces may be 
white or yellow, immaculate or clouded, or sparsely or densely 
spotted, marbled, or reticulated with dark brown. The rows 
of white dots along the foot and arm are almost always evi- 
dent and are very characteristic. 


One of the Ishigaki specimens, No. 23740, was colored in 
life as follows :—Iris bronze. Above light gray, a light green- 


Vou. WI] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 205 


ish shading forming a V-shaped mark from top of eye- 
lids backwards. A similar greenish tinge extends backward 
from the sacral region becoming brighter in the groin, where 
it shades off into dull yellow. Tympanum brownish with a 
darker line above. Hind limbs with three faint cross-bars. 
Throat white, abdomen cream. Between the colors of back 
and abdomen there are a few brown spots, increasing poster- 
iorly to form considerable blotches, which are hidden when 
the limbs are folded in the sitting position. This is the bright 
coloration when on a whitish surface. When on a leaf, the 
green spreads to the sides and shoulders. 


No. 23741, also from Ishigaki, in life was brown above 
with darker brown markings; yellowish below; groins straw. 


No. 20087, from Kanshirei, Formosa, while living had 
the abdomen and sides white, thighs greenish straw, the light 
color of back and limbs light golden brown. 


Polypedates japonicus (Hallowell) 


Originally described from Amami O shima and since re- 
ported from Okinawa, this species is now at hand from Ishi- 
gaki and Iriomote, of the Loo Choo group. Boulenger has 
recorded its presence in Formosa and we -have received a 
series from there. Our material comprises one hundred and 
seventy-eight specimens from Amami O shima, thirty-six 
from Nago, Okinawa, sixty-eight from Ishigaki, seven from 
Iriomote, and seven from Formosa. Curiously enough this 
tree-frog was not found in Miyako shima. 


Careful comparison of this enormous material has failed 
to develop any differences between the specimens from the 
various islands of the Loo Choo group. They seem to be quite 
alike in structure, proportions and coloration. The Formosan 
specimens lack the definite dark patch or streak on or above 
the tympanum, having at most a mere trace of it, although it 
is present in all the Loo Choo specimens. In other respects 
these Formosan examples are indistinguishable from the Loo 
Choo frogs, and this difference seems too slight to justify 
their recognition as a distinct subspecies. 


206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


Polypedates robustus (Boulenger) 


We have received one specimen of this tree-frog (No. 
25043) from Koshun, Formosa. It is so like P. buergeri of 
Japan that the greater extent of the web between the fingers 
seems to be the only constant difference. 


Boulenger’s specimens were from Kankau, Alikang, and 
Kosempo, Formosa. 


Polypedates leucomystax (Gravenhorst) 


Only one Formosan specimen of this tree-frog has been 
recorded, and this one bears no statement of more definite 
- locality. We have received four specimens from Kanshirei 
and one from Koshun, Formosa. Both striped and unstriped 
styles of coloration are shown. In these Formosan examples 
the vomerine teeth are nearer the choanae, and the dark retic- 
ulation on the backs of the thighs is much coarser than in 
Philippine specimens. The general proportions are quite the 
same. Nevertheless, when larger series are at hand, it may 
become necessary to regard the Formosan frogs as a distinct 
subspecies differing from the Philippine in having vomerine 
teeth nearer the choanae, toes a little less extensively webbed, 
metatarsal tubercle somewhat larger, and thigh markings 
coarser. 


Gekko japonicus (Duméril & Bibron) 


This species differs from G. swinhonis in the possession of 
a distinct interdigital web, more numerous dorsal tubercles 
and fewer enlarged tubercles near the ear. 


We have one specimen labeled Eastern Asia, three from 
Shanghai, eleven from Formosa, two from Ishigaki, thirteen 
from Naha, Okinawa, twenty-eight from Naze, Amami O 
shima, and a few from Japan proper. The Formosan speci- 
mens are from Koshun, Kanshirei and Taihoku. 


In this considerable series there appears but little varia- 
tion. The Loo Choo specimens often have smaller chin- 
shields than the Formosan, and the latter tend to have fewer 
plates under the fourth toe than the Shanghai specimens. 
These differences, however, are neither constant nor great 
enough to warrant the recognition of separate subspecies. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 207 


Gekko swinhonis (Giinther) 


We have five specimens collected by Dr. Thompson at 
Chefoo, China, August 19 to 29, 1906. These are entirely 
without webs between the digits, and their enlarged dorsal 
tubercles are very few, and the tubercles near the ear many, 
as compared with specimens of Gekko japonicus from Shang- 
hai, Formosa, and the Loo Choo Islands. There appears to 
be no constant difference in the chin-shields. 


Hemidactylus frenatus Duméril & Bibron 


The’ collection contains twenty-three specimens of this 
gecko from Formosa, where they were collected at Tainan, 
Kohekiryo, Kanshirei, Takao, Anping, Polisia, Koshun, and 
Ako. From the Loo Choo Islands we have received six from 
Okinawa, three from Miyako and seventy-four from Ishigaki. 
It therefore appears that this species is much more common 
than H. bowringii. We have also twelve specimens from the 
Pescadores, where they were found under stones on barren 
hill-sides. 

Careful comparison has failed to bring to light any dif- 
ferences in the specimens from these various localities. 


Hemidactylus bowringii (Gray) 


We have received one male (21854) from Miyako, one 
male (21856) and one female (21855) from Ishigaki, and four 
males from the following localities in Formosa: 18066 Kan- 
shirei, 18078 Taipeh, 18079 Taihoku, and 18080 Nanto. 


There seem to be no important differences between these 
specimens. They may be readily distinguished from H. fre- 
natus by the nearly uniform dorsal granulation, longer ter- 
minal portion of the inner digit, and the median interruption 
of the series of pores in the males. 


Hemidactylus marmoratus Hallowell 


We have received no specimen which agrees with Hallo- 
well’s description of H. marmoratus although we have one 
hundred and fifty specimens of various species of Gekkonidae 


208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


from the Loo Choo Islands. Stejneger’s suggestion that Dr. 
Hallowell may have had a poorly preserved specimen of Gekko 
japonicus probably is correct. 


Cosymobotus platyurus (Schneider) 


The present collections contain no specimens of this gecko, 
which has been credited to Formosa on the evidence of a sin- 
gle specimen in the Bergen Museum, said to have been col- 
lected by Captain von der Ohe in the early sixties. 


Ptychozoon horsfieldii (Gray) 


Regarding this lizard Dr. Stejneger writes (Bull. U. 5. 
Nata Mins Nios seiips i772); 


“This remarkable species is an inhabitant of the Malayan 
Peninsula, the Natuna Islands, and Borneo. 


“A single specimen presented by Mr. Pryer to the British 
Museum as having been obtained by his Japanese collector in 
the Riu Kiu [Loo Choo] Islands, is the only one thus far 
recorded east and north of the region indicated above. As 
no other collectors have found it in the Riu Kius or the inter- 
vening regions, I may perhaps be justified in expressing a 
doubt as to the correctness of the locality. It may be remem- 
bered that Pryer himself did some collecting in Borneo in 
1880, and it is possible that the specimen in question may have 
become mixed up with the Riu Kiu collection.” 


The large collections now at hand from the Loo Choo 
Islands and Formosa contain no specimens of this lizard. 
There can be little doubt that it does not occur in these islands. 


Japalura swinhonis Ginther 


We have received Japaluras from Kagi, Kosempo, Nanto, 
Tainan, Jenshiko and Kanshirei, Formosa. ‘These all seem 
to represent but one species. This species has keeled infrala- 
bials, while the Japaluras of the Loo Choo Islands have 
smooth infralabials. This character holds in more than 98% 
of the large series at hand, so we are justified in regarding 
the Formosan and Loo Choo lizards as distinct species. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 209 


In a few specimens the throat is nearly unicolor; in a con- 
siderable number it is light with converging dark lines; but 
in most it is dark with light spots or streaks. 


Japalura swinhonis mitsukurii (Stejneger) 


I am unable to find any constant point of difference be- 
tween specimens of Japalura from Botel Tobago, and from 
Formosa. The differences in proportions which have been 
suggested as distinguishing characters do not hold good. In 
the Botel Tobago lizards the width at the superciliaries is con- 
stantly less than the length of the third toe, but the same pro- 
portions are to be found in a number of Formosan specimens. 
Still a majority from the latter locality have the superciliary 
width greater than the length of the third toe without claw. 
The number of specimens from Botel Tobago is too small, 
to enable us to reach any very satisfactory conclusion, and for 
the present it seems best to regard the Botel Tobago specimens 
as a doubtful subspecies. 


Japalura polygonata (Hallowell) 


We have examined one hundred and nineteen specimens 
from Naze, Amami O shima, fifteen from Nago and Naha, 
Okinawa, eight from Miyako, eight from Ishigaki, and six- 
teen from Funaoke, Iriomote. One hundred and forty-eight 
of these have no keeling of the infralabials, while a weak keel 
may be made out in one specimen from Ishigaki and two from 
Iriomote. Thus in 98% of the Loo Choo specimens the in- 
fralabials are smooth, while in 98.6% of the Formosan exam- ~ 
ples they are keeled. These Loo Choo lizards have a definite, 
though not continuous, row of enlarged scales on the back, 
separated from the crest row by about two or three rows of 
smaller scales. In the Formosan species no definite row of 
this description is to be found, the scales near the dorsal row 
being more nearly equal in size. The throat in Loo Choo 
specimens usually is light unicolor or, less frequently, with 
narrow, dark, converging lines. The Formosan and Botel 
_ Tobago specimens have dark throats with whitish markings 

showing either as spots or as transverse bands. 


210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Specimens from the southern islands—Ishigaki and Irio- 
mote—nearly always have a distinct whitish band under the 
eye. Those from Miyako and the more northern islands usu- 
ally lack this light band. Thus this band is present in eight 
from Ishigaki and in sixteen from Iriomote; is absent from 
eight from Miyako, thirteen out of fifteen from Okinawa, and 
ninety-two out of one hundred and nineteen from Amami 


Oshima. 


Specimens from Iriomote, Ishigaki, and Miyako usually 
show a distinct light streak along each side of the body, as 
do most of the Formosan and Botel Tobago Japaluras. This 
streak usually is absent in specimens from Okinawa and 
Amami. This is shown in the following table: 


Light STREAK Distinct Slight Absent 
BoteliWoObacovnyencea se aor uneeiee 2 2 
IF OETIOS A Man Manis etoRUt Ae iranian Dua cba Us 77 10 17 
TOMO BE etal ha CONES UU Rh NN Ra 11 5 
Dis llancraatlca iypeshy eles ALTAIR aE La 4 1 3 
AN OW MAE EN CNG LA GULING nN MIN aL UeNUpiiT a ek 6 2 
(Gieraia yeh IN Cee Mba Ry EAD RIS Meme RAUL 2 13 
PA TATE NG WCE eR UI OCP AR ese ga 47 72 


These data may be arranged in the form of a key, as 
follows: 


a.—Infralabials keeled; throat usually dark with whitish markings. 
b.—Width at superciliaries usually greater than length of third 
toe without claw. Formosa. 
Japalura polygonata. 
b.—Width at superciliaries not greater than length of third toe 
without claw. Botel Tobago. 
Japalura polygonata mitsukuri. 
a’ —Infralabials smooth; throat ‘light, unicolor or with narrow dark 
lines. 
bb.—A very distinct whitish band under eye; usually a lateral light 
band. Ishigaki and Iriomote. 
Japalura polygonata ishigakiensis. 
bb?—No distinct whitish band under eye. 
c.—Usually a distinct lateral light streak. Miyako. 
Japalura polygonata miyakensis. 
c?.—Lateral light streak absent or but slightly developed. Okinawa 
and Amami, 
Japalura polygonata polygonata. 


The three forms from the Loo Choo Islands seem worthy 
of rank as subspecies. Since Japalura polygonata was origin- 
ally established from specimens from one of the northern 
islands, we may regard the lizards of Okinawa and Amami as 
the typical form, and may name the other two as follows: 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 211 


Japalura polygonata miyakensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—Infralabials smooth; throat light, unicolor or 
with narrow dark lines; no distinct whitish band under eye; 
a distinct lateral light streak usually present. 

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21,353, 
Miyako, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 

Distribution.—Miyako shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 


Japalura polygonata ishigakiensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—Infralabials smooth; throat light, unicolor or 
with narrow dark lines; a very distinct whitish band under 
eye; a lateral light streak usually present. 

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21,354, 
Ishigaki, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 

Distribution.—Iriomote and Ishigaki, Loo Choo Islands, 
Japan. 

Eumeces 

There are in China two very distinct species of the genus 
Eumeces. The one characterized by the possession of but one 
unpaired postmental is E. elegans. The other, which normally 
has two azygous postmentals, is E. chinensis. Vhe former is 
represented in Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, the Pescadores 
and Formosa by a number of species and subspecies which 
may be spoken of as the Ewmeces elegans group. The latter, 
FE. chinensis, seems to have no representatives in Japan and 
the northern and central islands of the Loo Choo archipelago, 
but has close relatives in the southern islands and in Formosa. 
The Formosan specimens have been regarded as identical with 
the mainland examples of FE. chinensis. The specimens from 
Miyako, Ishigaki and Iriomote have been described as E. 
kishinouyet. 

The members of the E. chinensis group seem everywhere 
to be less numerous than those of the E. elegans group. We 
have received only one specimen from China, four from For- 
mosa, and seven from the southern islands. This material is 
too limited to give really satisfactory results, but it seems to 
indicate that both the Loo Choo and the Formosan lizards 
should be regarded as distinct subspecies. The chief differ- 
ences are indicated in the Key given below. 


DAD, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4Tu SER. 


The E. elegans group is to be regarded as made up of three 
subgroups, as follows :— 


1. The Eumeces elegans subgroup, characterized by the 
presence of a patch of much enlarged scales on the back of the 
thigh and the absence of a postnasal plate, and including only 
E. elegans. 


2. The Eumeces latiscutatus subgroup, characterized by 
the absence of a patch of enlarged scales on the back of the 
thigh and the presence of a postnasal plate, and comprising 
E. latiscutatus, E. latiscutatus okadae, and E. barbourt. 


3. The Eumeces marginatus subgroup, characterized by 
the absence of a patch of much enlarged scales on the back of 
the thigh and the absence of a postnasal plate, and made up of 
Eumeces marginatus, E. marginatus kikaigensis, E. margina- 
tus amamiensis, and E. ishigakiensis. 


The chief differences between these various forms are 
indicated in the following 


KEY TO THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES. 


a.—Only one azygous postmental; a strongly keeled scale behind corner 
of anus. i ‘ 
b.—A patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh. No postnasal. 
(China, Formosa, Pescadores). 
Eumeces elegans. 
b’°—No patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh (sometimes 
slightly enlarged in E. marginatus subgroup). 


c.—No postnasal. (Loo Choo Islands). 


d—Young with two lateral lines separated by about the width 
of two scales; lower lateral line separated from fore- 
limb by not more than distance between lateral lines. 


e.—Scales of two middle dorsal rows broader than those 
of next rows; upper lateral line confined to scales 
of third row from middorsal line; superciliaries not 
more than eight. (Okinawa). 
E. marginatus. 
e?—Scales of two middle dorsal rows normally not 
broader than those of next rows; upper lateral line 
on scales of third and fourth rows from middorsal 
line; superciliaries not less than eight. 
f—Normally with twenty-six tows of scales around 
middle of body. (Amami O shima). 
E. marginatus amamiensis. 
f’.—Usually with twenty-eight rows of scales around 
middle of body. (Kikaiga shima). 
E. marginatus kikaigensis. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 213 


d’—Young with three lateral lines; upper two separated by 
about the width of one scale; second lateral line, from 
above, separated from fore limb by more than distance 
between upper and second lateral lines. (Ishigaki 
shima). 
E. ishigakiensis. _ 
c.—A postnasal present. (Japan proper and Amami O shima). 


dd.—Scales around middle of body not less than twenty-four. 
(Japan proper). 
ee.—Scales around body normally twenty-six or twenty- 
four (rarely 28). (Japan). 
E. latiscutatus. 


ee.—Scales around body normally twenty-eight or thirty. 
(Idzu Seven Islands). 
E. latiscutatus okadae. 
dd*.—Scales around middle of body twenty-two (Amami O 
shima). 
E. barbouri. 
a*—Azygous postmentals normally two; no keeled scale behind corner of 
vent. 
bb.—No postnasal; two pairs of nuchals; median dorsal line in young 
broader. Fifty-four dorsals from parietals to backs of 
thighs, fourteen scutes under fourth toe. (China). 
E. chinensis. 
bb’—Postnasal often present; often three nuchals; median dorsal line 
in young narrower. 
cecc.—Forty-eight to fifty-two dorsals from parietals to backs of 
thighs; fourteen to sixteen scutes under fourth toe; 
interparietal about twice as long as broad; dorsal and 
lateral scales spotted or edged with black or dark brown 
except in position of dorso-lateral light lines of young. 
E. chinensis formosensis. 
ecc’.—Forty-five to forty-nine dorsals from parietals to backs of 
thighs; sixteen or seventeen scutes under fourth toe; 
interparietal much less than twice as long as broad; 
nearly unicolor or with dark-edged light lines, often 
dark lateral band. 
E. kishinouyei. 


Eumeces latiscutatus (Hallowell) 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; no patch of enlarged 
scales on back of thigh; postnasal normally present (rarely 
absent) ; posterior loreal short, normally touching two labials; 
fifteen to eighteen scales under fourth toe; twenty-six (rarely 
twenty-four or twenty-eight) scales around middle of body; 
forty-nine to fifty-five on back; young with one median and 
two lateral light lines; latter narrow, and separated by not less 
than width of two scales; lower lateral line separated from 
fore limb by less than distance between lateral lines, and run- 
ning below the level of top of hind limb and top of ear. 


214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


This species is confined to the large islands which consti- 
tute Japan proper. We have at hand only eight specimens. 
Three are from Kobe, Setsu Province, Hondo, the others 
were secured near Kagoshima, Satsuma Province, Kiusiu. 


Six have scales in twenty-six rows, one has twenty-four, 
and one twenty-seven; the scales between the parietals and a 
line joining the backs of the thighs vary from forty-nine to 
fifty-five, and the plates under the fourth toe vary from fifteen 
to eighteen. The frontal touches the frontonasal in only one 
specimen, but is in contact with three supraoculars in all. 
All have one postnasal on each side, and one azygous post- 
mental. There usually is but one pair of nuchals, but two 
specimens have two additional small plates on one side. The 
posterior loreals are short and in contact with only two labials, 
except in two specimens in which they are longer and touch 
2-3 and 3-3 labials. There is no patch of enlarged scales on 
the back of the thigh in any of these Japanese lizards. 


Eumeces latiscutatus okadae Stejneger 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; no patch of enlarged 
scales on back of thigh; postnasal present; posterior loreal 
short, normally touching two labials; about eighteen scutes 
under fourth toe; one or two pairs of nuchals; twenty-eight 
or thirty scales around middle of body. 


We have received in exchange from the U. S. National 
Museum one of the original specimens (U. S. N. M. No. 
36531) described by Dr. Stejneger. This specimen, which 
was collected by Okada in Nii shima, Idzu, is now number 
27,229 of the Academy’s collection. It has twenty-eight scales 
around the body, fifty-four between the parietals and the 
backs of the thighs, eighteen under the fourth toe, seven supra- 
labials, and one and three nuchals. The frontal is in contact 
with three supraoculars and the frontonasal. The posterior 
loreals are short, and touch only two labials each. There is 
one postnasal on each side. There is no patch of enlarged 
scales on the back of the thigh. 


bea 
On 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 2 


Eumeces barbouri Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental ; no patch of enlarged 
scales on back of thigh; postnasal present; posterior loreal 
short, normally touching two labials; fifteen or sixteen plates 
under fourth toe; twenty-two scales around middle of body; 
young with one median and two lateral light lines; latter nar- 
row, and separated by not less than width of two scales: lower 
lateral line separated from fore limb by less than the distance 
between the lateral lines, and running below the level of top 
of hind limb and top of ear. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21545. 
Amami O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan; April 20-30, 1910. 


Description of the type—Similar to E. latiscutatus, Nasal small, in con- 
tact with rostral, supranasal, postnasal, and first labial plates. Anterior 
loreal forming sutures with postnasal, supranasal, prefrontal, posterior 
loreal, and second labial plates. Posterior loreal longer than high, in con- 
tact with two (right) or three (left) labials. First labial in contact with 
rostral, nasal, postnasal, and second labial. Frontal just separated from 
frontonasal, in contact with three supraoculars on each side. Parietals 
large, separated by interparietal. One left and two right nuchals. Upper 
temporal largest. Seven supralabials, the seventh largest. One azygous 
postmental. Scales smooth, except one behind each corner of vent ; twenty- 
two around middle of body; fifty in a row from parietals to line joining 
backs of thighs; two middorsal rows slightly enlarged. Median subcaudal 
row broad. No patch of enlarged scales on back of thigh. Fifteen or 
sixteen scutes under fourth toe. Hind limb reaching between wrist and 
elbow. Tail forked at point of regrowth. 


The color above is nearly uniform light brown, with a few dark brown 
spots at the bases of the scales posteriorly. A dark brown band extends 
from the temporal region to the base of the tail, and is edged above and 
below with lighter brown indications of the lateral light lines. The upper 
lateral and middorsal lines are evident on the tail. The limbs are brown, 
the centers of the scales being lighter. The lower surfaces are greenish 
white, clearer yellowish white on the chin, preanals and midcaudals. 


A young specimen is black above with two narrow lateral pale blue lines 
on each side, and a broader middorsal line which bifurcates on the head as 
in other species of the group. The tail is very bright blue. 


LLEerinteta oi Co) Nea NS eet OM MAN ONS Acc eine A 66 49 mm. 
IL eva Boy Sen ven DeLee Sin aR Re EN 90. “ 
Saouttonreate enseean eel ern nN pl NUIT ICO AE OME 13 LOM ps 
SWMOM (ko Wome Ikbtays 64 ese eoogacaudeesdace ve 22 Zon 
f@rremibinanlin api rig eens AU Ate 4) Lat oe Say RTNINCES) al 19 ils: 
Lelsbaval sition ody AN Ain yee aa ee ae AOL ag! 28 DD ss 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.......... 12 KO) 


Variation.—The smaller specimen differs from the type in 
having the frontal in contact with the frontonasal, the second 
loreal touching only two labials on each side, the superposition 


216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


of the first loreal, the presence of two nuchals on each side, 
and sixteen plates under each fourth toe. The ‘scale counts 
around the body and along the back are twenty-two and fifty. 

Distribution.—This lizard was found only on Amami O 
shima. 


Remarks.—This lizard must be rather rare; for of eighty- 
one specimens of this genus taken on Amami O shima only 
two are of this species, the others being Eumeces marginatus. 
Eumeces barbouri is practically a Ewmeces latiscutatus with 
the scales around the middle of the body reduced in number to 
twenty-two. 


The presence in the Loo Choo Islands of a close relative 
of Eumeces latiscutatus is one of the most interesting facts 
brought out by these collections, since it affords, as I believe, 
the first definite evidence of a former land-connection between 
these islands and Japan proper. 


It is a pleasure to name this lizard in honor of Mr. Thomas 
Barbour of Harvard University. 


Eumeces marginatus (Hallowell) 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; no patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; posterior 
loreal long, usually in contact with three supralabials; sixteen 
to twenty plates under fourth toe; twenty-six (rarely twenty- 
eight) scales around middle of body; young with one median 
and two lateral light lines, the latter narrow and separated 
by not less than width of two scales, lower lateral line sepa- 
rated from forelimb by less than distance between lateral lines, 
and running at about the level of top of hind limb but below 
top of ear; scales of first row on each side of middorsal line 
wider than those of next dorsal rows; superciliaries not more 
than eight; upper lateral line narrow, confined to scales of 
third row from middorsal line. 


Variation.—We have received only eleven specimens of 
the Eumeces of Okinawa. All have one azygous postmental, 
no postnasals, upper temporal largest, frontal in contact with 
frontonasal and with three supraoculars of each side, seven 
supralabials, and posterior loreals much longer than high. 
Both posterior loreals touch three labials except in No. 21641, 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 2A: 


in which they are in contact with only two. One specimen 
has but one pair of nuchals, one has one and three; the others 
all have three pairs, of which the first are much the largest. 
The scales around the middle of the body are twenty-six 
except in one specimen, which has twenty-eight. The scales 
in a row from the parietals to a line joining the backs of the 
thighs vary in number from fifty to fifty-seven :—fifty in one 
specimen, fifty-one in one, fifty-three in five, fifty-four in two, 
fifty-five in one, and fifty-seven in one. The scales under the 
fourth toe are sixteen in one specimen, seventeen in one, 
eighteen in three, nineteen in four, and twenty in two. The 
superciliaries are eight or seven. The greater breadth of the 
middorsal rows is nearly constant, being clearly shown by all 
but one specimen. 


Distribution.—Typical Eumeces margimatus seems to be 
confined to Okinawa shima, where it has been taken at Naha 
and Nago. 


Remarks.—This lizard of Okinawa is closely related to 
the subspecies of Amami O shima and Kikaigo shima. and 
less closely to Eumeces ishigakiensis. It differs from all these 
in coloration and in the breadth of the upper rows of dorsal 
scales. 


When Hallowell wrote the original description of this 
species he had specimens from both Amami O shima and 
Okinawa shima. (“Ousima, Japan, and Loo Choo Islands’’). 
There is nothing to indicate either as the type. Stejneger 
has since stated that the Okinawa specimen should be regarded 
as the type, the Amami O shima example having been lost. 
It therefore seems best to regard the Okinawa lizard as the 
typical Ewmeces marginatus. 


Eumeces marginatus amaniensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; no patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; posterior loreal 
long, usually in contact with three supralabials; seventeen to 
twenty-one plates under fourth toe; twenty-six (rarely twenty- 
four or twenty-eight) scales around middle of body; young 
with one median and two lateral light lines, latter broader but 
separated by not less than width of two scales, lower lateral line 


218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 41x SER. 


separated from forelimb by less than distance between lateral 
lines, and running at about the level of top of hind limb but 
below top of ear; scales of first row on each side of middorsal 
line very rarely wider than those of next dorsal rows; super- 
ciliaries not less than eight ; upper lateral line broader, on scales 
of third and fourth rows, from middorsal line. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21615. 
Amami O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan; April 26 to May 
Le NG: 


Description of the type—Nasal small, in contact with rostral, supranasal, 
anterior loreal, and first labial plates. Anterior loreal forming sutures 
with nasal, supranasal, frontonasal, prefrontal, posterior loreal, and first 
and second labial plates. Posterior loreal longer than high, in contact 
with two (left) or three (right) labials. First labial in contact with rostral, 
nasal, anterior loreal and second labial. Frontal not separated from fronto- 
nasal, in contact with three supraoculars on each side. Parietals large, 
separated by interparietal. Three nuchals. Upper temporal largest. Seven 
supralabials, the seventh largest. One azygous postmental. Scales smooth, 
except one behind each corner of vent; twenty-six around middle of body; 
fifty-four in a row from parietals to. line joining backs of thighs; mid- 
dorsal rows not appreciably enlarged. Median subcaudal row broad. No 
patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh. Seventeen to twenty-one 
scutes under fourth toe. Hind limb reaching wrist. 


The color above is nearly uniform light brown, more yellowish on the 
head and tail. A brick-red band runs from the temporal regions along the 
side of the neck and body. The lower surfaces are greenish or yellowish 
white. 


Wemeblay tosaritcne ris tee aiedecen ew areal ei uactale OR MEN ray 85 mm. 
Wemotlmok bale iks eu MON NS Ln sau seus en tac Uta IG °° 
SHROUE THO» GAK=CMOMING, oo occnegscsqccgav0cca4n00s LOM 
Snoutitortorerbim bye yea ei aeeaae eile here 28S 
EN mtey Until py Ri ee rain Bla aes ENG ul tec IRA oR Vc DSi 
TeaUrtrav A bhaall ayer Mane ara MOY TEAL AL Cae a Mat aay eB BBN 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe................ TSM 


V ariation.—Of seventy-nine specimens at hand, all have 
one postmental, no postnasals, and upper temporal largest. The 
frontal is in contact with the frontonasal in all but two, in one 
of which a small plate intervenes. In two the frontonasal is 
divided. No. 21566 has the second and third left supraoculars 
merged. The posterior loreal is much longer than high in all 
but four, and touches three labials on both sides of the head in 
all but ten specimens, of which eight have the loreal of one 
side touching three labials, while only two have both posterior 
loreals in contact with only two labials. The scales around 
the middle of the body are twenty-six in all but three speci- 
mens; Nos. 21572 and 21580 have twenty-four and No. 21576 


Vou. TI] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 219 


has twenty-eight. The frontal touches three supraoculars on 
each side except in three cases, where it is in contact with 
only two on one side of the head. In twenty-five specimens 
the plates under the fourth toe are 17 in one, 18 in three, 19 
in thirteen, 20 in seven, 21 in one. The scales in a row from 
the parietals to a line joining backs of thighs vary from fifty- 
three to fifty-six :—53 in 5 specimens, 54 in 6, 55 in 13 and 
56 in 1. The supralabials are 6-7 in 3 specimens, 7-8 in 2 and 
7-7 in 20. A few specimens have the upper dorsal rows 
slightly enlarged, and a few have somewhat enlarged scales 
on back of thigh, but never as in E, elegans. The young have 
five light lines and blue tails. 


_ Distribution.—This subspecies is known only from Amami 
O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 


Remarks.—Eumeces marginatus amamiensis is most 
closely related to E. m. kikaigensis, from which it differs as 
indicated under that head. From E. marginatus of Okinawa 
it differs in the fact that the middorsals normally are not 
wider than those of the other rows, in the increased number of 
superciliaries, which normally are nine or ten, instead of eight, 
and in the breadth and position of the upper lateral line, which 
difference seems to be quite constant. 


Eumeces marginatus kikaigensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; no patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; posterior loreal 
usually long, usually in contact with three supralabials; six- 
teen to twenty-one plates under fourth toe; usually twenty- 
eight (sometimes twenty-six) scales around middle of body; 
young with one median and two lateral light lines, the latter 
narrow and separated by not less than the width of two scales, 
lower lateral line separated from fore limb by less than the dis- 
tance between the lateral lines, and running at about the level 
of top of hind limb but below top of ear; scales of first row 
on each side of middorsal line usually not appreciably wider 
than those of next dorsal rows; superciliaries not less than 
eight; upper lateral line broader, on scales of third and fourth 


rows from middorsal line. 
December 13, 1912. 


220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21628. 
Kikaiga shima, Loo Choo Islands, April 30, 1910. 


Description of the type—Nasal small, in contact with rostral, supra- 
nasal, anterior loreal, and first labial plates. Anterior loreal forming sutures 
with supranasal, frontonasal, prefrontal, posterior loreal, and first and sec- 
ond labials. Posterior loreal longer than high, in contact with three labials. 
Frontal in contact with frontonasal and first to third supraoculars. Parie- 
tals large, separated by interparietal. Three pairs of nuchals, first largest. 
Upper temporal largest. Seven supralabials, seventh largest. One azygous 
postmental. Scales smooth except one behind each corner of vent; 
twenty-eight around middle of body; fifty-five in a row from parietal to 
a line joining backs of thighs; middorsal rows not enlarged. Median sub- 
caudal row broad. No patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh. 
Nineteen scutes under fourth toe. Hind limb reaching elbow. 


The color above is uniform light yellowish brown. A brick-red band 
runs across the temporal region and the sides of neck and body. Another 
red band extends from the seventh labial to the fore limb, and faintly along 
the side of the body. The lower surfaces are greenish white, clearer yel- 
lowish white on the chin, throat, preanal region, and tail. 


Tenethy tovaitis ia see eee ae AUS eae en Rye 73 mm. 
Asenotly pot athe ee Vee eyAua ae eta nn wna aie Lan eyes O30 i's 
Snot) to ear-Openine tne cia ied senna nee arene 16 “ 
Snomttoutorelmibrsis cu seat pia woes aise ena bee 2S) 
ior ilitraly Apes econ ta ey a ne inc ee en umiediy tennant HONE ERR 2Ov ie 
Lea Laan GA ee eC Rl RLS NUP EU AME a MOLE AUD BO iri: 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe................ A 


V ariation—We have twenty-two specimens. All have one 
postmental, no postnasals, upper temporal largest, and frontal 
in contact with three supraoculars and the frontonasal. The 
supralabials are 7-7 in all but three, which have 7-8. One 
specimen has a single pair of nuchals; one has two on one 
side and three on the other; the others all have three pairs, 
the first pair being much larger. The posterior loreal touches 
three labials on both sides in ten, two on one side and three 
on the other in seven, and two on both sides in five specimens. 
The scales around the middle of the body are twenty-eight 
in thirteen specimens, twenty-seven in two, and twenty-six in 
seven. The number of scales in a row from the parietals to a 
line joining the backs of thighs varies from fifty-three to 
fifty-eight :—53 in 2 specimens, 54 in 5, 55 in 10, 56 in 2, 
57 in 2, and 58 in 1. The number of plates under the fourth 
toe is 16-18 in 1 specimen, 17 in 2, 18 in 4, 19 in 11, 20 in 3, 
and 21 in 1. A few specimens have a few slightly enlarged 
scales on the back of the thigh. The young have five light 
lines and blue tails. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 221 


Distribution—This subspecies is confined to Kikaiga 
shima, the easternmost island of the Loo Choo group. 


Remarks.—Eumeces marginatus kikaigensis is most nearly 
related to E. m. amamiensis. This is what one should expect 
from the relative positions which their islands occupy. It 
differs from the Amami subspecies chiefly in the increased 
number of scales. The snout is probably a little longer, and 
the posterior loreal is more frequently in contact with only 
two labials. It differs from the Okinawa form just as E. m. 
amanuensis does, and also in the increased number of scales. 


Eumeces ishigakiensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis—One azygous postmental; no patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; posterior loreal 
usually rather short, touching either two or three labials; 
seventeen to twenty-one plates under fourth toe; twenty-six 
(rarely twenty-four or twenty-eight) scales around middle 
of body; young with one median and three lateral light lines; 
latter narrow, and upper two separated by less than width of 
two scales; middle lateral line separated from fore limb by not 
less than the distance between the lateral lines, and running 
above the level of top of hind limb and at level of top of ear. 


Type—California Academy of Sciences No. 21666. 
Ishigaki shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan; May 25-June 2, 1910. 


Description of the type—Similar to E. marginatus, but with an extra 
pair of lateral light lines. Nasal small, in contact with rostral, supranasal, 
and first labial plates. Anterior loreal forming sutures with nasal, supra- 
nasal, frontonasal, prefrontal, posterior loreal, and first and second labial 
plates. Posterior loreal little longer than high, in contact with two labials. 
First labial in contact with rostral, nasal, anterior loreal, and second labial. 
Frontal in contact with frontonasal, and with three supraoculars on each 
side. Parietals large, separated by interparietal. Three pairs of rather 
small nuchals. Upper temporal largest. Seven supralabials, the seventh 
largest. One azygous postmental. Scales smooth, except one behind each 
corner of vent; twenty-six around middle of body; fifty-four in a row 
from parietals to line joining backs of thighs; two middorsal rows not 
enlarged. Median subcaudal row broad. A patch of slightly enlarged 
scales on back of thigh. Twenty scutes under fourth toe. Hind limb 
reaching between wrist and elbow. 


The color above is dark brown, lighter on the head, and at the edges 
of the dorsal, and centers of the lateral and limb scales. A light line 
extends along the middorsal line of body and basal half of tail, bifurcating 
at the parietals as in the other members of the group. An upper lateral 
line starts on the superciliaries and extends to the middle of the tail, being 


22D, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


separated from the middorsal line on the body by about the width of two 
scales. A second labial line arises on the seventh labial, runs to the upper 
end of the ear-opening, and extends to the base, or less definitely to the 
middle, of the tail, passing above the hind limb, and being separated from 
the fore limb by not less than the distance between the upper and the second 
lateral lines. This second lateral line is separated from the upper lateral 
line by only the width of one scale. A third lateral line originates near the 
lower part of the ear-opening, passes just above the fore limb, and extends 
to about the middle of the thigh. The tail is bright blue. The lower 
surfaces are grayish white, clearer on the chin, the gular and preanal 
regions, and the limbs. 


Wenothij fo: VAmMtSM i Coen Mona Mien ya CuMtL pata abet bey ele AAO 57 mm. 
EM thy Ob Hatley eT UA P OA TAGS an CRIN Uo IR Gil S2iii 
Saou Dee WON MESNI Y Py VOM DMB OS Rat Se anata an MURR tia ALUM ARES 
SHoOmtitowro rey Lima ey ye VA SUA Geer a eeu ND LOY F 
DEV ONECe al ATH ADH OSU AMM Se RU Oa nO RAT NEL MEDS ARIE HAN MSN Sahn 
LF Dereranel ae teratb yg PPae OTacoe ACA ee AIDA VP THEA 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe................. Oeits 


V ariation.—Thirty-three specimens are at hand. A few 
of these have a small group of slightly enlarged scales on the 
back of the thigh, most have none, and none show any such 
enlargement as is always found in E£. elegans. All have one 
postmental. None has a postnasal. The frontal is in contact 
with three supraoculars in all, except that in No. 21645 it 
touches only two on one side of the head. In No. 21663 the 
third left supraocular is divided. The frontal meets the fronto- 
nasal in twenty-four, and is separated in nine specimens. The 
posterior loreal is not much longer than high in twenty-three; 
it touches 2-2 labials in eleven specimens, 2-3 in eleven, and 
3-3 in eleven. The upper temporal is largest. The scales 
around the body are twenty-six in twenty-eight specimens, 
twenty-four in three, and twenty-eight in two. In twenty- 
five specimens examined for the following characters, the 
scales under the fourth toe vary from seventeen to twenty-one, 
being, 17 im) 1) specimen, 48 in 9) 19 in’ 8, 20 in 5, and 2iiny2? 
The scales in a row from parietals to a line joining backs of 
thighs vary from fifty-one to fifty-five:—51 in 4 specimens, 
52 in’ 6,53) im 6; 54m) 7,55 inl)Z.) The supralabialsiare, 7-7) 
in all except No. 21647, which has 6-7. 


The youngest specimens all show the three lateral lines. 
In many of the somewhat larger examples the lower line be-. 
comes faint or disappears. Such specimens have two lateral 
lines, but may readily be distinguished from E. marginatus 
by the position of the lower line. In still larger specimens the 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 223 


middorsal line becomes paler and disappears. In the largest 
specimens (snout to anus 64 mm.) the lateral lines have nearly 
or quite disappeared, and the temporal regions and sides of 
the body and neck are’ suffused with brick-red. The ground 
color is black in the smallest specimens, but becomes gradually 
paler until, in the largest, it is a light grayish brown. 


Distribution —This seven-lined skink has been found only 
on Ishigaki shima, where it evidently replaces E. marginatus 
of the northern Loo Choo Islands. 


Remarks.—This species evidently is closely related to E. 
marginatus. It differs in the coloration and in the shape and 
relations of the posterior loreal. From EF. elegans it may be 
readily distinguished by the coloration and the absence of the 
patch of much enlarged scales on the back of the thigh. 


Eumeces elegans Boulenger 


Diagnosis.—One azygous postmental; a patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; posterior 
loreal short, normally touching two labials ; eighteen to twenty- 
two scutes under fourth toe; twenty-six or twenty-eight scales 
around middle of body; fifty-three to fifty-five scales from 
parietal to back of thighs; young with one median and two 
lateral light lines; latter narrow, and separated by not less 
than width of two scales; lower lateral line separated from 
fore limb by less than distance between the lateral lines, and 
running at level of top of hind limb and usually below top 
of ear. 


Five specimens are at hand from an altitude of 1000 to 
1500 feet in Mohkanshan, near Huchou, Chekiang, China, 
not far from Ningpo, the type locality. These specimens all 
have twenty-eight scales around the middle of the body, seven 
supralabials, one azygous postmental, no postnasal, three pairs 
of nuchals, of which two usually are much smaller, and upper 
temporal much larger than lower. The posterior loreal touches 
three labials on one side of the head in one specimen, and two 
in all others. The frontal is in contact with the frontonasal 
in two, separated in three. This plate touches three supra- 


Dae: CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


oculars in all except one specimen, in which it meets only two 
on each side. The scales under the fourth toe are 18, 18, 18, 
22, 22: and those on the back from the parietals to a line join- 
ing the backs of the thighs are 53, 54, 55, 55, 55. 


Since the scale counts are so constant in this series, while 
Boulenger reports twenty-six rows in his specimens, there can 
be little doubt that more than one form of this lizard occurs 
in China. 


In addition to these specimens from China we have fifteen 
from the Pescadores, nine from Koshun, Formosa, and 
twenty-eight from Maru Yuma, Keelung, San Shi Ka, Taipeh, 
and Tainan, Formosa. ‘These three sets of specimens show 
certain tendencies toward differentiation one from another, 
but these differences are so intangible that it seems best to 
use but one name for all these and also for the Chinese speci- 
mens until the mainland forms are better known. At first, it 
seemed desirable to describe the Koshun specimens as a new 
subspecies because the body is longer, the scales seem smoother, 
the plates under the fourth toe are fewer, and eight of the nine 
specimens have only twenty-four scales around the middle of 
the body. But more than half of these specimens are very 
young and do not show the increase in body-length, and when 
one counts the scales a short distance in front of the middle 
of the body, he may find them twenty-six in number. Fur- 
thermore the coloration seems exactly like that of the specimens 
from the other localities. 


The following notes show the variation and the amount 
of difference in some of the more important characters. 


Scales around body...<............. 24 25 202s 

TRO SITU TA ON OEE ND AMUN RA actu Yh 7 2 

Other Formosan stations........... 2, 26 

Pescadoresnen ne canine mame tees 2 1 12 

CORA TRU ASAHI na RA a ga 5 

Scales between parietals and backs of thighs. 
INOS Nn omer neeten gaat 52 to 57 most fr equent number 55 average 54.77 
Other Formosan stations....50 to 55 53 52.68 
IPescad@nes ace ee eo BSitol sai vi i 53 NS SHS) 
(GLOPee WN NANO UENO EA SUL 53:0 Sola iy if 55 “ - 54.40 
Scutes under fourth toe. 

ACOSTA CMR ken AIL EN ti 15 to 19 most frequent number 15 average 16.44 
Other Formosan stations....17to21 “ 19 se One 
Rescadones yam ace ISN roy US) ii 3 17 ian ze 


Chimay eon. ees Beater 18to ZZ) = i i 18 Sey Oe. 


Vor. 111] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 225 


Posterior Loreal not much 


Posterior Loreal touching two labials longer than high 
TRGASTAV EAT AGEN GO BRUTAL ER DEOL SE 44.4% 66.6% 
Other Formosan stations. .50.8% 18. % 
Bescadones ee se 70. %o 80. % 
Ghitiamicae pares were acer: 90. % 60. % 

Frontal not touching frontonasal. 
TORN bal ye RU RUDE ate Co ee REE te RE Ra i eee nae Be 33. % 
Other. Hormnosan’. stations. 290. wk fo. caved a ces 43. %o 
Tap Areravatosm Stet ea ctee tia Od ay aor ay Minee RL can mn ai Bar Pea 26.67% 
GLa RN ie ries Rae a NE Sere) MORIN chat, 60. % 


All these specimens have one postmental and no postnasal, 
upper temporal largest, and nuchals in three pairs, of which 
the first is largest. The supralabials are seven in all except one 
from Koshun, which has 6-6; one from Maru Yama, which 
has 8-8; three from Kanshirei, which have 6-7, 7-8, and 8-8; 
and two from the Pescadores, which have 6-6 and 6-7. The 
frontal touches three supraoculars in all except two from Ko- 
shun with 2-3 and 2-2, one from Kanshirei with 2-2, and one 
from the Pescadores with 2-3. All have the patch of much 
enlarged scales on the back of the thigh. 


The chief differences between these lizards may be tabu- 
lated as follows: 
a.—Usually with more than twenty-six rows of scales around middle of 
body. 
‘China. 
a*.—Usually with not more than twenty-six scales around middle of body. 
b.—Usually with twenty-six scales around middle of body. 
c.—Scales under fourth toe 15 to 18. 
Pescadores. 
c?—Scales under fourth toe 17 to 21. 
North Formosa. 
b?.—Usually with twenty-four scales around middle of body. 
Koshun, Formosa. 


Eumeces chinensis (Gray) 


Diagnosis.—Two azygous postmentals; no patch of much 
enlarged scales on back of thigh; no postnasal; about four- 
teen plates under fourth toe; twenty-six or twenty-four scales 
around middle of body; frontal usually in contact with two 
supraoculars; nuchals usually in two pairs; interparietal less 
than twice as long as broad; frontoparietals not much longer 
than broad; dorsal line covering about half the width of the 
scales of one row on each side of midline; “middorsal line in 
young not bifurcating on head.” 


226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


We have only one specimen, from Shanghai, China, Au- 
gust'3, 1906. The scales around the middle of the body are 
twenty-six, under the fourth toe fourteen, and on the back from — 
the parietals to a line joining the backs of the thighs are fifty- 
four. The frontal is in contact with 2-3 supraoculars but 
does not meet the frontonasal. The supralabials are 6-7, two 
and three being in contact with the posterior loreals. ‘There 
are two pairs of nuchals, two postmentals, and no postnasals. 


Eumeces chinensis formosensis Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis —Normally with two azygous postmentals; no 
patch of enlarged scales on back of thigh; often with a post- 
nasal; fourteen to sixteen plates under fourth toe; twenty- 
four or twenty-six scales around middle of body; frontal usu- 
ally in contact with three supraoculars; two or three nuchals ; 
interparietal about twice as long as broad; frontoparietals usu- 
ally not much longer than broad; dorsal light line covering 
less than half the width of the scales of one row on each side 
of midline. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 18605, 
San Shi Ka, Formosa, April 14, 1909. 


Description of the type—Nasal small, in contact with rostral, supra- 
nasal, postnasal, and first labial plates. Anterior loreal forming sutures 
with postnasal, supranasal, frontonasal, prefrontal, posterior loreal, and 
second labial. Posterior loreal longer than high, in contact with two 
labials. First labial touching rostral, nasal, postnasal, and second labial. 
Frontal separated from frontonasal, in contact with two supraoculars of 
each side. Parietals large, separated by a narrow interparietal. Three 
pairs of nuchals. Seven supralabials, the seventh largest, fifth entering 
eye. Two azygous postmentals. Scales smooth, twenty-five around middle 
of body, fifty-one in a row from parietals to line joining backs of thighs, 
middorsal rows not larger. Median subcaudal row broad. No patch of 
enlarged scales on back of thigh. Sixteen scutes under fourth toe. Hind 
limb reaching fingers. 


Color above pale brownish gray, the scales of the back and sides mar- 
gined with black, except in the positions of the middorsal and dorsolateral 
light lines. Sides and tail and upper surfaces of limbs similarly reticulated 
with black. Head gray, most of its plates being margined with black or 
dark brown along their posterior edges. Sides of neck and all lower sur- 
faces yellowish white. 


senig thy to: Warts AN aU GR Eade ) 3 2k pa 103 mm. 


Weneth of tail’ (reproduced) heenmr ere. bane SO 
SO UE NO CAE AA Re Hee LUTE OTR SRC aeRO EIEN Os 
SHOU (HO. KOMEIUTOO Gas soaocdeboocacadbapabpausicss oni 
NEKOhrCew baal es MORAL MA ra UR ON Gh oa a AN CRE RAO ZAG) 8 
HE hava iy Alaa ets Wey eee Noam eat U ky cutis aa ist (Ue MUL ED $5 


Base of fifth to end of fourth toe..2.-..1. 2.5.22. 14 


Vor. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA PAPAT 


Variation.—Four specimens are at hand. The scales 
around the middle of the body are 24, 26, 25, 24. The azygous 
_ postmentals are 1, 2, 2, 2. Scales along back from head to 
back of thighs are 50, 52, 51, 48. The nuchal scutes are 2-3, 
2-3, 3-3, 2-2. The supraoculars in contact with the frontal are 
3-2, 3-3, 2-2, 2-3. The scutes under fourth toe are 14, 15, 
16, 15. Postnasals are absent in Nos. 18603 and 18604. but 
are one on each side in Nos. 18605 and 18606. In all, the 
supralabials are seven, the frontal is not in contact with the 
frontonasal, and the lower temporal is the larger. 


Distribution—The Academy’s specimens were taken at 
San Shi Ka, Taipeh, and Keelung, Formosa, in April, 1909. 


Eumeces kishinouyei Stejneger 


Diagnosis—Normally with two azygous postmentals; no 
patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh; usually a 
postnasal ; sixteen or seventeen scales under fourth toe; twenty- 
four or twenty-six scales around middle of body; frontal usu- 
ally in contact with three supraoculars; nuchals usually three 
pairs; interparietal much less than twice as long as broad; 
frontoparietals often much larger than broad; dorsal light line 
covering much less than half the width of the scales of one row 
on each side of midline; middorsal line in young bifurcating 
on head. 


Distribution.—We have received two specimens from Ishi- 
gaki shima, and five from the type locality, Miyakoshima, Loo 
Choo Islands, Japan. The species has been recorded also from 
Iriomote shima. 


V ariation.—The specimens at hand seem to be alike except 
that those from Ishigaki have the frontal in contact with the 
frontonasal, while in the Miyako lizards these plates are sep- 
arated. However, at least one of Dr. Stejneger’s specimens 
from Miyako had the frontal touching the frontonasal. All 
have seven supralabials. The number of plates under the 
fourth toe is either sixteen or seventeen. The Ishigaki speci- 
mens have the frontal touching 2-2 and 2-3 supraoculars, 
while in all the Miyako examples it is in contact with 3-3. 
The posterior loreals in the Ishigaki skinks touch 2-3 and 
3-3 labials, while in the Miyako skinks they meet 2-3,2-2, 2-2, 


228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Pnroc. 4ru Ser. 


2-3, and 2-2 labials. The number of scales in a row between 
the parietals and backs of thighs is 45, 47 in the Ishigaki 
specimens, and 46, 49, 46, 49, 48 in those from Miyako. In- 
cluding the examples recorded by Stejneger, the scales around 
the middle of the body are 24, 24, 24, 26 in the Ishigaki speci- 
mens; 24, 26, 26, 26, 26, 24, 26, 24 in the Miyako; and 24, 26 
in the Iriomote. The nuchals are 3-3, 2-3, 3-3, 2-2 in those 
from Ishigaki; 2-2, 2-3, 3-3, 2-3, 2-2, 3-3, 2-3 in those from 
Miyako; and 3-3, 3-2, 3-3 in those from Iriomote. All have 
two azygous postmentals except Nos. 21722 and 21723 from 
Miyako, which have only one. All have postnasals except 
Nos. 21719, 21720 and 21722 from Miyako, and one of Stej- 
neger’s from Iriomote, which have none. No. 21719 has the 
anterior azygous postmental divided. The younger specimens 
show a distinct bifurcation of the middorsal line on the head, 
much as in £. elegans. 


Mabuya longicaudata (Hallowell) 


Barbour has called attention to the fact that Fischer’s 
figure of his specimen from “South Formosa” shows dorsal 
scales with only two keels, while Hallowell’s specimen from 
Siam had three. Barbour examined a specimen from Saigon, 
Anam, and another from Mt. Wuchi, Hainan, and found that 
both had dorsal scales with three strong keels. Fischer’s 
specimen has hitherto been the only one known from Formosa. 


The California Academy has received one specimen of this 
lizard captured on Mt. Wuchi, Hainan, by one of Mr. Owston’s 
collectors. This specimen has scales much more strongly 
keeled than any of the Formosan specimens at hand, and has 
dorsal scales with three equally developed keels. The fronto- 
nasal is in contact with the rostral, but is widely separated 
from the frontal by the prefrontals. The supralabials are 
seven, the fifth being much the largest. The eyelid is scaly. 
There is a single azygous postmental and one pair of nuchals. 
There are thirty scales around the body and forty-three from 
the parietals to a line joining the backs of the thighs. The ear- 
openings have three or four small scales projecting from the 
anterior border. The scales under the fourth toe are only 
nineteen or twenty in number. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 229 
Mabuya longicaudata ruhstrati (Fischer) 


With six Formosan specimens at hand for examination it 
becomes evident that the Mabuya of this island should be 
recognized as a distinct subspecies characterized by the less 
extensive keeling of its scales. All six of these specimens 
have smooth scales on the side of the neck between the ear and 
fore limb, where the scales are strongly keeled in the specimen 
from Hainan. Five have dorsals with only two strong keels, 
while one (No. 18609) has them with a third (central) keel 
not quite so strong as the other two. Of the five with bi- 
carinate scales, two show a weak central keel on some of the 
scales. All of the keels are much weaker than in the Hainan 
lizard. The scales under the fourth toe are either twenty- 
three, twenty-four or twenty-five, as against nineteen or twenty 
in the Hainan specimen. It appears, therefore, that the differ- 
ences between the Formosan and the continental forms of this 
lizard are real, but probably not entirely constant. It there- 
fore seems best to use a trinomial for the smoother, bicarin- 
ate form, and since Fischer’s Euprepes ruhstrati was based on 
a specimen of this character from “South Formosa,” this 
name is available. 


V ariation.—The frontonasal does not touch the rostral in 
any of these specimens, but does in Fischer’s figure. It touches 
the frontal in four specimens, and is separated from this plate 
in two. The labials are 7-7 in all, the fifth being much the 
largest. Usually the first and second supraoculars touch the 
frontal, but in two specimens only the second is in contact with 
this plate on one side of the head, and in No. 18610 only the 
second on both sides. All have one azygous postmental. All 
have two or three small projecting scales on the anterior bor- 
der of the ear-opening, but in No. 18607 these are very small. 
Only No. 18612 has thirty scales around the middle of the 
body (as in the Hainan specimen) ; No. 18608 has twenty- 
nine; the other four have twenty-eight. The number of scales 
from the parietal plates to a line joining the backs of the 
thighs is forty-four in two specimens, forty-five in three, and 
forty-six in one. The plates under the fourth toe are twenty- 
three in one specimen, twenty-four in three, and twenty-five 


230 CALIFORNIA -ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


in two. All have the lower eyelid scaly. No. 18610 has the 
left prefrontal merged with the frontal and frontonasal. 


Nos. 18607 and 18608 are from Tainan, Formosa; the 
others, from Koshun. All were taken in March, 1909. 


Sphenomorphus indicus (Gray) 

This species has been recorded as occupying an extensive 
territory extending from the eastern Himalayas, Assam, and 
Burma to eastern China and Formosa. Although it has been 
regarded as a homogeneous species, there can be no doubt that 
the examination of large series of specimens from various 
parts of this range will result in ane recognition of distinct 
races or subspecies. 


The collection under consideration includes series of nine 
specimens from Mohkanshan (altitude 1000 to 1500 feet) near 
Huchow, Che-kiang, China, and eighty-two specimens from 
Formosa. ‘These series are found to differ in scale counts to 
an extent which renders desirable their separation as sub- 
species. It is to be regretted that there are at hand no speci- 
mens from India for comparison, but the Chinese specimens 
agree so well with Boulenger’s description that I shall, for the 
present, regard them as identical with the types from the Hima- 
layas. The Formosan form, therefore, should receive a 
new name. 

These Chinese specimens all have either thirty-six or thirty- 
eight rows of scales about the middle of the body, the former 
reece being found in only four and the latter in five speci- 
mens or 55.5%. In the Formosan series thirty-eight scale 
rows are found only once (1.2%) while either thirty-six or 
thirty-eight rows occur in less than 37.5% of the specimens as 
against 100% of the Chinese. The scale rows are thirty-four 
in about 60% (49 specimens) of the Formosan examples, while 
this number does not occur in the Chinese series at hand, al- 
though Boulenger has reported this count in specimens from 
Fokien. 


The number of scales in a row from the parietal plates to 
a line joining the backs of the thighs varies from seventy-three 
to eighty-one in the Chinese, with an average of 76.6. In the 
Formosan lizards this count ranges from sixty-four to seventy- 
eight, with an average for the eighty-two specimens of only 71. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA BEM 


In the nine Chinese lizards the frontal is separated from the 
frontonasal in three or 33%; while in the eighty-two from 
Formosa this condition is found in only three or 3.6%. 


In the both series three supraoculars normally are in con- 
tact with the frontal, but in two of the Chinese and three For- 
mosan examples, only two supraoculars touch the frontal on 
one side of the head. No specimen has the number reduced to 
two on both sides. 


The supralabials normally are seven in both Chinese and 
Formosan lizards, but may be 7-8 or 8-8. All have a single 
unpaired postmental and individual preanal. 


Spenomorphus indicus formosensis Van Denburgh 
> 


Diagnosis.—Like S. indicus but with fewer scale rows, usu- 
ally thirty-four or thirty-six about middle of body, and not 
more than seventy-eight (average 71) between parietal plate 
and line joining backs of thighs; frontal very rarely separated 
from frontonasal. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 18622. 
Kanshirei, Formosa, March 24, 1909. 


Description of the type-—Snout short and rather blunt. Rostral mod- 
erate, in contact with frontonasal. Frontonasal touching anterior loreal, 
prefrontals, and frontal. No supranasals. Frontal long, very narrow 
behind, in contact with anterior three large supraoculars. Four large 
supraoculars. Frontoparietals and interparietal distinct. Parietals short, 
with a short suture behind small interparietal. No nuchals. Nostril in 
a single nasal. Three loreals, anterior high, in contact with frontonasal 
and prefrontal; middle largest. Seven supralabials, fifth and sixth largest. 
Largest temporal touches parietal. Lower eyelid covered with scales, no 
single transparent disk. Ear-opening moderate, without lobules. A single 
azygous postmental. Thirty-four scale rows around middle of body. 
Seventy scales in a row from parietal to a line joining backs of thighs. 
Two very large central preanals, with small lateral pair. No patch of 
enlarged scales on back of thigh. Inferior midcaudal scales enlarged. 
Twenty-one scales under fourth toe. Longest toe reaches elbow. 

The color above is olive brown, lighter on the tail and just above the 
lateral dark band, with scattered blackish dots. A light brown lateral dark 
band from nostril to eye and from eye to above hind limb, relieved with 
many lighter dots. Limbs olive with a few dark and light dots. Lower 
surfaces greenish white. Labials without distinct dark spots. 


Weta EL ALORATINTS Wes noo KA) A AURA od ARO So 72 mm. 
ene thio titatl Memaaiat yspc\um le rdaclat alee nnn alte ap sae SS ini 
SHO EO meets tee Tee (NS let ny aU iON yAe Aaa etree 14 “ 
VCE Lode aes e280 2) NV es as Oa Oss 
DOs eter bho aM ON (hs AN AMS IRN RRMA )CLANL aS SNH 0/4 gH CAL RE 
Rebima gti we sree ile) Ss OMS eee ing BN I Soa 


QS2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


Variation.—The scale rows are thirty-two in two speci- 
mens, thirty-four in forty-nine, thirty-six in thirty, and thirty- 
eight in one. The number of scales between a parietal and a 
line joining the backs of the thighs ranges from sixty-four to 
seventy-eight, the average being seventy-one, and the most 
frequent number seventy-two: 64 in 1 specimen, 65 in 2, 66 in 
A 67ani 1, 68un.9).69 im 870 tah O) 707.172 a 7 oni. 
74 in 10, 75 in 2, 77 in 3, and 78 in 2. All have one azygous 
postmental and two large preanals. The frontal is in contact 
with the frontonasal in all but three of the eighty-two speci- 
mens, and with three of the large supraoculars in all except 
that in three specimens it touches only two on one side of 
the head. 


Distribution —Mr. Barbour has recorded two specimens 
from Bankoro, Central Formosa. The Academy has received 
one from Jenshiko, two from San Shi Ka, and seventy-eight 
from Kanshirei, Formosa, where they were collected in March 
and April 1909. The data at hand are insufficient to enable 
one to judge whether or not the Fokien specimens recorded 
by Dr. Boulenger* belong to this subspecies. 


‘Sphenomorphus boulengeri Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis—Ear-opening without projecting lobules ante- 
riorly ; frontonasal broadly in contact with frontal and rostral; 
four large supraoculars, two or three in contact with frontal; 
thirty-eight or forty scales around body; snout elongate; first 
supraocular usually nearly twice as long as second; fronto- 
parietal and interparietal distinct ; no supranasal; lower eyelid 
scaly; a distinct patch of much enlarged scales on back of thigh. 

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 18700. 
Koshun, Formosa, March 14, 1909. 


Description of the type.—Snout longer than in S. indicus. Rostral large, 
with a considerable flat superior surface, broadly in contact with fronto- 
nasal. Frontonasal touching anterior loreal, prefrontals and (broadly) 
frontal. No supranasals. Frontal long, narrow behind, in contact with 
anterior two large supraoculars. Four large supraoculars. Frontoparietals 
and interparietal distinct. Parietals short, with a short suture behind small 
interparietal. A pair of small lateral nuchals. Nostril in a single nasal or 
between two nasals. Three loreals; anterior ‘high, in contact with fronto- 
nasal and prefrontal; middle largest. Seven supralabials, fifth and sixth 


1Boulenger, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 162. 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH-—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 233 


largest. Largest temporal touches parietal. Lower eyelid covered with 
scales, no single transparent disk. Ear-opening moderate, without lobules. 
A single azygous postmental. Thirty-eight scale rows around middle of 
body. Seventy scales in a row from parietal to a line joining backs of 
thighs. Two very large preanals, with small lateral pair. A patch of 
enlarged scales on lower part of back of thigh. Inferior midcaudal scales 
slightly enlarged. Twenty-one scales under fourth toe. Longest toe 
reaches axilla. 

The color above is dark olive brown on head, limbs, back, and tail. 
The back has scattered blackish brown dots near the midline, and along 
the pale yellowish brown dorsolateral line which extends from the tem- 
poral region more or less indefinitely to the base of the tail. A blackish- 
brown band, relieved with numerous scattered light dots on the sides, 
extends from the nostril to and below the eye, and from the eye to the base 
of the tail, being bordered below by a definite light lateral line. Below this 
line, starting as brown spots on the labials, is a dark band more or less 
indefinite on the body. The limbs are reticulated with dark brown. The 
lower surfaces are pinkish white. 


Men ot It ORAmISe et mm min EG aurmam one ain atac| Looks 78 mm, 
Length of tail (tip reproduced)................. Waa eee 
SHOU EOMGA Tee HEA ee Cea a ete eI HCO 5) 
NIN cial (Ela Wont wn lniceev ers i ECT ONO IC At UR URS SRN Ec ANS 
TEXaetes haa oy a engine Maa ste aM MNUHAVANEU sear CAL 3\s Mae a ECOL py DAS 
Jeli Glsleheall oye wy esos Shae A CUh Hef Wires AR ie Ae Oh ae lee Sei 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe............... pass 


V ariation.—Of twelve specimens at hand, eight have scales 
in thirty-eight rows, and four in forty rows. The scales 
between the parietal and back of thighs are sixty-seven in one 
Specimen, seventy in three, seventy-two in two, seventy-three 
in one, seventy-four in three, seventy-six in one, and seventy- 
eight in one. All have the patch of enlarged scales on the 
back of the thigh. All have a single azygous postmental ; 
frontal in contact with frontonasal, and two large preanals. 
Five have the frontal touching only two large supraoculars 
on both sides, five have this plate touching three supraoculars, 
and two have it in contact with two on one side and three on 
the other. All are darker than S. indicus and show more 
definite dark and light lateral bands than appear in any of the 
specimens of that species at hand. 


Two specimens from Botel Tobago, (Nos. 25110, 25111) 
purchased of Mr. Kukuchi, collector for the Taihoku Museum, 
seem to differ from the Formosan ones only in their general 
darker coloration and the presence of more numerous dark 
spots on the back. The scale rows are thirty-eight and forty; 
scales between parietal and back of thigh seventy-seven and 
eighty-two; supraoculars in contact with frontal 2-2 and 3-3; 


234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. 


scales under fourth toe twenty-two and twenty-three: frontal 
touching frontonasal; two large preanals; one postmental; 
patch of enlarged scales on back of thigh, as in Ewmeces ele- 
gans. 


Remarks.—Although this is a perfectly distinct: species, 
readily distinguished by the enlarged scales on the back of 
the thigh, the longer snout, the coloration, and the larger 
number of scale rows, its general appearance is so like that of 
S. indicus that it was at first confused with that form. I 
believe that the specimen described by Dr. Stejneger in his 
Herpetology of Japan, p. 216, really is this species, although 
Barbour’s two specimens are undoubtedly S. imdicus formo- 
sensis. Although the proportions of the first and second supra- 
oculars, and the relation of these plates to the frontal, and the 
patch of enlarged scales on the back of the thigh, indicate 
relationship with S. jagorii of the Philippine Islands, the 
present species differs from that species in many respects. 
Thus, in S. jagorii the snout is shorter, the parietals are much 
larger, the scales around the body usually are thirty-six, the 
frontonasal is convex instead of nearly flat, and the coloration 
is quite different. 


The occurrence in Formosa of two similar species of Sphen- 
omorphus is quite as unexpected and remarkable as the pres- 
ence there of Takydromus formosanus and T. stejnegert. 

Distribution.—We have received five specimens from Ko- 
sempo, and seven from Koshun, Formosa, where they were 
secured in March, 1909; also two from Botel Tobago. The 
specimen, in: the British Museum, described by Stejneger, was 
collected by La Touche at Bangkimtsing, Formosa. 


{/ 


Emoia atrocostata (Lesson) 


This genus has not been recorded from either Formosa 
or the Loo Choo Islands. We now have five specimens (Nos. 
21714-21718) from Miyakoshima and ten from Formosa. 
These agree so well with Boulenger’s description of £. atro- 
costata that they must be regarded as representing this species, 
at least until direct comparison shows them’to be distinct. 
Specimens from near the type locality not being at hand, such 
comparison cannot now be made. 


Vou. 111] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA LSS 


I have been unable to detect any points of difference in the 
two series, from Formosa and the Loo Choos. The scale 
rows around the body vary from thirty-four to thirty-eight 
in the Formosan, from thirty-six to thirty-nine in the Miyako 
specimens. All have a supranasal plate on each side, and one 
azygous postmental. One specimen from Formosa has the 
left parietal united with the frontoparietal, another has the 
frontal united with the right prefrontal. The frontal is in 
contact with the frontonasal in four specimens from Formosa 
and three from Miyako shima, separated in the others. The 
scales under the fourth toe vary from thirty-two to thirty- 
seven in those from Miyako, and from thirty-one to thirty- 
five in those from Formosa. The scales in a row from the 
parietals to a line joining the backs of the thighs range from 
sixty-six to sixty-nine in the Loo Choo lizards, and from sixty- 
two to seventy-one in the Formosan. 


One of the Formosan specimens was taken at Nanto, east 
of Taichu, March 9, 1909. The others were secured at Ko- 
shun, March 14, 1909. One of the latter contains eggs nearly 
ready for laying. 

In the Taiwan Museum are specimens said to have been 
collected on Pratas Island and Botel Tobago. 


A specimen from the Philippine Islands has forty-four 
scales around the body, sixty-three on the back, thirty-seven 
or thirty-eight under the fourth toe, and eight supralabials. 
There can be little doubt that careful examination of large 
series would show that this is not a homogeneous species. 


Emoia cyanura (Lesson) 


One specimen (No. 14958) of this widely distributed lizard 
was secured from Mr. Owston. It is labeled as having been 
collected on Wake Island in October, 1903. There are thirty 
scales around the middle of the body. 


Leiolopisma laterale (Say) © 


This lizard has long been known from China, and Dr. 
Boulenger upon direct comparison of Chinese and American 
specimens was unable to find any character distinguishing 
them. It has more recently been recorded from Okinawa and — 

December 13, 1912. 


236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 
Miyako shima in the middle and southern Loo Choo groups. 
Dr. Stejneger has carefully compared the specimen from 
Miyako with the American lizards and agrees with Dr. Bou- 
lenger as to their identity. However, both were compelled 
to work with very limited material and it is possible that the 
examination of good series of specimens would change their 
conclusion. It is much to be regretted that we have not now 
at hand enough Chinese specimens to give trustworthy results 
upon comparison with the other series in the Academy’s col- 
lection. 

We have received no specimens of this lizard from either 
Okinawa or Miyakoshima, and have none from China, but 
have one from Tsushima and good series from Ishigaki, For- 
mosa, and the United States. 


While lack of Chinese specimens prevents any direct com- 
parison with the form found on the Asiatic mainland, the 
records in the literature make it evident that this Asiatic form 
usually has a greater number of scales around the middle of 
the body than is found in American specimens. The specimen 
from Tsushima agrees in every respect with the descriptions of 
the Chinese lizards. The American lizards also differ from all 
Asiatic specimens in coloration. Since the scale counts over- 
lap, the two forms cannot be regarded as distinct species, but 
are certainly entitled to stand as separate subspecies. 


When we consider the specimens from Formosa and Ishi- 
gaki we find that they differ from those from America and the 
Asiatic mainland in having fewer scales in a longitudinal dorsal 
row. The Ishigaki lizards differ from the American and For- 
mosan forms 1n the greater number of scales around the middle 
of the body, and differ from these last and from the Chinese in 
having the frontal nearly always separated from the fronto- 
nasal. These differences also are not constant, but occur in so 
large a percentage of individuals as to make their recognition 
as subspecies desirable. 

These principal differences are set forth in the following 


° Key. 


a.—Scales on back more numerous, average more than 65 in a row 
between parietals and backs of thighs, average more than forty 
on back between insertions of limbs; 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 237 


b—Scales around middle of body usually 26, often 28; dark lateral 
band with very definite lower border; frontal in contact with 
frontonasal; North America. 
L. laterale laterale. 


b?—Scales round middle of body 28 to 34, rarely 26; dark lateral 
band usually without definite lower border; frontal usually in 
contact with frontonasal; China and Tsushima. 
L. laterale reevesii. 


a’.—Scales on back fewer, average fewer than 65 in a row between parie- 
tals and backs of thighs, average fewer than 40,0n back between 
insertions of limbs; 


bb.—Frontal usually in contact with frontonasal; scales around middle 
of body usually 28, often 26, rarely 30; scales in a row between 
parietals and backs of thighs 53 to 65, average 57.6; most fre- 
quent number 65; Formosa. 
L. laterale formosensis. 


bb*—Frontal usually not in contact with frontonasal; scales around 
middle of body usually 30, often 28, rarely 32; scales in a row 
between parietals and backs of thighs 59 to 66, average 62.6, 
most frequent number 61; Ishigaki. 
L. laterale boettgeri. 


Leiolopisma laterale laterale (Say) 


A few notes on the series of twenty-three specimens before 
me may be of interest for comparison with the Asiatic forms. 
These specimens are from Texas, North Carolina and Florida. 


All have two large preanals, one azygous postmental, and 
_ the frontal in contact with two large supraoculars of each side, 
and also with the frontonasal. In six specimens examined the 
lamellae under the fourth toe are fifteen in four, and sixteen 
in two. The number of scales in a row from the parietals to 
a line joining the backs of the thighs ranges from sixty-one to 
seventy-two, the most frequent number being sixty-five and 
the average sixty-seven and eight-tenths. The scales around 
the middle of the body are twenty-six in sixteen instances, and 
twenty-eight in seven. The supralabials normally are seven, 
but may be six or eight. 


Leiolopisma laterale reevesii (Gunther) 


The single specimen (No. 26134) from Tsushima was 
caught in a thicket October 5-15, 1910. ~It has twenty-eight 
scales around the middle of the body, sixty-nine on the back 
between the parietals and a line joining the backs of the thighs, 
and forty-seven on the back between the insertions of the limbs. 


238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


The frontal does not touch the frontonasal. There is one 
azygous postmental. The frontal is in contact with two supra- 
oculars on each side. There are only twelve scutes under each 
fourth toe. 
It is interesting to be able to confirm Boettger’s original 
record of the presence of this lizard on Tsushima. 

x 


Leilopisma laterale formosensis Van Denburgh 


MNagnosis.—Similar to L. laterale but with fewer (53 to 
65) scales in a row on back between parietals and a line joining 
backs of thighs; scales around middle of body usually 28, 
often 26, sometimes 30; dark lateral band without very definite 
lower border; limbs usually overlapping when adpressed; 
frontal usually in contact with frontonasal. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 25,027. 
Kanshirei, Formosa, Japan, March 20, 1909. 


The nineteen Formosan specimens all have two large pre- 
anals, one azygous postmental, and the frontal in contact with 
two large supraoculars. ‘Two specimens have a small plate 
between the frontal, prefrontals and frontonasal. Three have 
prefrontals meeting between the frontal and frontonasal. In 
the other fourteen the frontal is in contact with the fronto- 
nasal.. In four specimens examined the lamellae under the 
fourth toe vary from fourteen to seventeen. The number of 
scales in a row from the parietals to a line joining the backs 
of the thighs ranges from fifty-three to sixty-five, the most 
frequent number being fifty-six and the average fifty-seven 
and six-tenths. The scales around the middle of the body are 
twenty-six in seven specimens, twenty-eight in eleven, and 
thirty in one. The adpressed limbs in the Formosan specimens 
usually overlap, and when they fail to meet, the distance be- 
tween them never is as great as that between the snout and 
ear. In the other forms the limbs rarely meet. 


From Formosa we have nineteen specimens, one from Jen- 
shiko and the others from Kanshirei. All were collected in 
March, 1909, and some contain eggs which seem ready for 
expulsion. 


Vou. 111] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 239 


Leiolopisma laterale boettgeri Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis—Similar to L. laterale but with frontal usually 
separated trom the frontonasal by prefrontals; scales around 
body more numerous, twenty-eight to thirty-two rows around 
middle of body; fewer scales in a longitudinal row on back. 
Dark lateral band broader and with less definite lower border. 


Iype.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21,678. 
Ishigaki shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan, May 25 to June 
ZENO): 


This subspecies seems to differ from the Formosan series 
in the separation of the prefrontal and frontal plates, the 
greater number of scales, the less slender habit, and the colora- 
tion. ‘lhe prefrontals separate the frontal from the frontonasal 
in all but two of the thirty-seven specimens (94.6% ), while 
this condition is found only in three (15.8%) of the nineteen 
specimens from Formosa. Many of the Ishigaki specimens 
are very young. For this reason, the scales have been counted 
in only twenty-six from this island. The number around the 
body is twenty-eight in ten specimens, twenty-nine in one, 
thirty in fourteen, and thirty-two in one. This is two scales 
- more than in the Formosan lizards. 61.5% have more than 
twenty-eight scale rows as against 5.2% of the Formosan; or, 
in other words, only 38.5% have not more than twenty-eight 
scale-rows, as against 94.7% of the Formosan. The number 
of scales in a series from the parietal to a line joining the backs 
of the thighs varies from fifty-nine to sixty-six, the most fre- 
quent number being sixty-one, and the average sixty-two and 
six-tenths as against the Formosan average of fifty-seven and 
six-tenths—a difference of five scales. All have a much broader 
dark lateral band than is found in the Formosan lizards. 


It is a pleasure to associate with this lizard the name of the 
well-known herpetologist, the late Dr. Oskar Boettger. 


All our specimens are from Ishigaki. Leiolopisma laterale 
has been recorded from two other islands of the Loo Choo 
group—Okinawa and Miyako—but we are unable to say 
whether or not they are identical with the Ishigaki examples. 


240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Lygosaurus pellopleurus Hallowell 


This lizard must be rather rare on Okinawa, for only four 
specimens were secured there. They were taken between May 
5 and 11, 1910. Three have scales in twenty-six rows, and 
one in twenty-eight. Their scales are strongly carinate, the 
keels varying from three to five in number. The frontal is 
entire in three specimens, divided in one. If one may judge 
from so small a series and the few specimens recorded by 
authors, it seems probable that larger series may establish the 
fact that the frontal is much less frequently divided in the 
Okinawa than in the Amami specimens, and perhaps that the 
scale rows are on the average more numerous in the Okinawa 
form. 


Lygosaurus pellopleurus browni Van Denburgh 


When one compares directly the lizards of Okinawa with 
those of Amami O shima he is at once struck by the much 
stronger keeling of the scales in the specimens from the former 
island. The Amami O shima specimens appear much smoother, 
and, upon examination, many specimens are found in which 
the laterals and the nuchals are without keels, while the 
majority have at most only the two central rows of nuchals 
keeled. Unfortunately we have only four specimens from 
Okinawa, but upon carefully selecting the most strongly 
keeled specimens (Nos. 21386, 21419, 21509 and 21522) from 
a series of more than one hundred and fifty from Amami it 
appears that even these are somewhat less strongly keeled 
than the Okinawa examples. There seems, therefore, to be 
no doubt that the lizards of these two islands should be 
regarded as distinct subspecies. 

Hallowell, in describing Lygosaurus pellopleurus mentioned 
specimens from both islands without indicating either as the 
type locality, but, since nearly all later definite records refer 
to Okinawa, it seems best to restrict Hallowell’s name to the 
lizards of that island and to make Amami O shima the type 
locality of the new subspecies. It is a pleasure to associate 
with this new lizard the name of the late Arthur E. Brown 
of Philadelphia. 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 241 


Diagnosis —Like Lygosaurus pellopleurus but with scales 
less strongly keeled; the lateral nuchals usually smooth; the 
laterals smooth or weakly keeled. 

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 21408, 
Amami O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan, April 26 to May 
1 TES NOY 

Description—The description of Hallowell’s species given by Stejneger 


applies so completely to this subspecies that no detailed description is 
needed here. 


Teer et ly EO amiss oie paeiceers nessa erate tslavetalaictaial lates = 61 mm. 
Wen obhima iiatail ese slants tt Vs of yelavetevekete afore AG) en 
SHOU POM CAT eT EE DAs Mie ec bate suai ray elLeNeyataD as ig ihO) 
1 Pact soa hap) ON aa Bae ete eR ACea LN RN OTR UES Calc ER ER Ue 10 
TELE AA ATLANTA RE os aeet  e e gL cae cor cree Ey /ateen 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe...............-. Byhoer 


V ariation—There is considerable variation as regards the 
keeling of the scales in different specimens. As stated above, 
a few approach the condition found in the Okinawa examples. 
One, No. 21445, has all scales smooth except on the posterior 
part of the back and the base of the tail, where they are very 
weakly keeled. A considerable number have the laterals and 
a few (usually two) of the central rows of nuchals weakly 
keeled. A very large number have the laterals and nuchals 
smooth. The number of keels on a scale is usually three, but 
may be five. 

Fifty specimens, taken at random from the series have been 
examined as to the number of scale-rows and the condition of 
the frontal. One has twenty-eight rows, twenty-nine have 
twenty-six rows, and twenty have twenty-four rows. The 
frontal is transversely divided in thirty-five specimens, and 
entire in fifteen. 


Cryptoblepharus boutonii nigropunctatus (Hallowell) 


Two specimens (Nos. 14959 and 14960), secured from Mr. 
Owston, are from Haha shima, Bonin Islands. One has 
twenty-six, and the other only twenty-four scales around the 
middle of the body, the numbers found by Stejneger in ten 
specimens examined by him (six 24, four 26). Both have 
distinct postnasals. 


242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Takydromus dorsalis Stejneger 


_ The collection includes thirty-one specimens of this very 
distinct species. All are from the type locality, Ishigaki shima, 
in the southern Loo Choo group, to which island this lizard 
seems to be confined. 


These specimens agree so well with Dr. Stejneger’s descrip- 
tion that only a few remarks on variation are necessary. The 
ventrals are in six longitudinal rows in all the specimens, the 
scales of the outer rows being strongly keeled, while those of 
the central rows are smooth in twenty-three specimens, and 
weakly or moderately keeled in eight. All have one large 
smooth preanal. All have four pairs of large chin-shields, 
except one (No. 21183) which has four on one side and five 
on the other. The first pair of chin-shields are partially united 
in No. 21206. The inguinal pores are 2-2 in sixteen specimens, 
2-3 in six, and 3-3 in nine. The superior labials normally are 
six; but ten specimens have them 6-7, one (No. 21187) 5-6, 
and one (No. 21192) 7-7. The rostral is in contact with the 
internasal only in Nos. 21180, 21181, 21200. The color above 
is a bright grass green. The lower surfaces of the limbs and 
tail are yellowish. The other lower surfaces are greenish or 
yellowish white. There are no longitudinal lines except on 
the sides of the head, where there usually is a white or yel- 
lowish band edged above with black. 


This is one of the elongate species of the genus. The largest 
specimens measure 63 mm. from snout to vent with tails 241 
and 232 mm. long. The tails are usually from three to three 
and one-half times the length of the head and body. 


Takydromus septentrionalis Ginther 


Twelve specimens from Mohkansan (altitude 1000 to 1500 
feet) and Hu-chau, Che-kiang, China, are doubtless identical 
with Ginther’s original specimens from Ningpo. They differ 
from the Formosan lizard as stated in discussing T. stejnegert. 
The principal difference in color is that in Chinese specimens 
the greenish blue of the belly often extends up on the sides 
leaving spots of the original brownish ground-color. 

These twelve Chinese specimens all have three postmentals 
and one inguinal pore on each side. All have two rows of 


= — ~~ 


- 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 243 


large dorsals on each side, except one which has two on one 
side while a third row may be made out on the other side. 
The small dorsal rows may be 3-2,3-2-1, 2-2, or most fre- 
quently 2-1. The ventrals are in eight rows, keeled, with two 
or three rows of smaller keeled laterals above them on each 
side. Eleven have a single, large, smooth preanal, while one 
has two keeled scales. The labials usually are 6-6, but may be 
6-7 or 5-6. The rostral touches the internasal in eight and is 
separated in four. All twelve have the first large supraocular 
separated from the loreal by a small plate, except No. 16499. 
This supraocular is in contact with the first superciliary in ten 
specimens, while in the other two it is separated by a row of 
small granules. 


Takydromus stejnegeri Van Denburgh 


This is the Formosan lizard now known as Takydromus 
septentrionalis, the one-pored species which has just been com- 
pared with 7. formosanus under the latter heading. 


Takydromus septentrionalis originally was described by Dr. 
Gunther from specimens from Ningpo, Che-kiang, China. In 
the Academy’s collection are twelve specimens from the vicinity 
of Hu-chau, in the same province as the type locality, which 
show that the Formosan species is quite distinct from that 
found on the mainland. The principal points of difference 
are: that the large dorsal rows are only two on each side in 
the mainland specimens, while they always are three in those 
from Formosa; the rostral usually touches the internasal in 
the Hu-chau specimens, but usually is separated in the For- 
mosan; the mainland species is larger and differs in coloration. 


Diagnosis.—General form not much elongate; chin-shields 
in three pairs; a single inguinal pore; large ventrals in eight 
rows, keeled; anterior supraocular usually not separated from 
superciliary by granules; enlarged lateral scales above the 
ventrals; rostral usually not touching internasal; general color 
olive or brownish with or without lateral and dorsolateral 
light lines. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18417. 
Taipeh, Formosa, March 10, 1909. 


24.4. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Serr. 


Description—Rostral separated from internasal by anterior nasals; 
nostril between anterior and posterior nasals; two loreals, posterior larger, 
separated from the anterior large supraocular by a small plate; two large 
supraoculars, in contact with frontal, anterior in contact with first super- 
ciliary, other superciliaries separated by a row of granules; six supra- 
labials, fifth very large, under eye; temporals moderate, keeled; three pairs 
of postmentals; back with three rows of large keeled scales on each side, 
separated by smaller keeled scales, which are in two rows anteriorly—one 
row on the middle of the back—and none posteriorly; laterals granular 
except three rows of keeled scales above the ventrals; ventrals strongly 
keeled, in eight longitudinal and twenty-eight transverse rows; preanal 
single, large, smooth, with two smaller plates on each side; one inguinal 
pore on each side; limbs moderate, the hind leg carried forward reaches 
the shoulder; tail about three and two-thirds times as long as head and 
body, covered with strongly carinate scales. 


The color above is brownish olive becoming lighter yellowish brown 
on the head, tail, and limbs. The large dorsals are marked with dark 
brown, which in places forms narrow dark lines along the keels of the 
scales. A light greenish white line starts at the superciliaries, runs along 
the upper half of the outer and lower half of the second row of large 
dorsal scales to the base of the tail. A second light streak starts at the 
nostril, crosses the loreals, the lower eyelid, the lower part of the ear- 
opening, and the side of the body, partly on and partly above the upper 
row of enlarged laterals. It is bordered above by a narrow black line 
from the nostril to a point above the axilla. It passes, in part, below the 
ear-opening. There are black lines on the posterior surfaces of the limbs. 
The lower surfaces are greenish white, becoming yellowish on the tail. 


PSM SEU COM AILS Uh Te VEN MUON Aeon RItRG ahha aden 51 mm. 
Lrcraven unig Og WUE We uN MOU TIL AA nn MCLANE Gate CN A) 184“ 
Snoutptopear-openii ai Sele yer WNuy Me eNniy ai Wy as 
Widthivorny tread ase nua s CC anata han ROMs a gs 7 fishes 
LOT SAL Sa LO ENS chin Na Et Neri Mi StL Ne UE AU Esta WO Rap ZO ar 
FelgacMle eee Ane ne teen NS Le ae URL Ie Manan Zomniin 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. LZ 


V ariation.—W hat has been said in connection with T. for- 
mosanus need not be repeated here. In the one hundred and 
five specimens at hand the postmentals are in three pairs, except 
in two specimens (Nos. 18488, 18547) in which they are 3-4. 
The inguinal pores are 1-1, except in No. 18360 which has 1-2. 
The anterior supraocular is in contact with the superciliaries 
on both sides in ninety-five specimens, on one side only in one 
specimen, and separated on both sides in nine specimens, includ- 
ing one (No. 25046) of ten specimens from the Pescadores, 
where T. formosanus has not been found. The large ventrals 
are in eight keeled rows, with two or three rows of smaller 
enlarged laterals above them. The large dorsals always are 
in three rows on each side. The small dorsal rows are almost 
always two anteriorly, but almost never more than one, and 
often none, posteriorly. There may be only one small row 
anteriorly. The rostral is separated from the internasal in 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 245 


ninety-eight specimens, in contact in seven. The large preanal 
is a single smooth plate in seventy-seven specimens, a large 
plate with two keels in twenty-four, two keeled scales in three, 
and two smooth scales in one. Of forty-seven specimens from 
Formosa examined, the loreal meets the large anterior supra- 
ocular on both sides in two, on one side in three, and not at 
all in forty-one. The supralabials normally are six, but show 
a very strong tendency toward reduction to five. 


The collection contains specimens from Taipeh, San Shi 
Ka, Taihoku, Polisia, Koshun, Tainan, and Takao, Formosa, 
and the Pescadores. Those recorded formerly by mistake 
from Keelung are really 7. formosanus. 

It is with much pleasure that this lizard 1s named for Dr. 
Stejneger, who first recorded it from Formosa, and has given 
an excellent description in his Herpetology of Japan (p. 232). 


Takydromus formosanus Boulenger 


This lizard was first described by Boulenger, in 1894, from 
several specimens collected by Mr. Holst at Taiwan, Formosa. 
Dr. Stejneger was inclined to question its distinctness from a 
series of nine lizards from Taipe, Formosa, which he records 
as Takydromus septentrionalis Gunther, although he thought 
it best to regard them as distinct until further evidence came to 
hand. This view of Dr. Stejneger was certainly a very natural 
one, and Dr. Boulenger deserves much credit for recognizing 
the two forms as distinct, with the limited material which he 
had for study. 

Alcoholic specimens of the two species resemble each other 
so closely in squamation and coloring that, even with more than 
two hundred and eighty specimens, I at first regarded them 
as representing a single species with pores varying from one 
to two in number. It was only upon more critical study that 
the fact that there were two quite distinct species became 
evident. 

There seem to be only three points of value in distinguish- 
ing the two forms. These are the number of pores, the separa- 
tion by granules of the large anterior supraocular and the su- 
perciliary scales, and the position of the dark and light lines 
where they cross the ear-opening. In all other respects the 
two species seem to be alike except that T. formosanus seems 


246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tH Ser. 


to be a little smaller and to have the dorsal scales usually a little 
more regular in arrangement. 


Unfortunately no one of these distinctive characters is abso- 
lutely constant in all specimens. Thus No. 18441, a female 
from Kanshirei, has only one pore on each side although it 
is undoubtedly a 7. formosanus, as shown by the separation 
of the supraocular and superciliary, the position of the ear- 
stripe and the presence of the merest trace of a second pore 
on each side. . Nos. 18440, 18250, and 18238, all from Kan- 
shirei, are quite similar except that the second pores are a little 
more evident. In the whole series of two hundred and eighty- 
four specimens there are eight which show two pores on one 
side and only one on the other. (Nos. 18274, 18275, 18317, 
18330, 18356, 18360, 18376, 18378). Of these, all but two 
have the supraocular separated (Nos. 18356 and 18360), and 
all but one (18360) have the ear-stripe high. This last speci- 
men (No. 18360) is the only one which may occasion any 
doubt; all the others are 7. formosanus, as are one hundred 
and seventy specimens with two pores on each side. 


If now we examine the one hundred and seventy-eight ex- 
amples of 7. formosanus, the two-pored species, as regards the 
separation of the supraocular from the superciliary by granules 
and contrast our findings with the results of a similar exam- 
ination of one hundred and five specimens of the one-pored 
form, the value of this second character is strongly brought 
out. In the two-pored species the first large supraoculars are 
completely separated from the superciliaries by granules in one 
hundred and sixty-three specimens or 91.6%, while in the one- 
pored species this condition is found in only nine specimens or 
8.6%. Of the fourteen specimens of T. formosanus having 
supraoculars not completely separated, three show this con- 
dition only on one side of the head, three have them nearly 
separated on both sides, leaving less than 4.5% with complete 
contact as against 90.57% in the one-pored species. 


The difterence in position of the color-bands near the ear is 
very slight but none the less real. In 7. formosanus these 
markings are placed a little higher than in the other species, 
so that the lower edge of the light stripe does not extend below 
the lower margin of the ear-opening, as it does in the one-pored 


Vou. 111] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 247 


species. This difference is not quite constant, but nevertheless 
it is of considerable aid in separating specimens of the two 
kinds. 

Both species occur in western Formosa from the northern 
part of the island southward at least to Tainan. It certainly 
is most unusual to find in the same area two species so closely 
related yet so constantly distinct* ; and I suspect that it will be 
found that their local distribution is different, either as regards 
altitude or the character of the country. This is indicated by 
the fact that the two were not collected on the same dates even 
where, as at Tainan, both are labeled as from the same locality. 
Otherwise, it is difficult to understand how the two species could 
remain distinct, unless they breed at different seasons. 


Takydromus formosanus always (178 specimens) has three 
postmentals on each side. The ventral rows are never less than 
eight, and may be ten when one of the lateral rows is more than 
usually enlarged. They are strongly keeled. There normally 
are three rows of enlarged laterals, of which the upper corre- 
sponds to the lateral row in T. smaragadinus. The large dor- 
sals always are in three rows on each side. The small rows 
between these often are two throughout, but frequently are 
reduced to one row posteriorly. Rarely there is only one small 
_ row anteriorly, and one or none posteriorly. The posterior 
reduction is much less constant than in the one-pored species. 
The rostral is separated from the internasal in one hundred and 
fifty-eight specimens, and in contact with this plate in twenty. 
The large preanal is a single smooth plate in one hundred and 
fifty-seven specimens, a single plate with two keels in five, two 
keeled scales in four, and two smooth scales in twelve. The 
supralabials normally are six, but may be five or seven. The 
loreal is, of course, separated from the large anterior supra- 
ocular. 


The collection includes specimens from Keelung, Jenshiko, 
Polisia, Kanshirei and Tainan, Formosa. 


Takydromus smaragdinus Boulenger 


This lizard was first described from specimens labeled merely, 
Loo Choo Islands. It has since been definitely recorded from 


* The overlapping of characters found seems to be pure individual variation. 


248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru SEr. 


Okinawa and Miyakoshima. We are now able to add to these 


localities Amami O shima and Kikaiga the easternmost island 
of the group. 


Our collection contains one hundred and fifty-one specimens, 
as follows: 89 from Kikaiga, 42 from Amami O shima, 18 
from Okinawa, and 2 from Miyako. The species was not 
found in either Ishigaki or Iriomote shima, so that it would 
seem that Miyako shima is the southernmost point of its dis- 
tribution. 


Throughout this extensive range the species shows but little 
variation. Thus, all the specimens have one inguinal pore on 
each side. Nevertheless, certain tendencies toward differenti- 
ation appear when one critically examines large series from the 
various islands. It is unfortunate that there are at hand only 
two specimens from Miyako, for these seem to differ most. 


The two specimens from Miyako each have eight rows of 
large ventrals (the outer being a little smaller) with two more 
rows of smaller keeled scales on each side just above them. 
None of the lizards from the more northern islands show more 
than six rows of full-sized ventrals, although a very few from 
each island (nine in all) have a row of much smaller keeled 
scales just above. All of the ventrals are keeled in all speci- 
mens. 


The dorsal rows, both large and small scales, usually are 
more numerous on the anterior part of the back than pos- 
teriorly. Thus, in the Kikaiga, Amami and Okinawa speci- 
mens, the count most often is of large scales four rows ante- 
riorly and three posteriorly, and of small scales two rows ante- 
riorly and one posteriorly. The large rows vary from three 
to five, and the small from two to none. A few specimens 
from Amami and Kikaiga (as Nos. 21089, 21031, and 21131) 
have dorsals all nearly equal in size, so that one counts eight 
or ten rows. In the two specimens from Miyako, on the other 
hand, there appears a tendency toward reduction in the num- 
ber of dorsal rows; so that we find in one example three large 
rows on each side, separated anteriorly by two, and posteriorly 
by one small row; while in the other example the arrangement 
is the same, except that the large rows are reduced to two 
posteriorly. 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 249 


The large chin-shields are as follows :— 


NUMBER OF CHIN-SHIELDS 3-3 3-4 4-4 
Kikaiga specimens .........-.-.-...4-5- 70 11 8 
Amami ©) shima) specimens! .): 1). )...2).- 36 5 3 
Okinawa PORN RIL NM Tawi CGN LANG 2 He Pails 18 0 0 
Miyako SM NPAT Cae sretetene eke 1 0 1 


The supralabials normally are six, but may be either five 
or seven. Both specimens from Miyako have seven. 

The large preanals may be two separate keeled scales, or two 
keeled scales partially united, or a single large plate with two 
keels. The last is the usual condition except on Okinawa, 
where two is the more frequent number. These conditions are 
shown in the following table: 


Two Two One One 
PREANALS Separate United 2 Keels Smooth 
Kikaiga shima ......... 28 3 58 0 
Amami ©) shima...).<- 15 0 26 1 
Okinawa shima 2. :-2.. 11 1 6 0 
Wiel eoislapiine ys Beene 1 0) 1 0 


The rostral is in contact with the internasal in about sixty- 
nine per cent of the specimens from Amami, about ten per cent 
of those from Kikaiga, and about five per cent of those from 
Okinawa. It is not in contact in either specimen from Miyako. 


RosTRAL AND INTERNASAL In contact Separated 
Kicanoay (SOM excAlITE@) perce. salsa yee iar abe 4 34 
NEN ag MOU SHIATA/ a ean ah Cote Na A See 29 13 
Oksana ete ai eetete as Unicaarchayte maaiensi 1 17 
VIniyrcliconwn nyse ian nape dicted, dealatovetal t=) 0 2 


Neither of the specimens from Miyako shows any trace of 
the light lateral lines, even on the head. They are bright green 
above, and greenish white below and on the sides of the head. 
All of the other specimens from all the islands have very defin- 
ite yellow lateral lines on the row of enlarged lateral scales, 
and this line extends the whole length of the body except in 
four specimens from Kikaiga (Nos. 21055, 21084, 21099, 
21101) in which it covers only one-third or one-half the dis- 
tance between the limbs, being absent posteriorly. There is 
considerable variation in the coloration of individual speci- 
mens from the northern islands. The entire area above the 
yellow lateral line may be bright green (turning in alcohol to 
blue and then to brownish or grayish slate) ; or the back may 


250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru Ser. 


be green, while the sides and tail are a beautiful bronze or yel- 
lowish brown. In some young specimens this bronze extends 
over the entire back. A few specimens have a second definite 
light line on the two outer rows of large dorsal scales. These 
lines may be yellow, a beautiful light green, or bronze. The 
lower surfaces are greenish white often becoming yellow on 
the limbs and tail. 


The differences between the lizards of the various islands 
may be summarized as follows: 


a.—Ventrals increased in number to more than six rows. No lateral light 
line. Dorsals tending toward reduction in number. 
i Miyako shima. 
a?—Ventral rows of large scales not more than six. A light lateral line. 
Dorsals tending toward an increase in number. 
b.—Usually two preanals. 
Okinawa shima. 
b?—Usually one preanal. 
c.—Rostral usually in contact with internasal. 
i Amami O shima. 
c?—Rostral usually not in contact with internasal. 
Kikaiga shima. 

Dr. Boulenger described the species from numerous speci- 
mens labeled merely Loo Choo Islands, but his statement that 
there are eight rows of large ventrals would incline one to 
believe that he must have had lizards from Miyako. He 
describes them, however, as having the pale yellow lateral 
lines. On the other hand Dr. Stejneger had a specimen from 


Miyako which he states has only six rows of ventrals. 


It seems, therefore, that we have here a single species occu- 
pying an extensive group of islands, and that upon each of 
these islands differentiation has begun but is still so slight 
as to be recognizable as an average difference only when large 
series are examined—the earliest tangible stage in the evolu- 
tion of new species. Corresponding with its greater geograph- 
ical separation, the lizards of Miyako seem to differ more from 
the lizards of the more northern islands than the latter do one 
from another. This probably indicates that Kikaiga shima, 
Amami O shima and Okinawa shima were united for some 
considerable time after their separation from Miyako shima. 


The question arises whether or not it is advisable to recog- 
nize in nomenclature such slight differences as occur in these 
lizards. Doubtless there is room for difference of opinion, 


Vou. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 251 


but, if a name be merely a convenient handle for certain facts, 
it would seem that convenience might best be subserved by 
regarding the lizard of Miyako as the typical form and the 
northern lizards at subspecies designated by trinomials. I 
think, however, that such separation should await confirma- 
tion of the foregoing results by larger series from Miyako. 


Takydromus sauteri Van Denburgh 


‘This very distinct species is represented in the collection by 
more than fifty specimens from Koshun, Takao, and Kosempo, 
Formosa. The original description (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (4), 
IIT, 1909, p. 50) was based upon a specimen from Koshun. 

Diagnosis.—Dorsals large, in regular series; more than 
three pairs of postmentals ; one inguinal pore on each side; ven- 
trals keeled, in six longitudinal rows; head and tail elongate; 
color above bright green; lateral line on outer row of ventrals 
lower surfaces white. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18001. 
Koshun, Formosa. 


Description of the type-—Rostral separated from the internasal by ante- 
rior nasals; nostril between anterior and posterior nasals, first labial, and 
rostral; two loreals, posterior. larger, separated from the anterior large 
supraocular by a small plate; two large supraoculars in contact with 
frontal, separated from superciliaries by a row of granules; seven supra- 
labials, the sixth largest, under eye; temporals moderate, keeled; the 
internasal, prefrontals, frontal, loreals, and supraoculars have along ‘their 
posterior, and—in the case of the frontal and prefrontals—their ‘lateral 
edges, a row of small tubercles which look like the heads of rivets; 
four pairs of postmentals; back with three or four rows of large keeled 
scales on each side, separated by two pairs of small keeled scales; 
laterals granular, except three rows of small keeled scales just above 
ventrals; ventrals strongly keeled, in six longitudinal and twenty-eight 
transverse rows; preanal single, large, with two keels, and with a much 
smaller keeled scale on each side; one inguinal pore on each side; limbs 
moderate, the hind limb carried forward reaches the elbow; tail about 
three and four-fifths times length of head and body, covered with 
carinate scales. 

The color above is uniform bright green in fresh specimens, becoming 
blue or brown or slate in alcohol. A white line runs along the upper 
lip, passes through the lower corner of the ear-opening and is continued 
along the upper half of the outer row of large ventral plates to the base 
of the tail. The lower surfaces are white, without markings. The limbs 
are yellowish, unicolor. 


Wertothironaniisute were list Mukkeake Wal teak ge ones 53 mm. 
Berretlact temp tna 30), kira wk iM a realise acai hed 7s Via ie: 
SMO ty toy (CATO SII 2 Near ae ciate ii) a onealea eke 2h 
IWitclthivortajinea despre isc arsine Nisei aa ca tees eaters ba 
LEY Orie snag] Dy nyeseclal by NORGE Sim Mure panini ean tear een eh ZO ane 
Ler brea yal: haa lb) vcs ed Pa MEE EO Cie osc G emcicnONoe ate 24“ 
Base of fifth to end of fourth REO Senora alos eths bah Fi ee 1a eae 


December 13, 1912. 


252 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Szr. 


V ariation.—Fifty specimens have four pairs of postmentals. 
No. 18546 has three on one side and four on the other. No. 
18550 has five pairs. All have but one inguinal pore on each 
side. All have six rows of large, keeled ventrals; usually (44 
specimens) with two, rarely with no, one, or three, rows of 
lateral scales between the ventrals and the lateral granules. 
Fifty-one specimens have three rows of large dorsals on each 
side, separated usually by two rows anteriorly and one row 
posteriorly of smaller dorsals. These small dorsals may be 
2-1-0, 3-2-1, one throughout, or 1-0. One specimen has the 
dorsal scales irregularly arranged, there being about one row 
of large scales on each side, separated by about seven rows of 
smaller scales. The supralabials may be either six or seven in 
number. Forty-one specimens have a single large preanal with 
two keels, three have this plate partially divided, six have it 
completely divided into two keeled scales, one has a single plate 
with four keels. The rostral is separated from the internasal 
in forty-nine specimens, and in contact with this plate in two. 
The tail varies from about three and one-half to nearly four 
times the length from snout to anus. 


The coloring shows very little variation; but one specimen 
from Koshun (No. 18553) has a dark red-brown band along 
the side from the eye, just above the white line, to the tail, 
where it spreads over the upper surface. The white lateral 
line is quite constantly present. 


This species is named for Mr. H. Sauter. It is very distinct 
from any of the known species of Takydromus, but probably is 
most closely related to T. dorsalis. 


Takydromus kuehnei Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—Dorsals large, in regular series; four pairs of 
postmentals; four or five inguinal pores on each side; ventrals 
in six longitudinal rows, the central four rows smooth; head 
elongate; color olive or olive brown above, with dark olive 
brown lateral band; lower surfaces white. 

Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 18002. 
Kanshirei, Formosa. 


Description of the type—Rostral separated from the internasal by 
anterior nasals; nostril between anterior and posterior nasals (and some- 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 253 


times first labial) ; two loreals, posterior much larger, separated from the 
anterior large supraocular by a small plate; two large supraoculars, in 
contact with frontal, anterior in contact with first superciliary, posterior 
separated from superciliaries by a row of granules; seven supralabials, 
sixth very large, under eye; temporals moderate, keeled; four pairs of 
postmentals; back with three rows of large, keeled scales, on each side, 
those of inner row largest, separated anteriorly by one row of smaller 
keeled scales. Behind the level of the elbows this row is wanting, or is 
represented only by an occasional scale, the large rows of the two sides 
being in contact; a few of the upper and lower series of lateral granules 
are enlarged and keeled, and close to the large dorsals, and also adjoining 
the ventrals, are small keeled scales; ventals in six longitudinal series 
of which all but the outer one on each side are smooth; preanal single, 
large, smooth, with a much smaller plate on each side; five inguinal pores 
on each side; limbs moderate, the hind leg carried forward reaches the 
elbow; tail covered with strongly carinate scales. 


The color above is greenish olive, becoming lighter yellowish olive on 
the limbs and tail. The sides are dark olive brown. A light line, edged 
above with dark brown, starts at the nostril, crosses the lower eyelid, 
the lower part of the ear-opening and fades away above the axilla. The 
upper labials, dorsals, limbs and tail are dotted or spotted with dark 
brown. The lower surfaces are greenish white, tinged with orange 
on the tail. 


WSO RNUEON Vas) cy cao a Stale trai tonRvet een alk anar Ve 59 mm. 
Wensthy on taal (ceproguced))). 4) .j)f stink cite ISO). 
Snomtto eat Opening aac secs e cease tess sks = 14 “ 
NVAGCHNOE TEAC as sisi as USE Rae aera TURNS Lh als SIG 
[RVG SV MIS amore RAE ERA Hh A GR ele tae ea eRe la a (AO aS 
TAG Me litt) Mette bk aero us ele ote earch SU 
Base of fifth to end of fourth toe............... 1 


Variation.—The thirteen specimens all have four pairs of 
postmentals. Eight have four inguinal pores on each side; 
one (No. 18564) has four on one side and five on the other; 
and four have five on each side. The large dorsals are in three 
rows on each side in all but No. 18436, which has four. The 
large dorsals of the two sides are separated anteriorly by one 
row of small scales, but in nine specimens this is lacking on 
the posterior part of the back. The supralabials usually are 
six, but may be 6-7 or 7-7. The ventrals are in six rows in all 
the specimens. The outer ventral row on each side is keeled 
in all except No. 18565, in which all are smooth. There 
sometimes is one row of enlarged laterals above the ventrals. 
The rostral is separated from the internasal in all. The preanal 
is smooth in all, and is single except in No. 18565, which has 
two smooth scales. The anterior supraocular may be in con- 
tact with the superciliary, or may be partially or completely 
separated by granules. The large dorsals of the inner rows are 
often marked centrally with very dark brown or black, and 


254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


these spots are sometimes continued on the tail as a single 
row of black spots along the mid-dorsal line on each alternate 
whorl of caudal scales. 


This seems to be the rarest species of grass lizard in For- 
mosa. It has been taken only at Kanshirei and Taipeh. 


Achalinus werneri Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis —Similar to Achalinus spinalis, but with more 
numerous urosteges (88 to 96). 


Type.—California. Academy of Sciences, No. 22064. 
Nase, Amami O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 


Description—In general similar to A. spinalis. The internasal suture 
is about equal to that of the prefrontals. Loreals are absent. There is one 
preocular on each side. Temporals are 2+2+73 on each side. The supra- 
labials are 6-6, the fourth and fifth reaching eye, the sixth largest. The 
sixth supralabial is semi-divided on one side. Infralabials are 6-6, the 
first in contact with its fellow of the opposite side, the first to fourth in 
contact with the anterior genials, the fifth and sixth largest. There are 
two pairs of genials, the posterior smaller. The scales are in twenty-three 
rows, with one keel except in the outer row, the scales of which are smooth 
and about twice the size of those above. The gastrosteges are one hun- 
dred and fifty-seven in number. The anal is entire. There are ninety- 
three undivided urosteges. 


The back is nearly uniform dark brown, without definite dark 
lines. The lower surface of the tail is uniform dark brown like 
the back. 


Wemereh tO AMS pet y yma inet nse tol Minas emma tants 235 mm. 
dene tod tal eeu ie ea ito Ain, URL Reta ta LOZ i 
V ariation.—A second specimen, No. 22091, agrees with the 

type in essential characters. It has scales in twenty-three 
rows, gastrosteges one hundred and seventy-two, anal entire, 
urosteges eighty-nine. The genials are two on one side and 
three on the other. The internasal suture is longer than the 
prefontal. The temporals are 2+2+3 and 2+274. There is a 
dark mid-dorsal line, and an indefinite dark subcaudal streak. 
The ventral surfaces are grayish white. The length to anus is 
296 mm., of tail, 96 mm. 

A tail 110 mm. long, taken from the stomach of a Hemi- 
bungarus japonicus (No. 22063) is now No. 22065 of the 
Academy’s collection. It has ninety-six undivided urosteges. 

Distribution.—This species has been taken only at Nase, 


Amami O shima, Loo Choo Islands, Japan. 


Vor. II] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 255 


Remarks.—This interesting new species differs from all 
other known species of the genus in having a greater number 
of gastrosteges. No Achalinus has heretofore been taken on 
any of the Loo Choo Islands, although species have been 
described from China, Formosa and Japan proper. I take 
pleasure in naming this snake for Dr. Franz Werner of 
Vienna. 


Calliophis swinhoei Van Denburgh 


Diagnosis.—Similar to Calliophis macclellandii but with 
more numerous gastrosteges and urosteges; the sum of the 
. gastrosteges and urosteges always more than 256. 


Type.—California Academy of Sciences, No. 14978. 
Suishako, Central Formosa, October 5, 1907. 


Description of the type—Eye about as long as distance from edge of 
lip. Rostral nearly as high as broad. Frontal as long as its distance from 
rostral, shorter than parietals. One pre- and two postoculars. Temporals 
1+1. Supralabials seven, third and fourth reaching the eye, sixth and 
seventh largest. Infralabials six, first pair meeting behind the mental,* 
first four in contact with anterior genial, third and fourth largest. 
Anterior genials slightly larger than posterior. Scales in thirteen rows. 
Gastrosteges two hundred and thirty. Anal divided. Urosteges thirty- 
four, divided. 


The color above is reddish brown, more grayish on the sides, crossed 
by thirty regular, narrow, light-edged black bars on the body and four 
on the tail. Many of the spaces between these bars show a small black 
spot on the third or fourth scale-row of each side. The black dorsal 
rings widen into blotches on the belly, and midway between these blotches 
are similar ventral blotches not connected with dorsal rings, but corre- 
sponding to the small lateral spots. The ground color of the belly is 
yellowish white. The snout, as far back as the anterior portions of the 
third supralabials, the preoculars, and the prefrontals, is gray. Behind 
this the head is black, crossed by a broad white band on the fifth, sixth, 
and seventh labials, the temporals, the posterior portions of the post- 
oculars, supraocular, and frontal, and all but the extreme tip of the 
parietal plates. 


IL Broken at (Roy inet bia) evens Ay Mee tn Mia aaa AN ae NMG 204 mm. 
STU ptecMUlbn nay dR NCOP AL Gs, VAAL a Oe ZO 


V ariation.—A second specimen in the Academy’s collection 
No. 18864, has 219 gastrosteges, 41 urosteges, 293 dark 
dorsal rings on the body and 6 on the tail. In other respects 
it agrees with the type. In all, five specimens from Formosa 
are known. All have scales in thirteen rows, seven supra- 


* This is not the case in the single Indian specimen at hand. 


256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H SER. 


labials, and one pre- and two postoculars, anal divided, and 
temporals 1+1. The gastrostege and urostege counts are: 


Gastros- URros- 


MusEuM TEGES TEGES SUM AUTHORITY LocaLItTy 
TEVA D ISA weal duets cid er dicapeorcin 240 34 274 Boulenger Formosa 
Bureau Sci. Res ....... 234 B34 268 Oshima Formosa 
Taihoku Med. School ....234 32 266 Oshima Schinchiku, Formosa 
Gan PACaG ean Cl-p meten snail = 230 34 264 Suishako, Formosa 
(Obi, WAeRIGlS Sieily Go b/d 6 o.d 3 219 41 260 Kosempo, Formosa 


Twelve specimens of C. macclellandii from Continental Asia 
have counts as follows: 


BVO boo) a ofeo we sot don 212 28 240 Boulenger Assam 
MAP MTS AN SUL erie Mar Uae PS sag 219 28 247 an Pegu 
OSM SiR ATM eC OM INL Bt 215 26 241 Ge Mts. N. Kiu Kiang 
Rial hate yy NAN Als phe lonan Lelia a mieten sales 212 32 244 a S. China 
EAI AN RO) oma ea a eS REA 214 28 242 ten Nepal 
GSI IHN AMULET Se rat es tae 231 25 256 vit Nepal 
EST AAD HeaNCa ea NMED Re SeneNCta alr 210 30 240 ny Darjeeling 
CIO TR OUR a TIA Eva a ean 210 30 240 ce Darjeeling 
CVE! AN MUS NLL ey NOL Are 182 28 210 AY Darjeeling 
SET ANNHG EUR De Waar oe aN tea Re ral arate 193 36 229 “th Fokien, China 
ASHP AMIR ING MUU eT aaeuie eae 208 33 241 Gunther India 
CAEN CAG CHa eRe ee eel etcicloheleie Sikkim, India 


Distribution.—This snake seems to be restricted to the island 
of Formosa, where it has been taken at Shinchiku, Suishako 
and Kosempo. The continental species, C. macclellandiu, has 
been found from India to Fokien, China. 

This species is named for Robert Swinhoe who sent the 
first specimen to the British Museum. 


Hemibungarus japonicus (Gunther) 


We have received four specimens of Hemibungarus from 
Amami O shima. Numbers 22063 and 22089 have only the 
middorsal black line without any indication of lateral lines. 
No. 22090 has, in addition to the central dorsal line which 
ends on the basal third of the tail, a few blackish dots along 
the adjacent borders of the third and fourth rows of scales. 
No. 14987 shows the midline and a narrow, though very dis- 
tinct, trace of a lateral line on the third and fourth rows of 
scales. The blackish rings on the body are fourteen in two 
specimens, and thirteen in two; and two and three on the tail. 
No. 22063 has only twenty-seven urosteges; otherwise the 
scale-counts are within the known range of this form. 


Ca. Ac. Sct. GASTROS- Uros- SUPRA- Pre-Post TEMP- 
No. SCALES TEGES TEGES LABIALS OcuLars ORALS 
14987 13 215 31 7-7 1-2 141 
22063 13 202 27 7-7 1-2 1+1 
22089 13 206 30 7-7 1-2 141 


22090 13 205 30 eit 1-2 141 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH—REPTILES—CHINA, JAPAN, FORMOSA 257 


Including those mentioned above, twelve specimens are 
known to have been taken on Amami O shima. Of these, 
six have only the median dorsal black line; five have a lateral 
line on the third and fourth row of scales of each side, more 
or less clearly indicated; one, examined by Dr. Wall, had indi- 
cations of another line on each side, making five lines as in 
Ai. boettgeri, but much narrower and less intense. 

No. 22063 contained the remains of an Achalinus (No. 
22065) which it had eaten. 


Hemibungarus boettgeri (Fritze) 


We have received two specimens of this snake, but, unfor- 
tunately, neither bears an exact locality-label. Both were 
purchased in Kyoto, Japan, and one is labeled “Formosa ?” 
while the other is from the Loo Choo Islands. The latter, No. 
16470, has 221 gastrosteges, and eighteen dorsally complete 
black rings on the body with two on the tail. There can be no 
doubt that the specimen labeled “Formosa?” also came from 
the Loo Choos. It has two small maxillary teeth, 207 gastro- 
steges, 29 urosteges, 13 scale rows, and 13 body rings. The 
only difference between Hemibungarus boettgeri and H. jap- 
onicus is found in the number and character of the longitudinal 
black lines. Although it has been shown that H. japonicus 
_ may have either one, three or five lines, these lines seem always 
to be much narrower and less intense than in H. boettgeri. 
Thus far, all (ten) specimens of the H. boettgeri type of color- 
ation which have any definite locality assigned, have been se- 
cured in Okinawa, while all the (twelve) definitely labeled 
H. japonicus have come from Amami O shima. It would 
seem, therefore, that the Hemibungarus of Okinawa is differ- 
ent from that of Amami O shima, and that they must be recog- 
nized as distinct species until more definitely intermediate 
specimens are discovered. 


ny 
‘ 


PROCEEDINGS 
Fourth Series 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (/ssued December 20, 1907)... cceccccccaveves 

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. (Jssued January 20, 1911)... ccc ccc cee eee 

Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
ea paees Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (J/sswued October 


Ce ey 


John Van Denburgh. (Jssued January 17, 1912).....00 0c ceeaee 
Pages 375-404. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By 
AlbansStewarta(/Ssved, J/AWUATY LI LILA \ on coders biddicre Gas aie 
Pages 405-430, VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued April 16, 1912) ... 6.2.00 ee 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 
(ln progress.) 


VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jssued October 
SUA IVS) eke ae ac Be ae Wate ita cieeare ssp heoraka Mae cre ialats posure ae 
Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
Ls SOMM SL SSULCA LIC CEILOL TRILL GUS) Mens ee eed ne ateas oe Ne 
Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denburohwiisswed Decemler 20, TIONG oie .'s, dia,o elare a «joie eraws 
Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 
By Rollo Howard Beck. (/ssued September 17, 1910) ......... 
Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (/ssued 
UN ODCINGEFRIE LILLY eG Te a ip oe RE Lae AR 
Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued 
POM TELS FANGS Menai acta ialatcie de Beatie h dacainicle Sores Gat ke see ED 
Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued 
FEMA AT fee LIL 2 yg. trsae ote ok lori cde hea Bae Se PL oe ea onde Re 
Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 
- California. By James Perrin Smith. (/sswed April 5, 79/2)... 
Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- 
mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U.S. Navy. 
CTSSHALENV DTS ALDI Ae NO eS tener tan Se le RSE ae aie oie SHO 
Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- 
phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 16, 1912.)........ 


Ne 


oD 


90 


The Academy cannot supply any of itS publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


Jou 1 oe Densurcy = : 
. urator of the Department of Herpetology ‘ 


oe % 


ey BY THE ‘AcaDEMy oe 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
FourtTH SERIES 


Vor. III, pp. 259-264 DrcemseEr, 21, 1912 


NOTES ON ASCAPHUS, THE DISCOGLOSSOID TOAD 
OF NORTH AMERICA 


BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


More than twelve years have passed since Dr. Stejneger’ an- 
nounced the discovery of a single specimen of a costate toad— 
the first representative of the Discoglossidae found anywhere 
in the Western Hemisphere. During these twelve years there 
has appeared no additional information regarding this ex- 
tremely interesting toad; and there has been some room for 
suspicion that the original specimen might, in some way, have 
been brought over from the Old World. The finding of addi- 
tional specimens, therefore, is a matter of much interest. 

The type specimen described by Dr. Stejneger was caught 
by Mr. Cloud Rutter, August 19, 1897, near Humptulips, Che- 
halis County, Washington. This locality has an elevation 
of about 265 feet. 

In 1905, my friend Dr. E. C. Van Dyke visited Mt. Rainier, 
in the Mt. Rainier National Park in the eastern part of Pierce 
County, Washington, and, between July 15 and 31, col- 
lected for me five specimens of amphibians. These were one 
Rana pretiosa, one Ambystoma macrodactylum, one Chondro- 
tus paroticus, the unique type of Plethodon vandykei, and a 
single specimen of Ascaphus truei. Unfortunately, all these 
specimens were destroyed in the great San Francisco fire of 


1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, 1899, pp. 899-901, pl. LXXXIX. 
December 20, 1912 


260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


April, 1906. The Ascaphus was secured on the southeast side 
of Mt. Rainier, in the vicinity of Reflection Lake, at an altitude 
of about 4861 feet. 

In 1911, it became possible to send Mr. Slevin on a collect- 
ing trip through western California, Oregon, and Washing- 
ton, and I requested him to look most carefully for Ascaphus 
both at Humptulips and on Mt. Rainier. At Humptutlips, late 
in July, he was unsuccessful, but on Mt. Rainier, in the middle 
of August, he secured three specimens of this toad. He has 
given me the following notes regarding their capture: 

“On August 16 and 17, I took three specimens of Ascaphus 
on the southwest side of Mt. Rainier, in what is known as In- 
dian Henry’s Hunting Grounds, at about 6000 ft. elevation. 
All three were found on bright sunny mornings between 10:30 
and noon, in a small slow-flowing stream. The one first taken 
jumped out of the brush into a small pool about four feet wide, 
five or six feet long, and two or three feet deep. It swam for 
a few seconds, just as a toad does; and when I attempted to 
catch it with my forceps, it went to the bottom and settled just 
like a frog—remaining perfectly motionless, its color blending 
with the color of the rocks and earth at the bottom of the pool. 
The second one I noticed in the same place, and I first saw him 
swimming about the middle of the pool just as I stepped down 
on the bank. While I was attempting to capture this specimen 
a third one jumped into the pool from the bank directly oppo- 
site me and went straight to the bottom. I collected both of 
these specimens, but a careful search and beating of brush in 
the vicinity failed to discover any more. All three specimens - 
were kept in a tin can, well punctured for ventilation, but they 
died within ten or twelve hours after capture.” 

These specimens are now numbers 30393, 30394 and 30395 
of the Academy’s collection. All appear to be adult males with 
enlarged testes and very large pads on the inner surface of the 
carpus. They measure from snout to anus: (No. 30394) 40 
mm., (No. 30393) 41 mm., and (No. 30395) 42 mm. 

The skin is nearly smooth in No. 30395, which has only 
a few warts over the pelvis and femur; but is moderately rough 
in No. 30394, which has warts or small tubercles scattered 
over the entire upper surface and sides of the head and body, 
and the upper surface of the arm, thigh, and leg. The para- 


Vou. IIT] VAN DENBURGH—NOTES ON ASCAPHUS 261 


toid gland is not strongly developed, but may be made out as 
a glandular postocular ridge descending along the side of the 
neck. 

By far the most remarkable external feature of these toads 
is the fail! This is well-developed in the three specimens at 
hand, and was present also in the one collected by Dr. Van 
Dyke (No. 6907). It extends back from six to eight milli- 
meters from the posterior surface of the thighs, is about four 
millimeters wide, and about three and a half deep at its base. 
The cloaca is continued from its usual position into this struc- 
ture, and ends in a large, swollen orifice just in front and be- 
low the tip of the “tail.”’ This structure, at first glance, sug- 
gests that the specimens were but recently transformed, but 
the ossification of the skeleton and the development of the 
testes show that they are adult. It is possible that this ‘‘tail’’ 
may be a sexual organ. 

The pupil is vertical. No tympanum can be distinguished. 
The small round patches of vomerine teeth are between the 
anterior part or middle of the choanae, and are about equi- 
distant from the internal edges of these openings and from 
each other. The tongue is very broadly attached, but is 
slightly free all around its edge. 

The hind foot has one rounded tubercle at the base of the 
first toe. On the lower surface of the carpus are three pads— 
a very large inner one, and a small one on the base of each of 
the two outer metacarpals. . 

The coloration is dull grayish or brownish slate above, with 
a light gray band, bordered behind with blackish brown, cross- 
ing the head over the anterior halves of the upper eyelids. 
There is a blackish streak from the snout to the eye and from 
the eye along the paratoid. Some irregular black markings 
may be made out on the sides, back, and limbs, with a tendency 
to form longitudinal streaks. The “tail” has a light dorsal 
stripe, bordered on each side by dark brown streaks. Most of 
the warts are lighter than the ground color. The lower sur- 
faces are yellowish white clouded with slate. There is a 
row of white dots along the rim of the lower jaw. 

No. 30393, which was intermediate in size and roughness 
of skin, has been prepared as a skeleton. The following notes 
were made before this was done, and the skin has been pre- 


262 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


served. The heels cross by the width of the tarsus. The ex- 
tended heel reaches the anterior border of the eye. The limb 
tubercles, web, paratoid, etc., are as in No. 30394. Measure- 
ments are: 


SMO UMEREOWATDUIS eee yee Hee oe RN UNS AE SER ESE i aR EA 41. mm. 
SHoumbitonbaser Of italiane waist tne tee Mian ouep Ge BV bess 
SHARE TIILA I AU AN Net UI eRe e KURA MRM n BAMA NN Savings 
Wirtcltaly@uke Ine eich data oo aE AUME nV NUR EMA eT 13.5% 
LEG haLabe Brac pey MANY A nIRVUNMO NR Naar eR Me Aion Aka) AA HE CILIA) Be ar 
inleeliito tip) Or mon@est tOess ee aae eee eee epi DSxianiss 


e 


There are ten vertebrae, of which the first is the atlas and 
the tenth the sacrum. The vertebrae are opisthocoelous. The 
first vertebra has no diapophyses. All the other vertebrae have 
diapophyses, those of the fiith being shortest. The extreme 
widths of the vertebrae and lengths of ventral surface of cen- 
tra are: 


1 vertebra 2.5 mm. wide, io, ong; 
TITS: 4.25 i LON eh 

3 a 4.25 i 
Ans 4.75 if 
5 cc 3.6 cc 
Or oa 4.2 “ 
7 
8 
9 
0 


Oe 
See ee 
oOmmnibRNNH 


ry 


The sacral diapophyses increase in breadth from .7 to 1.5 
mm. 

The coccyx is subcylindrical, with a dorsal ridge. It is 
8.4 mm. long, .7 mm. in diameter near the middle, and 1 mm. 
at the ends. A pair of small diapophyses increase its breadth 
near the sacrum to 2.1 mm. 

The diapophyses of the second, third, and fourth vertebrae 
bear short ribs. The ribs attached to the third vertebra are 
longest, measuring 1.5 mm. Those on the second vertebra 
are .75 mm. long; while those of the fourth vertebra are only 
about .25 mm. in length. 

The skull is 12 mm. long, and 12 mm. wide. It articulates 
with the atlas by means of two condyles, which are about 
twice as broad as high, are borne by the exoccipital, and border 
the foramen magnum inferiorly. The fronto-parietals are 7 
mm. long, narrow, well ossified, and completely separated by a 


Vou. IIT] VAN DENBURGH-—NOTES ON ASCAPHUS 263 


fontanelle. The prefrontals are fairly large, and touch the 
fronto-parietals. The quadrate is rather small. The squa- 
mosal and pterygoid are well-developed. The inner process of 
the pterygoid reaches the anterior surface of the auditory cap- 
sule, while the anterior process passes forward with the 
maxilla to meet the palatine. The parasphenoid extends for- 
ward anterior to the palatines; its lateral processes are well- 
developed, and reach nearly to the border of the large fora- 
mina in the auditory capsules. These capsules extend laterally 
3.5 mm. from the mid-line of the skull; each displays at the 
posterior and inferior aspect of its lateral portion a foramen 
1 mm. in diameter, covered by a delicate membrane, the 
fenestra ovalis. The membrane, however, may be heavily 
covered with a deposit of the chalky material which is found 
in the cavity of the auditory capsule. I have not found any 
evidence of eustachian tubes. The lower jaw is entirely with- 
out teeth. The upper jaw bears a series of very small teeth. 
There are two small rounded patches of vomerine teeth. 

The shoulder girdle is arciferous, the right side lying on the 
ventral surface of the left. The clavicles are well ossified, but 
little curved, and meet medially. There appears to be no omo- 
sternum. ‘The coracoids are rather short (3 mm.) with ex- 
panded ends. The precoracoid cartilages are narrow, but the 
epicoracoid expansions are very broad. ‘The scapula is rather 
small, completely ossified, and broadly fused with the clavicle. 
The suprascapula is composed of two portions: an anterior 
bony bar 4.5 by 1 mm., narrowing to .6 mm. at its middle; 
and a broad cartilaginous plate, 5.5 by 4 mm. in greatest di- 
mensions, bordering the bony bar above and posteriorly. 

The metasternum has been injured in preparing the speci- 
men, but it appears to have been a simple transverse bar of 
cartilage. 

The humerus is 10.5 mm. long. -It bears a very strong 
proximal crest, and the condyloid ridges are so largely de- 
veloped that the breadth of the humerus in this region is 3 
mm., while in the middle of the shaft it is only 1 mm. 

The radius and ulna are completely fused into a single 
bone 7 mm. long. 

The carpus is composed of an ulnare, a radiale, a radial 
and an ulnar centrale, and four distal carpals. 


264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Srr. 


There are four well-developed metacarpals, of which the 
external one articulates with the ulnar centrale, while the 
others are borne by the distal carpalia. 

The) fourdigits /are) made) up jon) 23.25) 3) wands) senaioine 
phalanges. The terminal phalanges taper to rounded ends. 

The ilia are very slender. They measure 9.5 mm. long, 
.7 mm. wide and .5 mm. thick. The posterior end of the ilium 
is much enlarged, and forms about the anterior upper half of 
the acetabulum, the remainder being supplied by the ischium. 
The acetabulum is not completely closed. At the interior and 
ventral aspect of the pelvis, at the lower margin of the sutures 
between the ilia and ischia, are two thin plates of calcified 
cartilage about 1.5 mm. in diameter, which probably represent 
the pubes. 

The femur is very slender. Its length is 15 mm., and its 
least diameter is 1 mm. It bears a strong proximal keel. 

The tibio-fibula is 16.5 mm. long by .9 mm. in diameter near 
its center, but broadens at the ends to 2.4 mm. 

The tarsus is formed of the usual proximal and distal por- 
tions. The former comprises the astragalus and calcaneum, 
about 9 mm. long, which are fused for a distance of 2 mm. 
proximally and 1 mm. distally. These bones are quite slender. 
The more distal tarsal bones are four in number—one at the 
end of the astragalus, one bearing the same relation to the 
calcaneum, a smaller one between these, and a still smaller 
one at the base of the first metatarsal. 

There are five metatarsals corresponding to the five toes. 
Beginning with the inner one, the toes are composed of 2, 
2, 3, 4, and 3 straight, somewhat tapering phalanges. 

: 


The hyoid is well developed, has long anterior processes, 
and is shaped as shown in the accompanying cut. 

The alimentary canal of this specimen contained a small 
bright red spider and the remains of two beetles of different 
species. 


PROCEEDINGS 
Fourth Series 


VOLUME I> 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. . 


Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of — 


Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands, By. John 
Van Denburgh. (lsswed December 20, 1907). .0. 0. ec eee ccc cncee. 
Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. (sswed January 20, 1911)... occ cece vce 
Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 


Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (JZsswed October _ 


(ON Be ASS SA eI SS pate Me ae he een NE 


Ce i er aT 


Pages 405-430, VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. 
By John Van Denburgh. .(Jlssued April 16, 1912) 0.0.0... es 

Pages 431-446. VII. Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos 
~ Islands. By Alban Stewart. (lssued Decemberrlf, 1912) sh A: 


VOLUME II 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 


(Ln progress.) 


VOLUME III 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the. Mount Diablo 

Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (Jssued October 

SES AGUA) S wept chs, sae ME Oe Re TOO a Won RC) Chey gee ET 

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 

Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 

Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
son. (lssued December 31, 1908) : 


Ce ee ee 2 


Ce ee ee ee ee 


DNOUCIUOEE Tee P ATL | Keeccen ECR Dineen BeOS DCRR Cm See 
Pages 147-154. Notes ona Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (lsswed 
PEGI IES PSL OT PV oe Org Ad ICR OL CT ob RRS He 
Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (Zssued 
SONUAIY ATT ADO ces ees Se ea rsd we eats 
Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 
California. By James Perrin Smith, (/sswed April-5, 1972)... 


] 


35 


ap 


29 
Ards) 


00 


P45 


SPA 
25 


220 


.50 


iZo 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourtH. SERIES 


Vox. III, pp. 265-390, pls. 15, 16 Aveust 28, 1913 


A Distributional List of the Mammals 


of California 


ay 


JOSEPH GRINNELL 
Director of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1913 


PROCEEDINGS 
OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
Vor wlit, pp. 265-390, pls, 15, 16 Aucust 28, 1913 


A DISTRIBUTIONAL LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF 
CALIFORNIA 


BY JOSEPH GRINNELL 
Director of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 


The compilation of the following list of the mammals of 
California has proved well worth while as a help in work with 
the collections in the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. 
It is believed that its publication now will find justification in 
its resulting usefulness in other ways—wherever, in fact, a 
clue to the described species is desired. The literature of the 
subject is widely scattered, and an index to it, so far as Cali- 
fornia is concerned, has been practically wanting. The present 
contribution is intended to meet, in part at least, this need. 

It must be urged upon the casual enquirer that, at the pres- 
ent stage in the systematic study of California mammals, the 
status of the various forms as here given can in scarcely any 
case be accepted as final. Only a few genera have been given 
critical study upon the basis of material at all satisfactory. 
Osgood’s Revision of the Mice of the American Genus Pero- 
myscus (1909) may be cited as the best example of such mono- 
graphic treatment. Not until each group has been subjected 
to similar analysis, and especially so with regard to limited 
areas such as that comprised within the state of California, can 
the status and distribution of the more slightly differentiated 
forms be considered as satisfactorily established. 

In including species and subspecies, the writer has in the 
great majority of cases followed the conclusions of the original 
describers. Where genera have been formally revised, the de- 


August 26, 1913. 


266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


cisions of the reviser have been accepted. This has been the 
rule; but in a few instances, where the material at hand has 
seemed adequate, and where a sufficient amount of study has 
been accorded it to warrant, as it might seem, an independent 
opinion, this has been offered. Thus certain current names will 
be found synonymized, and other names not generally recog- 
nized are given full standing. 

It is quite probable that to the present list a number of forms 
are admitted, which subsequent collections and studies will 
show to be untenable. This is particularly likely in the Heter- 
omyidae. On the other hand, there doubtless remain many 
species and subspecies yet to be discovered and named; so that 
in time the total number of mammals known to belong to 
California is likely to remain undiminished. 

The point to be emphasized is that, both as regards the stand- 
ing of the species of our region, and as regards their distribu- 
tion, systematic mammalogy is in a formative stage. A very 
great amount of field-work and critical study must be done to 
bring mammalogy to the plane already reached in ornithology. 

The system of entry adopted in the following list is simple. 
Of the higher groups only Orders and Families are given. The 
scientific name here adopted for the species is given in bold- 
face, followed by the authority. A vernacular name has been 
selected—in many cases with difficulty, as is admitted. In 
nearly every case the “original description” has been verified 
from its original source. In the few instances where the cita- 
tion is given within quotation marks, the citation is at second- 
hand, that is, the original has not been seen by the writer. 

The type locality is usually just as given in connection with 
the original description; sometimes it is modified somewhat 
to make it more intelligible, for example, by giving the name of 
the county or of the nearest large town; and occasionally cor- 
rections have been necessary. 

The “‘synonyms” are any other names—aside from those 
appearing in the heading and in the citation following “orig- 
inal description”’—that have been applied to the species as 
occurring within the state of California. Where a name now 
considered synonymous with the accepted one, was based upon 
a specimen from California, the full citation and type locality 
are given. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 267 


The “range”’ of each species is given briefly, but as accurately 
as our present state of zoogeographical knowledge makes pos- 
sible. In the case of land mammals, ranges are stated, wher- 
ever practicable, in terms of life-zones and faunal areas.. Exact 
localities are named only where they are believed to mark 
points somewhere near the extreme limits of distribution. Au- 
thorities for the information included in the statement of range 
are always given whenever precise data of any sort are avail- 
able. In all cases where the abbreviation “Mus. Vert. Zool.” 
appears, specimens indicating the stated range, either entirely 
or in part, are contained in the California Museum of Verte- 
brate Zoology. 

The accompanying map of the life-zones of the state has been 
compiled primarily from data on file in the California Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology. Use has been made also of informa- 
tion from many published botanical papers. Professor Harvey 
M. Hall of the University of California has kindly made a 
number of corrections based upon his knowledge of plant- 
distribution in the state. It is almost superfluous to state here 
that the employment of the life-zone concept in defining ranges 
of animals as well as of plants, owes its beginning to the re- 
searches of the foremost mammalogist of America, C. Hart 
Merriam. It is a matter of credit to him that the farther we 
carry our studies in distribution, the more they align them- 
selves in support of the laws formulated by him. 

The map of the faunal districts of the state is offered not at 
all as a final exposition of this order of distributional be- 
havior, but as a help in designating the ranges of the mammals. 
The boundaries as given are of course merely approximate; 
and even the areas themselves, as here outlined, will doubtless 
receive extensive modification on the basis of further geo- 
graphical study. | 

The present list was concluded to date, in August, 1912. 
Since then appeared Gerrit S. Miller’s important List of North 
American Land Mammals in the United States National 
Museum, 1911 (published December 31, 1912). The writer 
thereupon changed the order in the California list to accord 
with Miller’s, and also made a number of changes in generic 
and family names in accordance with some of the decisions of 
the same authority. 


268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Srp. 


The writer here wishes to express his appreciation of the 
cordial assistance rendered in various ways by Mr. John 
Rowley, Curator of Mammals in the California Academy of 
Sciences. Acknowledgments are also due Mr. Walter P. 
Taylor, of the staff of the California Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology, for correcting several errors in the manuscript. 

To summarize: according to the present enumeration 337 
species of mammals are accredited to California and the adja- 
cent ocean. Eight Orders are represented, thirty-one Families, 
and eighty-nine Genera. 


Order INSECTIVORA 
Family TALPIDAE 


Scapanus townsendi (Bachman) 
Oregon Mole 


Original description—Scalops townsend Bachman, Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, pt. 1, 1839, pp. 58-60. 

Type login Bon Vancouver, Clarke County, Washing- 
ton (fide True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 19, 1896, p. 63). 

Synonym—Townsend Mole. 

Range—Boreal and Transition zones in extreme northern 
humid coast belt, south to Cuddeback, Humboldt County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Scapanus orarius True 
Northwest Coast Mole 


Original description—Scapanus orarius True, Proc. U. 5. 
Nat. Mus., 19, December, 1896, p. 52. 

Type locality—Shoalwater Bay, Pacific County, Washing- 
ton. 

Range—Boreal and Transition zones in extreme northern 
humid coast belt, south as far as Cuddeback, Humboldt County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.), and Mendocino, Mendocino County 
(Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1903, p. 197). 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 269 


Scapanus latimanus latimanus (Bachman) 


Central California Mole 


Original description—Scalops latimanus Bachman, Boston 
Journ. Nat. Hist., 4, January, 1842, pp. 34, 35. 

Type locality—Probably Santa Clara, Santa Clara County, 
California (fide Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 20, 1907, p. 
52) 

Synonyms—Scalops californicus Ayres, Proc. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., 1, 1855; p. 54 (type from San Francisco, California) ; 
Scapanus californicus, part; Scapanus townsendi, part; Sca- 
panus californicus mmusculus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. 
Club, 1, July 31, 1899, p. 70) (type irom Fyffe, Eldorado 
County, California) ; Broad-palmed Shrew-mole. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones of west-cen- 
tral California, east to include the Sierra Nevada and as far as 
Independence, Inyo County, north to Shasta County, south to 
San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Scapanus latimanus occultus Grinnell and Swarth 


Southern California Mole 


Original description—Scapanus latimanus occultus Grinnell 
dndwowman amv Gali Lubly Zool iO. April 13, 19125 
owe 

Type locality—Santa Ana Canyon, 400 feet altitude, Orange 
County, California. ) 

Synonyms—Scapanus californicus, part; Scapanus lati- 
manus, part; Scapanus ,anthonyi; Scapanus californicus an- 
thony1; Anthony Mole. 

Range—Southern California, west of the desert divides, 
south of the 35th parallel, hence chiefly in the San Diegan dis- 
trict ; ranges from Lower Sonoran zone to Boreal (Mus. Vert. 
Loos 


Scapanus latimanus truei Merriam 
Modoc Mole 


Original description—Scapanus truei Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc, Wash., 11, April 26, 1897, p. 102. 
Type locality—Lake City, Modoc County, California. 


270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Synonym—Scapanus californicus truet. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the Modoc 
region of northeastern California, east at least as far as Sis- 
son, Siskiyou County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neurotrichus gibbsi major Merriam 


Large Shrew-Mole 


Original description—Neurotrichus gibbsi major Merriam, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 16, October 28, 1899, p. 88. 

Type locality—Carberry Ranch, 4100 feet altitude, between 
Mount Shasta and Mount Lassen, Shasta County, California. 
Synonyms—Neurotrichus gibbsi, part; Gibbs Mole, part. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on Mount 
Shasta, and at the type locality, as above (Merriam, supra 
Guim) 

Neurotrichus gibbsi hyacinthinus Bangs 


California Shrew-Mole 


Original description—Neurotrichus gibbsi hyacinthinus 
Bangs, Amer. Nat., 31, March, 1897, pp. 240, 241. 

Type locality—Nicasio, Marin County, California. 

Synonyms—Neurotrichus gibbsi, part; Hyacinthine Shrew- 
Mole; Gibbs Mole, part. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the northwest humid 
coast belt from the Humboldt Bay region south as far as Santa 
Cruz, Santa Cruz County, and Portola, San Mateo County 
(Mus. Vent) Zool. 7 Allens (Bulli Amer) Mus: Nats Glisten me: 
USO, O. ZY). 


Family SORICIDAE 


Sorex vagrans vagrans Baird 


Wandering Shrew 


Original description—Sorex vagrans (Cooper MS) Baird, 
Pac. R. R. Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 15-18, pl. 18, figs. 5, 6. 

Type locality—Shoalwater Bay, Pacific County, Washing- 
ton. 


Vou. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 271 


Range—Upper Sonoran, Transition and Boreal zones in the 
northwestern portion of the state, east to Shasta County, and 
south as far as Monterey (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10, 
1895, p. 68; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex vagrans amoenus Merriam 


Sierra Nevada Shrew 


Original description—Sorex amoenus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 10, December, 1895, pp. 69, 70. 

Type locality—Mammoth Pass, 10,000 feet altitude, east 
slope Sierra Nevada, Mono County, California. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the Sierra Nevada, 
at least from Mono County north to Mount Shasta (Merriam, 
supra cit., and N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 87; Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Sorex halicoetes Grinnell 


Salt Marsh Shrew 


Original description—S orex halicoetes Grinnell, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 10, March 20, 1913, pp. 181-184. 

Type locality—Salt Marsh near Palo Alto, Santa Clara 
County, California. 

Range—Salt marshes bordering the south arm of San Fran- 
cisco Bay, at least from Belmont, San Mateo County, around 
to Melrose, Alameda County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex obscurus obscurus Merriam 


Dusky Shrew 


Original description—Sorex obscurus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 10, December, 1895, pp. 72, 73. 

Type locality—Timber Creek, 8200 feet, Salmon River 
Mountains, Idaho (see Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5, 1891, 
p. 34). 

Range—Boreal zone along the Sierra Nevada, from Shasta 
County to Olancha Peak, Tulare County (Merriam, supra cit. ; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


DH) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Sorex montereyensis montereyensis Merriam 


Monterey Shrew 


Original description—Sorex montereyensis Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 10, December, 1895, p. 79. 

Type locality—Monterey, Monterey County, California. 

Range—Transition and Upper Sonoran zones in the north- 
ern and central coast districts, from the Oregon line south as 
far as Morro, San Luis Obispo County (Merriam, supra cit. ; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex montereyensis mariposae Grinnell 
Yosemite Shrew 


Original description—Sorex montereyensis mariposae Grin- 
nell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, March 20, 1913, pp. 189, 190. 

Type locality—Y osemite Valley at 4000 feet altitude, Mari- 
posa County, California. 

Synonyms—Sorex montereyensis, part; Monterey Shrew, 
part. 

Range—Transition zone along west slope of Sierra Navada, 
at least from Siskiyou County to Tulare County; also on the 
Warner Mountains, Modoc County (Mus. Vert. Zool.; Mer- 
riam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10, 1895, p. 79). 


Sorex ornatus Merriam 
Adorned Shrew 


Original description—Sorex ornatus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 10, December, 1895, pp. 79, 80. 

Type locality—San Emigdio Canyon, Mount Pinos, in Kern 
County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the San 
Diegan district and included mountain ranges, from the Mexi- 
can line northwest to Mount Pinos and Fort Tejon, in Ventura 
and Kern counties (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex californicus californicus Merriam 
California Shrew 


Original description—Sorex californicus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 10, December, 1895, pp. 80, 81. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 273 


Type locality—Walnut Creek, Contra Costa County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone of west-central California 
along inner coast ranges and in the vicinity of San Francisco 
Bay, north to Rumsey, Yolo County, east to Byron, Contra 
Costa County, and south to near Los Bafios, Merced County 
(Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex sinuosus Grinnell 
Suisun Shrew 


Original description—Sorex sinuosus Grinnell, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 10, March 20, 1913, pp. 181, 187. 

Type locahity—Grizzly Island, near Suisun, Solano County, 
California. 

Range—Brackish marshes of Grizzly Island, Suisun Bay, 
Solano County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sorex shastensis Merriam 
Shasta Shrew 


Original description—Sorex shastensis Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 16, October 28, 1899, p. 87. 

Type locality—Wagon Camp, 5700 feet altitude, Mount 
Shasta, Siskiyou County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone of Mount Shasta; only the type, as 
above, recorded. 


Sorex tenellus tenellus Merriam 
Inyo Shrew 


Original description—Sorex tenellus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 10, December, 1895, p. 81. 

Type locality—Summit of Alabama Hills near Lone Pine, 
Owens Valley, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


274 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Sorex tenellus lyelli Merriam 
Mount Lyell Shrew 


Original description—Sorex tenellus lyelli Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soc Wash, 15, March 22) 902" ni7/ 5: 

Type locality—Mount Lyell, Tuolumne County, California. 

Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


Sorex tenellus myops Merriam 
White Mountains Shrew 


Original description—Sorex tenellus myops Merriam, Proc. 
Biola Soc Wash nls) Manel 22) L902. mi 716: 

Type locality—White Mountains, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


Sorex pacificus Baird 
Pacific Shrew 


Original description—Sorex pacificus Baird, in Coues, Bull. 
WS) Geoliand Geos d Sturn. Men 3) 1s77. posal! 

Type locality—Fort Umpqua, mouth of Umpqua River, 
Douglas County, Oregon. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the northwest humid 
coast belt: Humboldt Bay region and south as far as Point 
Reyes, Marin County (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10, 1895, 
D872 WMikbis, Weir, Zool). 


Neosorex palustris navigator Baird 
Navigator Shrew 


Original description—Neosorex navigator (Cooper, MS) 
Bard Pack ReiNep Sell Sa7aipps ilauiZ a olw2o: 

Type locality—Unknown; possibly northern Idaho (fide 
Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10, 1895, p. 92). 

Synonyms—Sorex palustris navigator; Water Shrew. 

Range—Chiefly in the Boreal zone, on the Sierra Nevada, 
from Whitney Meadows, Tulare County, north to Mount 
Shasta, and on the Warner Mountains, Modoc County (Mus. 
Vert Zoolt): 


Voz. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA Dithes) 


Neosorex bendirei bendirei (Merriam) 


Bendire Shrew 


Original description—“Atophyrax bendiriu Merriam, Trans. 
Linn. Soc. New York, 2, August, 1884, pp. 217-225.” 

Type locality—Near Williamson River, 18 miles southeast 
of Fort Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon (fide Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 10, 1895, pp. 95-97). 

Synonym—Sorex bendiret. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the humid north- 
west coast belt: Humboldt Bay region south to Gualala, Men- 
docino County (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Notiosorex crawfordi crawfordi Baird 
Desert Shrew 


Original description—Sorex (Notiosorex) crawfordi Baird, 
in Coues, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., 3, 1877, pp. 
651) 52. 

Type locality—E1 Paso, Texas (fide Merriam, N. Amer. 
ania 1 S95. ao2))e 

Synonyms—Crawford Shrew; Gray Shrew; Sorex craw- 
ford. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the San Diegan district, 
from the Mexican line north at least to San Bernardino and 
Colton (Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 255; Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Oinclee CISUURO Ne a RUAN 
Family PHYLLOSTOMIDAE 


Macrotus californicus Baird 
California Leaf-nosed Bat 


Original description—Macrotus californicus Baird, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., May, 1858, pp. 116, 117. 

Type locality—Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Synonyms—Macrotus waterhousei; Otopterus californicus. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado desert, 
northwest to near Torres, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Apparently absent during midwinter (see Stephens, 
Calif. Mammals, 1906, pp. 276, 277). 


276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Family VESPERTILIONIDAE 
Myotis velifer (J. A. Allen) 
Cave Bat 


Original description—V espertilio velifer Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, December, 1890, p. 177. 

Type locality—Santa Cruz del Valle, Guadalajara, Jalisco, 
Mexico. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone near Colorado River: Needles, 
San Bernardino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). . 


Myotis occultus Hollister 
Hollister Bat 


Original description—M yotis occultus Hollister, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 22, March 10, 1909, pp. 43, 44. 

Type locality—West side of Colorado River ten miles above 
Needles, San Bernardino County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone: valley of the Colorado River 
from near Needles (as above) to near Yuma (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Myotis lucifugus longicrus (True) 
Long-legged Bat 


Original description—Vespertilio longicrus True, Science, 
8, December 24, 1886, p. 588. 

Type locahty—Puget Sound, Washington. 

Synonyms—V espertilio albescens, part; True Bat; Long- 
shanked Bat. 

Range—Transition and high Upper Sonoran zones through- 
out northern California and south along the Sierra Nevada 
and coast ranges to the San Jacinto and Cuyamaca mountains 
(Mus: Vert. Zool: ; Muller, (Ni) Amer, Bauna, 13; 1897) psoas). 


Myotis yumanensis yumanensis (H. Allen) 
Yuma Bat 


Original description—Vespertilio ywmanensis H. Allen, 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 7, June, 1864, p. 58. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA Doe | 


Type locality—Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Synonym—V espertilio albescens, part. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones throughout south- 
ern California, both east and west of the desert divides; north 
through Owens Valley and through the San Joaquin and Sac- 
ramento valleys at least as far as Oroville, Butte County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool. ; Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13, 1897, p. 67). Proba- 
bly migratory. 


Myotis yumanensis saturatus Miller 
Miller Bat 


Original description—M yotis yumanensis saturatus Miller, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 13, October, 1897, p. 68. 

Type locality—Hamilton, Skagit County, Washington. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in extreme northwest- 
ern California, west to Cuddeback, Humboldt County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.), east to Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. 
Ratna) Los 1S99) po: 39): 


Myotis californicus californicus (Audubon and Bachman) 
Little California Bat 


Original description—V espertilio californicus Audubon and 
Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, 1842, pp. 285, 286. 

Type locality—California. 

Synonyms—V espertilio oregonensis (?); Vespertilio nitidus 
H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., April, 1862, pp. 247, 
248 (type from Monterey); Vespertilio albescens melano- 
rhinus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones almost 
throughout the state west of the desert divides, including the 
San Diegan district, the Santa Barbara Islands, and both the 
Sierra Nevada and coast ranges. 


Myotis californicus pallidus Stephens 
Stephens Little Pallid Bat 
Original description—M yotis californicus pallidus Stephens, 
Proc Bick) Soc. Wash., 13, June 13, 1900) p. 153: 


Type locality—Vallecito, eastern San Diego County, Cali- 
fornia. 


278 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PrRoc. 4TH SER. 


Synonym—M yotis californicus, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, north to Owens Valley (Mus. Vert. Zool.). It is not 
improbable that the above name will have to be replaced by 
some one of H. Allen’s earlier names. 


Myotis orinomus Elliot 
La Grulla Brown Bat 


Original description—Myotis ormomus Elliot, Field Col. 
Miss) zoolliser. 3) ume) 1908) pi 223) 

Type locality—La Grulla, 8000 feet, San Pedro Martir 
Mountains, Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonyms—Myotis californicus, part; Myotis lucifugus 
longicrus, part. 

Range—High Upper Sonoran zone, in its semi-arid por- 
tion, along the southern Sierra Nevada in Kern and Inyo 
counties, in the San Jacinto and San Bernardino mountains, 
and at Dulzura, San Diego County (Grinnell and Swarth, 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, 1912, pp. 138-141). 


Myotis evotis (H. Allen) 
Long-eared Bat 


Original description—V espertilio evotis H. Allen, Smith- 
sonian Misc. Coll., 7, June, 1864, p. 48. 

Type locality—Monterey, California (see Miller, N. Amer. 
lBzneioa, WS SOA. yo, 77.) 7S) 

Synonym—V espertilio albescens evotis, part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones from the 
Mexican line northwards as far as Mount Shasta; west to 
_ Pescadero Creek, San Mateo County; east to Independence 
Lake, Nevada County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; also Owens Lake 
and Inyo Mountains (Miller, supra cit., p. 80). 


Myotis thysanodes Miller 


Fringed Bat 


Original description—M yotis thysonodes Miller, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 13, October, 1897, pp. 80-84. 
Type locality—Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 279 


Synonyms—V espertilio albescens velifer, part; Vespertilio 
albescens evotis, part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in southern California near 
the desert divide; known only from Fort Tejon, Kern County, 
and Dulzura, San Diego County (Miller, supra cit.). 


Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte) 
Silver-haired Bat 


Original description—“Vespertilio noctivagans Le Conte, 
McMurtrie’s Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, 1, June, 1831, p. 
431.” ; 

Type locality—“Eastern United States.” 

Range—Chiefly Transition zone in northwestern California, 
south to Nicasio, Marin County, and Nevada City, Nevada 
County (Vidller, Ns Amen Fauna’ 135 1897; p) 86); east to 
Mount Shasta and to Oroville, Butte County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Records for summer only. 


Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus (H. Allen) 
Canyon Bat 


Original description—Scotophilus hesperus H. Allen, Smith- 
sonian Misc. Coll., 7, June, 1864, pp. 43, 44. 

Type locality—Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Synonyms—V esperugo hesperus, part; Western Bat, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone east of the San Diegan dis- 
trict, on the Colorado and Mohave deserts, from the Mexican 
line north to the vicinity of Walker Pass and Owens Valley; 
west to Santa Rosa Mountains, Riverside County, and Fort 
Tejon, Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Pipistrellus hesperus merriami (Dobson) 
Merriam Bat 


Original description—V esperugo merriami Dobson, Ann. 
and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., 18, 1886, p. 124. 

Type locality—Red Bluff, Tehama County, California (fide 
Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13, 1897, p. 31). 

Synonyms—V esperugo hesperus, part; Pipistrellus hesperus, 
part; Western Bat, part. 


280 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Srp. 


Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones west of the desert 
divides, from the Mexican line northwest through the San 
Diegan district, and through the San Joaquin and Sacramento 
valleys, east of the humid coast belt and west of the Sierra 
Nevada, to Butte and Tehama counties (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eptesicus fuscus fuscus (Beauvois) 
Large Brown Bat 


Original description—“Vespertilio fuscus Beauvois, Catal. 
Peale’s Museum, Phila., 1796, p. 14.” 

Type locality—‘Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.” 

Synonyms—Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., December, 1901, p. 619 (type from San 
Bernardino Valley, San Bernardino County, California) ; 
Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., October 17, 1904, pp. 590, 591 (type from Mount Tal- 
lac, Eldorado County, California) ; Adelonycteris fuscus; San 
Bernardino Brown Bat; Black-winged Bat. 

Range—Practically throughout the state, but chiefly Upper 
Sonoran and Transition zones. While there are very probably 
two or more subspecies, it is not possible at this writing to 
define them satisfactorily. 


Nycteris borealis teliotis (H. Allen) 
Western Red Bat 


Original description—Atalapha teliotis H. Allen, Proc. 
Amer. Philos. Soc., 29, 1891, pp. 5, 6. 

Type locdlity—Not known, but probably southern Cone 
fornia. 

Synonym—Lasiurus borealis tehotis. 

Range—In winter and spring: Sacramento and San Joaquin 
valleys, from Sutter County southwards, and throughout the 
San Diegan district (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Evidently migratory. 


Nycteris cinerea (Beauvois) 
Hoary Bat 


Original description—‘Vespertilio cinereus Beauvois, Catal. 
Peale’s Museum, Phila., 1796, p. 14.” : 
Type locality—‘‘Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.” 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 281 


Synonyms—Atalapha cinerea; Lasiurus cinereus. © 

Range—In winter and spring: valleys of west-central and 
southern California, south through the San Diegan district 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; in summer, probably Transition and 
Boreal zones (see Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 272). 
Recorded without dates of capture north to Eureka, Humboldt 
County, and east to Panamint Mountains, Inyo County (Mil- 
ler) Ne Amer) Panna 13) 1897.9. 114), 


Euderma maculatum (J. A. Allen) 
Spotted Bat 


Original description—Histiotus maculatus Allen, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, February 20, 1891, pp. 195-198. 

Type locality—Mouth of Castac Creek, Santa Clara Valley, 
Los Angeles County, California (fide Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 13, 1897, p. 49). 

Range—Arid Lower Sonoran zone; besides the type, se- 
cured as above, only one other specimen has been found within 
this state, at Mecca, Riverside County (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. 
Publ Zooks L910: op. sl7, slope sO)): 


Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens Miller 
Pale Lump-nosed Bat 


Original description—Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens Mil- 
ler, N. Amer. Fauna, 13, October, 1897, p. 52. 

Type locality—Keam Canyon, Navajo County, Arizona. 

Synonym—Pallid Big-eared Bat. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones throughout south- 
ern California, north into Owens Valley (Miller, supra cit.), 
west through the San Diegan district to Santa Catalina Island 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Corynorhinus macrotis townsendi (Cooper) 
Northwestern Lump-nosed Bat 
Original description—Plecotis townsendii Cooper, Ann. 
Lye Nat alist Noe 4. April, 1837, pp. 73n74 
Type locality—Columbia River, Oregon. 
Range—Upper Sonoran zone in west-central California: 
near Auburn, Placer County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


August 26, 1913. 


282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Antrozous pallidus pallidus (Le Conte) 
Desert Pallid Bat 


Original description—V espertilio pallidus Le Conte, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, December, 1855, p. 437. 

Type locality—E1 Paso, El Paso County, Texas (fide Miller, 
Bull 79s Se Nat. Miss) 1912p. 6s)! 

Synonym—Pale Bat; Big-eared Pale Bat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, north to Swansea, Inyo County, and west to Vallecito, 
eastern San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Antrozous pallidus pacificus Merriam 
Pacific Pallid Bat 


Original description—Antrozous pallidus pacificus Merriam, 
Proc Biol) Soc Wash. 11) july, eiS97. pe Tso: 

Type locality—Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. 

Synonym—Antrozous pallidus, part. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the Pacific 
slope of California, from the Mexican line north through the 
San Diegan district and central coast district as far as Palo 
Alto and Oakland; also through the San Joaquin and Sacra- 
mento valleys to Fort Crook (near Burgettville), Shasta 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.; Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13, 1897, 
p. 45). Migratory. 


Family MOLOSSIDAE 


Nyctinomus femo osaccus Merriam 
Pocketed Bat 


Original description—Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merriam, 
N, Amer Mauna) 2) October, 1889. p.)23: 

Type locality—Agua Caliente (=Palm Springs), Riverside 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Nyctinomops femorosaccus; Palm Springs 
Free-tailed Bat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado Desert at 
and near Palm Springs; only two specimens known (see 
Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 274; Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1904, p. 321). 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 283 


Nyctinomus depressus Ward 
Tacubaya Free-tailed Bat 


Original description—N yctinomus depressus Ward, Amet. 
Nat., 25, August, 1891, pp. 747-750. 

Type locality—Tacubaya, Federal District, Mexico. 

Synonyms—Nyctinomus macrotis nevadensis H. Allen, 
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 43, 1893 [=March, 1894], pp. 171- 
174, pls. 34, 35 (type from California, but exact locality not 
known: fide Lyon and Osgood, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 62, 
1909, p. 280) ; Nevada Bat. 

Range—Probably the southeastern deserts; but only the 
one indefinite record, as above. 


Nyctinomus mexicanus Saussure 
Mexican Free-tailed Bat 


Original description—‘Nyctinomus mexicanus Saussure, 
Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2nd ser., 12, 1860, p. 283.” 

Type locality—Ameca, Jalisco, Mexico (fide Miller, Bull. 
JO Wn Se Nace Mise O12 70): 

Synonyms—N yctinomus mohavensis Merriam, N. Amet. 
Fauna, 2, October, 1889, p. 25 (type from Fort Mohave, 
Arizona) ; Nyctinomus brasiliensis californicus H. Allen, Bull. 
U. S. Nat. Mus., 43, 1893 [—March, 1894], p. 166 (no type 
designated) ; Nyctinomops mohavensis; Mohave Bat. 

Range—In spring and summer: Upper and Lower So- 
noran zones, chiefly the latter, throughout southern California, 
both east and west of the desert divides, north at least to 
Marysville Buttes, Sutter County, and west to Palo Alto, 
Santa Clara County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Doubtless migratory, 
at least in part. 


Eumops californicus (Merriam) 
California Mastiff Bat 
Original description—Molossus californicus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 4, October 8, 1890, pp. 31, 32. 
Type locality—Alhambra, Los Angeles County, California. 


Synonyms—Promops californicus; Promops perotis calt- 
fornicus; Bonnet Bat. 


284 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Range—Lower Sonoran zone of southern California; 
most numerous in the San Diegan district, but noted also on 
the Colorado Desert, in the San Joaquin Valley, and in Kern 
and Fresno counties (Mus. Vert. Zool.); northernmost 
station, Fresno. 


Order CARNIVORA 
Family URSIDAE 
Ursus horribilis californicus Merriam 


California Grizzly 


Original description—[Ursus horribilis| californicus Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 10, April 13, 1896, p. 76, fig. 15. 

Type locality—Monterey, California. 

Synonyms—Ursus horribilis; Ursus horribilis horriaeus ; 
Grizzly Bear. 

Range—Formerly almost throughout the state, except the 
southeastern deserts and the extreme northwestern humid 
coast belt. Zone, mostly Upper Sonoran and lower Transition. 
Now probably extinct. 


Ursus americanus altifrontalis Elliot 
Northwestern Black Bear 


Original description—Ursus altifrontalis Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool, ser3, June, 1903, pp. 234, 235. 

Type locality—Shore of Lake Crescent, Clallam County, 
Washington. 

Synonyms—Ursus americanus; Ursus cinnamoneus; Cinna- 
mon Bear; Brown Bear; Black Bear. 

Range—Chiefly Transition and Boreal zones of northwest- 
ern California north of San Francisco Bay, and south along 
the Sierra Nevada at least as far as the Tehachapi Mountains, 
in Kern County. It is possible that the black bears of the 
Sierra Nevada belong to a separate and unnamed subspecies. 


Family CANIDAE 
Canis gigas (Townsend) 
Northwestern Timber Wolf 


Original description—Lupus gigas Townsend, Journ. Acad. 
Nat.Sci.) Phila!) n)s.)2.) November, S850) mp 7s 70: 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA : 285 


Type locality—Fort Vancouver, Clarke County, Washing- 
ton (see Miller, Smithsonian Misc. Colls., 59, 1912, pp. 2, 4). 

Synonyms—Canis mexicanus; Canis nubilis; Canis lupus 
griseo-albus; Gray Wolf. 

Range—Northern California, and south along the Sierra 
Nevada. Now rare or extinct. The number of records (e. g 
Price, Zoe, 4, 1894, p. 331) and reports from the region 
specified carries conviction that a wolf of some form has 
occurred as above indicated. But lack of specimens brings 
doubt as to the race represented. 


Canis latrans lestes Merriam 
Mountain Coyote 


Oricnal description—Canis lestes Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soe. iyeene ie Mviarchtsy TSO7n nm 25.26. 

Type loanlsin Towle Mountains, near Cloverdale, Nye 
County, Nevada. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones of the Modoc region, 
west to Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1899, 
p. 103) and south along the Sierra Nevada at least to Monache 
Meadows, Tulare County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Canis ochropus ochropus Eschscholtz 
California Valley Coyote 

Original description—Canis ochropus Eschscholtz, Zool. 
Alas SiteZoe np. lai) ple tb, 

Type locality—Tracy, San Joaquin County, California 
(fixed by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, 1897, p. 32). 

Synonyms—Canis mearnsi; Mearns Coyote; Valley Coyote. 

Range—Throughout California west of the high Sierra 
Nevada, and south through the San Diegan district and in- 
cluded mountains to the Mexican line. Zone, chiefly Lower 
and Upper Sonoran, locally Transition. There is probably 
a slightly differentiated race in the San Diegan district (re- 
ferred to Camis mearnsi by Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, 
p26) 


Canis ochropus estor Merriam 
Desert Coyote 


Original description—Cants estor Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. 
Weashv ii Marchel5..1897, pp Sl, 32. 


286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Type locality—Noland’s Ranch, San Juan River, San Juan 
County, Utah. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, west to Antelope Valley, northern Los Angeles 
County, and north through the Inyo region (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Vulpes cascadensis Merriam 
Cascade Red Fox 


Original description—Vulpes cascadensis Merriam, Proc. 
Wash. Acad. Sci., 2, December 28, 1900, pp. 665, 666, pl. 
SOs hioao: 

Type locality—Trout Lake, base of Mount Adams, Ska- 
mania County, Washington. 

Synonyms—V ulpes macrourus; Mountain Red Fox. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on the northern 
Sierra Nevada, south as far as Mount Raymond, in Mariposa 
County (Merriam, supra cit.). 


Vulpes necator Merriam 
High Sierra Red Fox 


Original description—Vulpes necator Merriam, Proc. Wash. 
Acad. Sci., 2, December 28, 1900, pp. 664, 665, pl. 36, fig. 2. 

Type locality—Whitney Meadows, 9500 feet altitude, Sierra 
Nevada, Tulare County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone of the southern Sierra Nevada, from 
Monache Meadows, Tulare County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), north 
at least to Atwell’s Mill, East Fork Kaweah River, Tulare 
County (Merriam, supra cit.). 


Vulpes macrotis macrotis Merriam 
Long-eared Kit Fox 


Original description—V ulpes macrotis Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 4, 1888, pp. 135-138. 

Type locality—Riverside, Riverside County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the San Diegan district, 
northwest to Los Angeles County. 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 287 


Vulpes macrotis muticus Merriam 
San Joaquin Kit Fox 


Original description—Vulpes muticus Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 15, March 22, 1902, p. 74. 

Type locality—Tracy, San Joaquin County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the San Joaquin Valley. 


Vulpes macrotis arsipus Elliot 
Mohave Desert Kit Fox 


Original description—V ulpes arsipus Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 256. 

Type locality—Daggett, Mohave Desert, San Bernardino 
County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, west to Palm Springs, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.), and north to the Panamint Mountains, Inyo County 
(Elliot, supra cit.). 


Urocyon cinereoargenteus townsendi Merriam 


Townsend Gray Fox 


Original description—Urocyon californicus townsendi Mer- 
_riam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, October, 1899, pp. 103, 104. 
Type locality—Baird, Shasta County, California. 
Range—Transition and Upper Sonoran zones in extreme 
northern California, from the interior of Humboldt County 
east to the vicinity of Mount Shasta (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Urocyon cinereoargenteus sequoiensis Dixon 
Redwood Gray Fox 


Original description—Urocyon  californicus sequoiensis 
Dixon, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, February 12, 1910, pp. 
303-305. 

Type locality—Lagunitas, Marin County, California. 

Synonyms—Urocyon californicus, part; Vulpes virgin- 
ianus; Urocyon cinereoargenteus californicus, part. 

Range—High Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the 
humid coast belt of west-central California, from Monterey 
Bay north to Lake County (Dixon, supra cit.). 


288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Urocyon cinereoargenteus californicus Mearns 
California Gray Fox, 


Original description—Urocyon cmereoargenteus californi- 
cus Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, January 12, 1897, pp. 
459, 460. 

Type locality—8000 feet altitude, in San Jacinto Moun- 
tains, Riverside County, California. 
Synonyms—Urocyon californicus; Urocyon virginianus 

hittoralis. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in southern 
and central California west of the desert divides, and east and 
south of the humid coast belt. | 


Urocyon cinereoargenteus scotti Mearns 
Arizona Gray Fox 


Original description—Urocyon virginianus scotti Mearns, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, May, 1891, pp. 236-238. 

Type locality—Pinal County, Arizona. 

Synonyms—Urocyon cinereo-argenteus imyoensis Elliot, 
Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, March, 1904, pp. 268, 269 (type 
from Beveridge Canyon, Inyo Mountains, Inyo County, Cali- 
fornia) ; Inyo Mountains Gray Fox. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the Colorado 
and Mohave deserts and included mountains, from the Mexi- 
can line north to Inyo County, and west to the east line of the 
San Jacinto Mountains in Riverside County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Urocyon littoralis littoralis (Baird) 
San Miguel Island Fox 


Original description—Vulpes (Urocyon) littoralis Baird, 
Pac. R. R. Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 143-145. 

Type locality—San Miguel Island, Santa Barbara Islands, 
California. 

Synonyms—Coast Fox; Short-tailed Fox. 

Range—San Miguel Island. 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 289 


Urocyon littoralis santacruzae Merriam 
Santa Cruz Island Fox 


Original descriptton—Urocyon littoralis santacruzae Mer- 
tiam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 16, May 29, 1903, p. 75. 

Type locality—Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara Islands, 
California. 

Range—Santa Cruz Island. 


Urocyon catalinae Merriam 


Santa Catalina Island Fox 


Original description—Urocyon catalinae Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 16, May 29, 1903, p. 74. 

Type locality—Santa Catalina Island, Santa Barbara 
Islands, California. 

Range—Santa Catalina Island. 


Urocyon clementae Merriam 


San Clemente Island Fox 


Origial description—Urocyon clementae Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 16, May 29, 1903, p. 75. 

Type locality—San Clemente Island, Santa Barbara Islands, 
California. 

Range—San Clemente Island. 


Family PROCYONIDAE 
Bassariscus astutus raptor (Baird) 
California Ring-tailed Cat - 


Original description—Bassaris raptor Baird, Mammals 
Mex Boundaty, 159) p19: 

Type locality—Northern California (see Merriam, Proc. 

Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, 1897, pp. 186, 187). 
' Synonyms—Bassariscus flavus oregonus; Bassariscus as- 
tutus; Bassaris astuta; Civet Cat; Raccoon-fox. sie 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones west 
of the Sierran divides, from the San Diegan district north 
nearly to the Oregon line, though at the north chiefly east of 
the humid coast belt. 


290 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Procyon psora psora Gray 


California Coon 


Original description+-Procyon psora Gray, Ann. and Mag. 
Nat. Hist, 10) 1842°>(p: Zor 

Type locality—Sacramento, California. 

Synonyms—Procyon lotor; Procyon lotor hernandezi; Cali- 
fornia Raccoon. 

Range—Lower Sonoran, Upper Sonoran and lower Transi- 
tion zones throughout California, except the northern border 
and the southeastern deserts. 


Procyon psora pacifica Merriam 
Pacific Coon 


Original description—Procyon psora pacitica Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 16, October, 1899, p. 107. 

Type locality—Keechelus Lake, Cascade Mountains, Kit- 
titas County, Washington. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones along north- 
ern border of the state, south as far as Pitt River, Shasta 
County (Merriam, supra cit.). 


Procyon pallidus Merriam 
Pallid Coon 


Original description --Procyon pallidus Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 13, June 13, 1900, pp. 151, 152. 

Type locality—New River, Colorado Desert, Imperial 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Desert Raccoon; Procyon lotor pallidus. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado Desert, in 
Imperial County, and north along the Colorado River at least 
to Needles (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Family MUSTELIDAE 
Martes caurina caurina (Merriam) 
Northwestern Pine Marten 


Original description—Mustela caurina Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 4, October, 1890, pp. 27-29. 


a ee ae Ee 


Vou. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 291 


Type locality—Near Gray’s Harbor, Chehalis County, 
Washington. 

Synonym—M ustela americanus. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in northwestern Cali- 
fornia, south to Mendocino County, east to Mount Shasta 
(Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 106), south over 
the central Sierra Nevada (Price, Zoe, 4, 1894, p. 331). 


Martes pennanti pacifica (Rhoads) 
Pacific Fisher 


Original description—Mustela canadensis pacifica Rhoads, 
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., 19, September, 1898, pp. 
435, 436. 

Type locality—Lake Kichelos (=Keechelus), Kittitas 
County, Washington. 

Synonyms—Mustela pennanti; Mustela pennant paciica; 
Pennant Marten. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in northwestern Cali- 
fornia, south to Trinity County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and along 
the Sierra Nevada, from Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 106) south at least to Eldorado County 
_ (Price, Zoe, 4, 1894, p. 331). 


Gulo luscus luteus Elliot 
Sierra Nevada Wolverine 


Original description—Gulo luteus Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
Zooluser a) December, 1903, 9, 260) 

Type locality—Crater Meadows (=Groundhog Meadow), 
Whitney Creek (=Golden Trout Creek), Sierra Nevada, 
Tulare County, California (see Elliot, supra cit., p. 280). 

Synonym—Gulo luscus. 

Range—Boreal zone on the Sierra Nevada, from the 
vicinity of Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 
1899, p. 105), south through the Lake Tahoe region (Beld- 
ing, Zoe, 1, December, 1890, p. 303; Price, Zoe, 4, March, 
1894, p. 331) to Monache Meadows, Tulare County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


292 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SrER. 


Mustela muricus (Bangs) 
Sierra Least Weasel 


Original description—Putorius (Arctogale) muricus Bangs, 
Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, July 31, 1899, p. 71. 

Type locality—Echo, Eldorado County, California. 

Synonym—Putorius muricus. 

Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


Mustela arizonensis (Mearns) 
Mountain Weasel 


Original description—Putorius arizonensis Mearns, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, May, 1891, pp. 234, 235. 

Type locality—San Francisco forest, near Flagstaff, 
Coconino County, Arizona. 

Synonyms—Arizona Weasel; Putorius brasiliensis frenatus. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones along the Sierra 
Nevada, from Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 
1899, p. 106) south to Tulare County, and the San Jacinto 
Mountains, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Mustela xanthogenys xanthogenys Gray 
California Weasel 


Original description—Mustela sxanthogenys Gray, Ann. 
and Mae. Natielist Il 133: dake. 

Type locality—Southern California, probably near San 
Diego (fide Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 11, 1896, p. 25). 

Synonyms—Y ellow-cheeked Weasel; Putorius xanthogenys. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones west of the-desert 
divides, from the Mexican line north through the San Diegan 
district, and west-central California east of the northern 
humid coast belt, at least to the head of the Sacramento 
Valley. 


Mustela xanthogenys munda (Bangs) 
Redwood Weasel 


Original description—Putorius xanthogenys mundus Bangs, 
Proc, New Ene, Zool) Club) 1) une Oe 18090" par sola 7 


4 
; 
j 
4 
: 
( 
} 
. 


ee 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 293 


Type locality—Point Reyes, Marin County, California. 

Range—Transition zone in the humid coast belt north of 
San Francisco Bay: Point Reyes and Nicasio, Marin County 
(Bangs, supra cit.), north to Humboldt Bay (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). It is possible that the weasels of the region immedi- 
ately south of San Francisco Bay also belong here. 


Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs) 
Pacific Mink 


Original description—Putorius vison energumenos Bangs, 
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 27, March, 1896, p. 5. 

Type locality—Sumas, British Columbia, Canada. 

Synonyms—Putorius vison; Lutreola vison energumenos; 
American Mink. 

Range—NorthernCalifornia along streams generally, south 
to Petaluma, Sonoma County, through the Sacramento and 
San Joaquin valleys at least to Stanislaus County, along the 
Sierra Nevada to Kern River in Tulare County, and through 
Owen’s Valley at least to Fish Springs, near Big Pine, Inyo 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Spilogale gracilis gracilis Merriam 
Canyon Spotted Skunk 


Original description—S pilogale gracilis Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 3, August, 1890, p. 83. 

Type locality—Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Arizona, 
north of San Francisco Mountain. | 

Range—Sonoran zones of the Inyo region: Inyo and Pana- 
mint mountains, Inyo County (Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 26, 
1906s p= 23). 


Spilogale gracilis saxatilis Merriam 
Great Basin Spotted Skunk 


Original description—S pilogale saxatilis Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 4, October, 1890, p. 13. 

Type locality—Provo, Utah County, Utah. 

Range—Extreme northeastern corner of the state in Upper 
Sonoran zone: Susanville, Lassen County (Howell, N. Amer. 
Banna 2ZOloOG, py Zo) 


294. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Spilogale arizonae arizonae Mearns 
Arizona Spotted Skunk 


Original description—Spilogale phenax arizonae Mearns, 
Bull) Amen Muse Nat bist. 3), jude sole inpw Zao 2570 

Type locahty—Fort Verde, Yavapai County, Arizona. 

Range—Valley of lower Colorado River, near Pilot Knob, 
Imperial County: Lower Sonoran zone (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Spilogale phenax phenax Merriam 
California Spotted Skunk 


Original description—sS pilogale phenax Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 4, October, 1890, pp. 13, 14. 

Type locality—Nicasio, Marin County, California. 

Synonyms—Mephitis bicolor; Mephitis gorilla; Hydropho- 
bia Skunk; Western Spotted Skunk; Little Spotted Skunk, 
part. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones and, at the north, 
Transition, throughout southern and west-central California 
west of the desert divides, from the Mexican line north 
through the San Diegan district and along the western slopes 
of the Sierra Nevada and the central and northern coast 
strips to Shasta and Humboldt counties (Howell, N. Amer. 
Hauna, Zoql 906) 9, 32 - Minis. Wierts Zool): 


Spilogale phenax latifrons Merriam 
Oregon Spotted Skunk 


Original description—S pilogale phenax latifrons Merriam, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 4, October, 1890, p. 15. 

Type locality—Roseburg, Douglas County, Oregon. 

Synonym—Little Spotted Skunk, part. 

Range—Extreme northwestern border of the state, in 
Siskiyou County: Siskiyou Mountains and Hornbrook 
(Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 26, 1906, p. 33). 


Mephitis estor Merriam 
Arizona Striped Skunk 


Original description—Mephitis estor Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 3, August, 1890, pp. 81, 82. 


Vo. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 295 


Type locality—San Francisco Mountain, Coconino County, 
Arizona. 

Range—Extreme Lower Sonoran zone: Valley of the 
lower Colorado River, from Needles to the Mexican line (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Mephitis occidentalis occidentalis Baird 
Northern California Striped Skunk 


Original description—Mephitis occidentalis Baird, Pac. R. 
R. Rep., 8, 1857, p. 194. 

Type locality—Petaluma, Sonoma County, California. 

Synonyms—Chincha occidentalis; California Skunk. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones of the west- 
central and northern portions of the state, from about the 
latitude of Monterey Bay north to the Oregon line, east to 
Shasta Valley and the main Sierra Nevada (Howell, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 20, 1901, pp. 34, 35; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Mephitis occidentalis major (Howell) 
Great Basin Striped Skunk 


Original description—Chincha occidentalis major Howell, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 20, August 31, 1901, pp. 37, 38. 

Type locality—Fort Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the Modoc 
region of northeastern California; west to Lassen Creek, 
Shasta County, south to Sierra Valley, Plumas County 
(Howell, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Mephitis occidentalis holzneri Mearns 
Southern California Striped Skunk 


Original description—Mephitis occidentalis holznert Mearns, 
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, January 12, 1897, p. 461. 

Type locality—San Isidro Ranch, near Uaieed States boun- 
dary, Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonyms—Chincha occidentalis holzneri; Lower Califor- 
nia Skunk. 

Range—Lower Sonoran, Upper Sonoran and Transition 
zones in southern California chiefly west of the deserts proper, 


296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


from the Mexican line north to about the latitude of Monterey; _ 
east to the southern Sierra Nevada and the western edges of 
the Mohave and Colorado deserts (Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 
20; 1901) 92-387 Musa Vert) Zool), 


Mephitis platyrhina (Howell) 
Broad-nosed Striped Skunk 


Original description—Chincha platyrhina Howell, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 20, August 31, 1901, p. 39. 

Type locality—South Fork of Kern River, 25 miles east 
of Kernville, Kern County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone about southern end of Sierra 
Nevada; recorded only from valley of the South Fork of the 
Kern River, in Kern County, and from Owens Valley and 
Owens Lake, in Inyo County (Howell, supra cit.). 


Taxidea taxus neglecta Mearns 
California Badger 


Original description—Taxidea americana neglecta Mearns, 
Bull Amere Wiis Nat clist,..a) jude, Teo ips 250 2510 

Type locality—Fort Crook (near Burgettville), Shasta 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Taxidea americana; Taxidea taxus; Western 
Badger; American Badger. 

Range—Chiefly Sonoran and Transition zones, casually 
Boreal, east and south of the humid coast belt, and northwest 
of the Colorado Desert; in other words, interior valleys, from 
the Oregon line east of the humid coast belt to the Mexican 
line west of the Colorado Desert; occurs both east and west 
of the Sierra Nevada (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Taxidea taxus berlandieri Baird 
Mexican Badger 


Original description—Taxidea berlandieri Baird, Pac. R. R. 
Rep. 8,.1857;)p. 205: 

Type locality—Lliano Estacado, Texas, near border of New 
Mexico . | 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 297 


Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado Desert: Im- 
perial Valley and north along the Colorado River at least to 
vicinity of Picacho (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lutra canadensis pacifica Rhoads 
Pacific River Otter 


Original description—Lutra hudsonica pacifica Rhoads, 
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., 19, September, 1898, pp. 
429-431. 

Type locality—Lake Kichelos (—Keechelus), Kittitas 
County, Washington. 

Synonyms—Lutra californica; Lutra canadensis; California 
Otter. 

Range—Streams of northern California, south at least to 
Mendocino County, and through the Sacramento and San 
Joaquin valleys to the San Joaquin River, Fresno County. 


Latax lutris nereis Merriam 
Southern Sea Otter 


Original description—Latax lutris nereis Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, October 6, 1904, p. 159. 

Type locality—San Miguel Island, Santa Barbara Islands, 
California. 

Synonyms—Latax lutris; Enhydra lutris; Enhydra marina; 
San Miguel Island Sea Otter. 

Range—In the ocean along the exposed seashore and neigh- 
boring islands the whole length of the state, especially about 
the Santa Barbara and Farallon islands (see Scammon, Marine 
Mammals, 1874, pp. 168-174). Formerly abundant, now 
rare. It is possible that the animals which occurred off the 
northern California coast belonged to the northern sub- 
species. 


Family FELIDAE 


Felis oregonensis oregonensis Rafinesque 
Northwestern Cougar 


Original description—“Felix [= Felis] oregonensis Ra- 
finesque, Atlantic Journal, 1, 1832, p. 62.” 
‘ August 26, 1913. 


298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type eat ON ome ice coast of the United States 
(fide Stone, Science, n. ser., 9, 1899, p. 35.) 

Synonyms—Felis concolor, part; Felis concolor oregonensis, 
part; Felis hippolestes olympus; Pacific Coast Cougar; North- 
western Puma; Mountain Lion, part. | 

Range—Throughout the state except for the lower south- 
eastern deserts. Ranges through all zones, though perhaps 
most plentiful in Upper Sonoran and Transition. 


Felis oregonensis browni Merriam 
Yuma Cougar 


Original description—Felis aztecus brown Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 16, May 29, 1903, pp. 73, 74! 

Type locate bere Colorado River, 12 miles south of 
Yuma, Arizona. 

Synonyms—Felis concolor, part; Felis concolor oregonensis, 
part; Mountain Lion, part; Brown Cougar. » 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado Desert, and 
north along the Colorado River (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lynx fasciatus oculeus Bangs 
Southern Barred Wildcat 


Original description—Lynx (Cervaria) fasciatus oculeus 
Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, March 31, 1899, pp. 
23, 24. 

Type locality—Nicasio, Marin County, California. 

Synonyms—Felis rufa oculea; Sharp-sighted Lynx. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones of the north- 
western coast belt, from Marin County north probably to the 
Oregon line (Bangs, supra cit.). 


Lynx fasciatus pallescens Merriam 
Pallid Barred Wildcat 


Original description—Lynx fasciatus pallescens Merriam, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 16, October, 1899, p. 104. 

Type locality—South base of Mount Adams, near Trout 
Lake, Skamania County, Washington. 

Synonyms—Felis rufa pallescens; Pallid Lynx. 


Voz. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 299 


Range—Interior of northern California; vicinity of Mount 
Shasta south to Pitt River, in Shasta County (Merriam, 
supra cit.). 


Lynx eremicus eremicus Mearns 
Desert Wildcat 


Original description—Lynx rufus eremicus Mearns, Proc. 
U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, January 12, 1897, pp. 457, 458. 

Type locality—New River, 6 miles northwest of Laguna 
Station, Colorado Desert, Imperial County, California. 

Synonyms—Desert Lynx, part; Felis rufa eremica. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, north at least to Needles, west to Victorville, San 
Bernardino County (Mus. Vert: Zool.). 


Lynx eremicus californicus Mearns 
California Wildcat 


Original description—Lynx rufus  californicus Mearns, 
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, January 12, 1897, p. 458. 

Type locality—San Diego, California. 

Synonyms—Lynx californicus; Lynx eremicus, part; Desert 
Lynx, part; Felis rufa californica. 

Range—Sonoran, Transition, and lower Boreal zones 
throughout the greater portion of the state west and north 
of the desert proper, and south and east of the northern coast 
belt (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Northernmost record along the 
Sierra Nevada: Baird, Shasta County (Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 104). 


Order EENNIEE DEA 
Family OTARIIDAE 
Zalophus californianus (Lesson) 
California Sea Lion 


Original description—“Otaria californiana Lesson, Dict. 
Class. Hist. Nat., 13, 1828, p. 420.” 
Type locality—*“California.”’ 


300 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


Synonyms—‘Otaria gillespu M’Bain, Proc. Edinb. Roy. 
Soc., 1, 1858, p. 422 (type from California)”; Zalophus gil- 
lespii; Arctocephalus gilliespu; Lobo Marino. 

Range—Seacoast and islands of southern California, breed- 
ing northwards from near the Mexican line to San Miguel 
Island; occurs at times farther north even to San Francisco 
Bay (J. Rowley, MS; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eumetopias stelleri (Lesson) 
Steller Sea Lion 


Original description—“Otaria stelleri Lesson, Dict. Class 
Hist. Nat., 13,-1828, p. 420.” 

Type locality—“North Pacific Ocean.” 

Synonyms—Eumetopias jubata; Otaria jubata; Arcto- 
cephalus monteriensis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, pp. 
358, 360, pl. 72 (type from Monterey). 

Range—Seacoast and islands of central and northern Cali- 
fornia, breeding northwards from Richardson Rock, near San 
Miguel Island, to near the Oregon line (J. Rowley, MS; Mus. 
Wen, Zool. )). : 


Callotaria alascana (Jordan and Clark) 
Pribilof Fur Seal 


Original description—Callorhinus alascanus Jordan and 
Clark, Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of North Pacific Ocean, 
De Oy LSS), wo.) 

Type locality—Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea. 
Synonyms—Callorhinus ursinus, part; Northern Fur Seal, 
part. 

Range—In the annual migrations this fur seal occurs from 
January to March on the ocean off northern California, south 
as far as the vicinity of Point Conception (see Townsend, in 
Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of North Pacific Ocean, pt. 
3, 1899, pp. 223-252, map). 


Arctocephalus townsendi Merriam 
Guadalupe Fur Seal 


Original description—Arctocephalus townsendi Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, July 1,:1897, p. 178. 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 301 


Type locality—Guadalupe Island, off Lower California, 
Mexico. 

Synonyms—Callorhinus ursinus, part; Northern Fur Seal, 
part. 

Range—With little doubt fur seals formerly bred along the 
coast and among the islands of southern California (Scammon, 
Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 154; Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 
1906, p. 206). The geographical probabilities strongly favor 
their identity with the southern form possibly still in existence 
off Lower California, rather than with the fur seal breeding 
on the Pribilof Islands, in Bering Sea. 


Family PHOCIDAE 
Phoca richardi geronimensis Allen 
California Harbor Seal 


Original description—Phoca richardi geronimensis Allen, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16, December 12, 1902, pp. 493, 
495, 496. 

Type locality—San Geronimo Island, Lower California. 

Synonyms—Phoca pealei; Phoca richardi; Phoca vitulina; 
San Geronimo Harbor Seal. 

Range—Seacoast, islands, and bays, from the Mexican to 
the Oregon lines. It is probable that the harbor seals of the 
northern coast district will be found to be in characters nearest 
Phoca richardi richardi. 


Macrorhinus angustirostris Gill 
Northern Elephant Seal 


Original description—“Macrorhinus angustirostris Gill, 
Procn CiicdsomaAcad Scho ln LSO0n p: So. 

Type locality—‘Saint Bartholomew’s Bay, Lower Califor- 
nia, Mexico.”’ 

Synonyms—Mirounga angustirostris; Sea Elephant. — 

Range—Formerly north along the seacoast as far as Point 
Reyes, Marin County (Scammon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
1869, p. 61) ; occurred in numbers at Santa Barbara Island as 
late as 1852 (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 118); 


302 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


now restricted to the vicinity of Guadalupe Island, Lower 
California (Townsend, Zoologica, N. Y. Zool. Soc., 1, 1912, 
pala)? 


Orders RODENTIA 
Family MURIDAE 
Onychomys leucogaster brevicaudus Merriam 
Short-tailed Grasshopper Mouse 


Original description—Onychomys leucogaster brevicaudus 
Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna,5,-July, 1891, p. 52. 

- Type locality—Blackfoot, Bingham County, Idaho. 
Range—High Upper Sonoran zone along the extreme east- 

ern edge of the state, in the Modoc region: Sugar Hill and 

Dry Creek, Warner Mountains, south to Benton, Mono 

County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Onychomys torridus torridus (Coues) 
Arizona Grasshopper Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys (Onychomys) torridus 
Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., December 15, 1874, p. 
183. 

Type locality—Camp Grant, Graham County, Arizona. 

Synonyms—Onychomys pulcher Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, pp. 243, 244 (type from Morongo 
Pass, east end of San Bernardino Mountains, California) ; 
Onychomys torridus perpallidus; Onychomys torridus longi- 
caudus. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on Colorado and Mohave 
deserts; west to Jacumba, San Diego County, Whitewater, 
Riverside County, and Antelope Valley, northern Los Angeles 
County, north to Independence, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 

Onychomys torridus ramona Rhoads 


Ramona Grasshopper Mouse 


Original description—Onychomys ramona Rhoads, Amer. 
Nat., 27, September, 1893, pp. 833, 834. 

Payne locality—San Bernardino Valley, San Bernardino 
County, California. 


Vou. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 303 


Synonym—San Bernardino Grasshopper Mouse. 
Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Pacific slope of the 
San Diegan district from the Mexican line northwest at least 
to San Fernando Valley, Los Angeles County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). : 

Onychomys torridus tularensis Merriam 


Tulare Grasshopper Mouse 


Original description—Onychomys torridus tularensis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, June 9, 1904, p. 123. 

Type locality—Bakersfield, Kern County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the southern San Joaquin 
Valley; east to Kern Valley; west to Carrizo Plains, San Luis 
Obispo County; north to Huron, Fresno County (Merriam, 
supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Reithrodontomys megalotis longicauda (Baird) 
Long-tailed Harvest Mouse 


Original description—Reithrodon longicauda Baird, Pac. 
R. R. Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 451, 452. 

Type locality—Petaluma, Sonoma County, California. 

Synonyms—Reithrodontomys pallidus Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 
27, September, 1893, p. 835 (type from Santa Ysabel [Witch 
Creek], San Diego County, California); Ochetodon longi- 
cauda, Reithrodontomys longicauda; Reithrodontomys longi- 
cauda pallidus; Sonoma Harvest Mouse. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones of the 
greater portion of California west of the Sierran divides, from 
the Mexican boundary north through the San Diegan district, 
and through both the coast belt and San Joaquin and Sacra- 
mento valleys, to Trinidad, Humboldt County, and Scott River 
Valley, Siskiyou County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Reithrodontomys megalotis klamathensis Merriam 
Klamath Harvest Mouse 
Original description—Reithrodontomys klamathensis Mer- 
riam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, October, 1899, p. 93. 
Type locality—Big Spring (= Mayten), Shasta Valley, 
Siskiyou County, California. 


304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~ [Proc. 41H SER. 


Range—Upper Sonoran zone of the Modoc region, west to 
Montague, Siskiyou County, and south to Vinton, Plumas 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Reithrodontomys megalotis deserti Allen 
Desert Harvest Mouse 


Original description—Reithrodontomys megalotis desertt 
Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 7, May 21, 1895, pp. 127— 
129) 

Type locality—Oasis Valley, Nye County, Nevada. 

Synonym—Reithrodontomys megalotis. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones of the Colorado 
‘and Mohave desert areas, west to the eastern border of the 
San Diegan district, and north, east of the Sierra Nevada, to 
the head of Owens Valley (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Reithrodontomys megalotis catalinae Elliot 
Catalina Island Harvest Mouse 
Original description—Reithrodontomys catalinae Elliot, 
Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 246. 
Type locality—Santa Catalina Island, Santa Barbara group, 
California. 


Range—Santa Catalina Island, Santa Barbara group (Elliot, 
supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Reithrodontomys halicoetes Dixon 
Tidal Marsh Harvest Mouse 
Original description—Reithrodontomys halicoetes Dixon, 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, August 14, 1909, pp. 271-273. 
Type locality—Salt marsh 3 miles south of Petaluma, So- 
noma County, California. 
Synonym—Salt Marsh Harvest Mouse, part. 
Range—Tidal marshes on the north side of San Francisco 
and Suisun bays, from Petaluma east to Grizzly Island (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 
Reithrodontomys raviventris Dixon 
Red-bellied Harvest Mouse 


Original description—Reithrodontomys raviventris Dixon, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, October 20, 1908, pp. 197, 198. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 305 


Type locality—Redwood City, San Mateo County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonym—Salt Marsh Harvest Mouse, part. 

Range—Salt marshes bordering the south arm of San Fran- 
cisco Bay, from Redwood City around to Melrose Marsh, Ala- 
meda County (Dixon, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus maniculatus rubidus Osgood 
Redwood White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Peromyscus oreas rubidus Osgood, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, December 12, 1901, p. 193. 

Type locality—Mendocino City, Mendocino County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonyms—Peromyscus gambeli, part; Peromyscus texen- 
sis gambeli. 

Range—Humid northwest coast belt, in Upper Sonoran, 
Transition, and Boreal zones, from the Oregon line (east to 
Siskiyou Mountains) south to Golden Gate; also locally in 
the redwood belt south of San Francisco Bay as far as Sur, 
Monterey County (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, P 66; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus maniculatus gambeli (Baird) 
Gambel White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys gambelu Baird, Pac. R. 
R. Rep., 8, 1857, p. 464. 

Type locality—Monterey, California (see Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Wits Ne velisi 5) 1SOS. pa OO}: 

Synonyms—Peromyscus gambeli, part; Mus leucopus; Pero- 
myscus sonoriensis gambeli; Peromyscus texanus gambeli; 
Sitomys americanus gambeli; Peromyscus texanus medius. 

Range—Throughout all zones and over the greater portion 
of the state, from the Oregon line east of the humid coast belt, 
to the Mexican line west of the Colorado desert (Osgood, N. 
Aner whauna 25, 1909) ps O73 Mus: Vier Zool); imrorhes 
words, California except humid coast belt north of San Fran- 
cisco Bay, and southeastern desert regions. The most abun- 
dant and at the same time wide-spread single mammal of the 
state. 


306 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Peromyscus maniculatus sonoriensis (Le Conte) 
Sonora White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys sonoriensis Le Conte, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, October, 1853, p. 413. 

Type locahty—Santa Cruz, Sonora, Mexico. 

Synonyms—Hesperomys leucopus deserticolus Mearns, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2, February, 1890, pp. 285-287 
(type from Mohave River, 12 miles below Hesperia, San Ber- 
nardino County, California) ; Sitomys msolatus Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., October, 1894, p. 256 (type from Oro 
Grande, San Bernardino County, California); Desert Deer 
Mouse; Peromyscus texensis thurbert. 

Ronee Coloma and Mohave deserts and adjacent moun- 
tain ranges, west to Mount Pinos, Ventura County, and north 
through the Inyo region to Alpine County (Osgood, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 28, 1909, pp. 92, 93; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus maniculatus clementis Mearns 
San Clemente White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Peromyscus texanus clementis 
Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18, March 25, 1896, pp. 446, 
447. 

Type locality—San Clemente Island, California. 

Range—Outer islands of Santa Barbara group, including 
San Clemente, Santa Barbara, San Nicolas, Santa Rosa, and 
San Miguel islands (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 
X6)))- 

Peromyscus maniculatus catalinae Elliot 

Catalina Island White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Peromyscus catalinae Elliot, Field 
Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, April, 1903, p. 160. 

Type locality—Santa Catalina Island, California. 

Range—Santa Catalina and Santa Cruz islands, Santa Bar- 
bara group (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 97; Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 

Peromyscus boylei boylei (Baird) 
Boyle White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys boylii Baird, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, April, 1855, pp. 335-336. 


Vou. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 307 


Type locality—Middle Fork American River, Eldorado 
County, California, near Auburn (fide Osgood, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 142). 

Synonym—Sitomys robustus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. 
Hist., 5, December 16, 1893, p. 335 (type from Lakeport, Lake 
County; California). 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones along Sierra 
Nevada, from vicinity of Yosemite north to Mount Shasta, 
thence west to Trinity Mountains and south along inner coast 
ranges nearly to San Francisco Bay (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 
28, 1909, p. 142; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus boylei rowleyi (Allen) 
Rowley White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Sitomys rowleyi Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, April 28, 1893, p. 76. 

Type locality—Noland Ranch, San Juan River, Utah (fide 
Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 145). 

Synonyms—Sitomys major Rhoads, Amer. Nei, Al, SEE 
tember, 1893, pp. 831, 832 (type from Squirrel Inn, San Ber- 
nardino Mountains, San Bernardino County, California) ; 
Peromyscus parasiticus Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 
December, 1903, p. 244 (type from Lone Pine, Inyo County, 
California) ; Hesperomys aztecus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones along moun- 
tains of southern California, north through coast ranges to 
Monterey County and in southern Sierra Nevada through 
Tulare County, thence east across Owens Valley and on Provi- 
dence Mountains (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, pp. 
146, 147; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus truei truei (Shufeldt) 
True White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys truet Shufeldt, Proc. U. 
S. Nat. Mus., 8, 1885, pp. 407, 408. 

Type locality—Fort Wingate, McKinley County, New 
Mexico. 

Synonyms—Peromyscus lasius Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. 
ser., 3, March, 1904, p. 265 (type from Hannopee Canyon, 


308 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Panamint Mountains, Inyo County, California) ; Peromyscus 
montipinoris Elliot, ibid., p. 264 (type from Lockwood Val- 
ley, Mount Pinos, Ventura County, California). 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones along eastern 
border of the state, chiefly east of the Sierra Nevada in the 
Inyo region; thence west through the extreme southern Sierra 
Nevada to the vicinity of Mount Pinos, Ventura County; north 
to Susanville, Lassen County; south to Providence Mountains, 
San Bernardino County (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, 
O, OL: Wits, Were, Zool): 


Peromyscus truei gilberti (Allen) 
Gilbert White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Sitomys gilberti Allen, Bull. Amer. 
IMitrs. Nei, Ishisic., Sy Auclenisicy IKS9Si, D, USS. 

Type locality—Bear Valley, San Benito County, California. 

Synonyms—Peromyscus dyselius Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 1, March, 1898, pp. 207, 208 (type from Portola, 
San Mateo County, California) ; Peromyscus boylet, part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone along central and northern 
Sierra Nevada, and in coast ranges of middle California and of 
northern California east of the humid coast belt; south to 
Santa Barbara County; north to the Oregon line (Osgood, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 171; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus truei martirensis (Allen) 
San Pedro Martir White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Sitomys martirensis Allen, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, August 18, 1893, p. 187. 

Type locality—San Pedro Martir Mountains, altitude 7000 
feet, Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonym—San Pedro Martir Big-eared Mouse. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone along mountains of extreme 
southern California, north through the San Jacinto and San 
Bernardino ranges (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 
172; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 309 


Peromyscus crinitus crinitus (Merriam) 
Idaho Canyon Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys crinitus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 5, July, 1891, pp. 53, 54. 

Type locality—Shoshone Falls, Snake River, Idaho. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone on extreme northeastern bor- 
der of the state: eastern Lassen and Modoc counties (Osgood, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 231; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus crinitus stephensi Mearns 
Stephens Canyon Mouse 


Original description—Peromyscus stephensi Mearns, Proc. 
Ursa Nae Mise Loe aly: 50) 1897 par7 Ze 

Type locality—Lowest water on wagon road in canyon at 
eastern base of the Coast Range, near Mexican boundary, San 
Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Peromyscus petraius Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 244 (type from Lone Pine, 
Inyo County, California). 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on parts of Colorado and 
Mohave deserts, north through Inyo region to White Moun- 
tains and head of Owens Valley; west to Onyx, Kern County, 
and to east slopes of San Bernardino and San Jacinto moun- 
tains; southeast to Pilot Knob near Colorado River (Osgood, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, pp. 233, 234; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus californicus californicus (Gambel) 
Parasitic White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Mus californicus Gambel, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 4, August, 1848, p. 78. 

Type locality—Monterey, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones of coast 
region south from San Francisco Bay to Ventura County; 
thence east sparingly to western foothills of Sierra Nevada in 
Kern and Tulare counties (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, 
D. 237 MiniseNerts. Z00l)): 


310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Srp. 


Peromyscus californicus insignis Rhoads 
Southern Parasitic Mouse 


Original description—Peromyscus insignis Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat Sci. Phila March 1e05 "pass: 

Type locality—Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Hesperomys californicus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in southern California from 
San Gabriel Mountains in Los Angeles County south to the 
Mexican line (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 238; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus eremicus eremicus (Baird) 
Desert White-footed Mouse 


Original description—Hesperomys eremicus Baird, Pac. R. 
R. Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 479, 480. 

Type locality—Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on Colorado desert and east- 
ern parts of Mohave desert, west to east base of San Jacinto 
Mountains, and north to the Death Valley region (Osgood, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 28, 1909, p. 242; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Peromyscus eremicus fraterculus (Miller) 
Dulzura White-footed Mouse 


Original description—V esperimus fraterculus Miller, Amer. 
Nat., 26, March, 1892, pp. 261-263. 

Type locality—Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 

Synonyms—Sitomys herroni Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 27, Sep- 
tember, 1893, pp. 832, 833 (type from San Bernardino Valley 
[= Reche Canyon], San Bernardino County, California) ; 
Sitomys herroni nigellus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
October, 1894, p. 257 (type from west Cajon Pass, San Ber- 
nardino County, California). 

Range—San Diegan district west of the desert divide, from 
Nordhoff, Ventura County, southeast to the Mexican line, 
chiefly in Lower Sonoran zone (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28, 
1909, p. 244; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 311 


Sigmodon hispidus eremicus Mearns 
Western Desert Cotton Rat 


Original description—Sigmodon hispidus erenucus Mearns, 
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, March 5, 1897, pp. 504, 505. 

Type locality—Cienaga Well, 30 miles south of Mexican 
boundary, on left bank of Colorado River, Sonora, Mexico. 

Range—Valley of the lower Colorado River, from near 
Palo Verde to near Pilot Knob (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma albigula venusta True 
Colorado Valley Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma venusta ‘True, soe, WW, Sy 
Nat. Mus., 17, June 27, 1894, p. 354. 

Type locality—Carrizo Creek, western Imperial County, 
California. 

Synonyms—Neotoma cumulator Mearns, ProcWuy St Nat. 
Mus., 20, March 5, 1897, p. 503 (type from Fort Yuma, Im- 
perial County, California); Neotoma desertorum grandis 
Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 247 
(type from Cameron Lake, near Tehachapi, Kern County, 
California ). 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in bed of the Colorado desert, 
from the Mexican line northwest at least to Mecca, Riverside 
County, west to extreme eastern San Diego County, and north 
along the Colorado River, at least to near Riverside Mountain ; 
also sporadically (?) to Cameron Lake, near Tehachapi, Kern 
County (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, p. 34; Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma intermedia intermedia Rhoads 
Intermediate Wood Rat 


Original description—N eotoma intermedia Rhoads, Amer. 
Nat., 28, January, 1894, pp. 69, 70. 

Type locality—Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 

Synonyms—Neotoma californica Price, Proc. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., 2nd ser., 4, May 9, 1894, pp. 154-156 (type from Bear 
Valley, San Benito County, California) ; Rhoads Wood Rat; 
Dulzura White-footed Wood Rat. 


312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones west of the desert 
divides, from the Mexican line in the San Diegan district north 
through the coast region into Monterey and San Benito 
counties; also in western foothills of extreme southern Sierra 
Nevada north as far as Porterville, Tulare County (Goldman, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, p. 44; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma intermedia gilva Rhoads 
Banning Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma imtermedia gilva Rhoads, 
Amer. Nat., 28, January, 1894, p. 70. 

Type locality—Banning, Riverside County, California. 

Synonym—Neotoma desertorum sola Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 9, July 2, 1894, p. 126 (type from San Emigdio, 
Kern County, California) ; Yellow Wood Rat. 

Range—Arid Upper and Lower Sonoran zones along the 
eastern edge of the main range of N. 1. intermedia, from Stan- 
ley, Fresno County, southeast to the Mexican line, and east 
through the Tehachapi region to the valley of the South Fork 
of the Kern River; the range of gilva thus lies irregularly be- 
tween that of intermedia and that of N. 1. desertorum (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.; Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, pp. 45, 46). 


Neotoma intermedia desertorum Merriam 
Desert Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma desertorum Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, July 2, 1894, pp. 125, 126. 

Type locality—Furnace Creek, Death Valley, Inyo County, 
California. i 

Synonym—Neotoma bella Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. 
Club, 1, July 31, 1899, pp. 66, 67 (type from Palm Springs, 
Riverside County, California). 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the southeast- 
ern deserts, from the Mexican line north through the Inyo 
region to the head of Owens Valley in Mono County, and in 
extreme eastern Lassen County; west southerly to the east 
base of the San Jacinto Mountains, in Riverside County, and 
to Antelope Valley, in northern Los Angeles County (Gold- 
man, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, p. 78; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 313 


Neotoma fuscipes fuscipes Baird 
Dusky-footed Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma fuscipes (Cooper, MS) 
Baird, Pac. R. R. Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 495, 496. 

Type locality—Petaluma, Sonoma County, California. 

Synonyms—Neotoma splendens True, Proc. U. S. Nat. 
“Mus., 17, June 27, 1894, p. 353 (type from Marin County, 
California) ; Neotoma fuscipes streatort, patt. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones north of San 
Francisco Bay, both coastwise and interiorly west of the Sacra- 
mento Valley, to the Oregon line; eastwards at the north 
through Siskiyou and Shasta counties as far as Haydenhill, 
Lassen County (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, pp. 
87-89; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma fuscipes streatori Merriam 
Streator Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma fuscipes streatori Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, July 2, 1894, p. 124. 

Type locality—Carbondale, Amador County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones along 
west slope of Sierra Nevada, from Tehama County south to 
near Porterville, Tulare County (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 
31, 1910, pp. 89, 90; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma fuscipes annectens Elliot 
Portola Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma fuscipes annectens Elliot, 
Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 1, March, 1898, pp. 201, 202. 

Type locality—Portola, San Mateo County, California. 

Synonyms—Neotoma fuscipes affinis Elliot, 1bid., pp. 202, 
203 (type from Alum Rock Park, Santa Clara County, Cali- 
fornia) ; Neotoma fuscipes, part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the coast 
region south from San Francisco Bay to Monterey Bay; thence 
interiorly and south along the inner coast ranges as far as the 
Carrizo Plain, San Luis Obispo County; east at the north to 
include the Mount Diablo and Mount Hamilton ranges (Gold- 
man, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, pp. 90, 91; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


August 26, 1913. 


nd 


314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Neotoma fuscipes simplex True 
Fort Tejon Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma macrotis simplex True, 
Proc) U.S) Nati Mins 77 ine) 275 sO 4 pe oe. 

Type locality—Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. 

Synonym—Neotoma fuscipes dispar Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 9, July 2, 1894, pp. 124, 125 (type from Lone 
Pine, Inyo County, California). 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone on the east and southeast 
slopes of the southern Sierra Nevada, in Inyo and Kern 
counties, thence west through the Tehachapi region to the 
vicinity of Tejon Pass and adjacent foothills to the north and 
south (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, pp. 91, 92; Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma fuscipes mohavensis Elliot 
Mohave Wood Rat 


Original description—Neotoma — fuscipes mohavensis 
Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 246. 

Type locality—Oro Grande, on Mohave River, San Ber- 
nardino County, California. 

Synonym—N cotoma fuscipes macrotis, part. 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones on the San Jacinto 
and San Bernardino mountains, including the adjacent foot- 
hills on the desert side; also from the latter mountains down 
along the Mohave River into the Mohave desert at least as far 
as Oro Grande (Elliot, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma fuscipes macrotis Thomas 
Long-eared Wood Rat 


Original description—Ncotoma macrotis Thomas, Ann. and 
Macs iNat btise, (Orn sermi2s September 895) pp Zs. 230K 
Type locality—San Diego, San Diego County, California. 
Synonym—Neotoma fuscipes cnemophila Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, March, 1904, pp. 267, 268 (type from Lock- 
wood Valley, near Mt. Pinos, Ventura County, California). 
Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones in the 
San Diegan district, northwest from the Mexican line, includ- 
ing also the narrow coast strip still farther northwards even to 


Vo. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 315 


Monterey (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, pp. 93, 94; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma cinerea cinerea (Ord) 
Gray Bushy-tailed Wood Rat 


Original description—“Mus cinereus Ord, Guthrie's Geog., 
DadeAmerveds 2, Welton. 292.4 

Type locality—Great Falls, Cascade County, Montana (fide 
Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, p. 95). 

Synonyms—T eonoma cinerea acraia Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, pp. 247, 248 (type really from 
Jordan Hot Springs, near Kern River, Sierra Nevada, Tulare 
County, California) ; Teonoma cinerea. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones along the cen- 
tral and southern Sierra Nevada from Nevada County south 
as far as Jackass Meadow (near Kern County line), Tulare 
County; also on the White and Inyo mountains, Mono and 
Inyo counties (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, Bi WONG coyoy Loy 
98; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Neotoma cinerea occidentalis Baird 
Western Bushy-tailed Wood Rat 


Original description—N eotoma occidentalis (Cooper, MS) 
Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1855, p. 335. 

Type locality—Shoalwater Bay, Pacific County, Washing- 
ton. 

Synonym—T eonoma cinerea occidentalis. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones of the northern end of 
the state; west nearly to the sea-coast north of Humboldt Bay ; 
east to the Warner Mountains, Modoc County; south along 
the inner coast ranges as far as mountains near Elk Creek, 
Glenn County, and along the Sierra Nevada through Plumas 
County (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31, 1910, p. 102; Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Phenacomys orophilus Merriam 
Mountain Lemming Mouse 


Original description—Phenacomys orophilus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 5, July, 1891, p. 66. 


316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type locality—Near head of Timber Creek, 10,500 feet alti- 
tude, Salmon River Mountains, Idaho. 

Range—Known only from three specimens taken in the 
Boreal zone on Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 
1899, p. 95), and one specimen taken at about 7500 feet alti- 
tude near Pyramid Peak, Eldorado County (Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 1, 1898, p. 204). 


Phenacomys albipes Merriam 
White-footed Lemming Mouse 


Original description—Phenacomys albipes Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soc. Wash ls. lly 19 190 ppl 25. Zo: 

Type locality—Redwoods near Arcata, Humboldt County, 
California. 

Range—The type specimen, taken in northwest humid 
Boreal, as above, represents the only locality of occurrence so 
far known. 

Phenacomys longicaudus True 


Long-tailed Lemming Mouse 


Original description—Phenacomys longicaudus True, Proc. 
UPS Nate Mas. 13) 13890 spp: 303; 304. 

Type locality—Marshfield, Coos County, Oregon. 

Range—One record for the state: one specimen found dead 
in a road near Mount Sanhedrin (Transition zone), Mendo- 
cino County (Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., July, 1904, 
Db SIS) - ' 

Evotomys mazama Merriam 
Mazama Red-backed Mouse 


Original description—Evotomys magama Merriam, Proc. 
Biols Soc Wash tle Apa 21 S97 np Z: 

Type locality—Crater Lake, Klamath County, Oregon. 

Range—Boreal zone on Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. © 
Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 95). 


Evotomys obscurus Merriam 
Dusky Red-backed Mouse 


Original description—Evotomys obscurus Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soc) Wash 1 April 21 1897e p72: 


Voz. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 317 


Type locality—Prospect, upper Rogue River Valley, Jack- 
son County, Oregon. 

Range—Boreal zone of northwestern California east of the 
humid coast belt and west of the main Sierran divide: Trinity 
Mountains (Jackson and Castle lakes, Siskiyou County) east 
to Carberry Ranch (near Montgomery Creek), Shasta County 
(Bailey, Proc) Biol Sec, Washi, 1101897, p) 133; Mus.) Vent: 
Zool.). 

Evotomys californicus Merriam 
California Red-backed Mouse 

Original description—Evotomys californicus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 4, October, 1890, p. 26. 

Type locality—Eureka, Humboldt County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone in the humid northwest coast belt, 
chiefly in the redwood forests, south as far as Willits, Mendo- 
cino County, interiorly to Fair Oaks, Humboldt County 
(Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, 1897, p. 134; Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Microtus montanus montanus (Peale) 
Peale Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Arvicola montana Peale, U. S. Ex- 
ploring Exped., 8, 1848, pp. 44, 45. 

Type locality—Headwaters of Sacramento River, near 
Mount Shasta, California (fide Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 
1900, p. 27). 

Synonyms—Arvicola longirostris Baird, Pac. R. R. Rep., 
8, 1857, pp. 530, 531 (type from upper Pitt River, California) ; 
Peale Vole. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the Modoc 
region, west to Sisson, Siskiyou County, and south along the 
Sierra Nevada at least to the Yosemite Valley (Bailey, supra 
Cli pce wNitisy Werk) Zool.) 


Microtus montanus dutcheri Bailey 
Mount Whitney Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Microtus dutcheri Bailey, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 12, April 30, 1898, p. 85. 

Type locality—Big Cottonwood Meadows, 10,000 feet alti- 
tude, near Mount Whitney, Inyo County, California. 


318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Synonym—Dutcher Vole. 

Range—Boreal zone of the extreme southern Sierra Nevada, 
in vicinity of Mount Whitney; south to Jackass Meadow, 
Tulare County, north to head of San Joaquin River, Fresno 
County, ((Bailey,Ne Amer shauna, 7,900) p35): Use View 
Zao 


Microtus californicus californicus (Peale) 
California Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Arvicola californica Peale, U. S. Ex-— 
ploring Exped., 8, 1848, p. 46, “pl. 11, fig. 2.” 

Type locality—San Francisco Bay, California. 

Synonyms—Arvicola trowbridgu Baird, Pac. R. R. Rep., 8, 
1857, p. 529 (type from Monterey, California) ; Arvicola mon- 
tana, part; California Vole; Microtus edax, part. 

Range—Both Sonoran and Transition zones throughout the 
state west of the Sierra Nevada and desert divides, including 
the San Diegan district, from the Mexican line north to the 
Oregon line, and east at the north to Shasta Valley, centrally 
to Onyx, Kern County; except bed of San Joaquin-Sacramento 
Valley, and narrow coast strip in vicinity of Cape Mendocino 
(Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 1900, p. 35; Mus. Vert. Zool.): 


Microtus californicus vallicola Bailey 
Owens Valley Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Microtus californicus vallicola Bailey, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, April 30, 1898, p. 89. 

Type locality—Lone Pine, Inyo County, California. 

Synonym—Valley Vole. 

Range—Suitable parts of Upper and Lower Sonoran zones 
on the Mohave desert and in the Inyo region; south to Victor- 
ville, San Bernardino County, east to Panamint Mountains, 
and north through Owens Valley to Alvord (Bailey, N. Amer. 
Bauna, 17) 1900, p.. son Wiss Viert Zool.) 


Microtus californicus constrictus Bailey 
Mendocino Meadow Mouse 


Original description — Microtus californicus constrictus 
Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, June, 1900, pp. 36, 37. 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 319 


Type locality—Cape Mendocino, near Capetown, Humboldt 
County, California. 

Synonym—Coast Vole, part. 

Range—Transition zone in northwest humid coast belt, at 
least from Capetown to Eureka and interiorly to Cuddeback 
and Fair Oaks; all these localities in Humboldt County (Mus. 
Wert. Zool). 

Microtus edax (Le Conte) 
Tule Meadow Mouse 

Original description—Arvicola edax Le Conte, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, October, 1853, p. 405. 

Type locality—California, somewhere south of San Fran- 
cisco (ide) Bands) Pac Ra Re Repi8, 1857;/p. 532). 

Synonym—Tule Vole. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones in suitable parts 
of San Joaquin and Sacramento valleys, north to near Marys- 
ville Buttes, south to Tulare Lake, and west to Cordelia Slough, 
Solano County (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 1900, p. 38; 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Microtus scirpensis Bailey 
Amargosa Meadow Mouse 

Original description—Microtus scirpensis Bailey, N. Amer. 
Pagal june: LOCOS pi iSS! 

Type locality—Amargosa River (near Nevada line), Inyo 
County, California. 

Synonym—Desert Vole. 

Range—Known only from a small tule marsh, Lower So- 
noran zone, at the type locality, as above. 


Microtus mordax mordax (Merriam) 
Cantankerous Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Arvicola mordax Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 5, July, 1891, pp. 61, 62. 

Type locality—Sawtooth (or Alturas) Lake, east foot of 
Sawtooth Mountains, Idaho. 

Synonym—Cantankerous Vole. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones along the whole Sierra 
Nevada, south to Taylor Meadow, Tulare County (close to 
Kern County line) ; also on White Mountains, Inyo County; 


320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


west in northern California to Trinity and Salmon Mountains, 
east to Warner Mountains (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 1900, 
p. 50; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Microtus mordax bernardinus Merriam 
San Bernardino Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Microtus mordax bernardinus Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, June 9, 1908, p. 145. 

Type locality—Dry Lake, 9000 feet altitude, San Bernar- 
dino Mountains, California. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones in the San Ber- 
nardino Mountains, San Bernardino County, California (Mer- 
riam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Microtus mordax angusticeps Bailey 
Northwest Coast Meadow Mouse 

Original description—Microtus angusticeps Bailey, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, April 30, 1898, p. 86. 

Type locality—Crescent City, Del Norte County, California. 

Synonym—Coast Vole, part. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in extreme northwest 
humid coast belt; south to Eureka, Humboldt County (Bailey, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 1900, p. 52; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Microtus oregoni oregoni (Bachman) 
Oregon Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Arvicola oregoni Bachman, Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, 1839, pp. 60, 61. 

Type locahty—Astoria, Oregon. 

Synonym—Oregon Vole. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in extreme northwest 
humid coast belt, south to Dyerville, Humboldt County, and 
interiorly to Hoopa Valley (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17, 1900, 
pe 7 Miasy Vert. Zool): 


Microtus oregoni adocetus Merriam 
Yolla Bolly Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Microtus oregoni adocetus Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, June 9, 1908, pp. 145, 146. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA Sit 


Type locality—South Yolla Bolly Mountain, Trinity County, 
California. 

Range—As far as known, only in Boreal zone at the type 
locality, as above. 


Lagurus curtatus (Cope) 
Short-tailed Meadow Mouse 


Original description—Arvicola curtata Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sei, Phila, 1868; p: 2: 

Type locality—Pigeon Spring, Mount Magruder, Nevada, 
near California boundary line. 

Synonym—Short-tailed Vole; Microtus curtatus. 

Range—Transition zone on the arid mountains in the Inyo 
region; Inyo and White mountains (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 
17, 1900, pp. 67, 68). 


Fiber zibethicus mergens Hollister 
Nevada Muskrat 


Original description—Fiber zibethicus mergens Hollister, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 23, February 2, 1910, p. 1. 

Type locality—Fallon, Churchill County, Nevada. 

Synonym—Ondatra zibethica mergens. 

Range—Extreme eastern part of Modoc region: Eagle Lake 
and Susanville, Lassen County (Hollister, N. Amer. Fauna, 
S27 LOVE pi 2720)))- 


Fiber zibethicus pallidus Mearns 
Pallid Muskrat 


Original description—Fiber zibethicus pallidus Mearns, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2, February, 1890, p. 280. 

Type locality—Old Fort Verde (Camp Verde), Yavapai 
County, Arizona. 

Synonym—Ondatra zibethica pallida. 

Range—Colorado River and tributary sloughs, from the 
Nevada line to the Mexican boundary; also irrigation canals in 
the Imperial Valley, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool. ; Hol- 
lister, N. Amer. Fauna, 32, 1911, pp. 28, 29). 


322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Epimys norvegicus (Erxleben) 
Norway Rat 


Original description—‘Mus norvegicus Erxleben, Syst. 
Reoni Anim 777.) sole 

Type locality—“Norway.” 

Synonyms—Brown Rat, part; Wharf Rat; Mus decumanus. 

Range—Almost everywhere in the settled portions of the 
state, chiefly in towns and cities. In the San Joaquin and 
Sacramento valleys, rats have invaded marshy tracts and occur 
along sloughs far from human habitations. ‘This is the most 
abundant species of non-native mammal outside of the house 
mouse. 


Epimys rattus (Linnaeus) 
Black Rat 


Original description—Mus rattus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat.,1, 
H/T, 105 (OM, 

Type locality—Sweden. 

Range—Occurs in relatively small numbers in San Francisco 
and neighboring cities of the San Francisco Bay region. Not 
native. 


Epimys alexandrinus (Geoffroy) 
Roof Rat 


Original description—‘“Mus alexandrinus Geoffroy, De- 
scription de l’Egypte, Mammiferes, 1818, p. 733.” 

Type locality—“Alexandria, Egypt.” 

Synonym—Brown Rat, part. 

Range—Occurs commonly in the larger cities of west-cen- 
tral California. Not native. 


* 


Mus musculus musculus Linnaeus 
House Mouse 


Original description—Mus musculus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 
LiLo spay: 

Type locality—Sweden. 

Range—Practically throughout the state around human 
settlements ; in the thickest settled valleys occurs widely over 
uncultivated land, often a mile or more from the nearest build- 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 323 


ing. An immigrant from Europe. | In west-central California 
a variation has appeared, of possible phylogenetic importance 
(Dice, Science, n. s., 35, 1912, pp. 834-836). 


Family GEOMYIDAE 
Thomomys bottae bottae (Eydoux and Gervais) 
California Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Oryctomys (Saccophorus) bottae 
Eydoux and Gervais, Mag. de Zool., Hel Ssou pe oy plate 

Type locality—Coast of California: Monterey (see Allen, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, 1893, p. 57). 

Synonyms—Thomomys talpoides bulbivorus; Thomomys 
bulbwworus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the San 
Francisco Bay region, south along the coast to Ventura County, 
and north at least through Marin County; east into Contra 
Costa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys bottae pallescens Rhoads 
San Diego Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Thomomys bottae pallescens Rhoads, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., March 19, 1895, p. 36. 

Type locality—Grapelands, San Bernardino County, Cali- 
fornia. . 

Synonym—Southern Pocket Gopher. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones in the San Diegan 


district, from the Mexican line northwest into Ventura County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys bottae laticeps Baird 
Humboldt Bay Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Thomomys  laticeps Baird: 9) Enoe: 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, April, 1855, p. 335. 

Type locality—Humboldt Bay, Humboldt County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonyms—Thomomys bottae, part; Broad-headed Pocket 
Gopher. 

Range—Transition zone in the humid coast belt in the vicin- 
ity of Humboldt Bay (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 41H Ser. 


Thomomys angularis angularis Merriam 
Los Bafios Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys angularis Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soe: Wash., 11, July 15.1897) p. 214. 

Type locality—Los Banos, Merced County, California. 

Synonym—San Joaquin Pocket Gopher. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on west side of 
San Joaquin Valley, at least from Los Banos, Merced County, 
north to Tracy, San Joaquin County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys angularis pascalis Merriam 
Fresno Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys angularis pascalis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, July 19, 1901, p. 111. 

Type locality—Fresno, San Joaquin Valley, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the southern San Joaquin 
Valley, from the vicinity of Bakersfield north at least to 
Fresno, and west as far as the Carrizo Plain, San Luis Obispo 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys mewa Merriam 
Digger Pine Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys mewa Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, June 9, 1908, p. 146. 

Type locality—Raymond, Madera County, California. 

Range—Digger Pine belt, in the Upper Sonoran zone, along 
the west base of the Sierra Nevada at least from Placer County 
south to Kern County (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys leucodon navus Merriam 
Red Bluff Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys leucodon navus Merriam, 
Proc) Biol Soc) Wash t4 a ialy ON OO py aalZ: 

Type locality—Red Bluff, Tehama County, California. 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in the Sacramento 
Valley. : 


Vo. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 325 


Thomomys fuscus fisheri Merriam 
Fisher Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys fuscus fisheri Merriam, 
Proc. Biol Soc Wash. £4. July19) 190L pps tii 1 r2: 

Type locality—Beckwith, Sierra Valley, Plumas County, 
California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in the Modoc 
region of northeastern California. 


Thomomys operarius Merriam 


Owens Lake Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Thomomys operarius Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, July 15, 1897, pp. 215, 216. 

Type locality—Keeler, Owens Lake, Inyo County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonym—Owens Valley Pocket Gopher. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone; restricted to the immediate 
vicinity of Owens Lake (Elliot, Field. Col. Mus., zool. ser., 
3, 1904, p. 300; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys scapterus Elliot 
Panamint Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys scapterus Elliot, Field. 
Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, pp. 248, 249. 

Type locality—Hannopee Canyon, Panamint Mountains, 
Inyo County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran (?) zone in the Panamint Moun- 
tains, Inyo County (Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1904, 
pasos 


Thomomys aureus perpes Merriam 
Lone Pine Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys aureus perpes Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, July 19, 1901, p. 111. 

Type locality—Lone Pine, Owens Valley, Inyo County, 
California. 

Synonyms—Thomomys  perpallidus  perpes; Thomomys 
perpallidus, part; Golden Pocket Gopher. 


326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the Mohave 
Desert, north through the Inyo region, south to north base 
of San Bernardino Mountains, west to Antelope Valley, in 

northern Los Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys albatus Grinnell 
Imperial Valley Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys albatus Grinnell, Univ. 
(Calne Jebiok Zoolk, Woy Iie 7, IOIZ. oro WAZ. 7S) 

Type locality—California side of lower Colorado River at 
the old Hanlon Ranch, near Pilot Knob, Imperial County. 

Synonyms—Thomomys fulvus, part; Thomomys perpal- 
lidus, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the delta area on the 
Colorado Desert in Imperial County, from near Pilot Knob 
west to Carrizo Creek and north to Salton Sea (Grinnell, 
supra cit., pp. 173, 174). 


Thomomys perpallidus Merriam 
Palm Springs Pocket Gopher 
Original description—Thomomys talpoides perpallidus Mer- 
riam, Science, 8, December 24, 1886, p. 588. 
Type locality—Palm Springs, Riverside County, California 
(see Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 138). 
Synonyms—Thomomys fulvus perpallidus; Pallid Pocket 
Gopher ; Pale-colored Gopher. 
_ Range—Lower Sonoran zone at extreme northwest border 
of Colorado Desert in vicinity of Palm Springs, Riverside 
County (Grinnell, Univ. Calif, Publ. Zool., 10, 1912, p. 173). 


Thomomys cabezonae Merriam 
Cabezon Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys cabezonae Merriam, Proc. 
BHO Storey Weisinns Nah rey WO MOOI, yey JUNO) 

Type locality—Cabezon, San Gorgonio Pass, Riverside 
County, California. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones in San Gorgonio 
Pass and adjacent foothills, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


VoL. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA SRT 


Thomomys nigricans Rhoads 
Tawny Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Thomomys fulvus mgricans Rhoads, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., March 19, 1895, p. 36. 

Type locality—Witch Creek, San Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Thomomys fulvus, part; Dark-colored Gopher. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones in the 
San Diegan district, from near the Mexican line north to the 
west side of the San Jacinto Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys altivallis Rhoads 
San Bernardino Mountain Pocket Gopher 

Original description—Thomomys altwallis Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., March 19, 1895, pp. 34, 35. 

Type locality—San Bernardino Mountains, 5000 feet alti- 
tude, San Bernardino County, California. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the San Bernar- 
dino and San Jacinto mountains, San Bernardino and River- 
side counties (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys alpinus alpinus Merriam 
Mount Whitney Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys alpinus Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, July 15, 1897, p. 216. 

Type locality—Cottonwood Meadows, 10,000 feet altitude, 
8 miles southeast of Mount Whitney, in Inyo County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonym—Alpine Pocket Gopher. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the southern Sierra 
Nevada, from Taylor Meadow (near Kern County line), 
Tulare County, north at least to head of Kern River, Tulare 
County; ranging also down on the adjacent east slopes, in 
Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys alpinus awahnee Merriam 
Yosemite Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys alpinus awahnee Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, June 9, 1908, pp. 146, 147. 


328 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type locality—Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Range—As far as known, Transition zone in Yosemite 
Valley (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Thomomys monticola Allen 
Sierra Nevada Pocket Gopher 


Original description—Thomomys monticola Allen, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, April 28, 1893, p. 48. 

Type locahity—Mount Tallac, 7500 feet altitude, Eldorado 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Mountain Pocket Gopher ; Pine Woods Gopher ; 
Thomomys monticola pinetorum Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 
16, October, 1899, p. 97 (type from Sisson, Siskiyou County, 
California ). 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the northern Sierra 
Nevada, from the Tahoe region north to Mount Shasta, thence 
west through the Trinity Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Family HETEROMYIDAE 


Perognathus panamintinus panamintinus Merriam 
Panamint Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus longimembris  pana- 
mintinus Merriam, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., September 27, 
1894, p. 265. 

Type locality—Perognathus Flat, altitude 5200 feet, Pana- 
mint Mountains, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone on the Panamint Mountains, 
Inyo County (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, pp. 28, 29). 


Perognathus panamintinus bangsi Mearns 
Bangs Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus longimembris bangst 
Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10, August 31, 1898, 
p. 300. 

Type locality—Palm Springs, Colorado Desert, Riverside 
County, California. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 329 


Synonyms—Perognathus panamintinus arenicola Stephens, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 13, June 13, 1900, p. 153 (type from 
San Felipe Narrows, eastern San Diego County, California) ; 
Perognathus pericalles Elliot, Field Col. Mus., Zool. ser, 3, 
December, 1903, pp. 252, 253 (type from Keeler, Inyo County, 
California). 

Range—Lower Sonoran and low Upper Sonoran zones in 
the Colorado and Mohave desert region, west to the eastern 
margin of the San Diegan district, and north through the Inyo 
region to the head of Owens Valley (Osgood, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 18, 1900, pp. 29, 30; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus panamintinus brevinasus Osgood 
Short-nosed Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus panamintinus brevinasus 
Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, September, 1900, p. 30. 

Type locality—San Bernardino, San Bernardino County, 
California. 

Synonym—Perognathus longimembris, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran, and low Upper Sonoran zones in 
the San Diegan district, from the Mexican line northwest at 
least to San Fernando Valley, Los Angeles County (Osgood, 
supra cit., p. 31; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus elibatus Elliot 
Mount Pinos Pocket Mouse 

Original description—Perognathus elibatus Elliot, Field 
Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 252. 

Type locality—Lockwood Valley, altitude 5500 feet, near 
Mount Pinos, Ventura County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone, in Lockwood Valley, near 
Mount Pinos, Ventura County (Elliot, supra cit.; also ibid., 
March, 1904, p. 307). 


Perognathus pacificus Mearns . 
Pacific Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus paciicus Mearns, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10, August 31, 1898, p. 299. 


August 26, 1913. 


330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type locality—Mexican boundary monument no. 258, shore 
of Pacific Ocean, near Tia Juana, San Diego County, Califor- 
nia. 

Range—Apparently Upper Sonoran zone close to the ocean 
shore; known only from the type locality, and from a similar 
place in the extreme northwestern corner of San Diego County 
(Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 165). 


Perognathus bombycinus Osgood 
Yuma Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus bombycinus Osgood, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 20, February 23, 1907, pp. 19, 20. 

Type locality—Yuma, Arizona. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in extreme southeastern 
corner of Imperial County: vicinity of Pilot Knob (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Perognathus longimembris longimembris (Coues) 
San Joaquin Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Otognosis longimembris Coues, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., August, 1875, p. 305. 

Type locality—Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. 

Synonyms—Perognathus mornatus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 1, October, 1889, p. 15 (type from Fresno, California) ; 
Cricetodipus parvus; Perognathus parvus. 

Range—Sonoran zones in the San Joaquin and Sacramento 
valleys, from Fort Tejon, Kern County, north to Sites, Colusa 
County, (Musy Vers) Zool; Vaylor Uni, (alin) Publ Zool 
LOMOT2ZT ppalaondlio2))» 


Perognathus longimembris neglectus Taylor 
McKittrick Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus longimembris neglectus 
Maylor, Univ, Caliz Puls Zool, 10) May 21s ao pi lhoon 

Type locality—McKittrick, Kern County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on west side of southern San 
Joaquin Valley: vicinity of McKittrick, Kern County, and 
Simmler, Carrizo Plain, San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Voz. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 331 


Perognathus parvus mollipilosus Coues 
Coues Pocket Mouse 

Original description—Perognathus mollipilosus Coues, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., August 1875, p. 296. 

Type locality—Fort Crook (about 2 miles northeast of 
Burgettville), Shasta County, California. 

Synonym—Perognathus monticola. 

Range—Upper Sonoran, Transition, and lower Boreal zones 
in the Modoc region, from Mount Shasta and vicinity east to 
the Warner Mountains, and south to Vinton, Plumas County 
(Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 37; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus parvus olivaceus Merriam 
Great Basin Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus olivaceus Merriam, N. 
Amer iaunaie Ocroper, ISSO polis, le, 

Type locahty—Kelton, Boxelder County, Utah. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones east of 
the Sierra Nevada, from Long Valley, Mono County, south to 
foothills due west of Independence, Inyo County; also at 
Lower Alkali Lake, extreme eastern border of Modoc County 
(Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 38; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus parvus magruderensis Osgood 
Mount Magruder Pocket Mouse 

Original descripiion—Perognathus parvus magruderensis 
Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, September, 1900, p. 38. 

Type locality—Mount Magruder, 8000 feet altitude, Esmer- 
alda County, Nevada. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones on the desert 
ranges of the Inyo region, from the White Mountains south to 
the Panamint and Coso ranges (Osgood, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. 
Zool 


Perognathus xanthonotus Grinnell 
Walker Pass Pocket Mouse 
Original description—Perognathus xanthonotus Grinnell, 
Rrocsbiokesoe, Wash. 25, \uly Sl) 1902) pp l27 128: 
Type locality—Freeman Canyon, 4900 feet altitude, east 
slope of Walker Pass, Kern County, California. 


332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Range—Tree-yucca belt (high Lower Sonoran and low 
Upper Sonoran zones) in vicinity of Walker Pass, Kern 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus alticola Rhoads 
White-eared Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus alticolus Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., December, 1893, p. 412. 

Type locality—Squirrel Inn, near Little Bear Valley, San 
Bernardino Mountains, San Bernardino County, California. 

Range—Known only from the lower Transition zone in the 
near vicinity of the type locality (Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 
1906, p. 166). 


Perognathus baileyi baileyi Merriam 


Bailey Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus baileyi Merriam, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., September 27, 1894, pp. 262, 263. 

Type locality—Magdalena, Sonora, Mexico. 

Range—Agave belt of Upper Sonoran zone at Mountain 
Spring, near Mexican boundary, San Diego County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus formosus Merriam 
Long-tailed Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus formosus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 1, October, 1889, pp. 17, 18. 

Type locality—St. George, Washington County, Utah. 

Synonym—Perognathus mesembrinus Elliot, Field. Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 251 (type from Palm 
Springs, Colorado Desert, Riverside County, California). 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in portions of the 
Mohave desert region; northwest through the Inyo region at 
least to Lone Pine and the Inyo Mountains; southwest to the 
north base of the San Bernardino Mountains and to La Puerta, 
eastern San Diego County; southeast to the Colorado River 
at Pilot Knob, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool.; Osgood, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 41). 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 333 


Perognathus penicillatus penicillatus Woodhouse 
Colorado Desert Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus penicillatus Woodhouse, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, December, 1852, pp. 200, 201. 

Type locality—Somewhere near San Francisco Mountain, 
Arizona, possibly Little Colorado Desert (see Osgood, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 45). 

Synonym—Perognathus penicillatus angustirostris Osgood, 
supra cit., p. 47 (type from Carrizo Creek, western edge of 
Colorado Desert, Imperial County, California). 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on Colorado Desert, west to 
La Puerta, eastern San Diego County, northwest to Cabezon, 
Riverside County, and north along the Colorado River bottom 
to Needles (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus penicillatus stephensi Merriam 
Stephens Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus stephensi Merriam, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., September 27, 1894, p. 267. 

Type locality—Mesquite Valley, northwest arm of Death 
_ Valley, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Mohave Desert: Death 
Valley, Inyo County, south to Victorville, San Bernardino 
County (Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1904, p. 309; 
itisHViereZool). 


Perognathus fallax fallax Merriam 
San Diego Short-eared Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus fallax Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 1, October, 1889, pp. 19, 20. 

Type lpn ieee aehe Canyon, 3 miles southeast of Colton, 
San Bernardino County, California (fide Osgood, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 55). 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in southern part of the San 
Diegan district, from the Mexican line northwest at least to 
the vicinity of Riverside (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


334 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Perognathus fallax pallidus Mearns 
Pallid Short-eared Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus fallax pallidus Mearns, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, August 9, 1901, pp. 135, 136. 

Type locality—Mountain Spring, east slope of coast range 
near Mexican boundary, in San Diego County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone along western rim of Colo- 
rado and Mohave deserts, from the Mexican line northwest 
at least to Victorville; in other words, east slope of main moun: 
tain divides in San Diego, Riverside and San Bernardino 
counties (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus californicus californicus Merriam 
California Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus californicus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 1, October, 1889, p. 26. 

Type loca Bercy, Alameda County, Galion. 

Synonyms—Perognathus armatus Merriam, supra cit., p. 
27 (type from Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County, Califor- 
nia); Perognathus californicus dispar Osgood, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 58 (type from Carpinteria, Santa Bar- 
bara County, California), part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in west central California, 
south of Golden Gate and Strait of Carquinez; south through 
the northern part of the San Diegan district at least to and 
including Los Angeles County; also western foothills of south- 
ern Sierra Nevada north at least to Raymond, Madera County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.; Osgood, supra cit., p. 59). 


Perognathus californicus ochrus Osgood 
Kern County Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus californicus ochrus Os- 
good, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, June 9, 1904, p. 128. 

Type locality—Santiago Springs, 16 miles southwest of 
McKittrick, Kern County, California. 

Synonym—Perognathus californicus dispar, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the southern San Joaquin 
Valley, west to Cuyama Valley, and north to Alcalde, Fresno 
County (Osgood, supra cit.). 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 335 


Perognathus californicus femoralis Allen 
Dulzura Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus femoralis Allen, Bull. 
Aimets Mus: Nat. Elist:, 3, june 30, 1389) po. 261. 

Type locality—Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Perognathus californicus dispar, part; Great 
California Pocket Mouse. 

Range—High Upper Sonoran zone in the San Diegan dis- 
trict, from the Mexican line north to the southwest slopes of 
the San Bernardino Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perognathus spinatus spinatus Merriam 
Spiny Pocket Mouse 


Original description—Perognathus spinatus Merriam, N. 
“Ainera anal October tasOr myZ i: 

Type locality—California side of the Colorado River, 25 
miles below The Needles, San Bernardino County. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on hilly parts of the Colorado 
desert, from the Mexican line northwest to Palm Springs, 
Riverside County, and along the Colorado River to near 
Needles (Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18, 1900, p. 60; Mus. 
Wert.7Zooly)- 


Perodipus agilis agilis (Gambel) 
Gambel Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys agilis Gambel, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 4, August, 1848, pp. 77, 78. 

Type locality—Los Angeles, Los Angeles County, Califor- 
nia. 

Synonyms—Gambel Pocket Rat; ?Dipodomys heermanni Le 
Conte: genocs Acadi Nat. Sci Phila.. January, 18535, p: 224. 
(type taken by Heermann in the “Sierra Nevada’’—possibly 
Fort Tejon) ; ?7Dipodomys wagneri Le Conte, /. c. (no locality ; 
possibly not from California). 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in the San Diegan 
district, from the Mexican line northwest at least into Ventura 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


336 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Perodipus agilis tularensis Merriam 
Tulare Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus agilis tularensis Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 143. 

Type locality—Alila (=Earlimart), Tulare County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the southern San Joaquin 
Valley, at least from near Bakersfield northwest to Los Bafios, 
Merced County; west to Carrizo Plain and Cuyama Valley, 
San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perodipus perplexus Merriam 
Walker Basin Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus perplexus Merriam, Proc. 
BiolwSoc.) Wash, 20) |ulye2Z 00907, i) 79) 

Type locality—Walker Basin, Kern County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone of the foothills and small in- 
terior valleys of the southern Sierra and Tejon Mountains, 
from Walker Basin to Tejon Pass (Merriam, supra cit.). 


Perodipus morroensis Merriam 
Morro Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus morroensis Merriam, Proc. 
Biol! Sec. Wash 20) july, 22) 19075 ppy 7s. 79: 

Type locality—Morro, San Luis Obispo County, California. 

Range—Known only from the original description, as above. 


Perodipus goldmani Merriam 
Goldman Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus goldmani Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 143. 

Type locality—Salinas, mouth of Salinas Valley, Monterey 
County, California. 

Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 337 


/ 


Perodipus venustus Merriam 
Santa Cruz Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus venustus Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 142. 

Type locality—Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz County, California. 

Synonym—Santa Cruz Pocket Rat. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone south from San Francisco Bay 
through the Santa Cruz district at least to the Santa Lucia 
Mountains, Monterey County (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 

Perodipus streatori streatori Merriam 


Streator Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus streatori Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, July 21, 1894, pp. 113, 114. 

Type locality—Carbondale, Amador County, California. 

Synonym—Streator Pocket Rat. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone along lower west slope of 
central Sierra Nevada. 


Perodipus streatori simulans Merriam 
Dulzura Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus streatori simulans Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 144. 

Type locality—Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 

Range—Dulzura and Twin Oaks, in San Diego County, 
“and thence northward at least to Morro in San Luis Obispo 
County” (Merriam, supra cit.). 


Perodipus ingens Merriam 
Carrizo Plain Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus ingens Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, pp. 141, 142. 

Type locality—Painted Rock, 20 miles southeast of Simmler, 
Carrizo Plain, San Luis Obispo County, California. 

Synonym—Big Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on west side of southern San 
Joaquin Valley: vicinity of McKittrick, Kern County; Carrizo 
Plain, San Luis Obispo County; and Cuyama Valley, in 
extreme northern Santa Barbara County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


338 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Perodipus panamintinus Merriam 
Panamint Kangaroo Rat 

Original description—Perodipus panamintinus Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, June 21, 1894, p. 114. 

Type locality—Head of Willow Creek, Panamint Mountains, 
Inyo County, California. 

Synonym—Panamint Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones throughout the 
Inyo region, and west along northern border of Mohave 
desert at least to Antelope Valley, northern Los Angeles 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Perodipus cabezonae Merriam 
Cabezon Kangaroo Rat 
Original description—Perodipus cabezonae Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, pp. 144, 145. 
Type locality—Cabezon, Colorado Desert, Riverside County, 
California. 
Range—Known only from the type locality, as above. 


Perodipus stephensi Merriam 
Stephens Kangaroo Rat 
Original description—Perodipus stephensi Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soci Wash ZO. iuly 22 907s Ae! 
Type locality—San Jacinto Valley, Riverside County, Calli- 


fornia. 
Range—Known only from the original description, as above. 


Perodipus microps microps Merriam 
Small-faced Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus microps Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 145. 

Type locality—Lone Pine, Owens Valley, Inyo County, 
California. 

Synonym—lInyo Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones of the Mohave 
desert and Inyo regions; north to near Benton, Mono County ; 
south to Victorville, San Bernardino County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Vou. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 339 


Perodipus microps levipes Merriam 
Light-footed Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Perodipus microps levipes Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 145. 

Type locality—Perognathus Flat, Emigrant Gap, Panamint 
Mountains, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Known only from the original description, as above. 


Dipodomys deserti deserti Stephens 
Big Desert Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys deserti Stephens, Amer. 
Nat., 21, January, 1887, pp. 42-49, pl. 5. 

Type locality—Mohave River, near Hesperia, San Bernar- 
dino County, California. 

Synonym—Desert Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts ; west to Carrizo Creek, western Imperial County, and 
to Palm Springs, Riverside County; north at least to Ballarat, 
Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.; Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. 
ser., 3, 1904, p. 304). 


Dipodomys deserti helleri Elliot 
Heller Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys deserti helleri Elliot, Field 
Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 249. 

Type locality—Keeler, Owens Lake, Inyo County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in near vicinity of Owens 
Lake, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami simiolus Rhoads 
Allied Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys simiolus Rhoads, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1893), January, 1894, pp. 410, 411. 

Type locality—Agua Caliente (=Palm Springs), Riverside 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Dipodomys similis Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. (1893), January, 1894, p. 411 (type from White- 


340 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


water, Riverside County, California); Mimic Pocket Rat; 
?Dipodomys phillips, part. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the Colorado 
and Mohave deserts and the included and adjacent mountain 
ranges, from the Mexican line north to the Inyo region, west 
to the east slopes of the San Jacinto and San Bernardino 
mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami parvus Rhoads 
San Bernardino Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys parvus Rhoads, Amer. 
Nat., 28, January, 1894, pp. 70, 71. 

Paahe locality—San Bernardino, San Bereurdine County, 
California. 

Synonym—San Bernardino Pocket Pe 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the San Diegan district, 
from near the Mexican line north at least to the Cajon Wash, 
near San Bernardino (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami nitratus Merriam 
Keeler Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys merriami nitratus Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, June 21, 1894, p. 112. 

Type locality—Keeler, Owens Lake, Inyo County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonym—Keeler Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the near vicinity of Owens 
Lake, Inyo County (Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1904, 
pe sOZ Mise Vien Zools): 


Dipodomys merriami mortivallis Elliot 
Death Valley Kangaroo Rat 
Original description—Dipodomys merriami mortivallis 
Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, pp. 250, 
Zoi 
Type locality—Furnace Creek, Death Valley, Inyo County, 
California. 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 341 


Range—Lower Sonoran zone in Death Valley and adjacent 
parts of the desert floor, Inyo County (Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
zool. ser., 3, 1904, p. 303). 


Dipodomys merriami nevadensis Merriam 
Nevada Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys merriami nevadensis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, June 21, 1894, pp. 111, 1: 
Type locality—Pyramid Lake, Washoe County, Nevada. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones along the east- 
central border of the state, in Mono and Inyo counties, south 
into Owens Valley (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami kernensis Merriam 
Kern Valley Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys merriami kernensis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 20, July 22, 1907, pp. 77, 78. 

Type locality—Onyx, Kern County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on west slope of Sierran 
divide in Kern Valley, Kern County: Onyx, Weldon and 
Kelso Creek (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami nitratoides Merriam 
Tipton Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys merriami nitratoides Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, June 21, 1894, p. 112. 

Type locality—Tipton, Tulare County, California. 

Synonym—Tulare Pocket Rat. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in bed of southern San Joaquin 
Valley, chiefly if not altogether on the west-side alkali plains, 
from near Tulare Lake to Bakersfield (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Dipodomys merriami exilis Merriam 
Fresno Kangaroo Rat 
Original description—Dipodomys merriami exilis Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 9, June 21, 1894, p. 113. 
Type locality—Fresno, San Joaquin Valley, California. 
Synonym—Least Pocket Rat. 
Range—Known only from the original description, as above. 


342 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Dipodomys californicus Merriam 
California Kangaroo Rat 


Original description—Dipodomys californicus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 4, October, 1890, p. 49. 

Type locality—Ukiah, Mendocino County, California. 

Synonyms—Dipodomys californicus palliidulus Bangs, Proc. 
New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, July 31, 1899, pp. 65, 66 (type from 
Sites, Colusa County, California); California Pocket Rat; 
Dipodomys phillipu, part. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones in 
northwestern California; south to Nicasio, Marin County, 
north to Scott River Valley, Siskiyou County, east to Chico, 
Butte County, and Vacaville, Solano County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 

Microdipodops californicus Merriam 
Sierra Valley Kangaroo Mouse 

Original description—Microdipodops californicus Merriam, 
IPoc, Biol, Soe, Warsiag, wah Jhmihy WS), WON so, Is, 

Type locality—Sierra Valley, near Vinton, Plumas County, 
California. 

Synonym—California Dwarf Pocket Rat. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone; known only from the type 
locality, as above. 


Family ZAPODIDAE 


Zapus major Preble 
Warner Mountain Jumping Mouse 

Original description—Zapus major Prebie, N. Amer. Fauna, 
15, August 8, 1899, pp. 24, 25. 

Type locality—Warner Mountains, Lake County, Oregon. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the mountains of 
eastern Modoc County, from Goose Lake and Sugar Hill, south 
to Warren Peak, Warner Mountains (Taylor, Univ. Calif. 
Publ Zoolk 7, 19 py Zee Nincw Viens Zook): 


Zapus trinotatus trinotatus Rhoads 
Northwestern Jumping Mouse 


Original description—Zapus trinotatus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila. (1894), January 15, 1895, pp. 421, 422. 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 343 


Type locality—Lulu Island, mouth of Fraser River, British 
Columbia, Canada. 

Range—Boreal zone in extreme northern humid coast belt: 
Crescent City, Del Norte County, and Carson’s Camp on Mad 
River, Humboldt County (Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 15, 1899, 
pprZor 27). 


Zapus trinotatus alleni Elliot 
Allen Jumping Mouse 


Origmal description—Zapus allent Elliot, Field Col. Mus., 
ANON Sere, Ie Wileseela, Ikseioy yojon AibZ Zils 

Type locality—Pyramid Peak, in Eldorado County, near 
Lake Tahoe, California. 

Range—Boreal zone on the Sierra Nevada, from Kern Peak, 
Tulare County, north to Mount Shasta, thence west through 
the Trinity Mountains, in Trinity and Siskiyou counties (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Zapus orarius Preble 
Point Reyes Jumping Mouse 


Origmal description—Zapus orarius Preble, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 15, Aueust 8, 1899) pp. 29, 30. 

Type locality—Point Reyes, Marin County, California. 

Synonym—Coast Jumping Mouse; Zapus pacificus, part. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones in humid coast 
belt, from Point Reyes north to Humboldt Bay (Preble, supra 
Hin Vise Niett Wool). 


Zapus pacificus Merriam 
Pacific Jumping Mouse 


Original description—Zapus pacificus Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 11, April 26, 1897, p. 104. 

Type locality—Prospect, Rogue River Valley, Jackson 
County, Oregon. 

Range—One record: Little Shasta Creek, Siskiyou County, 
one specimen, “not typical” (Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 15, 
1899, pp. 30, 31; Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 99). 


344. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Family ERETHIZONTIDAE 


Erethizon epixanthum epixanthum Brandt 
Yellow-haired Porcupine 


Original description—‘Erethizon epixanthus Brandt, Mem. 
Acad Sit Retersburo, 1835,(p) 390" pisn Ta Ol: 

Type locahity—California (or Unalaska).” 

Synonym—Erethizon dorsatus epixanthus. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones along the Sierra 
Nevada, from Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 
1899, p. 98) to the vicinity of Mount Whitney (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. ). 


Family APLODONTIIDAE 
Aplodontia californica (Peters) 
Sierra Mountain Beaver 


Original description—Haplodon leporinus var. californicus 
Peters, Monats. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, pp. 177-179. 

Type locality—The Sierra of California. 

Synonym—A plodontia major Merriam, Ann. New York 
Acad. Sci., 3, May, 1886, p. 316 (type from Sierra Nevada, 
in Placer County, California) ; Haplodontia rufa californica; 
California Sewellel; California Mountain Beaver. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on the central 
Sierra Nevada, Mount Shasta, and the Trinity and Siskiyou 
mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool. ; Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, 
p. 94). 

Aplodontia phaea Merriam 


Point Reyes Mountain Beaver 


Origmal description—Aplodontia phaea Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 13, January 31, 1899, p. 20. 

Type locality—Point Reyes, Marin County, California. 

Synonyms—Haplodontia phaea; Dark Sewellel; ?Haplodon 
rufus. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones in the humid north- 
west coast belt, south as far as Lagunitas, Marin County (Mus. 
Mer Zool): 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 345 


Family SCIURIDAE 
Marmota flaviventer (Audubon and Bachman) 
Yellow-bellied Marmot 


Original description—Arctomys flaviventer Audubon and 
Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., October, 1841, pp. 99, 
100. 

Type locality—Mountains between Texas and California. 

Synonym—Y ellow-bellied Woodchuck. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on the Sierra 
Nevada from Cannell Meadow (near Kern County line), 
Tulare County, north at least to Nevada County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Citellus beecheyi douglasi (Richardson) 
Douglas Ground Squirrel 


Original description-—Arctomys douglasii Richardson, 
Fauna Boreali-Americana, 1, 1829, p. 172. 

Type locality—Banks of the Columbia River, Oregon. 

Synonyms—Citellus douglasi; Citellus variegatus douglasi; 
Spermophilus grammurus douglasi; Citellus grammurus doug- 
lasi. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones throughout 
northern California, north from San Francisco Bay to the 
Oregon line; east across the upper end of the Sacramento 
Valley and through the Shasta and Modoc regions to the 
Warner Mountains. The range of douglasi is restricted to 
the west side of the Sacramento River north as far as Butte 
Creek, when it spreads northeast across the Valley to take in 
Chico and the mountain mass beyond, including Lassen Peak 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.; Merriam, Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv. 
Cire /Oe OO ppiZ; de 


Citellus beecheyi beecheyi (Richardson) 
California. Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Arctomys beecheyi Richardson, Fauna 
Boreali-Americana, 1, 1829, p. 170, pl. 12. 

Type locality—Neighborhood of San Francisco and Monte- 
rey, in California. 


August 26, 1913. 


346 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Synonyms—Digger Squirrel; Beechey Ground Squirrel; 
Spermophilus beecheyi; Spermophilus grammurus beecheyi; 
Citellus variegatus beechey1; Citellus grammurus beecheyi. 

Range—Upper Sonoran, Lower Sonoran and Transition 
zones of west-central California, south from San Francisco 
Bay throughout the coast region as far as Ventura County; 
also Sacramento Valley east of Sacramento River and south 
of Butte and Lassen counties; also northern portion of the 
San Joaquin Valley and west slope of middle Sierra Nevada 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.; Merriam, Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv. 
Circ 7O.1 10M poZi3)). 


Citellus beecheyi fisheri (Merriam) 
Fisher Ground Squirrel 


Original -description—Spermophilus beecheyi fishers Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol: Soc. Wash., 8, December 28, 1893; ppy 133; 
134. 

Type locality—Kern Valley, 25 miles above (= east of) 
Kernville, Kern County, California. 

Synonyms—sS permophilus grammurus fisher; Citellus varie- 
gatus fishert; Citellus grammurus fishers. 

Range—Lower Sonoran, Upper Sonoran, and Transition 
zones in the southern San Joaquin Valley and surrounding 
mountains, north at least to Madera County; east over the 
southern Sierra Nevada and on the desert ranges of the Inyo 
region as far east as the Panamint Mountains; and south 
through the San Diegan district and adjacent edges of the 
Mohave and Colorado deserts to the Mexican line (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) Meruiam) Dept. Acre, bur Biols Sir.) @ines 70. oiOs 


pp. 2, 3). 
Citellus beecheyi nesioticus Elliot 


Catalina Island Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Citellus nesioticus Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, March, 1904, pp. 263, 264. 

Type locality—Santa Catalina Island, Santa Barbara group, 
California. 

Range—Santa Catalina Island (Elliot, supra cit.). 


Vou. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 347 


Citellus variegatus grammurus (Say) 
Rock Squirrel 


Original description—Sciurus grammurus Say, in Long’s 
Exped. Rocky Mts., 2, 1823, p. 72. 

Type locality—Purgatory River, near mouth of Chacuaco 
Creek, Las Animas County, Colorado (fide Cary, N. Amer. 
leaveroe, Sis}, WEN a. By), 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in extreme eastern 
San Bernardino County: Province Mountains and canyons 
of the Colorado River (Merriam, Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. 
Suny Cine.70y LOlOlsp. 2); 


Citellus tereticaudus tereticaudus (Baird) 
Round-tailed Ground Squirrel 


Original description—S permophilus tereticaudus Baird, Pac. 
Ro RiRep 8, 1857; pp. 315, 316. 

Type locality—Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Synonym—Round-tailed Spermophile. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado desert, in 
Imperial County, west to La Puerta, eastern San Diego 
County; north along the valley of the Colorado River as far 
as Needles (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Citellus tereticaudus chlorus Elliot 
Palm Springs Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Citellus chlorus Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 242. 

Type locality—Palm Springs, Riverside County, California. 

Synonym—Pale Spermophile. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the extreme west end of 
the Colorado Desert: Mecca northwest to Whitewater, River- 
side County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Citellus eremonomus Elliot 
Death Valley Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Citellus eremonomus Elliot, Field 
Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 243. 


348 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type locality—Furnace Creek, Death Valley, Inyo County, 
California. 

Synonym—Death Valley Spermophile. 

Range—Death Valley, Inyo County (Elliot, supra cit.). 


Citellus mohavensis (Merriam) 
Mohave Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Spermophilus mohavensis Merriam, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 2, October, 1889, p. 15. 

Type locality—Mohave River, above Victorville, San Ber- 
nardino County, California. 

Synonyms—Citellus tereticaudus mohavenis; Mohave Desert 
Spermophile. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on souiines ean part of 
Mohave Desert (as above), northeast to Daggett (Elliot, 
Field Col. Mus., zool. ser., 3, 1904, p. 291; Stephens, Calif. 
Mammals, 1906, p. 72). 


Citellus mollis stephensi (Merriam) 
Stephens Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Spermophilus mollis stephensi Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, March 24, 1898, pp. 69, 70. 

Type locality—Queen Saisie, near head of Owens valley, 
in Esmeralda County, Nevada. 

Synonym—Stephens Spermophile. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in extreme east-central Cali- 
fornia: head of Owens Valley, Mono County (Merriam, supra 
cit.; Stephens, Calif. Mammals, 1906, p. 71). 


Citellus oregonus (Merriam) 
Oregon Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Spermophilus oregonus Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, March 24, 1898, p. 69. 

Type locality—Swan Lake Valley, Klamath Basin, Klamath 
County, Oregon. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in eastern 
part of Modoc region: Alturas; Sugar Hill; Warner Moun- 
tains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Voz. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 349 


Citellus beldingi (Merriam) 
Belding Ground Squirrel 
Original description—S permophilus beldingi Merriam, Ann. 
New York Acad. Sci., 4, December 28, 1888, pp. 317-320. 
Type locality—Donner, Placer County, California. 
Synonym—Belding Spermophile. 
Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the central Sierra 


Nevada, at least from Nevada County to Eldorado County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Eutamias pictus (Allen) 
Sage-brush Chipmunk 

Original description—Tamias minimus pictus Allen, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, June, 1890, p. 115. 

Type locality—Kelton, Boxelder County, Utah. 

Synonym—Tamias pictus; Eutamias minimus pictus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone along east base of Sierra 
Nevada, at least from Mono County south to latitude of Inde- 
pendence on both east and west sides of Owens Valley (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 

Eutamias alpinus (Merriam) 
Alpine Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias alpinus Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 8, December 28, 1893, pp. 137, 138. 

Type locality—Big Cottonwood Meadows, 10,000 feet alti- 
tude, Sierra Nevada, Inyo County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone on the southern Sierra Nevada, from 
Olancha Peak, Tulare County, northwards at least to Kear- 
sarge Pass, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool. ). 


Eutamias amoenus (Allen) 
Klamath Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias amoenus Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, June, 1890, p. 90. 

Type locality—Fort Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon. 

Synonyms—Tamias quadrimaculatus, part; Tamias asiaticus 
quadrivittatus; Sacramento Chipmunk, part. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones throughout northwest- 
ern California, east to the Warner Mountains, Modoc County ; 


350 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Srp. 


west through the Trinity Mountains, Siskiyou and Trinity 
counties; and south along the Sierra Nevada to the vicinity 
of Kearsarge Pass, Inyo and Fresno counties (Merriam, Proc. 
Biol; Soc Washi 11 1897, pp) 190) 192) Minis Wert Zool). 


Eutamias panamintinus (Merriam) 
Panamint Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias panamintinus Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 8, December 28, 1893, pp. 134, 135. 

Type locality—Johnson Canyon, Panamint Mountains, Inyo 
County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and low Transition zones, on the 
desert ranges east of the southern Sierra Nevada; also on 
the east slope of the main Sierra Nevada in Inyo County, at 
least from Carroll Creek, northwards to Little Onion Valley 
(Merriam, supra cit., p. 136; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eutamias speciosus speciosus (Allen) 
San Bernardino Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias speciosus (Merriam, MS) 
Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, June, 1890, p. 86. 

Type locahty—San Bernardino Mountains, California. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on the San 
Jacinto and San Bernardino mountains, and on the extreme 
southern Sierra Nevada from Taylor Meadow (near Kern 
County line), Tulare County, north at least to Kearsarge 
Pass, Inyo County (Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, 
1897, pp. 191; 200; Mus? Vert. Zool). 


Eutamias speciosus frater (Allen) 
Tahoe Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias frater Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, June, 1890, p. 88. 

Type locality—Donner, Placer County, California. 

Synonyms—Tamias quadrivitiatus, part; Sierra Nevada 
Chipmunk ; Eutamias frater. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the Sierra Nevada 
in the vicinity of Summit, Placer County, and Lake Tahoe 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 351 


(Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, 1897, pp. 192, 200), 
south to vicinity of Kearsarge Pass, in Inyo County (Mus. 
Wert2Zools): 


Eutamias speciosus inyoensis Merriam 
Inyo Chipmunk 


Origimal description—Eutamias speciosus inyoensis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, July 1, 1897, pp. 202, 208. 

Type locality—White Mountains, Inyo County, California. 

Synonym—Tamias speciosus inyoensis. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones on the White and 
Inyo mountains, Inyo County (Merriam, supra cit.; Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Eutamias speciosus callipeplus (Merriam) 
Mount Pinos Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias callipeplus Merriam, Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash., 8, December 28, 1893, p. 136. 

Type locality—Summit of Mount Pinos, Ventura County, 
California. 

Range—High Transition and Boreal zones on Mount Pinos, 
Ventura County, and on the western slope of the southern 
Sierra Nevada, from the headwaters of the Tule River north- 
ward nearly to the Yosemite Valley (Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 11, 1897, pp. 191, 200; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eutamias quadrimaculatus (Gray) 
Long-eared Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias quadrimaculatus Gray, Ann. 
and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., 20, 1867, pp. 435, 436. 

Type locality—Michigan Bluff, Placer County, California. 

Synonyms—Tanuas macrorhabdotes Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 3, January 27, 1886, pp. 25-28 (type from Sierra 
Nevada Mountains, central California, more exactly Blue 
Canyon, Placer County); Eutamias macrorhabdotes. © 

Range—Upper Transition zone along west slope of Sierra 
Nevada, from Yosemite National Park northward at least to 
Quincy, Plumas County (Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 
11, 1897, p. 206; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


So CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Eutamias senex (Allen) 
Allen Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias senex Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Wei, Ulin 2) \ieie. LOLOL WW. sh. 

Type locality—Summit of Donner Pass, Placer County, 
California. 

Synonym—Gray Chipmunk. 

Range—Boreal zone along the northern Sierra Nevada, 
south as far as Mariposa County; east to Big Valley Moun- 
tains, Lassen County, and Warner Mountains, Modoc County ; 
west to Siskiyou and Trinity mountains (Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soe. Weise, Wily SO 7, py WOSe Mites. Wert, Zool.) 


Eutamias townsendi ochrogenys Merriam 
Redwood Chipmunk 


Original description—Eutamias townsend ochrogenys Mer- 
erhoa, Ercore, INO Soy Weslo, Wl, jfully My Se, joo, MS, 2010, 
207. 

Type locality—Mendocino, Mendocino County, California. 

Synonyms—Tamias townsendi; Tamas asiaticus town- 
sendi; Tanuas townsend ochrogenys. 

Range—Narrow humid northwest coast strip (Transition 
and Boreal zones) from the Oregon line south to Cazadero, 
Sonoma County; interiorly as far as Cuddeback, Humboldt 
County, and Sherwood, Mendocino County (Merriam, supra 
cit.; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eutamias hindsi (Gray) 
Marin Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias hindet [= hindsi] Gray, Ann. 
_and Mag. Nat. Hist., 10, 1842, p. 264. 

Type locality—Near San Francisco, California; assumed 
to be north of the Bay, and Nicasio, Marin County, selected 
as type locality (Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, 1890, 
Dee J Ne 

Synonyms—Hinds Chipmunk; Redwood Chipmunk, part; 
Tamas asiaticus hinds. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 353 


Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in Marin 
County, and thence north along the inner coast ranges at least 
to northeastern Mendocino County (Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc Washi, 11) 1897) op) 1975 Mus” Vert. Zool: ): 


Eutamias merriami pricei (Allen) 
Santa Cruz Chipmunk 


Original description—Tamias pricet Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 7, December, 1895, pp. 333-335. . 

Type locality—Portola, San Mateo County, California. 

Synonyms—Tamias townsendi pricei; Eutamias merriam, 
part; Price Chipmunk. 

Range—Humid Transition and Upper Sonoran in the coast 
region south of San Francisco Bay, from San Mateo County 
to Monterey County, inclusive (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Eutamias merriami merriami (Allen) 
Merriam Chipmunk 

Original description—Tamias asiaticus merriami Allen, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2, October, 1889, pp. 176-178. 

Type locality—San Bernardino Mountains, San Bernar- 
dino County, California. 

Synonyms—Tamias merriam,; ?Tamias asiaticus quadri- 
vittatus. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones on the 
mountains of the San Diegan district, south to the Cuyamaca 
and Laguna mountains, San Diego County; also north and 
east through the Tehachapi mountains and along the western 
foothills of the Sierra Nevada at least to Raymond, Madera 
County; also north through the coast ranges to San Luis 
Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Callospermophilus chrysodeirus chrysodeirus (Merriam) 
Sierra Golden-mantled Ground Squirrel 
Original description—Tamias chrysodeirus Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 4, October, 1890, pp. 19, 20. 
Type locality—Fort Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon. 


Synonyms—Callospermophilus chrysodeirus trinitatis Mer- 
riam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, July 19, 1901, p. 126 (type 


354 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


from Trinity Mountains, east of Hoopa Valley, northwestern 
California) ; Citellus chrysodewrus; Gilded Ground Squirrel; 
Spermophilus chrysodetrus. 

Range—Upper Transition and Boreal zones of the moun- 
tains of northern California, west through the Trinity and 
Siskiyou mountains, east to the Warner Mountains, south 
along the Sierra Nevada as far as Cannell Meadow (near 
Kern County line), Tulare County; also on Inyo Mountains 
east of Owens Valley (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Callospermophilus chrysodeirus bernardinus (Merriam) 
San Bernardino Golden-mantled Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Spermophilus bernardinmus Merriam, 
Science, n. s., 8, December 2, 1898, p. 782. 

Type locality—San Bernardino Peak, San Bernardino 
County, California. 

Synonyms—S permophilus chrysodeirus brevicaudus Mer- 
tiam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 8, December 28; 1893; p. 134 
(type from San Bernardino Peak, San Bernardino Moun- 
tains, California) ; Citellus chrysodeirus bernardinus. 

Range—Upper Transition and Boreal zones on the San 
Bernardino Mountains (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 
1908, p. 141). 


Ammospermophilus leucurus leucurus (Merriam) 
Antelope Ground Squirrel 


Original description—Tamuias leucurus Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 2, October, 1889, pp. 19-21. 

Type locality—San Gorgonio Pass, Riverside County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Synonyms—Citellus leucurus vinnulus Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 241 (type from Keeler, 
Inyo County, California) ; Citellus leucurus; Spermophilus 
leucurus; Antelope Chipmunk. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones in the south- 
eastern desert regions, west to the east slopes of the Coast 
Ranges in eastern San Diego County, to San Gorgonio Pass 
as far as Cabezon, and to Antelope Valley, northern Los 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 355 


Angeles County; north along the east side of the Sierra 
Nevada and through the Inyo region to Mono County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool. ). 


Ammospermophilus nelsoni (Merriam) 
Nelson Ground Squirrel 


Original description—S permophilus nelsoni Merriam, Proc. 
Biol Soc Widsiio. December 25, S93. pp. lZ9e 30) 

Type locality—Tipton, Tulare County, California. 

Synonyms—Citellus nelsoni; Nelson Spermophile. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone in the San Joaquin Valley, 
chiefly on the west side, from the vicinity of Bakersfield north- 
east to near Los Banos, Merced County; west to the Carrizo 
Plain and Cuyama Valley, San Luis Obispo County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). 


Sciurus douglasi mollipilosus Audubon and Bachman 
Redwood Chickaree 


Original description—Sciurus molli-pilosus Audubon and 
Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., October, 1841, p. 102. 

Type locality—Northern parts of California. 

Synonyms—Sciurus hudsonicus orarius Bangs, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 11, December 30, 1897, pp. 281, 282 (type from 
Philo, Mendocino County, California); Sciurus douglasi; 
Sciurus hudsonius douglassi. 

Range—Boreal and Transition zones in the northwest 
humid coast belt, from the Oregon line south as far as Camp 
Meeker, Sonoma County (Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 
10, 1898, p. 276; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sciurus douglasi albolimbatus Allen 
Sierra Chickaree 


Original description—Sciurus douglasu albolimbatus Allen, 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10, November 10, 1898, pp. 452, 
453. | 

Type locality—Blue Canyon, Placer County, California. 

Synonyms—Sciurus hudsonius californicus Allen, Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, November, 1890, pp. 165, 166 
(type from Blue Canyon, Placer County, California). 


356 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Range—Boreal zone along the entire Sierra Nevada from 
Taylor Meadow (near Kern County line), Tulare County, 
north to the Oregon line; east to the Warner Mountains, 
Modoc County; and west through the Siskiyou and Trinity 
mountains (Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10, 1898, 
p. 280; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sciurus griseus griseus Ord 
California Gray Squirrel 


Original description—“Sciurus griseus Ord, Journ. de 
Phys) 87; 1Sisy pi is2s 

Type locality—‘“The Dalles, Columbia River, Wasco 
County, Oregon.” 

Synonyms—Sciurus heermanni Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 149 (type from California, probably near 
Fort Tejon); Sciurus fossor, part; Sciurus griseus nigripes, 
part; Scirus leporimus. ji 

Range—Transition and high Upper Sonoran zones through- 
out the Sierra Nevada region, from Greenhorn Mountains, 
Kern County, north to the Oregon line, thence south coast- 
wise, chiefly east of the redwood belt, to Marin County (Mus. 
Mer Zool). | 


Sciurus griseus nigripes Bryant 
Black-footed Gray Squirrel 
Original description—Sciurus fossor nigripes Bryant, Proc. 
@alhoAcadmiScen i iitmne: 20.88 OR pp 125.026: 
Type locality—San Mateo County, California. 
Synonym—S ciurus fossor, part. 
Range—Humid coast Transition south of San Francisco 


Bay, from San Mateo County to Monterey County, inclusive 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sciurus griseus anthonyi Mearns 
Anthony Gray Squirrel 


Original description—Sciurus fossor anthonyi Mearns, 
ProcW..S. Nat Mius: 20) WS9S ap: SOL a02: 

Type locality—Campbell’s ranch, Laguna Mountains, east- 
ern San Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Scwurus fossor nigripes, part. 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 3517, 


Range—Transition zone of southern California, from near 
the Mexican boundary northwest to the mountains of Ventura 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Family PETAURISTIDAE 
Sciuropterus alpinus stephensi Merriam 
Mendocino Flying Squirrel 

Original description—Sciuropterus oregonensis stephens 
Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 13, June 13, 1900, p. 151. 

Type locality—Sherwood, Mendocino County, California. 

Synonyms—California Coast Flying Squirrel; Stephens 
Flying Squirrel. 

Range—Transition zone in northwest humid coast belt; but 
one precise locality so far known, as above. 


Sciuropterus alpinus klamathensis Merriam 
Klamath Flying Squirrel 

Original description—S ciuropterus alpinus klamathensis 
Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11, July 15, 1897, p. 225. 

Type locality—Transition zone, altitude 4200 feet, Fort 
Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon. 

Synonym—sS ciuropterus volucella hudsonius. 

Range—Transition and Boreal zones of the interior of 
northern California: Warner Mountains, Modoc County, and 
Trinity Mountains, in Siskiyou and Trinity counties (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.) ; Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 
1899, p. 92). 

Sciuropterus alpinus lascivus Bangs 
Sierra Nevada Flying Squirrel 

Original description—Sciuropterus alpinus lascivus Bangs, 
Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, July 31, 1899, p. 69. 

Type locality—Tallac, Eldorado County, California. 

Range—Transition zone on central Sierra Nevada. 


Sciuropterus alpinus californicus Rhoads 
San Bernardino Flying Squirrel 


Original description—Sciuropterus alpinus californicus 
Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., June, 1897, pp. 323, 324. 


358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Type locality—San Bernardino Mountains, San Bernardino 
County, California. 

Synonyms—S ciuropterus californicus; California Flying 
Squirrel. 

Range—Transition zone on the San Bernardino and San 
Jacinto mountains (Rhoads, supra cit.; Grinnell, Univ. Calif. 
PubliiZoole sa. 1908) p38 5" Musi Vera Zool)! 


Family CASTORIDAE 


Castor subauratus Taylor 
Golden Beaver 


Original description—Castor subauratus Taylor, Univ. 
Callie Publs Zool Om Miay 21) 1912s plo7: 

Synonyms—Castor canadensis pacificus; Castor canadensis, 
part. 

Type locality—San Joaquin River at Grayson, Stanislaus 
County, California. 

Range—Larger streams of Sacramento and San Joaquin 
basins, at least from Shasta County south to Stanislaus 
County. 

Castor canadensis frondator Mearns 


Sonora Beaver 


Original description—Castor canadensis frondator Mearns, 
Proc US) Natyitiss) 20) Marcha. NSO7npms02. 0a. 

Type locality—San Pedro River, near Mexican boundary, 
Sonora, Mexico. 

Synonym—Castor canadensis, part. 

Range—Along the Colorado River from the Nevada line 
to the Mexican line. 


Order MANGO MOREE 
Family OCHOTONIDAE 
Ochotona schisticeps (Merriam) 
Gray-headed Cony 


Original description—Lagomys schisticeps Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 2, October 30, 1889, p. 11. 
Type locality—Donner, Placer County, California. 


Vot. IIT) GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 359 


Synonym—Lagomys schisticeps, part; Gray-headed Pika ; 
Lagomys princeps. 

Range—Boreal zone of central Sierra Nevada, at least from 
Summit, Placer County, south to Heather Lake, Eldorado 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.); Mount Shasta (Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 16, 1899, p. 99). 


Ochotona taylori Grinnell 
Warner Mountain Cony 

Original description—Ochotona taylori Grinnell, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 25, July 31, 1912, pp. 129, 130. 

Type locality—Warren Peak, 9000 feet altitude, Warner 
Mountains, Modoc County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone on the Warner Mountains, including 
Sugar Hill, Modoc County (Grinnell, supra cit.). 


Ochotona albatus Grinnell 
Mount Whitney Cony 

Original description—Ochotona albatus Grinnell, Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, January 31, 1912, p. 125. 

Type locality—Cottonwood Lakes, 11,000 feet, Sierra 
Nevada, Inyo County, California. 

Synonym—Ochotona schisticeps, part. 

Range—Close to timberline in Boreal zone of southern 
Sierra Nevada, in Inyo and Tulare counties, at least from 
Kearsarge Pass south to Cottonwood Pass (Mus. Vert. Zool. ). 


Family LEPORIDAE 


Lepus campestris townsendi Bachman 
Western White-tailed Jack Rabbit 

Original description—Lepus townsendi Bachman, Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, pt. 1, 1839, pp. 90-94, pl. 2. 

Type locality—Fort Walla Walla, Washington. 

Synonym—Lepus campestris. 

Range—Of sparse distribution in the Upper Sonoran and 
Transition zones of the Modoc region of northeastern Cali- 
fornia: Fort Crook, Shasta County, and Goose Lake, Modoc 
County (Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 82); and 
Parker Creek, Warner Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


360 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Sr. 


Lepus campestris sierrae Merriam 
Sierra White-tailed Jack Rabbit 

Original description—Lepus campestris sierrae Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 132. 

Type locality—Hope Valley, altitude 7800 feet, Alpine 
County, California. 

Range—Boreal zone on the Sierra Nevada from vicinity 
of Lake Tahoe (Merriam, supra cit.) south to Monache 
Meadows, Tulare County (Mus. Vert. Zool.); also, prob- 
ably, on Mount Shasta (Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, 
p. 84). 

Lepus washingtoni klamathensis Merriam 
Oregon Snowshoe Rabbit 

Original description—Lepus klamathensis Merriam, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 16, October, 1899, p. 100. 

Type locality—Fort Klamath, Oregon. 

Synonym—Klamath Rabbit. 

Range—Boreal zone on the central Sierra Nevada, at least 
from Donner, Placer County, to Pacific, Eldorado County 
(Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 107, 109); also 
Trinity Mountains, Trinity County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lepus californicus californicus Gray 
California Jack Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus californica Gray, Mag. Nat. 
ish) (Charlesworth I l8375 paso: 

Type locality—St. Antoine, California, that is, Mission of 
San Antonio, Jolon, Monterey County Gaels Nelson, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 129). 

Synonym—Lepus longicaudatus. 

Range—Upper Scuioair zone of west-central and 
northern California, from northern Santa Barbara County to 
the Oregon line, interiorly to include Shasta Valley and the 
whole of Sacramento Valley and adjacent foothills (Nelson, 
supra cit., p. 132; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lepus californicus wallawalla Merriam 
Washington Jack Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus texianus wallawalla Merriam, 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17, July 14, 1904, p. 137. 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 361 


Type locality—Touchet, Plains of Columbia, Washington. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and lower Transition zones in the 
Modoc region of northwestern California, west to Beswick, 
Siskiyou County, and south to Beckwith, Plumas County 
(Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 133; Mus. Vert. Zool. ). 


Lepus californicus richardsoni Bachman 
San Joaquin Jack Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus richardsoni Bachman, Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, pt. 1, 1839, pp. 88-90. 

Type locality—Not known exactly, but probably near Jolon, 
Monterey County, California (see Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. 
Wash., 17, 1904, p. 136). 

Synonyms—Lepus tularensis Merriam, supra cit., pp. 136, 
137 (type from Alila [Earlimart], Tulare County, Califor- 
nia) ; Lepus californicus, part. 

Range—Lower Sonoran and low Upper Sonoran zones in 
the San Joaquin Valley, surrounding foothills, and valleys to 
the westward to and including Salinas and Cuyama valleys 
(Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 136; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lepus californicus bennetti Gray 
San Diego Jack Rabbit 


Original description—“Lepus bennetti Gray, Zool. Voyage 
Sulphur, 1844, p. 35, pl. 14.” 

Type locality—“San Diego, California.” 

Synonym—Lepus californicus, part. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones in the San Diegan 
district, from the Mexican line northwest to southern Santa 
Barbara County, altogether west of the desert divides (Nelson, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 137; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Lepus californicus deserticola Mearns 
Colorado Desert Jack Rabbit 

Original description—Lepus texianus deserticola Mearns, 
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18, June 24, 1896, p. 564. 

Type locality—Western edge of Colorado Desert, at east 
base of Coast Range, in San Diego County, California. 

Synonym—Lepus californicus, patt. 

August 26, 1913. 


362 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Range—Chiefly Lower Sonoran zone (locally up through 
Transition) in the desert regions of southeastern California, 
west to the eastern confines of the San Diegan district, and 
north, east of the Sierra Nevada, to Mono Lake (Nelson, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 137, 140; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sylvilagus nuttalli nuttalli (Bachman) 
Washington Cottontail 


Original description—Lepus nuttallui Bachman, Journ. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, pt. 2, 1837, pp. 345-348, pi. 22, fig. 1. 

Type locality—Probably eastern Oregon near mouth of 
Malheur River (see Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 
ZOE 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones in parts of 
the Modoc region of northeastern California, west to Shasta 
Valley, Siskiyou County, and south to Mono Lake, Mono 
County (Nelson, supra cit., pp. 201, 204; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri (Allen) 
Black Hills Cottontail 


Original description—Lepus sylvaticus grangeri Allen, Bull. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 7, August 21, 1895, pp. 264, 265. 

Type locality—Hill City, Black Hills, Custer County, South 
Dakota. 

Synonym—Lepus laticinctus perplicatus Elliot, Field Col. 
Mus., zool. ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 255 (type from Hanno- 
pee Canyon, Panamint Mountains, Inyo County, California. 

Range—High Upper Sonoran and Transition zones on 
desert ranges of the Inyo region, from White Mountains south 
to the Coso and Panamint mountains (Nelson, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 204, 207). 


Sylvilagus auduboni auduboni (Baird) 
Sacramento Cottontail 


Original description—Lepus audubonu Baird, Pac. R. R. 
Rep., 8, 1857, pp. 608-610, pl. 58, fig. 2. 

Type locality—San Francisco, California. 

Synonym—Lepus sylvaticus auduboni. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 363 


Range—Upper Sonoran zone in Sacramento Valley and 
San Francisco Bay region; recorded north to Red Bluff, 
Tehama County, and South .to Los Banos, Merced County 
(Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 214, 216; Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; not reported from the coast belt north of San Fran- 
cisco Bay nor south of the Santa Clara Valley. 


Sylvilagus auduboni vallicola Nelson 
San Joaquin Cottontail 


Original description—Sylvilagus audubom vallicola Nelson, 
Proc Biolsoc. Wash. 20) Iimly 22,1907, pp..825 83. 

Type locality—San Emigdio Ranch (25 miles southwest 
of Bakersfield), Kern County, California. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone (locally into Upper Sonoran) 
in the southern San Joaquin Valley, west to the Cuyama and 
Salinas valleys; recorded north to Raymond, Madera County, 
and south to the Walker and Tejon passes (Nelson, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 216, 218; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sylvilagus auduboni sanctidiegi (Miller) 
San Diego Cottontail 

Original description—Lepus floridanus sanctidiegi Miller, 
ProcsvAcads Nat sci. Phila; (@ctober, 18995 pp: 389, 390; 

Type locality—Mexican boundary near Pacific Ocean, in 
San Diego County, California. 

Range—Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in the San Diegan 
district, west of the desert divides, from southern Ventura 
County southwest to the Mexican line (Nelson, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 218, 220; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sylvilagus auduboni arizonae (Allen) 
Arizona Cottontail 

Original description—Lepus sylvaticus var. arizonae Allen, 
Mon. N. Amer. Rodentia, 1877, p. 332. 

Type locality—Beal Spring, 2 miles from Kingman, Mohave 
County, Arizona. 

Synonyms—Lepus laticinctus Elliot, Field Col. Mus., zool. 
ser., 3, December, 1903, p. 254 (type from Oro Grande, 
Mohave Desert, San Bernardino County, California) ; Lepus 


364 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47H SEr. 


laticinctus rufipes Elliot, supra cit., pp. 254, 255 (type from 
Furnace Creek, Death Valley, Inyo County, California). 

Range—Lower Sonoran and, locally, Upper Sonoran zone 
of the Colorado and Mohave desert regions; west to eastern 
border of the San Diegan district; north, east of the Sierra 
Nevada, through Owens Valley (Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 
ZO NOOO pp 222 ne2 3 vins Wert iZool). 


Sylvilagus bachmani bachmani (Waterhouse) 
California Brush Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus bachmani Waterhouse, Proc. 
Zool. Soc. London, 1838, pp. 103-105. 

Type locality—California, probably between Monterey and 
Santa Barbara, later fixed at San Luis Obispo (see Nelson, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, p. 247). 

Synonym—Lepus trowbridgu Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., April, 1855, p. 333 (type from Monterey, California). 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in the narrow coastal belt from 
Santa Monica, Los Angeles County, northwest to Monterey, 
thence north to Mount Hamilton and along western side of 
Santa Clara Valley to Black Mountain; also western foothills 
of Sierra Nevada from Tulare County to Shasta County 
(Nelson, supra cit., pp. 247, 250; Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Sylvilagus bachmani ubericolor (Miller) 
Redwood Brush Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus bachmani ubericolor Miller, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., October, 1899, pp. 383, 384. 

Type locality—Beaverton, Washington County, Oregon. 

Synonyms—Lepus trowbridgei, part; Lepus bachmani, part; 
Lepus floridanus ubericolor. 

Range—Transition and high Upper Sonoran zones in humid 
coast belt, from vicinity of Santa Cruz north to the Oregon 
line, including most of the San Francisco Bay region; also 
. interiorly, at the north, to the head of the Sacramento Valley — 
(Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 250, 252; Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). 


Vot. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 365 


Sylvilagus bachmani cinerascens (Allen) 
Ashy Brush Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus cinerascens Allen, Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, October, 1890, p. 159. 

Type locality—San Fernando, Los Angeles County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in the San Diegan district, 
from the Mexican line northwest through the interior of Ven- 
tura and Santa Barbara counties; thence north through the 
inner coast ranges west of the San Joaquin Valley to Jolon 
and Jamesburg on west side of Salinas Valley, in Monterey 
County; and east around southern rim of San Joaquin Valley 
to vicinity of Walker Pass (Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 
1909) pp. 252, 253; Mus. Vert. Zool). 


Brachylagus idahoensis (Merriam) 
Idaho Pigmy Rabbit 


Original description—Lepus idahoensis Merriam, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 5, July, 1891, pp. 76, 77. 

Type locality—Pahsimeroi Valley, Custer County, Idaho. 

Range—Upper Sonoran zone in extreme eastern part of the 
Modoc region, northeastern California; the only record station 
to date is Goose Lake, Modoc County (Nelson, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 29, 1909, pp. 275, 278). 


Order ARiIO DAC VIE 
Family CERVIDAE 
Cervus roosevelti Merriam 
Roosevelt Elk 


Original description—Cervus roosevelti Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 11, December 17, 1897, pp. 272, 273. 

Type locality—Mount Elaine, near Mount Olympus, Olym- 
pic Mountains, Washington. 

Synonyms—Cervus canadensis, part; Cervus canadensis 
occidentalis; Roosevelt Wapiti. 

Range—Northwest humid coast belt chiefly in the Transition 
zone, south formerly to Marin County (Mailliard, MS), east 


366 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER 


at least to the vicinity of Mount Shasta (Townsend, Proc. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 168) ; now existing in relatively 
small numbers in Del Norte and Humboldt counties (accord- 
ing to information received through California Fish and Game 
Commission ). 


Cervus nannodes Merriam 
Dwarf Elk 


Original description—Cervus nannodes Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Wash., 18, February 2, 1905, pp. 24, 25. 

Type locality—Buttonwillow, Kern County, California. 

Synonym—Cervus canadensis, part; California Wapiti; San 
Joaquin Valley Elk; Tule Elk. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone, formerly in the San Joaquin 
Valley, especially in its southern part, west through the coast 
ranges to the Cuyama Valley in northern Santa Barbara 
County, and to Santa Clara Valley in Santa Clara County 
(Rowley, MS; Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; also probably north through 
the Sacramento Valley at least as far as the vicinity of Marys- 
ville Buttes. Now only in western Kern County, between 
Tulare and Buena Vista lakes and adjacent hills to the west; 
a transplanted herd in the Sequoia National Park, Tulare 
County. 


Odocoileus virginianus macrourus (Rafinesque) 
White-tailed Deer 


Original description—Corvus (—Cervus) macrourus Ra- 
finesque, Amer. Monthly Mag., 1, October, 1817, p. 436. 

Type locality—Plains of Kansas River, Upper Missouri 
Valley. 

Synonym—Odocoileus americanus macrourus. 

Range—Said to have formerly occurred in extreme eastern 
and northeastern California, chiefly in the Modoc region. Many 
accounts by hunters, but no verified or recent report. 


Odocoileus columbianus columbianus (Richardson) 
Columbian Black-tailed Deer 


Original description—Cervus macrotis var. columbiana 
Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, 1, 1829, p. 257. 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 367 


Type locality—Mouth of the Columbia River, Oregon or 
Washington. 

Synonym—?Cervus lewisii Peale, U. S. Exploring Exped., 
8, 1848, “p. 39, pl. 9” (type from Feather River, Upper Cali- 
fornia). 

Range—Northwest coast region chiefly in the Transition 
and Boreal zones; east throughout the inner coast ranges to 
the Sacramento Valley, and at the north to and including 
Mount Shasta and near vicinity; south to the north side of 
San Francisco Bay. 


Odocoileus columbianus scaphiotus Merriam 
Southern Black-tailed Deer 

Original description—Odocoileus columbianus scaphiotus 
Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, April 30, 1898, p. 101. 

Type locality—Laguna Ranch, Gabilan Range, San Benito 
County, California. 

Synonyms—Odocoileus columbianus, part; Columbian 
Black-tailed Deer, part. 

Range—Transition and high Upper Sonoran zones south 
from San Francisco Bay through the Santa Cruz district at 
least into Monterey and San Benito counties. In spite of 
expressed doubts as to the existence of two recognizable forms 
of the black-tailed deer within the state, material accumulated 
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences affords 
basis for the belief that two races do exist (columbianus and 
scaphiotus), with ranges as here defined (Rowley, MS). 


Odocoileus hemionus hemionus (Rafinesque) 
Rocky Mountain Mule Deer 


Original description—Cervus hemionus Rafinesque, Amer. 
Monthly Mag., 1, October, 1817, p. 436. 

Type locality—Sioux River, South Dakota. 

Range—Eastern California, including main Sierra Nevada 
south into Kern County and north to vicinity of Mount Lassen, 
thence northeast through the Modoc region. Western limit 
at extreme north, Mount Shasta (Rowley, MS). Not in the 
desert ranges east of Owens Valley except in winter. Occurs 
in summer on the high Sierras up to timberline; in winter 
most numerous in the foothills. 


368 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Odocoileus hemionus californicus (Caton) 
California Mule Deer 


Original description—Cervus macrotis var. californicus 
Caton, Amer. Nat., 10, August, 1876, p. 464. 

Type locality—Near Gaviota Pass, 40 miles westward from 
Santa Barbara, in Santa Barbara County, California. 

Range—Upper Sonoran and Transition zones of southern 
California west of the desert proper, from the Mexican line 
northwest through the San Diegan district at least to San Luis 
Obispo County, and east through the Tejon region to the 
Tehachapi Mountains. 


Odocoileus hemionus eremicus (Mearns) 
Burro Deer 


Original description—Dorcelaphus hemionus  eremicus 
Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20, February 11, 1897, pp. 
470, 471. 

Type locality—Sierra Seri, Sonora, Mexico, near Gulf of 
California. 

Synonym—Desert Mule Deer. 

Range—Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado desert, for- 
merly north along the Colorado River at least to the vicinity 
of Palo Verde, and northwest around Salton Sea; now rare or 
entirely wanting north of the Mexican line. 


bh Family ANTILOCAPRIDAE 


Antilocapra americana americana (Ord) 
Prong-horn Antelope 


Original description—“‘Antelope americana Ord, Guthrie’s 
Geo., 2nd Amer. ed., 2, 1815, pp. 292, 308.” 

Type locality—On the plains and highlands of the Missouri 
(fide Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 30, 1901, 
jo. 10))). 

Range—Formerly nearly throughout the state south and 
east of the humid coast-belt and below the Boreal zone; chiefly, 
however, on the interior plains and valleys both east and west 
of the desert divides. Now only isolated bands exist: in the 
Modoc region, in the southern San Joaquin Valley on the west 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 369 


side, on the western arm of the Mohave desert in northern 
Los Angeles County or southern Kern County, and on the 
Colorado desert near the Mexican line, in eastern San Diego 
County or western Imperial County. 


Family BOVIDAE 


Ovis canadensis nelsoni Merriam 
Desert Bighorn 


Original description—Ovis nelsoni Merriam, Proc. Biol. 
Soc Washer ilyalos 1897 “np 272 218) 

Type locality—Grapevine Mountains, on boundary between 
California and Nevada, just south of latitude 37°. 

Synonyms—Ovis canadensis, part; Ovis cervina nelsoni; 
Mountain Sheep, part; Desert Sheep. 

Range—Lower and Upper Sonoran zones on the Mohave 
and Colorado deserts and adjacent and included ranges, west 
to the Santa Rosa Mountains, Riverside County, northwest 
(formerly) through the Tejon region to the Caliente Hills, 
San Luis Obispo County, and north through the Inyo region 
east of Owens Valley. 


Ovis canadensis sierrae Grinnell 
Sierra Nevada Bighorn 


Original description—Ovis cervina sierrae Grinnell, Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, May 9, 1912, pp. 144-150. 

Type locality—East slope Mount Baxter, 11,000 feet alti- 
tude, Sierra Nevada, Inyo County, California. 

Synonyms—Ovtis canadensis, part; Mountain Sheep, part. 

Range—High Sierra Nevada, formerly at least from Mari- 
posa County to Tulare County; also (probably this race) in 
the vicinity of Mount Shasta east to the Warner Mountains, 
Modoc County. Now only from Mono County south to the 
vicinity of Mount Whitney; restricted to Boreal zone in 
summer, descending in winter to east base of the Sierra 
Nevada. There are sheep still existing on the San Gabriel 
Mountains (Transition zone), southern California; status 
unknown. 


370 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Ser. 


Onder Chi ANGi es: 
Family DELPHINIDAE 
Tursiops gilli Dall 
Cowfish 


Original description—Tursiops gillu Dall, Proc. Cal. Acad. 
Sei 5) April ls7sn py lo: 

Type locality—Monterey, California (fide True, Bull. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 36, 1889, p. 43). 

Range—The ocean and bays coastwise (Scammon, Marine 
Mammals, 1874, p. 101). 


Delphinus delphis Linnaeus 


Common Dolphin 


Original description—Delphinus delphis Linnaeus, Syst. 
Weve, by W758) oe 77 

Type locality—North Atlantic Ocean near Europe. 

Synonym—Delphinus bairdu Dall, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 
5, April, 1873, pp. 12, 13 (types from Point Arguello, Santa 
Barbara County, California) ; Baird Dolphin. 

Range—The ocean and bays coastwise (Scammon, Marine 
Mammals, 1874, p. 99; True, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1889, 
[Db BV) 
Lissodelphis borealis (Peale) 

Northern Right Whale Porpoise 


Original description—Delphinapterus borealis Peale, U. S. 
Es<plom ei acpedron ls oaimit oo nmnplac. ilenen 

Type locality—North Pacific Ocean, lat 46° 6’ 50”, long. 
134° 5’ W. 

Synonyms—Leucorhamphus borealis; Tursio borealis. 

Range—The ocean coastwise from San Diego Bay north- 
wards (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 101). 


Lagenorhynchus obliquidens Gill 
Striped Porpoise 


Original description—Lagenorhynchus obliquidens Gill, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., September, 1865, pp. 177, 178. 
Type locahty—San Francisco, California. 


Voz. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 371 


Synonym—Common Porpoise, part. 
Range—The ocean coastwise (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 


1874, p. 98). 
Phocaena phocaena (Linnaeus) - 
Bay Porpoise 


Original description—Delphinus phocaena Linnaeus, Syst. 
Nat e75 Shon /i7. 

Type locality—European and Baltic seas. 

Synonyms—Phocaena communis; Phocaena vomerina; 
Common Porpoise, part. 

Range—The ocean and bays coastwise including San Fran- 
cisco Bay (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, pp. 95, 97). 


Grampus griseus (Cuvier) 
Common Grampus 


Original description—“Delphinus griseus Cuvier, Ann. Mus. 
Baris (oiZe oy Aaole lees le 

Type locality—Brest, coast of France.” 

Synonym—Grampus stearnsu Dall, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
5, January, 1873, p. 13 (types from Monterey, California). 

Range—The ocean coastwise (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 
1874, pp. 103, 300). 


Globicephalus scammoni Cope 
Scammon Blackfish 


Original description—Globiocephalus scammoni Cope, Proc. 
mcad) Nat Ser. Phila, 1869; p. 21. 

Type locality—Coast of Lower California (fide Dall, in 
Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 299). 

Range—The ocean north from Lower California (Scammon, 
Marine Mammals, 1874, pp. 85-87). 


Orcinus ater (Cope) 
Pacific Killer 
Original description—Orca ater Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 


Phila iso p22. 
Type locality—Northwest coast. 


Siz CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Synonyms—Orcinus orca; Orcinus rectipmna, part; Black 
Kellen: Orca. 
Range—In the ocean coastwise (Scammon, Marine Mam- 


mals, 1874, p. 90). 


Orcinus rectipinna (Cope) 
Straight-finned Killer 


Original description—Orca rectipinna Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nate ScanehilawsGoesmn22) 

Type locahity—California. 

Range—lIn the ocean coastwise, especially to the northward 
(Scammon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, pp. 56, 57). 


Family ZIPHIIDAE 
Berardius bairdi Stejneger 
Baird Beaked Whale 


Original description—Berardius bairdii Stejneger, Proc. U. 
Sy Weiss Wine O, USS os Zo 70: 

Type locality—Stare Gavan, Bering Island, Bering Sea. 

Synonym—Baird Sperm Whale. 

Range—Ocean along northwest coast: Centerville Beach 
near Ferndale, and Trinidad, Humboldt County (True, Bull. 
We SaNay Mitst 73) elonO paz ues). | 


Family PHYSETERIDAE 
Physeter macrocephalus Linnaeus 
Sperm Whale 


Original description—Physeter macrocephalus Linnaeus, 
Syst) Naty 21738, p76: 

Type locality—North Atlantic Ocean near Europe. 

Range—Formerly in the ocean north along the coast of 
California (Scammon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, 


p. 61). 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 373 


Family BALAENIDAE 
Balaena sieboldi Gray 
Pacific Right Whale 


Original description—Balaena sieboldu Gray, Ann. and 
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., 14, 1864, p. 349. 

Type locality—Coast of Japan. 

Synonym—Siebold Baleen Whale; Balaena japonica; 
Balaena cullamach. . 

Range—Few along coast of California (Scammon, Marine 
Mammals, 1874, p. 66). 


Rhachianectes glaucus (Cope) 
California Gray Whale 


Original description—A gaphelus glaucus Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nat:\Ser Phila.) June, 1868, pp. 159, 160: 

Type locality—Coast of California: Monterey (see Dall, in 
Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 301). 

Synonym—Gray Baleen Whale. 

Range—Frequent in the ocean and bays coastwise from 
November to May (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, pp. 
22523))) 

Megaptera versabilis Cope 
Pacific Humpback Whale 


Original description—Megaptera versabilis Cope, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, pp. 15, 16. 

Type locahty—North Pacific. 

Synonym—Megaptera nodosa versabilis. 

Range—In the ocean and bays coastwise; Monterey Bay, 
April to December (Scammon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 
44). 

Balaenoptera velifera Cope 
Pacific Finback Whale 


Original description—Balaenoptera velifera Cope, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, p. 16. 

Type locality—Coast of Oregon. 

Synonyms—Balaenoptera physalis velifera; Oregon Finback 
Whale. 


374 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Srp. 


Range—In the ocean and bays coastwise (Scammon, Ma- 
rine Mammals, 1874, pp. 34-36). 


Balaenoptera sulfureus (Cope) 
Pacific Sulphur-bottom Whale 


Original description—Sibbaldius sulfureus Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Naty Ser) Philay 1869) pe 20: 

Type locality—Northwest Coast. 

Range—At all seasons along the coast of California (Scam- 
mon, Marine Mammals, 1874, p. 71). 


Vor. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 375 


INDEX 
Adelonycteris fuscus ........ 280 Batter Cavierase scniet aeenaann cee 276 
Agaphelus glaucus .......... 373 Deserts Pallidvee tee 282 
Ammospermophilus  leucurus LEN cahgkex of (pps Wa peas fo oO 278 
LEWCUTUS Ils ike oe aes 354 LORRY, ae tee onan eae 280 
MELSONU 0 Wmeaeese Gd sche cision he 355 TloliSten eaten ae 276 
Antelope, Prong-horn ....... 368 KaeGrulla Browns. 4.ee 278 
Antelope americana ......... 368 Barges brown ssaecee 280 
Antilocapra americana ameri- lethley Calitornia yn. vas. ase 277 
CONTRA TR eis el heas tgetal esate 368 Wong-eanediys vos aes 278 
AUNTIE OGAPRIDAES fjet)cjerd orae ihe 368 Wong-legeed) 258... 2 on 276 
Antrozous pallidus pallidus... 282 Long-shanked .......... 276 
pallidus pacificus ........ 282 Wheriiatan ane Moun, sete ae 279 
Aplodontia californica ....... 344 Mexican Free-tailed..... 283 
MATOR NE ee tase iaie sees 344 NTaillen} (eeeae ey pirsre sven cue, Sat 277 
FM OLIN cies 1's CNR es RSE 344 WIG TERRE” Lois ee nines cre 283 
JANPEOWONIMDND joooonssoogouc 344 INievadave eine jets pHralr a. 283 
Arctocephalus gilliespti ...... 300 Northwestern Lump-nosed 281 
MONTEVIENSIS .......2--.- 300 acini dieee tater 282 
LOTUMS CHIN Manne =| oa ciceie as 300 HPN Fe a Oa ine Re a 282 
Arctomys beecheyi .......... 345 Pale Lump-nosed ....... 281 
WMOWQMOSD Anooanobuosudde 345 Pallid Big-eared ........ 281 
flaviventer ..........+--- 345 Palm Springs Free-tailed 282 
INRETOWACISAL, “aoacaposoeedauo 365 Rocketedc tia spac cc cue 282 
Arvicola californica ......... 318 San Bernardino Brown.. 280 
CULL OLR RAN clos series 321 Silversharred) ects cle n as: 279 
COL AER evs craks serene 319 Spotie dsr wu ante isc iere 281 
LOWEUOSINUSH 2 se ic)-ts 4 G8 oe 317 Stephens Little Pallid ... 277 
MOTLANG Eee eee SV, Sail Tacubaya Free-tailed..... 283 
MOVIL NAR ks ee 319 ART Sy Lun ee Ae IS th 276 
ONELORU NAA sooo s a 320 NMiesterntont masse setaga cna 279 
LL OWUGTUN CAIs soa cs eoe ke 318 WresternicRedi) 164. 2528 280 
A TAIO PNG Cinened ) selena son 281 AVA CE GC VER MSS ON ss aero ee 276 
HALOS: Web e ep e en nen 280 Bicep, IBIS oy bocce s65atenaoe 284 
Atophyrax bendirei ......... 215 BLOW IDG, ofaenverieisqiels cies: 284 
Cinnamon nee ag ee ees 284 
Badger, American .......... 296 Grizzlies ee carla 284 
California oy eee ee 296 Northwestern Black ..... 284 
Mesa cana taiaicre uc 296 Beaver, California Mountain. 344 
WieSternimaeeiic nats 296 Goldenyasie eat ows 358 
Balaena cullamach .......... 373 Point Reyes Mountain... 344 
GUD ONICUMM ER kei ie 373 Sierra Mountain ........ 344 
SIC VOIGT es cesta 373 Sonoraieecipsee versie 358 
BAG AENIDAT Eee ere eeee 373 Berardius bairdt ............ 372 
Balaenoptera physalis velifera 373 syieasoyaoy IBYesiett: | Spe cdcuncocu 369 
OTT RGLID tn Roe ioe enONOe 374 Sierray Nievadapasniaa ee 369 
CAPA TIA, Oe he gee 373 Blacktsh; Scammones. see eee 371 
BASSAI SASH eee 289 IB OVEDAT phere specie en Sates ees 369 
TAPEOTM ARS oo ne 289 Brachylagus idahoensis ...... 365 
Bassariscus astutus .......... 289 
US INTES TAUPVROE Maw Home 289 Callorhinus alascanus ........ 300 
flavus oregonus ......... 289 ALY SUPT ESE Aor args Oe, a meee 300, 301 
Bat, Big-eared Pale......... 282 Callospermophilus chrysodei- 
Black-wimged © <...).05-%.- 280 rus bernardinus ....... 
Bonnie tare <4 scion. 283 chrysodeirus chrysodeirus 353 
California Leaf-nosed ... 275 chrysodeirus trinitatis ... 353 
California Mastiff ...... 283 Callotaria alascana .......... 3 


Canyonmeeneee cae ee te) 279 GANTDAE cautions 284 


376 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


Gants PeSEOV Ue Se eae 285 
USOS chy telone elev ataate etalelerye 284 
latrans lestes ...........- 285 
TeSHES HOO eae metal 285 
lupus griseo-albus ...... 285 
MECALNSE  Manisine saitekeelo ote 285 
MEXICONUS ....ceerceeeee 285 
NUWOUUSS dk eels Oe eislersiouse 285 
ochropus eStOr ........-- 285 
ochropus ochropus ...... 285 

CARINIVORIA( 0) Sie ele Maeve 284 

Castor canadensis ........+-- 358 
canadensis frondator .... 358 
canadensis pacificus ..... 358 
SUDQUYATUS 1. ..050e-eeee 358 

(GASTORIDAE Meee eee 358 

Cat, California Ring-tailed... 289 
GIVetNs Reece soe enaere 289 

GCERVAID AR eee Nn eterna 365 

Cervus canadensis ....... 365, 366 
canadensis occidentalis... 365 
N€MiONUS ....ceceeeeceee 367 
HERETO MN MoE ie i 367 


macrotis var. californicus 368 
macrotis var. columbiana. 366 
IMACYOUTUS ..vecevceecees 366 


WUUMOUGS sbagdancon\4ooo00 366 
HOOSFIGID. Salocoboacunuans 365 
GEDNGEA Se Ne EAE 370 
Chickaree, Redwood ......... 355 
FPA TA EB AOL a ey ee ae aa 355 
Chincha occidentalis ......... 295 
occidentalis holzneri .... 295 
occidentalis major ...... 295 
OAR“ SoGoannacco0r 296 
Cuvirnbvalle, Nile oegneoaceos 352 
INI pine se cece nicer 349 
Antelopel shee eacicrslertee cle 354 
(Girehy du db codon goooDaKe 352 
TTS erate eee ON Ae oes 352 
Lichen EA aA At a TAU 351 
Tae WANES OUEST eI iD Nat 349 
Wong-eared) eeecascicscse 351 
IN eM aba Th POG eS UN AMEE 352 
Mierriainveeeen emote 353 
Mount Pinos ........... 351 
Panamintiesooe cece 350 
Brice i a er Neue 353 
Redwood ie weige arate 352 
Sacramento ..........--- 349 
Sagebrush aeeece ech ce 349 
San Bernardino ......... 350 
Santa) (@ruzivaons sooo ee 353 
Sierra Nevada .......... 350 
Mpa Wea aU Mee genet a 350 
GHIROPTER eee eee eee 275 
Citellus beecheyi beecheyt.... 345 
beecheyi douglasi........ 345 
beecheyi fisheri ......... 346 


beecheyi nesioticus ...... 346 


[Proc. 4TH SER. 


Citellus beldingt ...........- 349 
CUYNSODCIMUS\ eyelets 354 
chrysodeirus bernardinus. 354 
CRIGTUS Nad Nan bao Wem 347 
COWLES ERO ae eel 345 
EYEMONOMUS ...-...204-- 347 


grammurus beecheyi .... 346 
grammurus douglasi .... 345 


grammurus fishert ...... 346 
LEUCULUS ee eee ee 354 
leucurus vinnulus ....... 354 
mohavensis ........++0%- 348 
mollis stephensi ......... 348 
NELSONT MOGs HL DAR aE 355 
WESTOLICUS ninsis s saele es oeloien 346 
OTEZONUS WAR: 348 
tereticaudus chlorus ..... 347 


tereticaudus mohavenis .. 348 
tereticaudus tereticaudus. 347 


variegatus beecheyi ...... 346 
variegatus douglasi ...... 345 
variegatus fishert ....... 346 
variegatus grammurus.... 347 
Cony, Gray-headed ......... 358 
Mount Whitney ......... 359 
Warner Mountain ..... J 359R 
Coon, California ............ 290 
PACT Ce Ae Sse arene 290 
Pal lied sy tetany kts ie ee aes 290 
Corynorhinus macrotis palles- 
GEMS ee a ers inte ae nmN 
macrotis townsendt ..... 281 
Cottontail, Arizona .......... 363 
Black Weill s yy ele aaa 362 
Sacramento meee seeeeeece 362 
Sani Joaquinder css erete 363 
San Diego 04. Sakae. 363 
Washington ...... Shae 362 
Cougar Brownlee ses eee ence 298 
Northwestern .......... 297 
Racitiey Coastienenme cies 298 
N'A Dhoni aaNet ie scly 298 
Cowlshiy eee eke, Set 370. 
Coyote, California Valley 285 
Desert Cais co ie ae 285 
Mie arnsipcimien srlcstaneen 285 
Motmntainwerseeee eee cee 285 
Walley igen. Wu Mi eaic asian 285 
Cricetodipus parvus ......... 330 
Deer Burro isn 368 
Californian inley see 368 
Columbian Black-tailed.. 
RECA CSA EAI i 3 366, 367 
Desert Mule ........... 368 


Rocky Mountain Mule... 367 
Southern Black-tailed.... 367 


White-tailed ............ 366 
DELPEUINIDAE MES Ese 370 
Delphinus bairdit ........... 370 


Vou. III] 


Delphinus delphis ........--. 370 
OUUSGIUS| DUNE teietale he a plese aleve S7il 
PILOCHEMG! tleehe,-2o'- celesaretels i= 371 

Delphinapterus borealis...... 370 

Dipodomys agilis............ 685 
californicus ate ue ne Cry Os 342 
californicus pallidulus. . . 342 
desertt deserti .......... 339 
deserti hellert ..........- 339 
heermanni .....+--+ 000s 335 
merriami exilis ......... 341 
merriani kernensis ..... 341 
merriami mortivallis .... 340 


merriami nevadensis .... 341 
merriami nitratoides .... 341 


merriamt nitratus.......- 340 
merriamt parvus.......-- 340 
merriamt simiolus......- 339 
GTO Abe SAA sooo e spook 
PALES) SOS S355 das BO 340, 342 
SUITES hea os eaee tents 339 
GHTUIOIS. skeen seonwopoeo€ 339 
UTECGLG, ook ane Hone DOOnOe 335 
Dolphins (Commion ~.. 2... -- 370 
Praia duaeenwer trae svare Nols 370 
Dorcelaphus hemionus erem- 
HELIS 1 ey MR AR SA eae 368 
IDilepinehoie, See Ap saobacsccdoce 301 
IDS JDM ehs!) eodosenomemocotc 366 
Roeseavelt sanscdacccocec 365 


San Joaquin Valley .... 366 
Tule 366 


Enhydra VWiris, 5... 08ce- s+ 297 
UOT) Gc eke aC oS 297 

Epimys alexandrinus ........ 322 
NMOTUECLICUS ois s sis cle snes 322 
ORGS. 9.0 CM OEE RET SIO OOOe 322 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus. 280 
FUSCUSD TUSCWS So. 2 <\c\-1s 
fuscus melanopterus ..... 280 


Erethizon dorsatus epixanthus 344 


epixanthum epixanthum. 344 
EPUGOMELUS) feos nik arele ciate 344 
ESRETEDIZONDUDAE here icyelaierrae 344 
Euderma maculatum ........ 281 
Eumetopias jubata .......... 300 
ishellerimmrsra a crescents 300 
Eumops californicus........- 283 
Eutamias alpinus..........+- 349 
MOCHIS “essa ceaskaccooce 349 
FROLCR UD ee iste ee 2 estas 350 
WAM siiusietes sa clete cis ors ve cee 352 
macrorhabdotes ........- 351 
merriami merriamt ...... 353 
merriami pricei......... 353 
minimus pictus ........-. 349 
panamintinus .......++4. 350 
DUCTUS Me oes cisterna Shenae 349 
quadrimaculatus ........ 351 


GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 


377 

EUtOMAGS) SENET Nowe sical 352 
speciosus callipeplus ..... 351 
Speciosus frater......... 350 
speciosus imyoensis...... 351 
Speciosus Speciosus...... 350 
tounsendi ochrogenys... 352 
Evotomys californicus .......- 317 
MOZUME 0 vege Seen 316 
ODSCUPUSD: vate techiminteniolne aiete 316 
TERTDVAB al lccetayaeha even arlene saree 297 
Felis aztecus browm......... 298 
COMPONOP Ssosesacaboocoos 298 
concolor oregonensis..... 298 
hippolestes olympus ..... 298 
oregonensis brownt...... 298 
oregonensis oregonensis.. 297 
rufa californica ......... 299 
rufa e€V€Micd.........--- 299 
EG) OG LUAD ee leo aeie oi 298 
WUfG PAlleSCENS <)o- = .\1)» 298 
Felix [=Felis] oregonensis.. 297 
Fiber zibethicus mergens..... 321 
gibethicus pallidus....... 321 
ENG) IBIS godonnenneces 291 
Box, Arizona Gray... cles +. 288 
CalitonmiainGtayetc ee: 288 
Cascades Reda es eit 286 
GCOAaSEL pene teatcoienerniers 288 
icky Sienrayineds.-jerae ate 286 
Inyo Mountains Gray.... 288 
Woneneanedy kei. scticet 286 
Mohave Desert Kit...... 287 
Mountain ved’ ieee. 286 
Redwood) |Grayece: shee 287 
San Clemente Island.... 289 
Sammjoaatiin eine sys 287 
San Miguel Island...... 288 
Santa Catalina Island.... 289 
Santa i@nuz vlslands..c.1 289 
Sinortstavile) sonesecdeooc 288 
Mownsendy (Giay. co oie 287 
(GM NAWYNR” Eoooonsoagono50ce 323 
Globicephalus scammom ..... 371 
Gopher, Alpine Pocket....... 327 
Broad-headed Pocket.... 323 
Gabezon Pocket. 2 )-..-- 326 
California) Pocket ...-=- 323 
Dark-coloredsie. ye seen S27, 
Digger Pine Pocket..... 324 
Bisher Pocket) 2 8) ee. se 325 
Fresno Pocket ...... el abtan ae 
Golden Pocket .......... 325 
Humboldt Bay Pocket .. 323 
Imperial Valley Pocket.. 326 
Lone Pine Pocket....... 325 
osm BanosmRocketen era 324 
Mount Whitney Pocket.. 327 
Mountain Pocket ....... 328 


August 26, 1913. 


378 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


Gopher, Owens Lake Pocket. 325 
Owens Valley Pocket.... se 


Pale-colored ...........- 
PallidysPocketi eae aa see 326 
Palm Springs Pocket.... 326 
Panamint Pocket ....... 325 
Pine Woods .........--- 328 
Red Bluff Pocket........ 324 
San Bernardino Mountain 
Poke ebr puny sok ene 327 
San ‘Diego Pocket....... 323 
San Joaquin Pocket..... 324 
Sierra Nevada Pocket... 328 
Southern Pocket........ 323 
Tawny Pocket ........-.- 327 
Yosemite Pocket ....... 327 
Grampus, Common .......... 371 
Grampus Zriseus ....+++.00+- 371 
SHOUTS “soon vagceaa08 371 
Grizzly, California .......... 284 
(Gnilo VISENS odsdos0006050000 291 
luscus luteus .......++-- 291 
TERRES IAL ela telat etaions 291 
Haplodon leporinus var. cali- 
HOAMCUIS Vsdedosencnocder 
PUTS Re oe tececite vet telerelee 344 
Haplodontia phaea .........- 344 
rufa californica ......... 344 
Hesperomys aztecus .......-- 307 
WOM, ‘eddnae aeoaccoces 306 
COMFOTMUCUS Vee clin ae © 310 
GAWHOIS sapcaccduoeuooac 309 
CVEMICUS) cite ieciesince 310 
BO MDELIIN Oe acta seiels ol 305 
leucopus deserticolus..... 306 
SONOVIENSIS ....2eeeeeees 306 
ROMS aoocosdaccoboogs 302 
EPALET IES oes ene) Masel sete 307 
FIETEROMYIDAE ...5.....---5-- 328 
Histiotus maculatus ........- 281 
JOYSIGRNOWN, sebiesboocodon Bove 268 
Kallen wBlacksmarmeasereaciie 372 
PACH oe areca 371 
Straight-finned .......... 372 
Lagenorhynchus obliquidens.. 370 
TEAGOMORPEEAG Slat Suk 2a cum eelers 358 
Lagomys princeps ........-++ 359 
SCHISIUCED SER oeeeinn 358, 359 
Lagurus curtatus ..........4- 321 
Lasionycteris noctivagans .... 279 
Lasiurus borealis teliotis..... 280 
GENGIGUS Soa babodboucn sec 281 
Eee IIHS Sapasagasocedsood 297 
utris Nereis ....cereeeees 297 
TLEPOREDAE Wie slat oper ej secietel 359 
Lepus audubonu ..........+- 362 


[Proc. 4TH SER. 


Lepus bachmani ..........++. 364 
bachmani ubericolor ..... 364 
DEWWEEEE) Viaue Baya eet 361 
californicus ........-. 360, 361 
californicus californicus 360 
californicus bennetti ..... 361 


californicus deserticola .. 361 
californicus richardson... 361 
californicus wallawalla... 360 


COMPCSITUS Oe dea etla tee 359 
campestris sierraé ....... 360 
campestris townsend..... 359 
EMNELUSCCH SIME eee 365 


floridanus sanctidiegi.... 363 
floridanus ubericolor...,.. 364 


ADQNOCNSIS saaieee eee 17305 
klamathensis ...........- 360 
[DRGCIDS sooccse060a000 363 
laticinctus perplicatus.... 362 
laticinctus rufipes........ 363 
longicaudatus ........... 360 
MULEDUIN [52h oe anisole etetele 362 
richardsontt ........++-- 361 
sylvaticus var. arizonae.. 363 
sylvaticus auduboni ..... 362 
sylvaticus grangeri ...... 362 
texianus deserticola ..... 361 
texianus wallawalla...... 360 
FOWMSEWAT Wire ne seers 359 
trowbridget ......+..-6- 364 
EULOTCHUSTS aN rena 361 
washingtont klamathensis. 360 
Leucorhamphus borealis ..... 370 
Lion Galitornialy Sede-necea 299 
Mountain cee seer eet 298 
Steller, Sea enone) see 300 
Lissodelphis borealis........- 370 
IL@ HO. Iie) sascoccaacdosdo 300 
IDG AUN 3. 5b Sonnet blo O06 284 
Luira californica ...........- 297 
GUMIIAIOIS Ane odaviocooo 6 297 
canadensis pacifica....... 297 
hudsonica pactfica........ 297 
Lutreola vison energumenos.. 293 
Ibyarbe, IDESOmeY cogooKage Coooos 
Pallas) ee ON ZS 
Sharp-sighted 5....-. 05. 298 
Lynx californicus ...-2....... 299 
CREMACUS Mae a ister 299 
eremicus californicus .... 299 
eremicus eremicus....... 299 
fasciatus oculeus........- 298 
fasciatus pallescens...... 298 
rufus californicus ....... 299 
TUFUS EYEMICUS .....2+00% 299 
Macrorhinus angustirostris... 301 
Macrotus californicus........ 
WALEYNOUSEL .. 0... ceeenes 275 


Marmot, Yellow-bellied...... 345 


Vot. IIT] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 379 


Marmota flaviventer ........ 345 
Marten, Northwestern Pine.. 290 
Pentiatitim es sas ete cio 291 
Martes caurina caurina....... 290 
pennanti pacifica ........ 291 
Megaptera nodosa versabilis.. 373 
PASUOMNS ‘soonnaagocnaune 373 
Mephitis bicolor .......+++:+: 294 
GRECO joie oc ee aE mace e400 294 
OCCIMCHTGIS | 4) =.) Bais) viele ol 295 
occidentalis occidentalis... 295 
occidentalis holznert...... 295 
occidentalis major....... 295 
platyrhina .......--++++- 296 
SONA Mot tetiiale Glslevaraaioetelers 294 
Microdipodops californicus... 342 
Microtus angusticeps ........ 320 


californicus californicus.. 318 
californicus constrictus... 318 


californicus vallicola..... 318 
CUPS  cacogone do gd00ne 321 
Gutchert an «6 a ab ne ee 317 
COUR e i aral xo bs 318, 319 
montanus dutcheri ...... 317 
montanus montanus.....- 317 
mordax angusticeps...... 320 
mordax bernardinus..... 320 
mordax mordax ......-- 319 
oregoni adocetus ......-- 320 
oregoni Oregoni.........-- 320 
SCUPPCIUSUSI Naa) cinio's\alenes* = 6ielni 319 
Mink, ~Amiertean = 2102-0. 2) 293 
PACT CMM Re tation tistics orale 293 
Mirounga angustirostris...... 301 
Moles Anthonys. .).j.20sec- el 269 
Central California....... 269 
(Ginna le ssodcoucpaesooenss 270 
MiGaee)) AS see aos co 5a Kor 269 
Northwest Coast........ 268 
Oreconmn sean s ear 268 
Southern California ..... 269 
ARON MANGl se Soubeaguodo be 268 
WIGIOSSIVAT, | Sencbocadcaaoosc 282 
Molossus californicus........ 283 
Mouse, Allen Jumping....... 343 
Amargosa Meadow...... 319 
Arizona Grasshopper..... 302 
Bailey sbocket i: stasis) + 332 
BAM OSH OGKEE vies) ore! -- 328 
Boyle White-footed...... 306 
California Meadow...... 318 
California Pocket ....... 334 


California Red-backed.... 317 
Cantankerous Meadow... 319 
Catalina Island Harvest.. 304 
Catalina Island White- 


FOOL MME: Ae cee le Semis 306 
Coxrstulmmpine: 22/4 3: 343 
Colorado Desert Pocket.. 333 
GowesmBocketeriners os oe 331 


Mouse, Desert Deer .......- 306 
Desert Harvest........-- 304 
Desert White-footed..... 310 
Dulzura Pocket ........- 335 
Dulzura White-footed.... 310 
Dusky Red-backed....... 316 
Gambel White-footed.... 305 
Gilbert White-footed..... 308 
Great Basin Pocket ..... 331 
Great California Pocket.. 335 
TOUS eee u cere ateciahedetenete 322 
lidahom@anvyon yee se oes 309 
Kern County Pocket..... 334 
Klamath Harvest ....... 303 
Long-tailed Harvest..... 303 
Long-tailed Lemming .... 316 
Long-tailed Pocket ...... 332 
Mazama Red-backed..... 316 
McKittrick Pocket ...... 330 
Mendocino Meadow ..... 318 
Mount Magruder Pocket. 331 
Mount Pinos Pocket..... 329 
Mount Whitney Meadow. 317 
Mountain Lemming ..... 31 


Northwest Coast Meadow 320 
Northwestern Jumping... 342 
Oregon Meadow......... 320 
Owens Valley Meadow... 318 
Pacific Jumping ........-. 343 
Pacific Pocket ........-- 329 
Pallid Short-eared Pocket 334 
Panamint Pocket ....... 28 
Parasitic White-footed... 309 


Peale Meadow .......--- 317 
Point Reyes Jumping.... 343 
Ramona Grasshopper ..-. 302 
Red-bellied Harvest...... 304 


Redwood White-footed .. 305 
Rowley White-footed .... 307 
Salt Marsh Harvest. .304, 305 
San Bernardino Grasshop- 


clielia) sl efielersielsieiens 6: sgenese1e 


seavakel slieletefelaleralehe elena == 


Pocket i anenlteirern setae: 333 
San Joaquin Pocket...... 330 
San Pedro Martir Big- 

CATedtey rose eee eae 08 


San Pedro Martir White- 
FOIL, VE Goimenoodudnoat 308 
Sierra Valley Kangaroo.. 342 


Short-nosed Pocket ..... 329 
Short-tailed Grasshopper. 302 
Short-tailed Meadow..... 321 
Sonoma Harvest ........ 303 
Sonora White-footed..... 306 
Southern Parasitic ...... 310 


Spiny Pocket {.2).-0. 2. 335 


380 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


Mouse, Stephens Canyon .... 309 


Stephtenss- Pocket). oe.) 333 
Tidal Marsh Harvest.... 304 
True White-footed ...... 307 
Tulare Grasshopper...... 303 
Tule Meadow ........... 319 
Walker Pass Pocket..... 331 
Warner Mountain Jump- 

HIT Oy ee ee UNS UES 342 
White-eared Pocket...... 332 
White-footed Lemming... 316 
Yolla Bolly Meadow..... 320 
Wane, IROOKE goaosoococ$ 330 

NURTDABIA yee Same erie eta 302 
Mus alexandrinus ..........- 322 
GOMOPTHBLIS ooaoeoobsocr 309 
CLM ET CUS MDa Ria naar 315 
Gecumanus ......+..5.--- 322 
LCWCOPUSK = Saree ia aoe 305 
musculus musculus ...... 322 
WOPRVARIEIS, Gaodoasacaoas 322 
(AUIS AN Een alee euee Sle oiet a cs 322 
Muskrat, Nevada ........... 321 
Paulie egy ous iN cept nate, 321 
Mustela americanus.......... 291 
ATIZOMENSIS ..0...cceeeess 292 
canadensis pacifica ...... 291 
COUTATOWES niacin 290 
MUVUCUSS econ noe elects 292 
PENMAN EL Bs seouceisia)s Stations 291 
pennanti pacifica ........ 291 
VISON ENEYZUMENOS ...... 293 
LAU PAVOLTUNS | Sacennosao0c 292 
sxanthogenys munda ..... 292 
xanthogenys xanthogenys 292 
MUSTERIDAE NR yaa nence ieee 290 
Myotis californicus ........ . 278 
californicus californicus.. 277 
californicus pallidus...... D7 
CUOUS fre Mer ieee lon ereiate 278 
lucifugus longicrus...276, 278 
GECULLUS: ac eek nee oes 276 
ONINOMUS)) See eee 278 
thysanvodesve ks nen ace 278 
DOLUPER ie Mie hie Nae e aaia ia 276 
yumanensis saturatus..... 277 


yumanensis yumanensis.. 276 


Neosorex bendirei bendirei... 275 


NOVVEHLOT Meera 274 
palustris navigator ...... 274 
Neotoma albigula venusta.... 311 
LEIA G RUE EN EAI HIS GA Maan 312 
COOMA ssas0cscccccac 311 
cinerea cinerea .......... 315 
cinerea occidentalis ..... 315 
COTIUIWUOP, S55bc0ce0000000 311 
desertorum ..........00- 312 
desertorum sola ......... 312 


desertorum grandis ...... 311 


[Proc. 4TH Ser. 
Neotoma fuscipes ..........- 313 
fuscipes affinis .......... 313 
fuscipes annectens ....... 313 
fuscipes cnemophila ..... 314 
[USCUpeS AUSPar) =. s 25.254: 314 
fuscipes fuscipes ........ 313 
fuscipes mohavensis ..... 314 
fuscipes macrotis ........ 314 
fuscipes, simplex -. 4.4... 314 
fuscipes streatori ....... 313 
MEET MEGIA ......+.22000 311 
intermedia desertorum ... 312 
intermedia gilva ........ 312 
intermedia intermedia.311, 312 
MDCHOUS ii Me sine banat et 314 
macrotis simpler ........ 314 
OCCA ENLANIS\ Maayan eee 315 
a SPLEWO CWS acini a Tapitotere 313 
VEMUSEG Vise charereeie ereeleleves 311 
Neurotrichus gibbsi ......... 270 
gibbsi hyacinthinus ..... 270 
GUIS THONMOF Scocccascooe 270 
Notiosorex crawfordt craw- 
TROL AC HMMA NEL os MNase & 275 
Nycteris borealis teliotis...... 280 
CINEV CO Maelaueea eae 280 
Nyctinomops femorosaccus... 282 
MONQUENSIS 2... .2 04. 2o-- 283 
Nyctinomus brasiliensis cali- 
MOUMCUS Gon aacctugo occ 283 
Aepressws) vars so eee 283 
fEMOFOSACCUS .........0- 282 
macrotis nevadensis...... 283 
TGDEMOIS sonoosocnsneas 283 
MONGUVENSIS .....00..005- 283 
Ochetodon longicauda ....... 303 
Ochotong albatus .. «yy ee 359 
SCHISEIGEPS) ine ne ees 358, 359 
LaylOVi Maasai 359 
OGHOTONIDAR INE ae eens 358 
Odocoileus americanus mac- 
TOM WS Ns ee Mostee racial erat 366 
columbianus 292.0... 255% 367 


columbianus columbianus. 366 
columbianus scaphiotus... 367 
hemionus californicus.... 368 
hemionus eremicus....... 368 
hemionus hemionus ...... 367 
virginianus macrourus ... 366 
Ondatra zibethica mergens... 321 


gibethica pallida. s295.5. 6 321 
Onychomys leucogaster brevi- 
COW AUS ES NOI hv aa 
MIG) NAR Waitin odie tem cigkia oo 302 
TOMONMAS essen oe eee ats 302 
torridus longicaudus .... 302 
torridus perpallidus ..... 302 
torridus ramona ........ 302 
torridus torridus ........ 302 


Vor. IIT] 


Onychomys torridus tularensis 303 


Ocean areaece he sete arts 372 
(HRCI ORCA AB eaten ene NALS 371 
POCUIP VIVO sia’ c's = sis slave) ciate 372 
Orcinus ater ...... aeark Hela at 371 
OEM Wd cs OS PO SOG OS S72 
VEGUUPULNO ysis Jette vera oe 372 
DAMENOKINS WOM o050060040¢ 323 
Otaria califormiana .......... 299 
BUULES PU ain recat eioinie eiseiatee 300 
LILO 5 6/2 SRO OE AO ote 300 
SECLICV Ute reais ie siacalarein Monae 300 
OTARTIDAE Aes aoc sie iene 299 
Otognosis longimembris ..... 330 
Otopterus californicus ....... 275 
Oem Calorie, \ccossesosboce 297 
IPEyeine IRVAHEIE | Sooo deed coc 297 
San Miguel Island Sea... 297 
Sommer SE soosessccas 297 
Owis, canadensis \s.)s-25 sei 369 
canadensis nelsoni ...... 369 
canadensis sierraé ....... 369 
ceruina nelsoni ......... 369 
(GARVUO SWATMWE oscoeccone 369 
MOUS OFM ae 2k ecclesia 369 
Perodipus agilis agilis........ 335 
agtlis tularensis ......... 336 
GQUDCEOMUE ostbhacocccascuL 338 
GOVT \scencaaboooavce 336 
ANZ OMS IAAP ote cars lain abet NS Rial Sod, 
WUC ODS AMA as aie Semen heeniees 338 
microps levipes ......... 339 
MICYOPS WACTOPS ........ 338 
TMOAOGISUS,) “Ceinle pho boo oa 336 
ponammiimus ..........- 338 
TCU DUCLRUIS. itiela corte nto icin 336 
SHO PIVCIUSIUIAN sacs teetsy eres 338 
SINC OLONU Mee ean eto aks 337 
streatort simulans ....... 337 
streatori streatort ....... 337 
VOM USUI Sp NC: GLa 337 
Perognathus alticola ........ 332 
COHORTS \ cs 38 Ua Shane RO Ls 334 
OMEN: BOWEN. ra5bd0056 332 
(NOU MEAN GAUIS) Blea ponete ny ale eee 330 
GOMPOTMUGIIS Ue sea Aer 334 


californicus californicus.. 334 
californicus dispar....334, 335 


californicus femoralis.... 335 
califormicus ochrus ...... 334 
Cla DiS MeN ie crs eiataeens 329 
jolene jolene Gao abe oe 333 
jOUCeE ROMNCHIS wextaccoce 334 
VCH ROY CON CISY | Ne ae Re 335 
[OMMOISHS SoetyAokano beso 332 
MO GUCTUGIEDIS LAr Bice Os 330 
longimembris ........:.. 329 


longimembris bangst .... 328 


GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 


381 


Perognathus longimembris 
longimembris ......... 30 
longimembris neglectus .. 330 

longimembris panamint- 
AUS LEAN SSN vee aay avaleeTe 328 
MESCMOLINUS ....05.0.05- 332 
TOUR TWOSIIS (cricsobpaccebs 331 
TOC OUO mosaics haga aoe 331 
OUVAGEUSH sae Eine Soll 
DOCUTCIU Seon tok cierto see 329 
panamintinus arenicola... 329 
panamintinus bangsi..... 328 
panamintinus brevinasus. 329 


panamintinus panamintin- 
DS AN MAT eee ene touatenencl ate 


PORTUS Doin eerie oe 330 
parvus magruderensis ... 331 
parvus mollipilosus ...... 331 
parvus olivaceus ........ 331 


penicillatus angustirostris 333 
pemcillatus penicillatus....333 


pemicillatus stephensi .... 333 
CUCU LES OE St ESE c 329 
spinatus spinatus ........ 335 
GION LTO. Sa cbev can wahoo c 333 
xanthonotus .........2:- 331 
Peromyscus boylet .......... 308 
boyler bowler .........-.- 306 
boylet rowley, .......... 307 
californicus californicus.. 309 
californicus msignis ..... 310 
PUMPIOAM Sd ane nase oce 306 
crimitus CrimMtus ......... 309 
crimitus stephensi ........ 309 
ONSAUMIS Sion OG Ae DUBE OOD 308 
CYEMICUS CYEMICUS ...... 310 
eremicus fraterculus ..... 310 
LUO CLIN phe tres Gea ad MOI 305 
HOSUGTING: ©, molaina ten onla Gath 310 
USHER eed i Sta yoy Ee Ra 307 
maniculatus catalinae.... 306 
maniculatus clementis.... 306 
maniculatus gambeli..... 305 
maniculatus rubidus...... 305 
maniculatus sonoriensis.. 306 
MLONEUPINOTIS ......00- 308 
oreas rubidus ..........- 305 
DOADSRBCUIS socnocadoone ec 307 
PEUOMUS Nun Nac enatiele areca 309 
sonoriensis gambeli ..... 305 
SEO DIVCHUSY Waar tverettenaateor 309 
texanus clementis ....... 306 
texanus gambeli ........ 305 
texanus medius ...... ee S05 
texensis gambeli ........ 305 
texewsis, thurbert ........ 306 
WUC) RUDE oo eb0saboonc 308 
truet martirensis ........- 308 
LVWEUgITWED. Sando cee 307 
PETA URIS DID ARs tycte i> parreineiaiata 357 


4 


382 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Ser. 
Phenacomys albipes ......... 316 Rat. Banning m\Wioodve.. “ceric 312 
lONGICGUAUS V\0. 22 =e 316 Big Desert Kangaroo.... 339 
ADIL. Base sed sano yn As 315 Big (Pocket sse. ae ayes 337 
JOGO PAWEL soodnoccca06bo5e 301 1B Kel aay A Hise PEE ca Mae 322 
richardi richardi ......-. 301 Browilh Wiehe acre eee 322 
richardi geronimensis . 301 Cabezon Kangaroo ...... 338 
GINA Nieaerd woo G wn dood e 301 California Dwarf Pocket. 342 
Phocaena communis .......-- 371 California Kangaroo .... 342 
NUOGLAPE. aoe oe dnsa see 4 371 Galttornia Pocket ine 342 
VOMEVING ...202+-0-+ee- 371 Carrizo Plain Kangaroo.. 337 
PHOCIDAEW se eee eee 301 Colorado Valley Wood... 311 
PHYLLOSTOMIDAE ..........-- 275 Death Valley Kangaroo.. 340 
Physeter macrocephalus ..... 372 Desert Rockers. see aie 339 
PEW SELERIDAD Ne ere eeeeeacr 372 Desert Wood 2. 2.02..54. 312 
Pika wiGray-headedi eres see - 359 Dulzura Kangaroo ...... 337 
PENINIPEDEA susisrciyaien sioleleres 299 Dulzura White-footed 
Pipistrellus hesperus ........ 279 INVOOGI Heicsaterseters ul eeu 311 
hesperus hesperus ....... 279 Dusky-footed Wood ..... 313 
hesperus merriami ...... 279 Fort Vejon Wood. ..:..- 314 
Plecotis townsendi ......... 281 Fresno Kangaroo ....... 341 
Porcupine, Yellow-haired..... 344 Gambel Kangaroo ....... 335 
Porpoise (ayes aces eee 371 Gambel Pocket .......... RR) 
CGomimondee eee eeee ee 371 Gray Bushy-tailed Wood. 315 
Northern Right Whale.. 370 Goldman Kangaroo ..... 336 
Stripednvs wane eames 370 Heller Kangaroo ........ 339 
PP OCVOMMOLONA Wir\-\seereleletaie evel 290 Intermediate Wood ..... 311 
lotor hernandezt ........ 290 Inyoyocketine ac aemeee 338 
loro jponpems badecccn000 290 Keeler Kangaroo ....... 340 
DOlliaisys Petals cms etmiey leis 290 Keeler Pocket ..\. s.)2. 504 340 
PSOPMMPUGUTCH ete s tee « 290 Kern Valley Kangaroo... 341 
PSORO PSA s40ess500 ae ox 290 Least Pocketiny:;. passe 341 
PROGYONIDAE Ciao eee 289 Light-footed Kangaroo... 339 
Promops californicus ........ 283 Long-eared Wood....... 314 
perotis californicus ...... 283 Miniic\Pocket ie. sas see 340 
Puma, Northwestern ........ 298 Mohave Wood .......... 314 
Putorius arigonensis ......... 292 Morro Kangaroo) .ass ena 336 
brasiliensis frenatus ..... 292 Nevada Kangaroo ....... 341 
MULICUS TA See 292 INOG Way ec oilers ele ene te 322 
THSOM Weenie oe ere eee ete 293 Panamint Kangaroo ..... 338 
vison energumenos ...... 293 Panamint Pocket ....... 338 
RAMUWOLENNS pererstrlleseyete ere 292 Rortolay Wooden rere 313 
xanthogenys mundus .... 292 Rhoads Woods 2 sj ssh--aee 311 
FRO OH Ns Raina cetn sh eta cae 322 
Rabbit, Ashy Brush.......... 365 San Bernardino Kangaroo 340 
California Brush ........ 364 San Bernardino Pocket.. 340 
California: Jacke 360 Santa Cruz. Kangaroo.... 337 
Colorado Desert Jack... .361 Santa Cruzeocketeeaeee 337 
Idaho Pigmy ..... Casey an 365 Small-faced Kangaroo... 338 
Klamath eeiee eerie 360 Stephens Kangaroo ..... 338 
Oregon Snowshoe ....... 360 Streator Kangaroo ...... 337 
Redwood Brush ......... 364 StreatonmOcket sees oom 
San Diego Jack......... 36); Streator Wood .......... 313 
San Joaquin Jack....... 361 Tipton Kangaroo ....... 341 
Sierra White-tailed Jack. 360 Tulare Kangaroo ....... 336 
Washington Jack ....... 360 Mulareweockere a sarees 341 
Western White-tailed Jack 359 Walker Basin Kangaroo. 336 
Raccoon, California ......... 290 Western  Bushy-tailed 
Desert Oe MR ina 290 WOO dita auers sesamiae 315 
Raccoon-toxuene seers 289 Western Desert Cotton.. 311 
Rat, Allied Kangaroo ....... 339 Wiha nti. seein see ee 322 


Vor. III] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 383 


Rat, Yellow Wood .......... 312 Seal, Guadalupe Fur ........ 300 
Reithrodon longicauda ...... 303 Northern Elephant ...... 301 
Reithrodontomys catalinae.... 304 Northern Fur....... 300, 301 
WaliGores: Pino. Lacie A. 304 Pribilof Puch ve eae 300 
Rlamatwensis) ene eae 303 San Geronimo Harbor... 301 
LOWGTEQUAG Nos kl eS. ct eee 303 ’ Sewellel, California.......... 344 
longicauda pallidus ..... 303 Danke ees sere a cunaiae he 344 
MELO OWUSY | sakes bie sinh 3 afore 304 Sheep wDesertusucac se nimeeee 369 
megalotis catalinae ...... 304 Mountainienee cee ene. 369 
megalotis deserti ........ 304 Shrews Adornedhaa.nesen eae 272 
megalotis klamathensis... 303 Bendre. see sce wei 275 
megalotis longicauda..... 303 @alitogniayeae soe eee 272 
BOLUS Se eel ase ose tnt 303 Erawiord heey tee eee 275 
FODVOCWITUS) <3) s ahs sla scree se 304 DESETEN See ncaa 275 
Rhachianectes glaucus........ 373 Dusky Mecise usec eee 271 
RODIN TRTAMIEEN ees rials tae Grose 302 Gaye ey ee ae 275 
Ethy O28 peer, aaa or ae 273 

Scalops californicus ......... 269 Monterey naan vectra 272 
NiiMTOOUS  seadcco pouosudT 269 WMioysrare ILS Sp ooweoooese 274 
LOWNSENGU ...0.0.. e000 268 iNawigatony Weseech cee ees 274 
Scapanus anthonyi .......... 269 IRA Ci Ch Ate verte 0s eee 274 
COLILOLMICUS. Voasaeeset sos 269 Salt) Marnshw ase cose 271 
californicus anthonyi .... 269 Shastagey tase cre Ske ee 273 
californicus minusculus... 269 Sierra Nevadaueeee eerie 271 
californicus truet ........ 270 SUIS aire so. coer 273 
LOIOMUS erect nicebeeicte et 269 Wiaride ning teiis as setcee 270 
latimanus occultus ..... 269 Waters ye ies wean 274 
latimanus latimanus...... 269 White Mountains........ 274 
latimanus truei .......... 269 WOSEMLE NE Suceets ice shen eiate 272 
OKGLLUS rs Re ee aoa 268 Shrew-mole, Broad-palmed... 269 
townsendi ........... 268, 269 Californian eee 270 
CUCINA ead 269 Elyacinthitvel iss eee cot 270 

S CHURIDAB MRSS ttirirscsteha ee tee ees 345 Wanoe vec ev enc pes Ae araaes 270 
Sciuropterus alpinus califor- Sibbaldius sulfureus.......... 374 
NUCUSBUM ee eR Oe 357 Sigmodon hispidus eremicus.. 311 
alpinus klamathensis..... 357 Sitomys americanus gambeli.. 305 
alpinus lascivus.......... 357 ITA AT ERO NOMI Ce Gele sc 308 
alpinus stephenst ........ 357 WENT OVU Niner cule acta ey 310 
CONPOBHLGIES le dele alotete : 358 herront mgellus ......... 310 
oregonensis stephensi.... 357 AWS OLATUS Son a cia oh eles 306 
volucella hudsonius...... 357 TOTO Ra Ss tne 307 
Scunus aGuelast Ny. eee ses 355 MOULlIrenses ieee aes 308 
douglasi albolimbatus .... 355 TODUSTUS? Jace on aac: 307 
douglasi mollipilosus..... 355 TO UNE Vint as ey eas eae laa 307 

if OSSOD? MGR RAR UNS 356 Skunk, Arizona Spotted...... 294 
fossor anthonyi.......2.'. 356 Arizona Stipeds. esse a. 294 
[OSSOTBNUSTUP CS) Aa os) tenes 356 Broad-nosed Striped..... 296 
SYAMMUTUS we ccc cccccees 347 Galitornial Sey cee eee 295 
RUS CLUS heey oh Soh cd sear enare ie 356 California Spotted /s- 4-55. 294 
griseus anthonyi ........ 356 Canyony Spotted: a seer: 293 
ETISCUS ZVISEUS .......... 356 Great Basin Spotted...... 293 
LQLISCUS NIZTipes ...+..--- 356 Great Basin Striped...... 295 
WECKMIGII ORs Nargeie nee ahs 356 Eiydcophobiam ee seccesee 294 
hudsonius californicus ... 355 Ieittles Spotted. irae.) 294 
hudsonius douglassi...... 355 Hower, Califoriayesss.- 295 

hudsonicus orarius....... 355 Northern California 
Ne POMUBILS Vise Galeria ete a 356 Seripeds ss. si asec 295 
MOW-PUOSUS 9.5. v ase se a55 Oregon ‘Spotted:2.2 5.42. 294 
Scotophilus hesperus......... 279 Southern California 


Sealy Galitornia’ Elarbor...... 301 Striped ie ui ece cee 295 


384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


Skunk, Western Spotted ..... 294 Squirrel, California Coast Fly- 
SOV ens UIIGEIUS (i ane hee ise 271 TUAbCT CSUN, . CEACM A A RST as 
PENGUIN eee 275 California) lying. 24) 22). 358 
CUILOTMIGHS) Fenn eeenn ene 272 CaliionniamG ray ashes 356 
californicus californicus.. 272 California Ground ...... 345 
CaO ices cnedeoseuen 275 Catalina Island Ground.. 346 
halicoetes es. shiek Mette oe 271 Death Valley Ground.... 347 
MONLEVEYENSIS .......000. 272 Digger: ile ie u ne penta 346 
montereyensis mariposae. 272 Douglas Ground ........ 345 
montereyensis monterey- Risher aGroundsans sac aes 346 
CUSES Rea hae PAR HERE Ze, GildediGromidiee senna 354 
obscurus obscurus ....... 271 Klamath ee lyase seen 357 
OTNOWSE ee eee Die Mendocino Flying........ 357 
DOGILCWSI Ste oe sce 274 Mohave Ground ......... 348 
palustris navigator....... 274 Nelson Grounday aye e 355 
GHUSUCSIS OSes dddodoond + 273 OresonGromnden aes 348 
SMW OSUS Ui a Nate pce: Rien 273 Palm Springs Ground.... 347 
FENCES ee cates cyabh Menta 273 FROG Ae a iby Meena Os MMU 347 
LOM CLIUS I NCLIR se eee ete 274 Round-tailed Ground..... 347 
tenellus MyOpS.........+. 274 San Bernardino Flying... 357 
tenellus tenellus ......... 273 San Bernardino Golden- 
HOMO ON as SERIA RLA 5 270 mantled Ground....... 354 
VALTANS AMOENUS .......- 27M Sierra Golden-mantled 
VAZYANS VAZYANS........- 270 Ground eee syne aoe 353 
SORICIDAE Wee series 270 Sierra Nevada Flying.... 357 
Spermophile, Belding......... 349 Stephens Flying......... N57 
DearhyeWalley ss cM ane 348 Stephens Ground......... 348 
Mohave Desert: ..:..-:... 348 Sylvilagus auduboni arizonae. 363 
INelSOmipe ess foeee selects cess 355 auduboni audubont ...... 362 
Pall ere ee eases oc eab ana, 347 auduboni sanctidiegi .... 363 
Round ratledGan asm acsnie 347 auduboni vallicola ....... 363 
Steplhlensi i hme neers 348 bachmani bachmani...... 364 
Spermophilus beecheyi ....... 346 bachmani cinerascens..... 365 
beecheyt fishert .......... 346 bachmani ubericolor...... 364 
DEV eine. Ws oe nce ora 349 nuttalli gramgeri......... 362 
bernardinus ............- 354 nuttalli nuttalli .......... 362 
CHYNSODCITUS Menem eee 354 
chrysodeirus brevicaudus. 354 AIPATER TD A Ais Se ate eal ween 268 
grammurus beecheyi ..... 346 Tamias alpinus............. , 349 
grammurus douglasi...... 345 DINOCNUS eee eee 349 
grammurus fishert....... 346 asiaticus hindst .......... 352 
VEMUCHUMAUS:. ane eee eee 354 asiaticus merriami ....... 353 
TUNURIEUSIS napocdsudoesc 348 asiaticus quadrivittatus ...... 
mollis stephensi ......... BAG Te Mn Peng GEER ob seer gate erm Ca) 349, 353 
WEUSONI ER cy NMC SiR te 355 asiaticus townsendi...... 352 
OVELOUUS 1a ern e Martele 348 PON NA MIOIG) ons Wal daioesioe oc 351 
ECRELICOU OWS i nies 347 ENLLNSOD CURIS | A oe eee 353 
Spilogale arizonae arizonae... 294 FEOECT ee HOM ALAS ee 350 
gracilis gracilis .......... 293 HAE CU tani spelt ante 352 
EVOCINS SALOMMS «0.20. a. 293 VOU CUTS ERY ps SE 354 
VAT THOR AN oun lest ARs Nes 294 macrorhabdotes ......... 351 
phenax arizonae......... 294 ICID sslcisen coanas de 353 
phenax latifrons......... 294 MUNIMUS PICTUS.......+.. 349 
phenax phenawx .......... 294 panamintinus ........... 350 
SOLOS os 566600 SC UN 293 DUCTUS MO a meni 349 
Squirrel, Antelope Ground.... 354 PILE CE NIN Ah ale oa Sa 353 
Aathoniy, ) Graven eens 356 quadrimaculatus...... 349, 351 
Beechey Ground......... 346 quadrivittatus ...........- 350 
Beldine Groundya ne 349 SOME incernd ene eeanees eet ane 352 


Black-footed Gray....... 356 SPECLOSINS Wie alc iaeeecke 350 


Vot. III] 

Tamias speciosus inyoensis... 351 
fOWNSENGL 12. 4.5--- 0 eee 352 
townsend ochrogenys.... 352 
townsendi pricei.......-. 353 

Taxidea americana........... 296 
americana neglecta....... 296 
berlandiert .......-+.+.e0: 296 
LUPUS REE Gis eet 296 
taxus berlandiert .......- 296 
taxus neglecta .......++. 296 

Teonoma cinerea .....-+.++-- O15 
cinerea Qcraid .......... 315 
cinerea occidentalis ...... 315 

Thomomys albatus ........-- 326 
alpinus alpinus ......++.- 327 
alpinus awahnee ......... 327 
ADONNS anooauoaacoonbes 327 
angularis angularis ..... 324 
angularis pascalis ....... 324 
GQUYEUS PEYPES .....eeeeee 325 
OID niiab dodoonseDo mons 323 
NOHO? WOME Sogndccodoce 323 
Noe WOnMCGAS bobeoodces 323 
bottae pallescens .......- 323 
(TONHBOOUNS nocscendc0c008 323 
PUDERORUR seccoceosdooes 326 
UPSETS nc oo Ree OBneES 326, 327 
fuluus nigricans .......+- 327 
fulvus perpallidus ....... 326 
FUSCUS MUSWCTE) @. cs 54.5 325 
tice pS Paine a4) tesa serests 323 
leucodon navus ......... 324 
TUGEO) io ols coddeeoanoacnbod 324 
TOMCOUT oscodeGsascocgc 328 
monticola pinetorum .... 328 
VACTUCOMS Maniacs ss10ie 6 327 
DNS Seb de bonne ees 325 
perpallidus .......... 325, 326 
perpallidus perpes ....... 325 
AUG) Sa Ce aD Oe 325 
talpoides bulbivorus...... 323 
talpoides perpallidus ..... 326 

INES NOUNS Esoocdaesecoue 370 

TUPSUG PS SUOMI aresce <avouilelee 370 

Urocyon californicus...... 287, 288 


californicus sequoiensis... 287 
californicus townsendi ... 287 


HHOIMIS soboeadodcasoot 289 
UV RGRIOE sc cloiid coon open 289 
cinereoargenteus califor- 
MUCUS RTE sits nena 287, 288 
cinereoargenteus scotti .. 288 
cinereoargenteus sequo- 
WOW SU STMT eiateee) Ses elaiele die 287 
cinereoargenteus  towns- 
GEREIB ro ARERR Co FEROS 287 


cinereo-argenteus imyoen- 


Ce ee 


GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF CALIFORNIA 385 


Urocyon littoralis santacruzae 289 


virginianus littoralis..... 288 
virgimianus scotti ......-- 288 
Winswmvnia’ Sol aodagusocuocoadc 284 
Ursus altifrontalis ......+++- 284 
QMEVICANUS wc eccecereces 284 
americanus altifrontalis .. 284 
CINNAMONEUS ....-+++--s- 284 
[HOPTTIDUNS Gohan be obs oc 284 
horribilis californicus .... 284 
horribilis horriaeus....... 284 
Vesperimus fraterculus ...... 310 
Vespertilio albescens...... 276, 277 
albescens evotis....... 278, 279 
albescens melanorhinus .. 277 
albescens velifer .......-- 279 
COUPOTNICUS sone een ee 277 
CLLEL CUS Oe aoc 280 
ERIS Ss HORSE OOOO OO 278 
MISCIN! @odewondogonnsenos 280 
HOGS na be deo oonuas 56 276 
THOS Be nish oo tded ono oIOeD 277 
NOCHUAZONS ....-.....00 279 
OVEZONENSIS 22 ..2..+.-5: 277 
OMMOUNS icadcbookeodacecs 282 
BRU ode oo DOR OSCR ED EE 276 
YUNUANENSIS .....20e0000 276 
WESPERTILIONIDAB sees 2-0 276 
Vesperugo hesperus .......-. 279 
AWEVTAQING) Micilesse aces «© 279 
Wolo iGalihormtan ey nijsciet ss «1 318 
CGantankerous macs] sae 319 
(GOAS Ee ede el eteneretes 319, 320 
IDeGane Eas ob baboon seaee 319 
IDEROMER Gobsosoacsaseaue 318 
OResom laren ey late sie 320 
Peal enipontee mien teeiaens cree S17 
Snomistaleel cogcoodoasude 321 
Pia erin hair tava ta ey neuearin rear rear te 319 
Viallleyapaieten ner ysteyersterscetel ene 318 
VAIDOS (ON GHIOS Boule sore sa6oac 287 
GOSEOOIZISIG adeoecodacoous 286 
PHOTONS sooccoobaccocdec 288 
AMOGHOLES EC eee 286 
macrotis arsipus ......-- 287 
macrotis Macrotis........ 286 
macrotis muticus .......- 287 
WUGCTOULUS ...00.220ee0s 286 
EDO ab MA ce Ooo oe eoor 287 
MeCAtOr .....- NG ON morse sy c0e 286 
UINZIMIANUS ..- vee eeeecese 287 
Wapiti, Calitomiian. youl. <t ony 306 
Rooseveltasanaeoeu errr 365 
\iverisel, Audie) soacdasccesc 292 
Galifonniameemece crestor 292 
Miomrarginn’ coccaboscendoc 292 
Tpvachwmool ponneuoosascade 292 
Sierra pieastmmenin cs 292 


386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Srp. 
Weasel, Yellow-cheeked ..... 292 Wolk (Gray Ae ents sek see 285 
Whale, Baird Beaked ....... 372 Northwestern Timber ... 284 
S peri iiey Lee ett et ee alates 372 Wolverine, Sierra Nevada.... 291 
California Gray.........- 373 Woodchuck, Yellow-bellied... 345 

Gray, (Baleeniijaseue cea 373 
Oregon Finback ......... 373 Zalophus californianus ...... 299 
Pacific Finback ......... 373 CUESPU ROR Neier etere 300 
Pacific Humpback ....... 373 ZAPODIDIAB Hy she faiets ae ae eile 342 
Pacitic iets eseetee cee 373 ZL OPUS “HU ent on eae tee ae 343 
Pacific Sulphur-bottom... 374 MOT OME hier schie te eee 342 
Siebold Baleen .......... 373 OK ATIUS Re oe ee 343 
CERCA Ie eae USER a ete dra ont 372 PUCHTECUS WI NUrs Licks a avalnnerere 343 
Wildcat Calitoriiayce ct sce sr 299 HANOLEIWS UR! ne eee 342 
Desert ee Ge eds 299 trinotatus allent ......... 343 
PallidvBarrediy sete emaans 298 trinotatus trinotatus ..... 342 
ZIPHUIDAE | ogee oe eae 372 


Southern Barred ........ 298 


a ee 


veld 
Ay ned ANA 


f 


oth 


‘ ‘ > \ : : i 
i , 
hy 4 i 
a Bu 
; Pa . DN ARR) 
ce an ALAR 


Nee La ce a A mer pa nahn cnet cnet 


i 
P 
ees 


| PLATE XV 


L 


EL 


[GRINN 


Proc Ca Aca. Sei 47 Ser. Vor Ill 


BorREAL | 
TRANSITION 


Compiteo Ar THE 


“ 
ch 


Comme 


| 
) 


OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY | 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


MUSEUM 


a 
} 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI 


Map showing Faunal Districts of California. 


. 
{ a Tie keg 
‘ 
2 y 
se: 
a a 
. 
. ‘ 
< : A Be a : 


Proc.CaLAcan. Scr 47 Ser. Vor III. [SRINNELL] PLATE XVI 


veo" it nee 


a ro im 
SS ot 


WTig 04 CE Ay FAUNAL DISTRICTS OF CALIFORNIA 
a if o 4 1. Modoc Great Basin) 

Seer eo Trintly Mourlain <j 
; ay 3. Serra Wevada 


“U 


4 Sierra Foothill 


LOS 


\ EN. 


xe y Clear ake 


ou) y ait 10. San foaguin 
tee & a (S 11. San Diego 
; ie ee 72.San Bernardino Mounlain 
Z ae \s “13. Sanla Barbara Islands 
L i aS \14.In 0yo 

No SG Mokave Oesert 
Ss é i I6. Glorado Desert 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


PROCEEDINGS 


Fourth Series 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 


Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 20, 19071)... 0 cc ccc cece 

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. Plates 1-xtx. (lssued January 20, 1911).... 

Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. Plates xx, xxXI. 
(CUSSED LOLIDR ETE TL PLL Weis eitlc Die eee aR Ee NAD ahd ees 

Pages 323-374. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 
John Van Denburgh. Plates xxlI-xxx. (/ssued January 17, 1912) 

Pages 375-404. V. Notes.on the Botany of Cocos Island. By 
Alban‘Stewart. Plates xxx1-xxxIv. (/ssued January 19, 1972) 

Pages 405-430. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued April 16, 1912) 01.0... cc ene 

Pages 431-446. VII. Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos 

_ Islands. By Alban Stewart. (lssued December 17, 1912)...... 


VOLUME II, Part I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 


Pages 1-132. VIII. The Birds.of the Galapagos Islands, with 
Observations on the Birds of Cocos and Clipperton Islands 
(Columbiformes to Pelecaniformes). By Edward Winslow 
Gifford. Plates 1-vir. (lssued August 11, 1913)... ccc cece ee 


VOLUME IIl 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M.Anderson. Plate 1. (/ssued 
WM OGLODET DER EL SOON pe oie UA mks Et eS Soe aca TCA a FEET AE NISL ra 
Pages 41-48, Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
Sone (Usswed. DecemUer SLs LUIS) ao ae oe he oe au S 
Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Penburgh- Wsswed December, ZO LION) so Foo cou lai ain so ote olnlae hes 
Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. 
By Rollo Howard Beck. (/ssued September 17, 1910)-......... 
Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 
and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M.Anderson. Plates 11-x111. 
NECLSSIE LIV OOLILULTE Dit DLL) eins sidatette tie Wht are eta Mara te choter wis) otal weve eeats 
Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Souler: 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued 
LILI ML LT PLONE RH he! © Nae ai, teen dy cates US oo rete ey oye agel eak ch nd Pera ae 
Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 
Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued 
SABUATP LS LID) roa eo Voss Sis te Pe erick Ratics Nae e IS x Bho phobia hoy Seal ah 
Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 
California. By James Perrin Smith. Ussued April 5, 1972).. 
Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- 
mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. Navy. 
Plater st isse ed BAUay LILO) eds ok oa PLCS n ale aka s osiles coeketoes 
Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- 
phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 16, 1912.).......% 
Pages 259-264. Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of 
North America. By John Van Denburgh. (Issued December 
2) SD AS TAZ SI SH eels vas OM AER ES DES Za UB IEER GOSS ben gl NBR CEs Eye Er ate a 
Pages 265-390. A Distributional List of the Mammals of Gulitornia: 
By Joseph Grinnell. Plates xv, xvi. (/ssued August 28, 1973) 


1.00 


23g 


29 


a0 
20 


1.00 


25 


29 
25 


bide) 


50 


a8) 
1.00 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 
year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


Vor. III, pp. 391-454, pls. 17-28 NoveMBER 5, 1913 


A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of 
Arizona, with Notes on the Species in 
the Collection of the Academy 


BY 
JoHN vAN DENBURGH 


Curator of the Department of Herpetology 
AND 


JosEPH R, SLEVIN 
Assistant Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


SAN FRANCISCO 
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 
1913 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


FourTH SERIES 


Vot. III, pp. 391-454, pls. 17-28 NovEMBER 5, 1913 


A LIST OF THE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF 
ARIZONA, WITH NOTES ON THE SPECIES IN 
THE COLLECTION OF THE ACADEMY 


BY 
JOHN VAN DENBURGH 
Curator of the Department of Herpetology 
AND 
JOSEPH R. SLEVIN 
Assistant Curator of the Department of Herpetology 


Early in March, 1912, the authors of this paper arrived in 
Yuma and began the gathering of a representative collection 
of Arizonan reptiles and amphibians. March and the first week 
of April were spent there and in the vicinity of Tucson, where 
large collections were secured. The senior author then re- 
turned to San Francisco, leaving Mr. Slevin to continue the 
work in various parts of Arizona throughout the summer. 
Mr. John I. Carlson, in 1910, had made considerable collec- 
tions in Yuma and Maricopa counties under my direction. 
Our thanks are particularly due to the late Mr. Herbert Brown 
of Tucson, who is well known as a student of the natural his- 
tory of Arizona, for his kind aid, gifts of specimens, and ad- 
vice as to favorable collecting grounds. Professor Brown, of 
the University of Arizona, and Mr. Bancroft very kindly gave 
us a number of specimens. The authorities of the Carnegie 
Desert Laboratory at Tucson also were most generous in their 
assistance, with gifts of specimens and the loan of camping 
equipment which made possible the trip to the summit of Mt. 
Lemon. 

The Arizonan collections at hand number about three thou- 
sand specimens, and include a large majority of the species 
known from the state. Some species have been credited to 


November 3, 1913 


ene. 


392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Arizona without sufficient evidence of their occurrence there. 
The following list is thought to include all species now known 
to live in Arizona. Those which the Academy has not yet 
secured from within the borders of that state are indicated by 
a star preceding the number. Following this list are given 
notes on the species represented in our collections. 


List OF THE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF ARIZONA 


* 


a 
FH SOOWMNAWA WN 


. Ambystoma tigrinum 
Hyla arenicolor 

Bufo lentiginosus woodhousi 
Bufo punctatus 

Bufo alvarius 

Bufo cognatus 

. Scaphiopus couchii 

. Scaphiopus hammondii 
Rana pipiens 

. Kinosternon sonoriense 
. Terepene ornata 

12. Gopherus agassizii 

13. Coleonyx variegatus 
14. Dipsosaurus dorsalis 
15. Sauromalus ater 

16. Crotaphytus collaris baileyi 
17. Crotaphytus wislizenii 
18. Uma notata 

19. Holbrookia maculata approximans 
20. Holbrookia texana 

21. Callisaurus ventralis 
22. Uta stansburiana 

23 Uta oxnata 

24. Uta graciosa 

25. Sceloporus jarrovii 

26. Sceloporus clarkii 

27. Sceloporus magister 
28. Sceloporus consobrinus 
*29. Sceloporus scalaris 

30. Phrynosoma hernandesi 
31. Phrynosoma solare 
*32. Phrynosoma cornutum 


Vor. IIT] 


VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 


. Phrynosoma modestum 

. Phrynosoma platyrhinos 

. Phrynosoma m’‘callii 

. Heloderma suspectum 

. Gerrhonotus kingi 

. Cnemidophorus gularis 

. Cnemidophorus arizonae 

. Cnemidophorus melanostethus 
. Cnemidophorus tigris 

. Eumeces obsoletus 

. Leptotyphlops dulcis 

. Siagonodon humilis 

. Lichanura roseofusca 

. Chilomeniscus cinctus 

. Sonora semiannulata 

. Sonora episcopa 

. Sonora occipitalis 

. Gyalopium canum 

. Rhinocheilus lecontei 

. Heterodon nasicus 

. Salvadora grahamiae 

. Phyllorhynchus brownii 

. Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus 
. Diadophis regalis 

. Lampropeltis pyrrhomelaena 
. Lampropeltis splendida 

. Lampropeltis conjuncta 

. Lampropeltis boylii 

. Bascanion flagellum frenatum 
. Bascanion piceum 

. Bascanion semilineatum 


Bascanion taeniatum 


. Arizona elegans 

. Pituophis catenifer deserticola 
. Thamnophis vagrans 

. Thamnophis eques 


Thamnophis marcianus 
Thamnophis megalops 


. Thamnophis angustirostris 
. Trimorphodon lyrophanes 


393 


394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc.4TH SER. . 


73. Tantilla nigriceps 
74. Tantilla wilcoxi 

75. Elaps euryxanthus 
*76. Sistrurus catenatus edwardsii 
77. Crotalus molossus 
78. Crotalus atrox 

79. Crotalus tigris 

80. Crotalus confluentus 
81. Crotalus oregonus 
82. Crotalus cerastes 
83. Crotalus mitchellii 
84. Crotalus lepidus 

85. Crotalus price 

*86. Crotalus willardi 


NOTES ON THE SPECIES IN THE COLLECTION OF THE 
ACADEMY 


2.—Hyla arenicolor Cope 


Forty-three adult specimens are at hand, and the collection 
includes also some tadpoles and young. In Pima County 
this tree-toad was collected at East Sabino Basin, June 19, 
1912; in Pima Canyon, June 7, 1908; at the steam pump 
eighteen miles north of Tucson, May 16-18, 1912—all in the 
Catalina Mountains. In Cochise County this species was 
found in Ramsey Canyon in the Huachuca Mountains, July 7, 
1912. In Maricopa County some were secured at Cave Creek, 
April 17, 1910; and in Coconino County three were caught at 
Oak Creek, Sept. 2-4, 1912. They usually were found sitting 
on boulders in rocky streams. 


3.—Bufo lentiginosus woodhousii Girard 


We have secured twenty-one adults and a number of young 
toads of this kind. Of these, eight are from Yuma, Sept. 10— 
21, 1912, and Dec. 31, 1909; three from Phoenix, March 16, 
1910, and Sept. 13, 1912; five were collected at Cave Creek, 
April 2—Sept. 14, 1910; and five were caught at Fairbank, 
August 12-18, 1912. At Yuma, they were found at night 
under the electric lights. 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 395 


4—Bufo punctatus Baird and Girard 


We have at hand only five Arizonan specimens of this 
toad. Nos. 17581, 17582, and 20871 were collected at Cave 
Creek, Maricopa County, May 16-27, 1910. No. 33847 was 
found by Mr. Herbert Brown in the foothills of the Catalina 
Mountains, 18 miles northwest of Tucson, Pima County. No. 
35002 was secured in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 
Cochise County, July 7, 1912. 


5.—Bufo alvarius Girard 


Thirty-one examples of this little-known toad are now be- 
fore us. Twenty-six of these (33728 to 33752 and 33799) 
were caught at Yuma, Sept. 10-21, 1912. Many of these are 
young, showing the characteristic spotted style of coloration 
which disappears with age. Nos. 13166 to 13168 were se- 
cured in Phoenix, July 10-12, 1907. Two very large speci- 
mens (Nos. 35322 and 35323) were collected on the desert 
close to Tucson, August 22, 1912. 


6.—Bufo cognatus Say 


Forty-six toads (Nos. 33753 to 33798) of this species were 
collected at Yuma, Sept. 10-21, 1912. We did not find this 
toad at Tucson, although it is known to occur there, but we 
have seen specimens from Phoenix. The Yuma specimens 
were caught at night under the electric street lights. 


7.—Scaphiopus couchii Baird 


This spade-foot toad was found by us only at Fairbank, 
Cochise County, where eight specimens (Nos. 35227 to 35234) 
were collected August 12-18, 1912. They were caught in the 
water in a cattle-guard on the railroad. This species is said 
to be common at Tucson. 


9.—Rana pipiens Schreber 


We have about one hundred and thirty adult specimens of 
this frog from Arizona, besides eggs and many tadpoles. Most 
of these are from the Santa Cruz River at Tucson, but the 
species was found also at Yuma, Yuma Co.; Oak Creek, Co- 
conino Co., Sept. 1-3, 1912; Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., April 
2—May 27, 1910; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., March 11-31, 
1910; Sabino Canyon, Santa Catalina Mountains, April 4 and 


396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH Serr. 


June 19, 1912; at the steam pump eighteen miles north of 
Tucson) Pima io May 16-18) 1912; Vandy at Eainbanl: 
Cochise Co., August 13-17, 1912. Eggs were found at Tuc- 
son, March 25, 1912; and large tadpoles were taken at the 
same time. 


10.—Kinosternon sonoriense Le Conte 


We have secured twenty Arizonan specimens of this mud- 
turtle. Two (Nos. 17282 and 20643) were collected at Cave 
Creek, Maricopa Co., April 19 and June 29, 1910. One (No. 
35157) was caught at Fairbank, Cochise Co., Sept. 1912. 
The other seventeen (33850 to 33866) are from the Santa 
Cruz River, near Tucson, April 17—-June 4, 1912. This spe- 
cies lives also in the Colorado River at Yuma, whence we have 
a specimen (No. 33403) from the Californian side of the river, 
collected April 8, 1912. This turtle has been recorded also 
from Ash Creek, Guadalupe Canyon, Sabino Canyon in the 
Santa Catalina Mountains, and from the Huachucas. 

Yarrow recorded a specimen from Ft. Yuma, California, as 
Cinosternum flavescens; but I know of no evidence that this 
species occurs in Arizona. Certainly all of the Yuma speci- 
mens sent to the Academy—six or eight before the fire—have 
been Kinosternon sonoriense. 

It would seem that this turtle is generally distributed 
throughout the Gila River and its tributaries. Whether it 
ascends the Colorado River above the Gila is not known. 

Captive specimens ate meat voraciously under water. The 
Tucson specimens were caught with hook and line baited with 
meat. 


11._Terrapene ornata (Agassiz) 


The specimen of this turtle collected by Mr. Price at Fort 
Lowell, near Tucson, June 10, 1893, has remained the only 
Arizonan record of this box tortoise. We now have at hand 
eight alcoholic specimens (Nos. 35148 to 35155) and one skull 
(No. 33156) from Fairbanks, Cochise County, August, 12—- 
18, 1912. These specimens were found in the grass and weeds 
along an old railroad track about a mile out of town. Some 
of these turtles have the plates of the carapace nearly smooth, 
while others are striated. Some are nearly unicolor, while 
others are very distinctly rayed. 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 397 


12.—Gopherus agassizii (Cooper) 


Although it has long been known that this turtle is common 
in Arizona, we have found only two definite records of locali- 
ties where it has been taken. Cox mentioned its presence near 
Tucson, and Ditmars records a specimen secured near Phoenix. 
Mr. Herbert Brown sent us a fine large pair from Ehrenburg, 
Yuma County, but these unfortunately were destroyed in the 
great San Francisco fire of April, 1906. Mr. Brown tells us 
that this species is fairly common in the Tortolita and Santa 
Catalina Mountains, in Pima County. 

Our collection includes six specimens. These are one young 
specimen from Yuma; one (No. 13165) taken twenty miles 
west of Tucson, March 9, 1908; a half-grown specimen (No. 
33867) and an adult (No. 33868) from the desert near Tuc- 
son; and two young (Nos. 34263 and 34264) found near the 
steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, May 15, 1912. 


13.—Coleonyx variegatus Baird 


We collected fifty specimens of this gecko during the spring 
and summer of 1912. Eleven (Nos. 33491 to 33501) were 
found at Yuma, March 11-19. Three (Nos. 35341 to 35343) 
were secured at Gunsight, Pima Co., April 16-22. Thirty-six 
(Nos. 33890 to 33925) were collected near Tucson, April 8-13. 

At Yuma they were found on the desert under tin cans, old 
clothes, boards, and stones. The Gunsight and Tucson speci- 
mens were found under stones. Near Tucson they seemed to 
live in colonies near the tops of certain low rolling desert hills 
near the lower edge of the giant cactus belt. On some of 
these hills we found six or eight specimens under stones six to 
twenty inches in diameter, while on other similar hills none 
could be found, although nearly every suitable stone was 
turned. Later in the season we could find none, and it is 
probable that they descend into holes as the ground dries and 
the weather becomes warmer. They often utter a little squeak 
when caught. . 

No. 33922, Tucson, March 26, 1912, in life was colored as 
follows: Limbs dark flesh. Dark markings on head; body 
and tail deep liver brown. Light markings on tail and body 
bright lemon yellow, on head grayish yellow. Lower surfaces 
of head, body, and limbs pure white, of tail light lemon yellow. 


398 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 47H Srp. 


14.—Dipsosaurus dorsalis (Baird and Girard) 


Our present collection contains seventy specimens of this 
lizard. Sixty-seven of these were collected at Yuma, March 
11-21, 1912, and June 8-25, 1910. One (No. 34209) was 
shot at Papago Wells, Yuma Co., April 16-22, 1912. Two 
(Nos. 17284 and 17285) were secured at Cave Creek, Mari- 
copa County, April 20, 1910. 

Of these specimens, sixty-two have the rostral separated 
from the nasal on each side by two granules, one has two on 
one side and none on the other, while six have but one granule 
intervening on each side. The femoral pores vary from 18 to 
26; being 18 five times, 19 thirteen times, 20 twelve times, 
21 twenty-one times, 22 twenty-two times, 23 twenty-nine 
times, 24 seventeen times, 25 nine times, and 26 three times. 


15.—Sauromalus ater Duméril 


The single Arizonan specimen (No. 17645) in our collection 
was secured near Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., July 19, 1910. 
Its femoral pores are 16-17. I have seen a specimen secured 
near Tempe, Maricopa Co., and we caught a young one (No. 
33446) March 18, 1912, on the California side of the Colorado 
river a few miles below Yuma. 


16.—Crotaphytus collaris baileyi (Stejneger) 


One (No. 34321) was collected May 7, 1912, in the foot- 
hills of the Catalina Mountains, near the steam pump eighteen 
miles north of Tucson. Eight (Nos. 35128 to 35135) were 
secured August 6-8, 1912, at Cave Creek, Chiricahua Moun- 
tains, Cochise County. These lizards are very timid. They 
seem to come out late in the afternoon, and then appear on 
the tops of boulders, where they may be seen bobbing up and 
down as many lizards do. This seems to be distinctively a 
rock-loving species, while C. zwislizgent is found on the ground. 

The femoral pores in these specimens vary from 14 to 19; 
being 14 once, 15 twice, 16 five times, 17 five times, 18 four 
times, and 19 once. 


17.Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird and Girard 


Nine of these lizards were collected by us. Two were shot 
near Yuma, No. 33490, March 19, 1912, and 33686 Sept. 9, 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 399 


1912. Five were secured at Papago Wells in southeastern 
Yuma Co., April 16-22, 1912. One (No. 17283) was caught 
in Paradise Valley, Maricopa Co., May 9, 1910. No. 34320 
was found at the steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, 
May 18, 1912. One was seen chasing a Callisaurus on the 
desert. 

In eight specimens the femoral pores vary from 19 to 25; 
being 19 three times, 20 twice, 21 once, 22 four times, 23 
three times, 24 twice, and 25 once. 


18.—Uma notata Baird 


Our present collection contains only one Uma. This is No. 
20812, and was collected near Yuma, June 13, 1910. We 
failed to find any here in March and in September, 1912, al- 
though careful search was made on the same sand hills where 
Mr. Carlson shot more than forty for us in 1905. These 
specimens secured by Mr. Carlson were destroyed in the great 
San Francisco fire of April, 1906. It is probable that there is 
only one species of Uma. We were unable to find this lizard 
near Tucson. 


19.—Holbrookia maculata approximans Baird 


Twenty-seven Arizonan specimens are at hand, collected at 
Tucson, April 16—Sept. 3, 1912; Fairbank, August 12, 1912; 
Cave Creek in the Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise Co., August 
6, 1912; and on the desert near the mouths of Ramsey and 
Carr Canyons, Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co., June 28—July 
29, 1912. This Holbrookia was found always on the ground 
out on the open desert, while the other species secured fre- 
quents canyons and hillsides, and is usually seen on top of 
large stones or boulders. 

Femoral pores in twenty-five specimens vary from eight to 
sixteen; being 8 twice, 10 seven times, 11 four times, 12 ten 
times, 13 fourteen times, 14 seven times, 15 three times, 16 


twice. 
20.—Holbrookia texana (Troschel) 


This Holbrookia was recorded as Arizonan on the evidence 
of a single specimen collected by Mr. Price in 1894. We now 
have at hand forty-five specimens of various ages. Thirty- 
four were secured in the Catalina Mountains, where they were 


400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


found at the steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, and 
in Ventana and Sabino Canyons, April 4—May 2, 1912, and 
eleven were collected at Cave Creek, Maricopa County, April 
4—_May 27, 1910. 

. This lizard is easily distinguished from H. maculata ap- 
proximans by black cross-bars on the lower surface of the tail, 
and large blue patches on the sides of the belly. Its habit of 
constantly wanting to get up on the tops of boulders attracts 
attention to it in life. It is a larger species than H. m. approx- 
imans, being about equal in size to Callisaurus ventralis which 
it much resembles. 

Femoral pores vary from 11 to 18; being 11 once, 12 twice, 
13 seven times, 14 eighteen times, 15 twenty-two times; 16 
ten times, 17 five times, and 18 three times in thirty-four 
specimens from the Catalina Mountains. 


21.—Callisaurus ventralis (Hallowell) 


Three hundred and eighty-seven Arizonan specimens of this 
species are before us. One hundred and thirty of these are 
from Yuma, Feb. 7-28, 1910, March 11-21, 1912, June 8-24, 
1910, and Sept. 9-17, 1912. Sixteen were shot at Papago 
Wells, Yuma Co., April 16-22, 1912. Two were secured at 
Growler Well, and four at Ajo in western Pima Co., April 
16-22, 1912. One hundred and thirty-one were collected at 
Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., April 2—May 14, 1910. Three 
were preserved at Phoenix, March 16-22, 1910; and others 
were found at Tucson, April 1-13, 1912, at the steam pump 
in the foothills of the Catalina Mts., 18 miles north of Tucson, 
May 3-18, 1912; at Ventana Canyon, Catalina Mts., June 14, 
191 at old Hort, Wowellh Marca 29° 192 - and ate Nena 
Caliente, six miles east of Fort Lowell, May 14, 1911. 

Femoral pores in forty-one specimens range from 11 to 21; 
being 11 once, 13 once, 14 four times, 15 fifteen times, 16 
thirteen times, 17 twenty-one times, 18 twelve times, 19 four 
times, 20 five times, 21 twice. 


22.—Uta stansburiana Baird and Girard 


Ninety-eight specimens from Arizona are at hand. They 
were secured: forty-four at Yuma, March 11-21, 1912, Sept. 
10-17, 1912, Dec. 4, 1910; fifteen at,Papago Wells, Yuma 
County, April 16-22, 1912; four at Ajo, western Pima County, 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 401 


April 16-22, 1912; eight at Tucson, March 28—April 13, 
1912; three at the steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, 
May 8-18, 1912; five at old Fort Lowell, March 29—April 4, 
1912; one from the Catalina Mts., Pima County; sixteen at 
Cave Creek, Maricopa County, April 5—May 17, 1910; and 
two from Dome, Yuma County, Jan. 20 and 21, 1910. 

The femoral pores in forty specimens, mostly from Yuma 
County, vary from twelve to seventeen; being 12 four times, 
13 ten times, 14 twenty-six times, 15 twenty-seven times, 16 
seven times, 17 once. 

All styles of coloration are to be seen in this series. Some 
have longitudinal light stripes, some have dark dorsal blotches, 
some are without large markings, but are sprinkled with small 
blue spots. A living male from Palm Springs, Cal., showed 
these various types of coloration at different times. 


23.—Uta ornata Baird and Girard 


More than three hundred and sixty specimens of these tree 
Utas are at hand. After careful comparison of individuals 
from Yuma and from eastern Arizona we are unable to detect 
any constant difference nor are we able to distinguish Arizonan 
examples from the few specimens from Texas which we have 
for comparison. We, therefore, make use of the name Uta 
ornata for all these lizards, and regard Uta symmetrica as a 
synonym. Our specimens are from the following localities: 

Yuma County—Yuma and Papago Wells. 

Maricopa County—Cave Creek. 

Coconino County—Oak Creek. 

Pinal County—Oracle. 

Pima County—Tucson, Fort Lowell, and in the Catalina 
Mountains at the steam pump 18 miles north of Tucson, 
in Ventana and Sabino Canyons, and in East Sabino 
Basin. 

Santa Cruz County—Mowry in the Patagonia Mountains. 

Cochise County—Fairbank, the vicinity of Ramsey Canyon 
in the Huachuca Mts., and at Cave Creek and Paradise 
in the Chiricahua Mts. 

The femoral pores in forty specimens from Yuma vary from 

ten to fifteen; being 10 three times, 11 eighteen times, 12 
thirty-four times, 13 seventeen times, 14 seven times, and 15 


402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 41H Srr. 


once. The average for the eighty thighs is 11.51. In forty 
specimens from Pima and Cochise counties the number varies 
from nine to thirteen; being 9 once, 10 eight times, 11 thirty 
times, 12 thirty-one times, and 13 ten times. The average for 
the eighty thighs is 12.12. 

In Yuma specimens the color in life in both sexes varies on 
the upper surfaces from light clay to blackish brown. Most 
males show the blackish collar and dorsal blotches much more 
clearly than females. Males have a blue area on each side of 
the belly, absent in nineteen females. One large male had deep 
“iron rust” orange covering the entire throat and chin. A 
smaller male had similar coloring of the throat but with a 
bright turquoise blue central patch. Five large and two 
medium-sized males had throats bluish yellow, varying, with- 
out respect to size, from nearly clear blue to faintly bluish 
lemon yellow. One large and one small male had clear lemon 
yellow throats. One moderately large male had the throat 
gray without blue or yellow or orange. Nineteen females had 
no blue on the throat or sides of belly. Eight females had 
orange-colored, and eight had lemon-colored, throats; while 
one large and one small female had the throat orange with 
lemon center. 

The coloring of living specimens from Tucson shows a 
similar variation. Females have no blue on belly. Males have. 
The blue of the throat varies from clear turquoise to the green- 
blue of old turquoises. The throat is blue in thirteen males; 
orange in eight females; clear yellow in three males and six 
females; orange with yellow center in seven males; orange 
- with blue center in eight males; orange with green center in 
one male; and plain gray in one female. These color notes 
were all made in March, 1912. 

At Yuma, these lizards are very common on trees and 
wooden bridges. At Tucson, we found them on trees, fences, 
and piles of stones. 


24.—Uta graciosa (Hallowell) 


This species still remains rare in collections. We secured 
only eight specimens, all at Yuma, in Sept. 1911, and March 
11-21, 1912. These are Nos. 20722 and 33643 to 33649. 
Their femoral pores range from nine to twelve; being 9 once, 


Vot. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 403 


10 five times, 11 seven times, and 12 once. Some were found 
lying along the limbs of mesquite trees and some were in low, 
thick-growing bushes on the sand hills east of Yuma. 


25.—Sceloporus jarrovii Cope 


Our collections include one hundred and forty-three speci- 
mens. ‘These were collected in Carr, Ramsey and Miller Can- 
yons in the Huachuca Mts., June 30—July 25, 1912; and in 
the vicinity of Paradise, Chiricahua Mts., August 4-9, 1912. 
These lizards are found on rocks in the oak and conifer belts, 
and range up to eight thousand feet in the Huachucas. They 
are not so common in the Chiricahuas as in the Huachucas. 

The femoral pores in forty specimens vary from thirteen to 
eighteen; being 13 three times, 14 twenty-three times, 15 
twenty-one times, 16 seventeen times, 17 thirteen times, and 
18 twice. 


The color of Sceloporus jarrovu in life is as follows: In an 
adult male, the collar is blue-black with some brilliant blue 
extending up from the throat near its anterior edge. The 
scales of the back and sides of body are outlined with black 
while the central portion of each scale is light, and in different 
lights appears white, gray, green, yellow, or irridescent bronze. 
The head, limbs, and tail are dark brown much relieved with 
malachite green. A whitish or irridescent bronze line runs 
back from the eye. Another runs along the upper lip to the 
ear. A similarly colored longitudinal bar extends forward on 
each side of the neck from the collar, and a band of the same 
tint, a scale in width, borders the collar behind except in the 
middorsal region. The collar is complete across the neck, and 
has a brownish continuation forward on the middle of the neck 
to the head. The chin, lower surfaces of the limbs and tail, 
and the center of the chest and belly are gray. The entire 
gular region and a stripe along each side of the belly are deep 
blue, the belly patches shading to malachite green laterally. 


Females and young are similarly but less clearly and brightly 
marked, particularly as regards the light centers of the scales, 
the intense black collar, and the blue of the inferior surfaces. 
In young specimens the predominant color is brown; though 
the characteristic collar shows in even the smallest specimens. 
The blue throat patch always is single. 


404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


26.—Sceloporus clarkii Baird and Girard 


We have secured eighty specimens of this lizard. “Twenty- 
three of these are from Tucson, where they were shot between 
March 28 and April 24, 1912. Two (Nos. 20951 and 20952) 
are from old Fort Lowell. Seventeen were collected in the 
foothills of the Catalina Mountains, near the steam pump 
eighteen miles north of Tucson, May 2-18, 1912. One (No. 
34685) was taken in the Catalina Mts., at an elevation of 8500 
feet on the trail to Mt. Lemon, May, 1912. At Oracle, Pinal 
Co., two specimens (Nos. 34167, 34168) were caught April 
2 and 3, 1912. Mr. Herbert Brown gave us five (Nos. 33819 
to 33823) from the Patagonia Mountains, Santa Cruz Co., 
July 11-21, 1910. Five of these lizards (Nos. 35179 to 35183) 
were collected at Fairbank, Cochise Co., Aug. 13-18, 1912. 
From the Huachucas we have twelve specimens (Nos. 34882 
to 34893) taken in the lower portions of Ramsey, Carr, and 
Miller Canyons, July 2-29, 1912. Mr. Slevin collected four- 
teen in the Chiricahua Mountains, one (No. 35141) from Cave 
Creek, and thirteen (Nos. 35005 to 35017) from Paradise, 
August 4-8, 1912. 

The femoral pores in thirty-eight specimens vary from eleven 
to fifteen; being 11 fifteen times, 12 thirty-three times, 13 
seventeen times, 14 nine times, and 15 twice. The average of 
the seventy-eight thighs is 12.34. 

At Oracle these lizards were found in cracks in the granite 
boulders. The one from Mt. Lemon was also taken on a 
boulder. Nearly all the others were found on trees—at Tucson 
on willows along the Santa Cruz River, in the foothills of the 
Catalinas on mesquites, in the Huachucas and Chiricahuas on 
oaks and pines. Those taken at Fairbank were under the 
eaves of an old adobe barn. They sometimes climb trees to a 
height of thirty or forty feet. 


27.—Sceloporus magister Hallowell 


Nineteen Arizonan specimens are in the collection. Nos. 
33488 and 33489 were found in an old adobe house at Yuma, 
March 11-16, 1912. In Maricopa County this species was col- 
lected (No. 17286) at Paradise Valley, and (Nos. 17287 to 
17289 and 20718) at Cave Creek, May 14-19, 1910. Two 
(Nos. 34054 and 34057) were secured near Tucson, April 1— 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 405 


16, 1912. Ten were taken near the steam pump in the foothills 
of the Catalina Mts., eighteen miles north of Tucson, April 
28—May 18, 1912. 

Femoral pores in seventeen specimens vary from eleven to 
fifteen; being 11 eight times, 12 thirteen times, 13 nine times, 
and 14 four times. The average in the thirty-four thighs is 
1223) 

At Tucson this species was found on willow trees in the 
river-bed, while at the steam pump they frequented the wooden 
fences about the corral. 


28.—Sceloporus consobrinus Baird and Girard 


Thirty-one (Nos. 35037 to 35067) were secured near Para- 
dise in the Chiricahua Mts., August 4-10, 1912. This lizard 
was found also in a wash on the desert near the mouth of 
Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 2, 1912. Four (Nos. 
34686 to 34689) were collected at 8500 feet on Mt. Lemon, 
Santa Catalina Mts., June 4-17, 1912. Nineteen were caught 
in the river-bed at Tucson, March 24 to April 5, 1912. This 
species was taken also at Oak Creek, Coconino Co., Sept. 1-4, 
OZ: 

The femoral pores in thirty-one specimens vary from twelve 
to nineteen; being 12 four times, 13 seven times, 14 nine times, 
15 thirteen times, 16 twelve times, 17 nine times, 18 five times, 
and 19 three times. The average of the sixty-two thighs is 
15.35: 

30.—Phrynosoma hernandesi (Girard) 


We have forty-two specimens of this horned toad. Thirty- 
one of these (Nos. 34691 to 34721) are from the top of Mt. 
Lemon in the Catalina Mountains, where they were collected 
June 4-17, 1912. Mr. Herbert Brown gave us six (Nos. 33827 
to 33832) from Manning Camp, Rincon Mountains, August 
17-22, 1911, and states that they are extremely common in this 
locality. Nos. 35001 and 35004 were collected in the pine belt 
in Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 10-27, 1912. Nos. 
35098 and 35099 were found in the pine belt at Paradise in 
the Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Aug. 4-10, 1912. No. 
35292 was caught at Ash Fork, Yavapai Co., Aug. 30, 1912. 

One of the specimens from Mt. Lemon has the occipital 
horns as Dr. Stejneger describes them to be in P. ornatissimum. 


406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


We therefore regard this name and P. hernandesi as synonyms. 
In southern Arizona this lizard seems to be confined to the 
higher levels of the mountains. A large female taken in the 
Huachucas in July contains a number of young, showing that 
this species is ovoviviparous. 

Femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from eleven to 
nineteen ; being 11 once, 12 six times, 13 three times, 14 eleven 
times, 15 eight times, 16 four times, 17 three times, 18 once, 19 
once. 

31.—Phrynosoma solare Gray 


Twenty-three specimens are at hand. No. 35185 was col- 
lected at Fairbank, Cochise Co., August 12, 1912. No. 20933, 
was caught at Fort Lowell. Four were secured at Tucson 
May 30—Aug. 23, 1912, and one June 29, 1911. No. 34322 
was found at the steam pump in the foothills of the Catalina 
Mountains, eighteen miles north of Tucson, July 9, 1912. The 
other fifteen are from Phoenix, where they were collected 
March 15—June 6, 1910. 

Femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from fourteen to 
twenty-six; being .14 once, 15 once, 17 twice, 18.four times, 19 
three times, 20 eight times, 21 eight times, 22 six times, 23 five 
times, 24 once, 26 once. Unlike the preceding, this horned 
toad is a desert. species. 


34.—Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard 
Two specimens (Nos. 34210, 34211) were caught at Papago 
Wells, in the southeastern part of Yuma County, April 16-22, 
1912. Femoral pores are 7-6 and 9-7. 


35.—Phrynosoma m/’callii (Hallowell) 

Three specimens (Nos. 33486, 33487 and 33657) were col- 
lected at Yuma! Mareh 14 and 15, and Sept. 12) 19120) eu 
were secured on the sand hills east of town. One was found 
sitting on an ant hill, but not an ant was in sight although a 
half hour later they were swarming over it. It seemed as 
though the ants remained under cover in the nest as long as 


the lizard was watching for them. Femoral pores are 18-19, 
21-23, and 18-18. 


36.—Heloderma suspectum Cope 


Our collections include twenty Gila Monsters. No. 35301, 
was caught in a wash on the grounds of the Desert Laboratory, 


Vou. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 407 


Tucson, at about five in the afternoon, August 23, 1912. No. 
_ 34061, was secured thirty miles west of Tucson, April Zoe 
No. 34198, was taken in Ventana Canyon, Catalina Mountains, 
April 28, 1912. Eleven (Nos. 34283 to 34293) were collected 
near the steam pump in the foothills of the Catalina Moun- 
tains, eighteen miles north of Tucson, May, 1912. No. 35000 

was caught in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 27, 1912. 
Three (Nos. 17642 to 17644) were found at Cave Creek, 
Maricopa County, May, 1910. No. 17641 is from Paradise 
Valley, Maricopa Co., May 1910. No. 13169 is labeled merely 
Arizona. 

Helodermas were found out at any time of day. They were 
found in the giant cactus, creosote bush, and oak belts. All 
found were merely walking about. They hasten their gait 
when one approaches them, but were never seen to run. Two 
put ina pillow case and hung ina tree, scratched a hole through 
the cloth and escaped. The species still is common in favorable 
locations. 

37.—Gerrhonotus kingii Gray 


We have five specimens of this handsome lizard (Nos. 34962 
to 34966) secured in Ramsey and Carr Canyon in the 
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, July 3 to 29, 1912. 
They were found in the oak belt, on the ground among stones 
~ and dead ieaves, walking about in the day time, and were very 
shy. All five have fourteen longitudinal rows of dorsal scales, 
of which three rows on each side of the middorsal line are 
weakly keeled except in No. 34963, which has four keeled rows 
on each side. The dorsal scales in a row from the interoccip- 
ital plate to the backs of the thighs are 45, 48, RO, Sule 5250 Oia 
the belly one counts in a row from the mental plate to the anus 
55, 58, 53, 59 and 60. Three have ten dark cross-bands on the 
body, while one has nine and one eleven. The dark bands on 
the tail vary in number from fourteen to nineteen. 


38.—Cnemidophorus gularis Baird and Girard 


We have secured one hundred and eighty-six of these lizards. 
These are: thirty-three from the vicinity of Paradise and 
Cave Creek, Chiricahua Mts., August 4-10, 1912; sixty-eight 
from the lower parts of Ramsey, Miller, and Carr Canyons in 
the Huachuca Mts., July 2-30, 1912; fifteen from Fairbanks, 


November 3, 1913 


408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Aug. 12-18, 1912; one from an altitude of 8500 feet on Mt. 
Lemon in the Catalina Mts., June 4 to 17, 1912; forty-six from 
the steam pump in the foothills of the Catalina Mts., eighteen 
miles north of Tucson, May 2-18, 1912; nineteen from Tucson, 
March 31—June 23, 1912; three from Fort Lowell near Tuc- 
son; and one (No: 35286) irom Oak Creek, Coconino) Co: 
Sen 4, WIZ, 

The femoral pores in forty specimens vary from fifteen to 
twenty; being 15 once, 16 eight times, 17 twenty-one times, 18 
thirty-four times, 19 thirteen times, and 20 three times. ‘The 
average of the eighty thighs is 17.7. 

Our series from Tucson and the steam pump include a num- 
ber of very large individuals with the coloration typical of the 
form which has been called C. scalaris. As we have also 
specimens intermediate in size and coloration, it would appear 
that C. scalaris is based upon very old individuals of C. gularts. 

Some young specimens from Fairbank show a distinct 
median dorsal light line. While none of these specimens has 
the nasal in contact with the second labial, this relation is 
found on one side of the head in a specimen with the coloration 
usually seen in young C. gularis. It may possibly be, there- 
fore, that C. arizonae is based upon an abnormal individual of 
C. gularis, which differed from the usual type in coloration, in 
the relations of the nasal and second labial plates, in the num- 
ber of femoral pores, and in the size of the postantebrachial 
plates. 

40.—Cnemidophorus melanostethus (Cope) 


Our collections include one hundred and fifty-nine specimens 
of this lizard. Of these, two were secured at Fairbank, Cochise 
Co., August 12-14, 1912; one from Pima Canyon, Catalina 
Mts., June 7, 1908; seventy-six from near the steam pump in 
the foothills of the Catalina Mts., eighteen miles north of 
Tucson, May 2-18, 1912; six from Tucson, April 24—June 23, 
1912; three from Fort Lowell near Tucson; one from Gun- 
sight, western Pima Co., April 16-22, 1912; and seventy from 
Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., April 1—August 13, 1910. 

The specimen (No. 35340) from Gunsight is a typical one 
with black throat and chest. 

Femoral pores in forty specimens vary from seventeen to 
twenty-four; being 17 six times, 18 eight times, 19 eighteen 


Vou. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 409 


times, 20 twenty-two times, 21 thirteen times, 22 eleven times, 
23 once, and 24 once. The average number is 19.87. 


41.—Cnemidophorus tigris Baird and Girard 


Seventy-three Arizonan specimens of this lizard are at hand. 
Fifty-three of these were collected at Yuma in March, June, 
September, October, and December. Nineteen were shot 
at Papago Wells, southeastern Yuma Co., April 16-22, 1912. 
One (No. 35328) was secured at Ajo, Pima County, April 16- 
22, 1912. None of these specimens have black throats and 
chests, although these regions may be slaty with a few black 
spots. The specimen from Ajo is as typical as the others, al- 
though this locality must be near the eastern limit of the range 
of this form, for typical C. melanostethus was collected at Gun- 
sight, Pima Co., only about forty miles southeast. 

Femoral pores in forty of these specimens vary from seven- 
teen to twenty-five; being 17 three times, 18 four times, 19 ten 
times, 20 fourteen times, 21 eighteen times, 22 eleven times, 
23 nine times, 24 four times, 25 twice, and 5 injured. The 
average number is 20.89, as against 20.4 in forty specimens 
from Yuma recorded in a former paper. 


43.—Leptotyphlops dulcis (Baird and Girard) 


We did not collect any specimens of this worm snake. So 
far as we can learn it has not been recorded from Arizona: 
but its occurrence there was shown by a typical specimen which 
Mr. Herbert Brown collected at Yuma and sent to me a short 
time before the great San Francisco fire of April, 1906, in 
which the specimen unfortunately was destroyed. Professor 
Brown of the University of Arizona told us that he had seen 
both kinds of worm snakes at Tucson, this species being rep- 
resented by a single specimen collected on the grounds of the 
Carnegie Desert Laboratory in 1911. 


44.—Siagonodon humilis (Baird and Girard) 


We have at hand four specimens from Arizona. Three are 
from Tucson. Nos. 33835 and 33836, collected April 17, 1895, 
and No. 35325 without date were presented to us by Professor 
Brown of the University of Arizona. The fourth specimen, 
No. 33849, was collected about the middle of May, 1912, in the 
foothills of the Catalina Mts., about eighteen miles northeast of 


410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Tucson by Mr. Herbert Brown. It was found under a stone 
about a foot square, and about twenty feet from the edge of 
a pool of water. Under the stone the earth had been worked 
from between the grass roots, showing several runways in one 
of which this snake was coiled up. 

The largest specimen we have seen is in the University of 
Arizona, and measures 384mm., of which 16mm. represent the 
tail. It was secured by Mr. Herbert Brown at Yuma. 


45.—Lichanura roseofusca Cope 


Cope has recorded this boa from the Harqua Halla Moun- 
tains. Mr. W. E. Bancroft writes us that he has seen this 
snake only in these mountains and in the Harcouvar Range in 
northern Yuma County. He very kindly sent us a beautiful 
specimen from Aguila, Maricopa County. This is now No. 
35348, and has scales in 36-41-41-33 rows, gastrosteges 230, 
urosteges 47, anal entire, supralabials 14-15, infralabials 15- 
15, loreals about 4. 


46.—Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope 


The collection contains five specimens of this snake. Two 
of these (Nos. 33839 and 33840) were presented by Professor 
Brown of the University of Arizona, and are labeled merely 
Arizona. 

No. 33834, Cabali Mts., Pima County, given to us by Mr. 
Herbert Brown, was collected Nov. 2, 1910. No. 34172 was 
collected in Ventana Canyon, Catalina Mts., May, 1912. No. 
17551, Cave Creek, Maricopa County, April 23, 1910, was col- 
lected by John I. Carlson. A mutilated specimen was found by 
us near Fort Yuma, California. 

No. 17551 has scales in 13 rows, gastrosteges 113, anal 
divided, urosteges 29, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 8-8, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreals O-O, temporals 1-+1, 
posterior genials shorter, black bands 18 on body and four on 
tail. 

No. 33834 has scale rows 13, gastrosteges 113, anal divided, 
urosteges 22, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 8-8, preoculars 1-1, 
postoculars 2-2, loreals O-O, temporals 1+-1, posterior genials 
shorter, black bands 18 on body and 3 on tail. 

No. 33839 has scale rows 13, gastrosteges 115, anal divided, 
urosteges 28, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 7-7, preoculars 1-1, 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 411 


postoculars 2-2, loreal O-O, temporals 1+-1, posterior genials 
shorter, black bands 19 on body and 4 on tail. 

No. 33840 has scale rows 13, gastrosteges 121, anal divided, 
urosteges 23, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 7-7, preoculars 1-1, 
postoculars, 2-2, loreals 0-O, temporals 1+1, posterior genials 
shorter, black bands 21 on body and 4 on tail. 

No. 34172 has scale rows 13, gastrosteges 122, anal divided, 
urosteges 25; supralabials 7—7, infralabials 7-6, preoculars 1-1, 
postoculars 2—2, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+-1, posterior genials 
shorter, black bands 20 on body and 4 on tail. 

In life the dorsal portions of the white rings are suffused 
with reddish orange. 

The black bands are not so widely separated as in Sonora 
occipitalis. No. 34172 has a well developed loreal on each side 
of the head, but in other respects is quite typical. 

In No. 17551, the prefrontal reaches the labials on one side 
of the head but not on the other, where the postnasal and pre- 
ocular are in contact. 

No. 33834 has the prefrontals separated from the labials by 
the meeting of the postnasal and preoculars. No. 34172 has 
them separated by the intervening loreals. The other two 
specimens have the prefrontals and labials in contact. 

We, therefore, cannot recognize Cope’s Chilomeniscus ephip- 
picus as distinct from his C. cinctus. 


47 —Sonora semiannulata Baird and Girard 


There can be be no doubt that the snake described under this 
name by Baird and Girard is the same species as Cope’s Contia 
_or Chionactis isozonus. This being true, both the generic and 
specific names of Baird & Girard must replace those later sug- 
gested by Cope. Hallowell’s Lampfrosoma seems not to be 
generically distinct, although the species occipitale is so. We 
thus have in Arizona three species of Sonora as follows: 

Sonora semiannulata=Chionactis isozonus 
Sonora episcopa —=Chionactis episcopa 
Sonora occipitalis ==Chionactis occipitalis 

We have seen no evidence of intergradation of these forms, 
and therefore regard them all as species, although Cope states 
that intermediate types of coloration connect the first two 
forms. 


A412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru SER. 


We have at hand only one specimen of Sonora semiannulata, 
Nol, 17550) collectedVat Cave Creek Maricopa Come pails ZO: 
1910. It agrees in all essential particulars with the description 
and plate given by Baird and Girard, and with the description 
by Cope, except in the number of its black dorsal cross-bands, 
which are forty on the body and ten on the tail. This is about 
twice aS many as in the specimens recorded by these authors. 

This specimen has 15 scale rows, gastrosteges 168, anal 
divided, urosteges 45, superlabials 7—7, infralabials, 7-7, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, temporals 1-2, 
posterior genials much shorter. The black bars each occupy 
about the length of two or three scales, and are separated by 
slightly greater light intervals. These intervals are yellowish 
white laterally with dark spots at the bases of the scales, while 
the central dorsal portions are pinkish anteriorly, becoming 
reddish orange toward and on the tail. The length to anus 
is 230mm., of the tail 56mm. 


48.—Sonora episcopa (Kennicott) 


Our collection contains no specimens of this pretty little 
snake. Mr. Herbert Brown showed me one in the collection of 
the University of Arizona. This specimen was collected at 
Yuma, and has scales in fourteen rows, gastrosteges 173, 
urosteges 47, loreal 1-1, and the typical coloration. 

I have described elsewhere (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (4), III, 
1912, p. 153) two specimens from Yuma, which are in the col- 
lection of Stanford University. These had scales in 15 rows, 
gastrosteges 169, 168, anal divided, and urosteges 45, 47. 


49.—Sonora occipitalis (Hallowell) 


A fine specimen (No. 33451) was dug out of the sand at the 
base of a bush on a dune two or three miles east of Yuma, 
March 19, 1912. It was about a foot below the surface. 

In life, the dark rings were pure black, and between each 
pair of black rings was a transverse bar or half ring of cad- 
mium orange, of about the same width on the midline as the 
black rings, and separated from them by a nearly equal space, 
which was pale lemon yellow. This lemon tint extended down 
on to the sides, and the lower surfaces were a paler lemon. 

This specimen has 15 scale rows, gastrosteges 164, anal 
divided, urosteges 51, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 7-7, pre- 


Vo. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 413 


oculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+-2, pos- 
terior genials very small, black bars 21 on body and 8 on tail. 

A second specimen (No. 33809) from Yuma, presented by 
Mr. Herbert Brown, has scale rows 15, gastrosteges 167, anal 
divided, urosteges 22++, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 8-8, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+2, pos- 
terior genials very small, black bars 22 on body. 


51.—Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird and Girard 


No. 35295, Desert Laboratory, Tucson, June 20, 1912.— 
Scale rows 23, gastrosteges 197, anal entire, urosteges 51 last 
six divided, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 8-8, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, temporals 2+-3, posterior genials 
shorter, 25 dark blotches on body and tail. 

No. 33843, Arizona.—Scale rows 23, gastrosteges 193, anal 
entire, urosteges 50 of which 10 are divided, supralabials 8-8, 
infralabials 9-9, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, loreal 1-1, 
temporals 2+-3, posterior genials shorter. 

No. 33842, Arizona.—Scale rows 23, gastrosteges 186, anal 
entire, urosteges 47 of which 12 are divided, superlabials 8-8, 
infralabials 9-10, preoculars 1-1, loreal 1-1, temporals 2+3. 

No. 33844, Arizona.—Scale rows 23, preoculars 1-1, post- 
oculars 2—2, supralabials 8-8. 

No. 33838, Tucson, July 22, 1892.—Supralabials 7-8, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, loreal 1-1, temporals 2+3. 


53.—Salvadora grahamiae Baird and Girard 


The present collection includes six specimens of this snake. 
The scale counts are as follows: | 

No. 33453, Yuma, March 14, 1912.—-Scale rows 17, gastro- 
steges 211, anal divided, urosteges 67, supralabials 9-10, infra- 
labials 10-10, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, loreals 1-1, 
temporals 2+3, genials equal. This specimen was caught late 
in the afternoon, as it was traveling along under some bushes 
on the desert. 

No. 33810, Yuma, Herbert Brown.—Scale rows 17, gas- 
trosteges 209, anal divided, urosteges 98, supralabials 9-10, 
infralabials 9-9, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-3, loreal 2-2, 
temporals 2+-2, genitals equal. 

No. 35296, Tucson, June 20, 1912.—Scale rows 17, gas- 


414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 4TH SER. 


trosteges 195, anal divided, urosteges 73, supralabials 9-9, pre- 
oculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, temporals 24-2—2-+-3. 

No. 33875, Desert Laboratory, Tucson.—Scale rows 17, 
gastrosteges 202, anal divided, urosteges 80, supralabials 9-9, 
infralabials 10-10, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, loreals 1-1, 
temporals 2+-2, posterior genials longer. 

No. 34275, steam pump, eighteen miles north of Tucson, 
May 7, 1912.—Scale rows 17, gastrosteges 200, anal divided, 
urosteges 80, supralabials 9-9, infralabials 11-12, preoculars 
1-1, postoculars 2—2, loreals 1-1, temporals 2-+-2-2-+-3, poste- 
rior genials longer. 

No. 34754, Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 10, 1912. 
—Scale rows 17, gastrosteges 178, anal divided, urosteges 99, 
supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, preoculars 2—2, postoculars 
2-2, loreals 1-1, temporals 2++2, posterior genials shorter. This 
specimen was found lying on the ground in a small orchard 
toward evening. 

Mr. Herbert Brown showed us specimens from Pima Can- | 
yon, Santa Catalina Mts., Pima Co., and from Mowry, Pata- 
gonia Mts., Santa Cruz County. 


55.—Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus Cope 

We have secured only four Arizonan specimens of this snake. 
These are as follows: 

No. 17548, Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., April 6, 1910, John 
Carlson.—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 185, anal divided, uros- 
teges 50, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 9-9, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 2—2, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+-2, posterior genials 
longer. 

No. 33874, vic. Desert Laboratory, Tucson, March 23, 1912. 
—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 175, anal divided, urosteges 57, 
supralabials 8-8, infralabials 9-9, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 
3-3, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+-2, posterior genials shorter. This 
snake was found under a stone. 

No. 34276, steam pump, eighteen miles north of Tucson, 
May 3, 1912.—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 176, anal divided, 
urosteges 39-+-, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, preoculars 
2-2, postoculars 2-2, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+1-1+2. This 
specimen was found under a tin can in a chicken yard. 

No. 35339, Gunsight, western Pima County, April 16-22, 
1912.—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 178, anal divided, urosteges 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 415 


58, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, preoculars 1-1, post- 
oculars 2-3, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+2, posterior genials 
longer. Caught under a stone on the desert. 


56.—Diadophis regalis Baird and Girard 


A single specimen, No. 34756, was caught in a peach orchard 
near the pine and oak belts in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., 
July 29, 1912. This snake was found just before dusk as it 
was entering a hole by the side of a fence post. When opened 
this Diadophis was found to contain a fine large Tantilla wil- 
coxi which it must have just eaten. 

Scales are in 17 rows, gastrosteges 212, anal divided, 
urosteges 72, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 8-8, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 2-2, temporals 14-2, loreal 1-1, posterior genials 
shorter. 

57.—Lampropeltis pyrrhomelaena Cope 


Three specimens were secured. No. 34684, from an altitude 
of 7000 ft. in the pine belt in Bear Canyon, on Mt. Lemon, 
Catalina Mts., Pima County, has scales in 23 rows, anal entire, 
urosteges 79, body and tail with 61 yellow rings. 

No. 34753, from the pine region in Ramsey Canyon, Hua- 
chuca Mts., July 11, 1912, has scales in 23 rows, anal entire, 
gastrosteges 227, urosteges 78, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 
10-11, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 2+-3, loreal 
1-1, posterior genials shorter, body and tail with 48 yellow 
rings, snout yellow. 

No. 35326, from pine woods in Oak Creek Canyon, Coco- 
nino County, Sept. 4, 1912, has scales in 23 rows, anal entire, 
gastrosteges 217, urosteges 70, supralabials 7-8, infralabials 
10-10, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-3, temporals 2+-3, loreal 
1-1, posterior genials shorter, body and tail with 60 yellow 
rings, snout yellow. 


60.—Lampropeltis boylii Baird and Girard 


A milk snake, No. 17542, collected at Cave Creek, Maricopa 
County, has white rings without black edging on the scales. 
It has scales in 25 rows, gastrosteges 226, anal entire, urosteges 
48, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 9-9, preoculars 1-1, post- 
oculars 2-2, temporals 2+4, loreal 1-1, posterior genials short- 
er, thirty-five white rings on body and tail. 


416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


61.—Bascanion flagellum frenatum Stejneger 


The collection includes specimens from Yuma, from Papago 
Wells close to the southeastern corner of Yuma County, and 
from Cave Creek, Maricopa County. 

No. 34203, Papago Wells, has scale rows 17, gastrosteges 
192, anal divided, urosteges 110, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 
10-11, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, temporals 2-+-2-+-2, 
loreal 1-1, posterior genials longer. 

No. 17549, Cave Creek, has scale rows 17, gastrosteges 191, 
anal divided, urosteges 102, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10- _ 
10, preoculars 1-2, postoculars 2-2, temporals 2+-2-+2, loreal 
1-1, posterior genials longer. 

No. 30672, Yuma, Oct. 22, 1911, has scale rows 17, gas- 
trosteges 199, anal divided, urosteges 105, supralabials 8-8, in- 
fralabials 10-10, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 
2+2-+2, loreal 1-1, posterior genials longer. 

No. 30673, Yuma, Oct. 22, 1911, has scale rows 17,. gas- 
trosteges 194, anal divided, urosteges 35+, supralabials 8-8, 
infralabials 10-10, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, temporals 
2+2-+-2, loreal 1-1, posterior genials longer. 


62.—Bascanion piceum Cope 


Two specimens were captured in the bed of the Santa Cruz 
_ River near Tucson, May 29, 1912, and one was seen near the 
steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, and a fourth 
specimen was found dead in the central part of Pima county. 


The specimens caught May 29, 1912, were apparently mat- 
ing. They were lying on the sand at full length but entwined. 
When disturbed they immediately separated and instantly 
mounted to the top of a willow tree some twenty feet high, 
where they were captured with much difficulty. Both were jet 
black with the lower surfaces a beautiful coral pink. The fact 
that these two black snakes were mating is very interesting, 
since it would seem to indicate that they may really represent a 
distinct species rather than a melanistic phase of Bascanion 
flagellum frenatum. 

In addition to the above localities these black racers have 
been taken at Fort Lowell and at Camp Grant, Arizona, and 
near Ensenada, Lower California. 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 417 


No. 33871, a female, has scales in 17 rows, gastrosteges 195, 
and divided, urosteges 102, supralabials 7-8, infralabials 9-10, 
preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2—2, temporals 2+-2-+-2, loreal 1-1, 
posterior genials longer. 

No. 33872, a male, has scales in 17 rows, gastrosteges 200, 
anal divided, urosteges 112, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10— 
11, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, temporals 2+2-++2, loreal 
1-1, genials equal. 


63.—Bascanion semilineatum Cope 


Several specimens of this snake were captured in the Hua- 
chuca Mountains. They were found in the oak region near the 
lower ends of Miller, Ramsey, and Carr Canyons, July 10-30, 
1912. One was found under a stone, one on a wall of rock, 
and the others on fairly open ground. The lower surfaces were 
straw-yellow. All have scales in seventeen rows, anal divided, 
loreal 1-1, postoculars 2—2, supralabials 8-8. The other counts 
are in order for Nos. 34749, 34750, 34751, 34752; gastro- 
steges 200, 200, 196, 200, urosteges 129, 138, —, 132, infra- 
labials 929.1929! 9210, 10-10) preoculars 1-1, 1-1 J-1, 2-2, 
femmporals) 24-2, 1-2-3, 2 -(-2ae 9, Saige 2 —2 ate at 

Mr. Herbert Brown showed us a specimen collected at Har- 
shaw, Patagonia Mts., Santa Cruz County, July 20, 1910. 


64.—Bascanion taeniatum (Hallowell) 


One typical specimen of this racer was collected at Oak 
Creek, Coconino County, September 2, 1912. It was found in 
the brush on the side of the canyon. It is No. 35235, and has 
scales in 15 rows, gastrosteges 198, anal divided, urosteges 
125, supralabials 8-8 infralabials 9-9, preoculars 2-2, post- 
oculars 2-2, temporals 2-2-2, loreal 1-1, posterior genitals 
longer. 

65.—Arizona elegans Kennicott 


The only snake of this kind obtained, No. 33452, was dug 
out of a hole in a sand hill east of Yuma, March 19, 1912. It 
has scales in 27 rows, gastrosteges 209, anal entire, urosteges 
49, supralabials 9-8, infralabials 13-12, preoculars 1-1, post- 
oculars 2-2, temporals 2++3, posterior genials divided. 

In life the lower surfaces and two to three rows of lateral 


418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY. OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


along mid back are lighter yellowish with whitish edges and 
with reddish or reddish brown marking near the base of each 
scale. The dark markings are in part blackish brown, in part 
deep olive. The head is light olive with darker olive mark- 
ings. 


This specimen contained a Dipsosaurus which it had eaten. 


66.—Pituophis catenifer deserticola Stejneger 


A large specimen, No. 33447, was found under some boards 
near Yuma, March 17, 1912. Two, Nos. 33869, 33870, were 
caught near the Santa Cruz River at Tucson, April 9, 1912; 
one, No. 34755, in Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 20, 1912, 
and three specimens, Nos. 17541, 17546, 17547, were secured 
at Cave Creek. 


No. 33447, from Yuma, has scale rows 33, gastrosteges 258, 
anal single, urosteges 59, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 12-12, 
preoculars 1-1, postoculars 4-5, temporals 34-3 loreal 1-1, 
posterior genials shorter. This snake contained a small rodent. 


No. 33869, from Tucson, has scale rows 33, gastrosteges 
237, anal single, urosteges 59, supralabials 9-10, infralabials 
12-12, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-4, temporals 2--3, loreal 
1-1, posterior genitals shorter. 


No. 33870, from Tucson, has scale rows 31, gastrosteges 
226, anal single, urosteges 64, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 
13-13, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-3, temporals 3-++3, loreal 
1-1, posterior genials shorter. | 


No. 34755, from Huachuca Mts., has scale rows 33, gastro- 
steges 233, anal divided, urosteges 57, supralabials 8-8, infra- 
labials 13-14, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-4, temporals 4-4, 
loreal 1-1, posterior genials shorter. 


No. 17541, from Cave Creek, has scale rows 31, gastro- 
steges 237, anal single, urosteges 64, supralabials 9-9, infra- 
labials 14-14, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 4-4, temporals 3-3, 
loreal 1-1, posterior genials shorter. 


No. 17546, from Cave Creek, has scale rows 35, gastro- 
steges 245, anal single, urosteges 60, supralabials 9-9, preocu- 
lars 1-1, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1, posterior genials shorter. 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 419 


No. 17547, from Cave Creek, has scale rows 31, gastro- 
steges 235, anal single, urosteges 57, supralabials 8-8, infra- 
labials 12-12, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-3, temporals 4+-4, 
loreal 1-1, posterior genials shorter. 


67.—Thamnophis vagrans (Baird and Girard) 


Our collection includes only one Arizonan specimen of this 
snake. It (No. 35266) was caught Sept. 1-3, 1912, on Oak 
Creek, Coconino County, with numerous specimens of Tham- 
nophis eques and T. angustirostris. All three species were 
found in the water or on the rocks in the stream. 

No. 35266 has 21-19-17 scale rows, gastrosteges 148, anal 
entire, urosteges 76, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, pre- 
oculars 1—1, postoculars 3-3, loreals 1-1, temporals 1+2, 
posterior genials slightly shorter. The dorsal line is rather 
indistinct except anteriorly, but it can be seen that the upper 
spots encroach upon it. The lateral lines are upon the second 
and third rows of scales. There are no definite dark nuchal 
blotches or light postoral crescents. The gastrosteges show 
only a little dark brown or black along their anterior edges. 


This species has been recorded from Fort Verde, Fort 
_ Whipple, San Francisco Mountain, Mineral Spring and Pres- 
cott, Arizona. 


68.—Thamnophis eques (Reuss) 


We have at hand twenty-one specimens of this snake. Three 
(Nos. 17543, 17544, and 17545) are from Cave Creek, Mari- 
copa County, May 9, 1910. Ten (Nos. 35256 to 35265) were 
secured at Oak Creek, Coconino County, Sept. 1-3, 1912. 
Two (34169 and 34170) were shot in Sabino Canyon, Santa 
Catalina Mountains, April 4, 1912. The other six (34277 to 
34282) were collected in the foothills of the Catalina Moun- 
tains near the steam pump eighteen miles north of Tucson, 
May 10-18, 1912. 

All of these specimens show the normal coloration with 
lateral lines on the second and third rows of scales, prominent 
dark nuchal blotches and no light postoral crescents. Varia- 
tion in scale characters is given in the following table: 


420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


e | s 3 g | § 
No. Scale rows S ay 4 ci 3 5 a Temporals 
NC OU E Br eccaalie 
5 5 a ie a ey |i, eS 
17543 | 19—17 164 | 82 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1| 1+-2 
17544 | 19—17 172 | 47+] 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1 1+2 
17545 | 19—17 ID | O8 8—9 | 11—11 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 1+3 
34169 | 19—17 Ge |) 77 8—8 | 10—10 }1—1/3—4/1—1] 1+.2 
34170 | 19—17 167 | 85 8—8 | 10—10 |1—2/3—3]1—1] 1+3 
34277 | 19—17 167 | 97 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 1+2—1+3 
34278 | 19—17 174 | 93 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 1+-2 
34279 | 19—17 171 | 80 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 2+3 
34280 | 19—17 173 | 87 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1} 1+2 
34281 | 19—17 166 | 55+} 8—9 | 10—10 |i—1/3—3]1—1| 1-+4+3 
34282 | 19—17 166 | 48+] 8—8s | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 1-+-2 
35256 | 19—17 92 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1)3—3]1—1} 1+2—1+3 
35257 | 19—17 170 | 90 8—s | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1] 1+2 
35258 | 21—19—17} 166 | 88 os | IOS =10) ilies il—=1|) ise 
35259 | 19—17 173 | 96 8—8 | 10—10 |1—1}2—2}1—1] 1+2 
35260 | 19—17 175 | 92 8—8 9—10 |1—1/3—4/1—1)| 1+2 
35261 | 19—17 168 | 88 8—8s | 10—11 |1—1/3—3]1—1} 1+2 
35262 | 19—17 170 | 88 8—8s | 10—10 |1—1}/3—4]1—i1] 1-+4-2 
35263 | 19—17 ZO 8—8 | 10—i0 |1—1}3—3]1—1| 1-++2 
35264 | 19—17 171 | 91 8—s | 10—10 |1—1/3—3]1—1| 1+2 
35265 | 19—17 170 | 86 8—8 | 11—11 |1—1/3—3]i—1] 1+2—1+3 


69.—Thamnophis marcianus (Baird and Girard) 


Four specimens of this species are in the collection. Nos. 
39298, 35299; and 35300 are trom: Wucson Ang. 22-23) 1912) 
while No. 35159 was caught at Fairbank, Cochise County, 
August 16-17, 1912. These specimens agree in coloration, 
having postoral crests, dark nuchal blotches, lateral line on 
third row of scales or indefinite, large dorsal spots, and gastro- 
steges marked with black laterally. 

No. 35298, has scale rows 21-19-17, gastrosteges 149, anal 
entire, urosteges 64, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 3-4, loreal 1-1, temporal 1+3-2+3, 
posterior genials longer. 

No. 35299, has scale rows 21-19-17, gastrosteges 162, anal 
entire, urosteges 65, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-11, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 3-4, loreal 1-1, temporals 1+2-+3, 
posterior genials longer. 

No. 35300, has scale rows 21-19-17, gastrosteges 156. anal 
entire, urosteges 65, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-11, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 44, loreal 1-1, temporals 1+3-++ 
3-1+3-++3, posterior genials longer. 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 421 


No. 35159, has scale rows 21-19-17, gastrosteges 157, anal 
entire, urosteges 67, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-11, pre- 
oculars 1-1, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1, temporals 1+3, pos- 
terior genials longer. 

These snakes were caught in mud puddles on the desert a 
mile or more from the river. 


Mr. Herbert Brown sent us a number from Yuma, but 
they were destroyed in the San Francisco fire of April, 1906. 


70.—Thamnophis megalops (Kennicott) 


We have six specimens of this garter snake. Nos. 35158, 
35160, 35161, were collected at Fairbank, Cochise County, 
August 15-17, 1912. Nos. 33876, 33877, and 33878, were 
caught at Tucson, March 20-April 13, 1912. These speci- 
mens all have loreals 1-1, preoculars 1-1, anal entire, posterior 
genials longer. No distinct postoral light crescents, no very 
definite dark blotches on nape, lateral lines on the third and 
fourth rows of scales. Variation is shown in the following 
table: 


No. Scale rows g =) aS 3 3 Temporals 

8 7 & ir) 9 

Z e a « % 

o 5 a 5 oy 
33876 | 21—19—17 162 75 8—8 | 10—10 | 3—4 } 1+3 
33877 | 21—19—17 154 38+} 8—9 |} 10—10 | 3—4 |} 1+2—1-+3 
33878 | 21—19—17 157 74. 8—8 | 10—10 | 3—3 } 1+3 
35158 | 21—23—21—19| 159 77 8—8 | 10—i0 | 3—4 } 14+2+3 
35160 | 21—19—17 161 8—S8 | 10—10 | 3—3 |} 14+2+4+3 
35161 | 21i—19—17 162 72 8—9 | 10—10 | 4—4 | 14+2+3 


The specimens secured at Tucson were caught close to the 
Santa Cruz River. No. 33876 was caught at about 4 p. m. 
in a pool near a ditch. It was swimming several inches be- 
low the surface of the water, seemingly in pursuit of the little 
fish which were very numerous in the pool. The snake soon 
coiled up under some brush at the edge of the pool, and there 
we captured it. On the morning of March 30, 1912, we were 
walking along the banks of the Santa Cruz River hunting 
frogs, when we heard a cry similar to that of a young kitten. 


422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES  [Proc. 41H SER. 


As we drew nearer indistinct though loud croaking sounds 
could be heard at intervals interspersed with the kitten-like 
cries. Soon we discovered a garter snake (No. 33877) of 
this species coiled up on shore a couple of feet from the edge 
of the water holding in its jaws a Rana pipiens, which it had 
seized by one hind leg, and which was crying lustily. When 
we approached still closer, the snake dropped the frog and 
both made for the water, which the frog succeeded in reaching. 


No. 33876, was colored in life as follows: The head above 
is clear olive. The supralabials are straw yellow, the anterior 
and posterior ones tinged with olive, and all showing posterior 
edgings of black. The oculars are yellowish olive. The dor- 
sal line is bright ochre anteriorly, becoming dull yellow on 
the posterior half of the body. ‘The laterals lines are olive 
yellow on the neck, but posteriorly become grayish yellow 
and then cream or grayish white. Nuchal blotches are black- 
ish, but are not very evident. The area between the dorsal and 
lateral lines is clear olive brown, with two rows of nearly con- 
cealed blackish blotches separated by concealed light greenish 
white areas on the skin between the scales. The lower laterals _ 
and tips of the gastrosteges are olive brown, a little lighter 
than the area between the stripes. The lower surfaces are 
yellowish white on head and neck, grayish or olive white 
elsewhere, the gastrosteges with concealed black markings 
laterally. 


71.—Thamnophis angustirostris (Kennicott) 


Eighteen of these snakes were collected at Oak Creek, 
Coconino County, Sept. 1-4, 1912. Oak Creek is a moun- 
tain stream running through a deep canyon with many oak 
trees. Perhaps a thousand feet above the stream is the pine 
forest of the plateau. These snakes were found in the stream, 
either on rocks or in the water. 

All have 21-19-17 scale rows. The posterior genials are 
either equal to or longer than the anterior. 

No. 35248 has the anal divided. The loreals are 1-1 ex- 
cept in No. 35249, which has two on one side of the head. 
Variation in other scale characters is shown in the following 
table : 


Vor. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 423 


Temporals 


a 
Senora 
Urosteges 
Supralabials 
Infralabials 
Preoculars 
Postoculars 


39250 || ho 85 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—3 | 1+1+2—1+1+3 
39239) | 165 69 ss) || SY 2—2 | 3—3 | 1+1+1—1+1+3 
35240 | 170 82 Saal 9—10 | 2—2 | 3-—3 | 1-+-2--3—1-+-1-53 
35241 | 170 84 8—9 | 9—10 |} 2—2 | 3—3 | 14+2+2—1+1+42 
35242 | 166 72 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—3 | 1+1+2—1+1+2 
35243 | 165 75 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—4 | 14+14+3—1+1-+3 
35244 | 177 87 8—8 | 9—10 } 2—2 | 3—3 | 1+14+3—1+4+2+43 
35245 | 171 85 8—8 | 10—X | 3—2 | 3—4 } 14+14+3—1+42+3 
35246 | 166 73 8—9 | 9—10 | 2—2 | 3—4 } 14+1+2—1+42-42 
35247 | 172 80 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—4 | 1+1+3—1+1+3 
35248 | 161 72 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—4 |} 14+1+3—1+1-42 
35249 | 172 83 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—4 } 24+2+3—1+42+3 
SO200 0 iS 86 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—2 | 3—3 | 1+1+2—1+41-+43 
Sodas eS LAG 87 ST py UaaN || SSS |) les Ses ailge Bae 
SO252 | 167 80 8—8 | 10—10 |} 2—2 | 3—4 | 1+1+3—1+2+3 
52590) 165 83 8—8 | 10—10 | 2—3 | 3—4 | 1+2+3—1+1+3 
35254 | 166 86 i—¥ f=!) WD || S38 | ap ilsrseailspilses 
35255 | 161 74 Se |) 2-9) f=) Bae) | Wari Sess elses 


72.—Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope 


One specimen was obtained from Professor Brown. It is 
labeled Rosemont, Pima County. It is No. 33846, and has 
scales in 21 rows, gastrosteges 234, anal divided, urosteges 
56+, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 10-11, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 3-3, temporals 2+3-3-+-4, loreal 2-2, posterior 
genials shorter. There are thirty-seven dark dorsal blotches, 
of which nine are on the tail. 


73.—Tantilla nigriceps Kennicott 


A species of Tantilla was found to be fairly common along 
the Santa Cruz River near Tucson, where eleven specimens 
were collected between March 26 and April 1. One (No. 
34171) was secured in Ventana Canyon, near the base of the 
Catalina Mts., April 28, 1912. They are much smaller than 
_ Tantilla wilcoxi, and have fewer gastrosteges and no posterior 

dark border on collar. These twelve specimens agree in hay- 
ing scales in 15 rows, preoculars 1-1, temporals 1-1, supra- 
labials 7-7, infralabials 7-7, anal divided, posterior genials 
shorter. Other scale counts are: 


November 3, 1913 


424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Number. Gastrosteges. Urosteges Postoculars. 


33879 135 58 2-2 
33880 140 58 2-2 
33881 141 26+ 2-2 
33882 142 5 2-2 
33883 135 64 2-2 
33884 143 58 1-1 
33885 140 62 2-2 
33886 141 64 2-2 
33887 148 51 2-2 
33888 143 62 _ 22 
33889 142 59 2-2 
34171 S15 58) 2-2 


The first infralabials of all these specimens are separated 
by the mental. 

The collar in all is from one to three rows of scales behind 
the parietals, is from one to one and a half rows of scales 
in width, and is not edged with darker scales. The lower 
surfaces are suffused with coral-red. 

Although the type of T. wilcoxi was recorded by Cope as 
T. nigriceps, it is probable that the latter has not hitherto been 
taken in Arizona. 

This Arizonan Tantilla is readily distinguished from the 
Californian Tantilla eiseni by its smaller number of gastro- 
steges (135 to 148 as against 167 to 181 in T. eiseni). Tan- 
tilla planiceps from Lower California has only 138 to 140 
gastrosteges, but the white nuchal collar is on the sixth and 
seventh rows of scales behind the parietals. Tantilla wilcoxt 
has a larger number of gastrosteges (148 to 157) and the 
white collar crosses the parietals. 

No. 33885 was colored in life as follows: Upper surface 
of head dark olive, becoming blackish brown posteriorly. 
Labials, lower surface of head and neck to sixth gastrostege, 
tips of all gastrosteges, and two or three rows of lateral scales 
on each side, grayish white. Upper surfaces (except of head) 
unicolor, light yellowish hair-brown or brownish straw. Rest 
of lower surfaces from sixth gastrostege to tip of tail bright 
coral red. 


74.Tantilla wilcoxi Stejneger 


The only example of this species.secured is a fine large 
specimen removed from the stomach of a Diadophis regalis 


Voz. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 425 


caught in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 29, 1912. 
It is No. 34757, and has scales in 15 rows, gastrosteges 157, 
anal divided, urosteges 58, superlabials 7—7, infralabials 7-6, 
preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1-++1, posterior 
genials shorter. The white collar crosses the posterior por- 
tion of the parietals and about two rows of scales on the 
neck. It is about as wide as the length of three scales, and 
is bordered behind by a dark band about the width of one 
scale row, and is similarly edged with dark anteriorly. The 
first infralabials just meet on the midline. The color below 
is coral-red. 

This species may be distinguished from T. nigriceps by 
the position of the light collar, the larger number of gastro- 
steges, and the meeting of the first infralabials. 

The specimen collected in the Huachucas by Mr. Price, 
August 20, 1893, originally recorded by me (Proc. Cal. Acad. 
Sci. (2), VI, 1896, p. 346), as T. coronata has only 148 
gastrosteges, while Dr. Stejneger’s type has 152. 


75.—Elaps euryxanthus Kennicott 


Nos. 35324 and 33837 from Tucson, and No. 33845 from 
Rosemont, Pima County, were presented by Professor Brown, 
while No. 35326 was secured from the Carnegie Desert 
Laboratory at Tucson. 

No. 33837, from the University Campus, Tucson, May 31, 
1905, has scales in 15 rows, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 7-7, 
preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1-+-2, black bands 
on body and tail 14. 

No. 35324, Tucson, has scale rows 15, gastrosteges 216, 
anal divided, urosteges 29, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 6-6, 
preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, temporals 1+-2, black bands 
on body and tail 12, yellow 22, red 10. 

No. 33845, Rosemont, Sept. 22, 1902, has scale rows 17, 
gastrosteges 224, anal divided, urosteges 24, supralabials 
7, intralabials 8, preocular 1, postoculars 2, temporals 
1-2, black bands on body and tail 13, yellow 24, red 11. 

No. 35326, Tucson, has scale rows 15, anal divided, uro- 
steges 25, black bands on body and tail 9, yellow 19, red 9. 


426 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


77.—Crotalus molossus Baird and Girard 


Seven specimens of this rattlesnake are in the collection. 
One (No. 17535) was collected, April 4, 1910, at Cave Creek, 
Maricopa County. The others are from the Huachuca Mts., 
in Cochise County. 

No. 17535, Cave Creek, has scale rows 27, gastrosteges 
191, anal entire, urosteges 25, two divided, supralabials 17-18, 
infralabials 17-18, preoculars 2—2, postoculars 3-3, loreal 2-3, 

No. 34735, near Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., June 29, 
1912, female, has scale rows 27, gastrosteges 189, anal entire, 
urosteges 22, supralabials 17-18, infralabials 16-16, preocu- 
lars 2-2, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. 

No. 34736, head of Ramsey Canyon, July 11, 1912, has 
scale rows 27, gastrosteges 190, anal entire, urosteges 23 two 
divided, supralabials 17-17, infralabials 15-16, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. 

No. 34737, Ramsey Canyon, July 30, 1912, has scale rows 
27, gastrosteges 193, anal entire, urosteges 21, supralabials 
17-17, infralabials 18-18, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 3-3, 
loreal 1-1. 

No. 34738, Ramsey Canyon, July, 1912, has scale rows 27, 
gastrosteges 191, anal entire, urosteges 27, supralabials 16-17, 
infralabials 17-18, preocular 2—2, postoculars 3, loreal 1-1. 

No. 34739, Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 27, 1912, 
female containing seven young, has scale rows 27, gastrosteges 
191, anal entire, urosteges 23, supralabials 17-18, infralabials 
16-18, preoculars 2—2, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. 

No. 34740, Ramsey Canyon, July 28, 1912, has scale rows 
27, gastroteges 194, anal entire, urosteges 20 two divided, 
supralabials 18-18, infralabials 17-18, preoculars 2-2, post- 
oculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. 


78.—Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard 


The collection includes one specimen (No. 33656) from 
Yuma, Sept. 14, 1912) six (Nos. 17532; 17533) 17334), Wases 
17537, 17538) from Cave Creek, Maricopa County, April 10- 
May 15, 1910, and ten from the vicinity of Tucson, April 11— 
August 23, 1912. These all show the typical coloration. 
Their scale characters are shown in the following table: 


Vor. III] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 427 


ai 2 < 2 s Z 
E 2 fa] q i 4 
No. 2 3 Urosteges & a 3 3 ee 
2 £ e g 8 8 $ 
rs a cr Bs ie rs) 8 
B re) a AS Ay A, 4 
33656 183 24 (1+) 15—16 | 17—17 | 2—2 |} 3—3 | 1—1 


79.—Crotalus tigris Kennicott 

This species seems to be quite rare in southern Arizona. 
We secured only one specimen (No. 34274) near the steam 
pump about eighteen miles north of Tucson, May 8, 1912. 
This one was caught about four p. m. just as it was entering 
a hole in the ground. Crotalus atrox was common in the 
same locality. ; 

The scale rows are 25, gastrosteges 165, anal entire, uro- 
steges 20, supralabials 14-14, infralabials 14-15, preoculars 
2-2, postoculars 2-3, loreals 1-1. There are forty dark bars 
on the body and five on the tail. 


80.—Crotalus confluentus Say 

We refer to this species one specimen (No. 17531) from 
Cave Creek, Maricopa County. The coloration in life was 
greenish. In alcohol it is pale and resembles C. atrox. The 
bands on the tail are pure black on a light ground as in C. 
atrox. On the posterior portion of the body the rhombs be- 
come cross-bars. The lower surfaces are white, unmarked. 
The head markings are somewhat faded, but in position and 
character are those of C. confluentus, with which species it 
agrees in scale characters. 

It has scales in 25 rows, gastrosteges 177, anal entire, 
urosteges 19, two divided, supralabials 16-16, infralabials 16~ 


428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


16, preocular 2—2, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1, dark markings 
on body are 26 rhombs and 12 cross-bars to anus, 4 black 
bands on tail. 


81.—Crotalus oregonus Holbrook 


We have three Arizonan specimens of the Pacific Rattle- 
snake. One is a young specimen (No. 35237) from Oak 
Creek, Coconino County, Sept. 2, 1912. The coloration of 
head, body, and tail is perfectly typical of this species. The 
scales are in 23 rows, gastrosteges 165, anal entire, urosteges 
24, supralabials 15-15, infralabials 15-15, preoculars 2-2, 
postoculars 3-3, loreals 1-1, dark dorsal markings on body 38. 

No. 17539, is a large adult secured at Cave Creek, Maricopa 
County, May 1, 1910. Its head is unicolor above and on 
sides, dark brown without any trace of markings. The dorsal 
rhombs are somewhat indistinct, and number 33 on the body 
to the tail, which bears six brown cross-bars. The lower sur- 
faces are mottled with brown. The scale rows are 25, 
gastrosteges 170, anal entire, urosteges 24, supralabials 15-15, 
infralabials 14-15, preoculars 2—2, postoculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. 

No. 34683, caught at an altitude between 7000 and 8000 
feet at the Wilderness of Rocks, on Mt. Lemon, Santa Cata- 
lina mountains, Pima County, June 12, 1912, has dorsal 
rhombs solid jet-black without lighter centers, but separated 
from each other by bright sulphur yellow edgings. The sides 
are brownish drab with dark brown markings and a few scat- 
tered yellow scales. The lower surfaces are yellowish white 
marbled with dark brown. ‘There are eight dark brown rings 
on the tail, separated by narrow dark gray intervals. The 
head markings are as in typical C. oregonus. Scale rows 25, 
gastrosteges 170, anal entire, urosteges 25 one divided, supra- 
labials 16-16, infralabials 15-15, preoculars 2—2, postoculars 
3-3, loreals 1-1, dorsal rhombs to tail 31. 

When we reached Tucson we heard much of the black rattle- 
snake of the Catalinas, as this species is locally known. It 
was with much difficulty that we secured a specimen (No. 
34683). There can be no doubt that it is specifically identical 
with C. oregonus of California. Whether it will be necessary 
to regard the dark Arizona snakes as a subspecies, C. oregonus 
cerberus (Coues), cannot be decided until more specimens are 


Vot. IIT] VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN—ARIZONAN REPTILES 429 


received. The lighter specimens from Cave and Oak creeks 
make us doubt the wisdom of using a distinct name for these 
snakes. Crotalus oregonus probably occurs in Arizona only 
at considerable altitudes. 


82.—Crotalus cerastes Hallowell 


This rattlesnake was found by us near Yuma, where five 
were secured. 

No. 33450, March 15, 1912, adult, found coiled in the 
mouth of a hole under a cactus.—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 
145, anal entire, urosteges 21, none divided, supralabials 12- 
12, infralabials 13-13, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 3-3 
loreals 1-1. 

No. 33448, March 17, 1912, young, found crawling under 
a bush.—Scale rows 23, gastrosteges 139, anal entire, urosteges 
21, five divided, supralabials 12-12, infralabials 12-12, pre- 
oculars 2-2, postoculars 3-3, loreals 1-1. 

No. 33449, March 17, 1912, young, found coiled in the 
mouth of a hole-—Scale rows 23, gastrosteges 143, anal en- 
tire, urosteges 23, one divided, supralabials 13-13, infralabials 
13-13, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 3-3, loreals 1-1. 

No. 33654, Sept. 16, 1912, adult, caught on the desert at 
night—-Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 146, anal entire, urosteges 
15, one divided, supralabials 12-12, infralabials 13-13, loreals 
1-1. 

No. 33655, Sept. 12, 1912, young, found under a tin can on 
desert.—Scale rows 21, gastrosteges 146, anal entire, uro- 
steges 16, two divided, supralabials 13-13, infralabials 13-13, 
preoculars 2—2, postoculars 3-3, loreals 1-1. 

No. 33448 contained a Uta stansburiana, while No. 33449 
had eaten a Cnemidophorus tigris. 


83.—Crotalus mitchellii Cope 


Two bright red specimens of this species were secured by 
Mr. Carlson at Cave Creek, Maricopa County: No. 17 540 on 
April 16, and No. 20814 on May 25, 1910. 

No. 17540 has scale rows 23, gastrosteges 163, anal entire, 
urosteges 18, none divided, supra ible 15-15, infralabials 
14-16, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 3-3. 

No. 20814 has scale rows 25, gastrosteges 169, anal entire, 
urosteges 21, three divided, supralabials 15-17, infralabials 


430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


16-17, preocular 2-2, postoculars 3-3. 

Mr. Herbert Brown sent us two white rattlesnakes of this 
species collected by Dr. W. J. McGee in the Tinajas Atlas 
Range about fifty miles southeast from Yuma. Unfortu- 
nately they were destroyed in the great fire of April, 1906. 


84.—Crotalus lepidus Kennicott 


The only specimen secured was found crawling up a granite 
boulder on the hillside above Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., 
July 17, 1912. In life the coloration was light green, with 
light brown bands. No. 34747 has scale rows 21, gastrosteges 
162, anal entire, urosteges 24, none divided, supralabials 11-12, 
infralabials 11-12, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, loreals 2-2. 

85.—Crotalus pricei Van Denburgh 

The only specimen of this handsome little rattlesnake was 
found in the bed of a stream in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca 
Mts., July 16, 1912. It is No. 34748, and has scales in 21 
rows, gastrosteges 154, anal entire, urosteges 24, nine divided, 
supralabials 9-9, infralabials 10-10, preoculars 2—2, postocu- 
lars 3-3, loreals 2-2, coloration typical. 

Mr. Herbert Brown sent me for examination a fine speci- 
men found by Mr. W. B. McCleary, May 28, 1912, on a rock 
at an altitude of about 7500 feet, on a ridge near Old Baldy, 
Madero Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz County. This 
snake has scales in 23-21-21-21-19-17 rows, gastrosteges 
153, anal entire, urosteges 25, the last seven divided, supra- 
labials 9-9, infralabials 10-10, spots along back to anus 48 
on right, 56 on left, 8 dark bars on tail. Length to anus 395 
mm., of tail 38 mm. to rattle. Rattle 17 mm. complete with 
seven segments. 


ay 
Hy 


INR 


oe a iE ; ; MENS aie ent 


432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII 


Crotalus molossus Baird and Girard: BLacK-TAILED RATTLESNAKE—Photo- 
graph from alcoholic specimen (No. 34738) collected in Ramsey Canyon, 
Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, July, 1912. 


Proc. CaLAcag. Sc1 47% Ser. VoL [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XVII 


Y 


434 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII 


Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard: Desert Diamond RATTLESNAKE—Pho- 
tograph from living specimen (field No. 1011) collected near Tucson, 
Arizona, August, 1912. 


[VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XVIII 


Acan. Sti 4.7 Ser Vou Ill 


Proc. Cat 


a) 
‘ 
ae 


rs 


436 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Szr. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX 


Crotalus tigris Kennicott: Ticrr RATTLESNAKE—Photograph from alco- 
holic specimen (No. 34274) collected near the Steam Pump eighteen 
miles north of Tucson, Arizona, May 8, 1912. 


Proc. CALACan. SEL 47 Ser Vou Il [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XIX 


bed Fg oe) 
| kg Raed eG 


f Pr 


“i 


ie 
hile 


438 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX 


Crotalus confluentus Say: PRAIRIE RATTLESNAKE—Photograph from alco-- 
holic specimen (No. 17531) collected at Cave Creek, Maricopa Co., 
Arizona, in 1910. 


Proc.CALAcan. Sti 47% Ser VoLl [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XX 


440 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SEr. - 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX 


Crotalus oregonus Holbrook: Pactrrc RaTTLESNAKE—Photograph from 
alcoholic specimen (No. 34683) collected on Mt. Lemon, Santa Catalina 
Mountains, Arizona, June 12, 1912. 


Proc. CALACAQ. Sci 47" SER VoL IIl [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] FLATE XXI 


mati 


a A aE 


aM 


VOR ROC Walls, 


oe 
ind 1F. 


iy aa 


November 3, 1913 


442 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser. 


EXPAN AION OE ee Adie exert 


Crotalus cerastes Hallowell: Hornep RATTLESNAKE—Photograph from 
living specimen (No. 33655) collected at Yuma, Arizona, Sept. 12, 1912. 


Proc.CaLAcan. Scr 47 Ser Vou Il [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XXII 


444 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII 


Crotalus lepidus Kennicott: GREEN RaTTLESNAKE—Photograph from 
alcoholic specimen (No. 34747) collected in Carr Canyon, Huachuca 
Mts., Arizona, July 17, 1912. 


Proc.CaLAcap Sci 47 Ser Vou. [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XXII 


446 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV, 


Crotalus pricei Van Denburgh: Price’s RATTLESNAKE—Photograph from 
alcoholic specimen (No. 34748) collected in Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca 
Mts., Arizona, July 16, 1912. 


Proc. Cat Acan. Sci 47* Ser Vox il [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] PLATE XXIV 


Rv Sie 
pra tla . 


4 


! v “I i 
ee 
TlAY 


a 


- 448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV 


Fig. 1. Crotalus molossus Baird and Girard—Section of skin. 
Fig. 2. Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard—Section of skin. 


Proc.CaLAcab Sci 47™ SER VoL III [VANDENBURGHanp SLEVIN] XXV 


Fig. 1 


Fig. 2 


ha) 


ROY 


i 


450 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Srr. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI 


Fig. 1. Crotalus tigris Kennicott—Section of skin. 
Fig. 2. Crotalus mitchellii Cope—Section of skin. 


Proc.CaLAcan. Scr 4.™ Ser Vou Ill [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] XXVI 


Fig, 1 


Fig. 2 


Tae ce 
Wie ebb ae 


fur 
ste 
nos 


aie 
er sari 
sia 


he 


Sea oll OR ara ce 
. ; L . 
4 rx 4 
¢ f agi 
so See H . 
a Mw 3 ( i 
; s s r - 
x i et 
\ hi ‘ge! t eat i 


452 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII 


Fig. 1. Crotalus confluentus Say—Section of skin. 
Fig. 2. Crotalus oregonus Holbrook—Section of skin. 


Proc. CaLAtan. Stl 4-7" SER Vou Il [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] XXVii 


Fig. 1 


Fig. 2 


vid an ts 
td ae 


e 


ip hn 
vie ek 


ong 
> eae 
sh 


ane 


454 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Ser. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII 


Fig. 1. Crotalus cerastes Hallowell—Section of skin. 
Fig. 2. Crotalus lepidus Kennicott—Section of skin. 
Fig. 3. Crotalus pricei Van Denburgh—Section of skin. 


Proc. CaLAtab. SCL 47 SER VoL.II [VAN DENBURGHanp SLEVIN] XXVIII 


Fig. 1 


Fig. 2 


Fig. 3 


aT 
vga 


Ee 


ay 
past 


Ay 


ie Sh Os sam CEO) le a pra til 
pee en ae 


INDEX 'TO VOLUME III, FOURTH SERIES. 


For Index to A Distributional List of the Mammals of California, see 
Page 375. 


New names in heavy-faced type; Synonyms in italics. 


Achalinus spinalis, 254 
’ werneri, 188, 254 
Acteon, species, 10 
Actitis macularia, 71 
acuta, Dafila, 68 
acutilineatus, Phacoides, 100 
acutus, Agkistrodon, 52 
AHchmophorus occidentalis, 58 
AXigialitis nivosa, 71 
Agasoma, 39, 98 
barkerianum, 165 
gravidum, 77, 100, 101, 165 
kernianum, 19, 23, 25, 77, 100, 
101 
sanctacruzanum, 
species, 19 
Agassiz, Prof. Louis, 76 
agassizii, Gopherus, 392, 397 
Agkistrodon acutus, 52, 55 
alamedaénsis, Pinna, 100 
albaria, Mactra, 167 
Albatross, Black-footed, 64 
Short-tailed, 64 
albatrus, Diomedea, 65 
albeola, Charitonetta, 69 
aleuticus, Ptychoramphus, 59 
alta, Metis, 19, 166 
Metis (Lutricola), 30 
alvarius, Bufo, 392, 395 
alveata, Amauropsis, 10, 15 
amamiensis, Humeces marginatus, 188, 
212) 21%; 221! 
Amauropsis alveata, 10, 15 
Amblycephalus formosensis, 55 
Amblystomatingz, 183 
Ambystoma macrodactylum, 259 
tigrinum, 392 
americana, Fulica, 70 
Oidemia, 69 
americanus, Numenius, 71 
Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, 
with Notes on the Species in the 
Collection of the Academy. 
By John Van Denburgh and 
Joseph R. Slevin, 391-454 
Anderson, F. M., 78, 162 
Anderson, F. M. 
A Further Stratigraphic Study 
in the Mount Diablo Range 
of California, 1-40 


166 


[455] 


The Neocene Deposits of 
Kern River, California, and 
the Temblor Basin, 73-148 
andersoni, Heptranchias, 101 
Pecten, 98, 100, 168 
anglonana, Bullia, 166 
Bullia (Molopophorus), 100 
angustata, Aturia, 4 
angustirostris, Thamnophis, 393 
Anodonta, 31 
antiquus, Carcharias, 101 
Synthliboramphus, 59 
antillarum, Sterna, 64 
antiselli, Astrodapsis, 167 
annulatus, Phacoides, 166 
Aphriza virgata, 71 
approximans, Holbrookia 
392, 399 
aratus, Saxidomus, 27, 30 
arborea japonica, Hyla, 190, 191 
Area breweriana, 8 
canalis, 167 
microdonta, 101, 167 
montereyana, 19, 99, 165 
obispoana, 167 
trilineata, 27, 30, 167 
arctatus, Colus, 101 
Ardea herodias, 69 
Arenaria interpres, 71 
melanocephala, 71 
arenicolor, Hyla, 392, 394 
argentatus, Larus, 62 
Arizona elegans, 150, 393, 417 
arizonae, Cnemidophorus, 393 
Arnold, Dr. Ralph, 104, 108, 116, 162 
arnoldi, Nassa, 100, 101 
Ascaphus (Notes on), 259-264 
Ascaphus truei, 259 
astori, Macoma, 167 
Astrodapsis antiselli, 167 
merriami, 19 
perrini, 167 
tumidus, 23, 26, 167 
whitneyi, 26, 167 
species, 18, 23, 25 
ater, Sauromalus, 392, 398 
atrocostata, Emoia, 234 
atrox, Crotalus, 394, 426 
attwoodi, Ostrea, 25, 167 
Aturia angustata, 4 


maculata, 


456 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


atwoodi, Ostrea, 167 
Aucella, 9 
Auklet, Cassin’s, 59 
Paroquet, 59 
Rhinocerus, 59 
auritus, Colymbus, 58 
Phalacrocorax, 68 
aurora, Rana, 159 
Babina, 196 
holsti, 196, 197, 198, 199 
subaspersa, 197, 198, 199, 200 
bachmani, Haematopus, 72 
Baculites chicoénsis, 8 
species, 8 
baileyi, Crotaphytus collaris, 147, 392, 
398 
bairdi, Pisobia, 70 
Balanus concavus, 165 
species, 30 
barbarensis, Glycimeris, 166 
barbouri, Eumeces, 188, 189, 213, 214, 
216 
Barker, John, 78, 101 
barkerianum, Agasoma, 165 
Barker ranch Well, 86 
Barnacles, 18 
Bascanion flagellum frenatum, 154, 
393, 416 
piceum, 393, 416 
semilineatum, 393, 417 
taeniatum, 157, 393, 417 
Bathytoma keepi, 166 
beldingi, Verticaria hyperythra, 150, 
152 
Belemnites, 9 
pbellus, Pecten, 168 
bicolor, Dendrocygna, 69 
piplicata, Cuma, 100, 165 
pbiscutata, Thamnophis vagrans, 158 
biseriatus, Sceloporus, 148, 149, 150, 
151, 152, 156 
plainvillii, Phrynosoma, 148, 152 
frontale, Phrynosoma, 148, 149 
Blake, Wm. P., 76, 97, 101 
boettgeri, Hemibungarus, 257 
Leilopisma laterale, 188, 237, 
239 
borealis, Lucina, 19, 23, 26 
boulengeri, Sphenomorphus, 188, 189, 
232 
boutonii nigropunctatus, Cryptobleph- 
arus, 241 
bowersi, Pecten, 100 
powringii, Hemidactylus, 207 
boylii, Lampropeltis, 150, 393, 415 
Rana, 159 
brachycephala, Rana pipiens, 158 
Brachyramphus craverii, 60 
hypoleucus, 60 
marmoratus, 59 


branneri, Carcharodon, 101 
Glycimeris, 165 
Pecten, 165 
Pectunculus, 100 
Branta nigricans, 69 
breweriana, Arca, 8 
Scutella, 165 
brewerianus, Clypeaster (Scutella), 30 
brownii, Phyllorhynchus, 393 
browni, Lygosaurus pellopleurus, 188, 
240 
buergeri, Polypedates, 204 
Bufo alvarius, 392, 395 
cognatus, 392, 395 
lentiginosus woodhousii, 392, 
394 
punctatus, 392, 395 
Bulla, species, 19 
bulleri, Puffinus, 66 
Bullia anglonana, 166 
(Molopophorus) anglonana, 
100 
Bungarus, 42 
Buwalda, John P., 74 
calearea, Macoma, 166 
Calidris leucophza, 71 
californis, Lampropeltis, 149, 151 
californica, Crytomya, 27 
Nassa, 30 
Oliva, 19, 100, 166 
Placuanomia, 167 
ealifornicum, Tritonium, 15 
californicus, Larus, 62 
Pelecanus, 68 
Calliophis macclellandii, 54, 255, 256 
swinhoei, 188, 255 
Callisaurus dracontoides, 153 
ventralis, 148, 152, 153, 392, 
400 
Callista, species, 16 
Callophis macclellandii (?), 54, 255, 
256 
callosa, Neverita, 19, 98, 100 
canalifera, Rimella, 4, 10 
eanalis, Area, 167 
Cancellaria condoni, 100, 166 
dallana, 100 
joaquinensis, 100 
pacifica, 100 
simplex, 100 
species, 19, 23, 39 
candata, Urosyca, 4 
canum, Gyalopium, 393 
canus, Larus, 63 
capense, Daption, 65 
Carcharias antiquus, 101 
Carcharodon branneri, 101 
rectus, 101 
Cardita veneriformis, 15 
Cardium cooperi, 11, 13, 15 
coosense, 167 


Vou. III.J 


meekanum, 167 
quadrigenarium, 166 
(cf. C. quadrigenarium), 25 
vaqueroénse, 99 
vaquerosense, 165 
species, 101 
carinatus, Pseudagkistrodon, 51 
carisaénsis, Chorus, 23, 26 
Trophon, 167 
Carman, F. J., 86, 87 
carneipes, Puffinus, 66 
Carpenter, A. G., 74, 99 
eatenatus edwardsii, Sistrurus, 394 
catenifer, Pituophis, 149, 150, 158 
deserticola, Pituophis, 393, 
418 
eatilliformis, Mactra, 25, 166 
Mactra (Spisula), 30 
Pecten, 101 
Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, 71 
Cepphus columba, 61 
cerastes, Crotalus, 394, 429 
Cerorhinca monocerata, 59 
cerrosensis, Pecten, 167 
mendenhalli, Pecten, 167 
Chama, species, 30 
Charitonetta albeola, 69 
Check List of Miocene Invertebrates 
of California, 170-177 
chicoénsis, Baculites, 8 
Chilomeniscus cinctus, 393, 410 
chinensis, Humeces, 211, 213, 225 
formosensis, Eumeces, 188, 
213, 226 
Hyla, 190, 191 
Chionactis episcopa, 411 
episcopus, 153 
isozonus, 411 
occipitalis, 411 
Ohione, 39 
conradiana, 165 
mathewsoni, 165 
securis, 167, 168 
staleyi, 167 
succincta, 168 
temblorensis, 19, 23, 25, 26, 
88, 98, 100, 167, 168 
species, 8, 19, 25 
Chondrotus paroticus, 259 
Chorus, 39 
carisaénsis, 23, 26 
Chrysodomus imperialis, 167 
portolaensis, 167 
species, 100 
cinctus, Chilomeniscus, 393, 410 
cinereus, Priofinus, 66 
Cinulia obliqua, 8 
Circinaria, 102 
cirrhata, Lunda, 59 
clarkii, Sceloporus, 392, 404 
clavata, Lamna, 101 


INDEX 457 


Clemmys marmorata, +155 
clypeata, Spatula, 68 
Clypeaster (Scutella) brewerianus, 30 
gibbsi, 30 
Cnemidophorus arizonae, 393, 408 
gularis, 393, 407 
melanostethus, 3938, 408 
scalaris, 408 
stejnegeri, 150, 151 
tigris, 153, 157, 393, 409, 429 
coalingaénsis, Glycimeris, 167 
Mytilus, 167 
Pecten, 27, 30, 167 
cognatus, Bufo, 392, 395 
Coleonyx variegatus, 152, 392, 397 
collaris baileyi, Crotaphytus, 147, 392, 
398 
coliaris, Marila, 68 
collina, Crassatella, 27 
colubrina, Laticauda, 46 
columba, Cepphus, 61 
Colus arctatus, 101 
Colymbus auritus, 58 
holbelli, 58 
nigricollis, 58 
concavus, Balanus, 165 
Concerning Certain Species of Rep- 
tiles and Amphibians from China, 
Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and 
Formosa. 
By John Van Denburgh, 187- 
258 
condoni, Cancellaria, 100, 166 
confluentus, Crotalus, 394, 427 
congesta, Tellina, 16, 166 
conjuncta, Lampropeltis, 154, 393 
Conrad, T. A., 76 
conradi, Dosinia, 99, 165 
conradiana, Chione, 165 
Gyrodes, 8 
consobrinus, Sceloporus, 392, 405 
Conus hayesi, 166 
owenana, 100 
owenianus, 19, 166 
Cooper, Dr. J. G., 77, 98, 99 
cooperi, Cardium, 11, 18, 15 
Dentalium, 10, 15 
Ficopsis, 15 
Terebra, 100, 166 
coosense, Cardium, 167 
Coot, 70 
copei, Natrix, 52 
Corbicula, 102 
dumblei, 102, 166 
Cormorant, Brandt’s, 68 
Double-crested, 68 
Pelagic, 68 
cornutum, Phrynosoma, 392 
coronata, Tantilla, 425 
eostata, Oylichna, 10, 13 
costellata, Trochita, 30, 165 


458 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Ser. 


Cosymobotus platyurus, 208 
couchii, Secaphiopus, 392, 395 
Crassatella collina, 27 
crassicardo, Pecten, 23, 25, 26, 30, 40, 
167 
craverii, Brachyramphus, 60 
creatopus, Puffinus, 65 
Crepidula praerupta, 100, 101 
princeps, 100, 168 
species, 19 
eretacea, Lucina, 10, 11 
Crotalus atrox, 394, 426 
cerastes, 394, 429 
confluentus, 394, 427 
lepidus, 394, 430 
mitchellii, 152, 394, 429 
molossus, 394, 426 
oregonus, 149, 151, 158, 394, 
428 
pricei, 394, 4380 
tigris, 394, 427 
willardi, 394 
Crotaphytus collaris baileyi, 147, 392, 
398 
silus, 155 
wislizenii, 152, 158, 155, 392, 
398 
Crustacea, species, 15 
Cryptoblepharus boutonii nigropuncta- 
tus, 241 
Cryptomya californica, 27 
ovalis, 167 
Cuma biplicata, 100, 165 
Curlew, Hudsonian, 71 
Long-billed, 71 
cyanocincta, Disteira, 41, 46 
cyanura, Emoia, 235 
‘Cylichna, 4 
costata, 10, 18 
Cyrena (Corbicula) dumblei, 99 
Cytherea diabloénsis, 167 
(Callista) mathewsoni, 99, 101 
(Callista) species, 23 
species, 99 
Dafila acuta, 68 
Dalatias occidentalis, 101 
Dall, Dr., 102 
dallana, Cancellaria, 100 
Daption capense, 65 
darwiniensis, Hydrelaps, 42 
deglandi, Oidemia, 69 
delawarensis, Larus, 62 
Dendraspis, 42 
Dendrocygna bicolor, 69 
densata, Mactra, 19 
Mulinia, 167 
Dentalium, 4 
cooperi, 10, 15 
stramineum, 8 
substriatum, 100 
species, 100 


dentata, Zirphea, 23, 167 
Description of a New Genus and Spe- 
cies of Salamander from Japan. By 
Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. 
Navy, 183, 186 
Description of a New Species of Sea 
Snake from the Philippine Islands, 
with a Note on the Palatine Teeth 
in the Proteroglypha. By John Van 
Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
son, 41-48 
deserticola, Pituophis catenifer, 393. 418 
Desmostylus, 101, 102 
species, 19 
diabloensis, Cytherea, 167 
Diadophis regalis, 393, 415, 424 
Diamenia, 42 
Diatomaceae, 111, 115, 116 
diegoensis, Solen (Hypogella), 10 
Diemictylus, 200 
Diomedea albatrus, 65 
nigripes, 64 
Diplodonta harfordi, 23, 30, 167 
parilis, 167 
Dipsosaurus dorsalis, 152, 392, 398 
directus, Modiolus, 167 
Discoglossidae, 259 
Discohelix leana, 15 
discus, Pecten, 18, 19, 167, 168 
Disteira, 41 
brookii, 42 
cincinnatii, 42 
ecyanocincta, 41, 46 
fasciata, 41, 42 
ornata, 46 
stokesii, 46 
Distributional List of the Mammals 
of California (A). By Joseph Grin- 
nell, 265 
Doliophis, 42 
Dolium petrosum, 4 
dorsalis, Dipsosaurus, 152, 392, 398 
Takydromus, 242, 252 
Dosinia conradi, 99, 165 
mathewsoni, 27, 165 
ponderosa, 19, 166 
whitneyi, 98, 99 
species, 19, 101 
douglassii, Phrynosoma, 156 
dracontoides, Callisaurus, 153 
draytonii, Rana, 149 
Duck, Black Brant, 69 
Buffle-head, 69 
Fulvous Tree-Duck, 69 
Harlequin, 69 
Old-squaw, 69 
Ring-necked, 68 
Ruddy, 69 
Scoter, 69 
Surf, 69 
White-winged, 69 


Moyo. IU 


dulcis, Leptotyphlops, 393, 409 
dumblei, Corbicula, 102, 166 
Cyrena (Corbicula), 99 
Pleurotoma (Clathurella), 100 
Eakle, Dr. A. S., 94 
edentula, Psammobia, 165 
edwardsii, Sistrurus catenatus, 394 
effingeri, Polypedates, 203 
eiseni, Tantilla, 424 
Elaphe porphyracea, 538 
Elaps, 42 
euryxanthus, 394, 425 
Eldridge, Geo. H., 77, 82 
eldridgei, Ostrea, 100 
elegans, Arizona, 150, 393, 417 
Eumeces, 189, 211, 212, 222, 
228, 234 
Sterna, 63 
Thamnophis, 158 
Emoia atrocostata, 234 
cyanura, 235 
Epiphragmophora, 102 
episcopa, Chionactis, 411 
Sonora, 393, 411, 412 
episcopus, Chionactus, 153 
Epitonium (Opalia) (cf O. rugiferum), 
100 
eques, Thamnophis, 393, 419 
Ereunetes pusillus, ‘70 
Erismatura jamaicensis, 69 
erythrorhynchos, Pelecanus, 68 
estrellana, Panopaea, 167 
estrellanus, Pecten, 23, 25, 26, 30, 40, 
167 
Etchegoin fauna, 164, 166, 167, 180, 
181 
etchegoini, Pecten, 30 
Eumeces, 211 
barbouri, 188, 189, 213, 214, 
216 
chinensis, 211, 213, 225 
chinensis formosensis, 188, 213, 


226 

elegans, 189, 211, 212, 222, 
223, 234 

ishigakiensis, 188, 212, 213, 
217, 221 


kishinouyei, 211, 213, 227 
latiscutatus, 212, 213, 214, 216 
latiscutatus okadae, 213, 214 
marginatus, 189, 212, 216, 223 
marginatus amamiensis, 188, 
PAP Pail (PPAL 
kikaigensis, 188, 212, 
219 
obsoletus, 395 
skiltonianus, 147, 149, 151 
Euprepes ruhstrati, 229 
euryxanthus, Elaps, 394, 425 
excavatus, Pecten, 168 
Fairbanks, Dr., 108, 118, 162 


INDEX 459 


fairbanksi, Scutella, 165 
fasciata, Disteira, 41 
fasciatus, Hydrophis, 47 
Faunal Zones in the Miocene of Cali- 
fornia, 162 
fedoa, Limosa, 71 
Ficopsis cooperi, 15 
Ficus, 102 
kernianus, 166 
nodiferus, 166 
pyriformis, 25, 166 
stanfordensis, 166 
filosa, Trochita, 19, 100, 167 
fissipes, Microhyla, 204 
flagellum frenatum, SBascanion, 154, 
393, 416 
Foraminifera, 15 
formosanus, Takydromus, 234, 248, 
245 
formosensis, Amblycephalus, 55 
formosensis, Eumeces chinensis, 188, 
213, 226 
Leiolopisma laterale, 188, 237, 
238 
Sphenomorphus indicus, 188, 
231, 234 
forsteri, Sterna, 64 
fortis, Pisania, 167 
frenatum, Bascanion flagellum, 154, 
393, 416 
frenatus, Hemidactylus, 207 
frontale, Phrynosoma blainyillii, 148 
Fulica americana, 70 
fulicarius, Phalaropus, '70 
Fulmarus glacialis, 65 
rodgersi, 65 
furcata, Oceanodroma, 66 
Further (A) Stratigraphic Study in 
the Mount Diablo Range of Cali- 
fornia. By Frank M. Anderson, 1-40 
Fusus (cf. Fusus aequilateralis), 13 
futheyana, Oliva, 100 
gabbi, Leda, 10, 13, 15 
Pseudocardium, 27 
gabbianus, Trophon, 166 
Galeocerdo productus, 101 
Gavia immer, 58 
pacifica, 58 
stellata, 58 
Gekko japonicus, 206, 207, 208 
swinhonis, 206, 207 
generosa, Glycimeris, 25, 27, 30 
Panopaea, 166 
genticulata, Natica, 101 
Geologic Range of Miocene Inverte- 
brate Fossils of California. By 
James Perrin Smith, 161-182 
Geomolge, 183 
Gerrhonotus kingii, 393, 407 
scincicauda, 157 
scincicauda ignavus, 148, 150 


460 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


gibbsi, Clypeaster (Scutella), 30 
Scutella, 25, 31, 167 
giganteus, Hinnites, 165 
Godwit, Marbled, 71 
Goodyear, W. A., 77 
Gopherus agassizii, 392, 397 
glacialis, Fulmarus, 65 
glaucescens, Larus, 62 
globosa, Neverita, 10 
Glycimeris barbarensis, 166 
branneri, 165 
coalingaensis, 167 
generosa, 25, 27, 30 
Goniobasis, 30 
Grace Oil Co.’s Well No. 5, 85, 86 
graciosa, Uta, 392, 402 
graciosus, Sceloporus, 149, 156 
_grahamiae, Salvadora, 150, 393, 413 
gravidum, Agasoma, 77, 100, 101, 165 
Grebe, Hared, 58 
Holbell’s, 58 
Horned, 58 
Pied-billed, 58 
Western, 58 
gregaria, Tamiosoma, 25, 26, 40, 167 
Grinnell, Joseph: 
A Distributional List of the 
Mammals of California, 265- 
390 
griseus, Puffinus, 65 
Guillemot, Pigeon, 61 
gularis, Cnemidophorus, 393, 407 
Gull, Bonaparte’s, 63 
California, 62 
Glaucus, 62 
Glaucus-winged, 62 
Heermann’s, 63 
Herring, 62 
Mew, 63 
Ring-billed, 62 
Sabine’s, 63 
Western, 62 
Gyalopium canum, 393 
Gyrodes conradiana, 8 
Hematopus bachmani, 71 
hallowelli, Hyla, 188, 190 
hamlini, Pecten, 166 
hammondii, Scaphiopus, 392 
Thamnophis, 149, 150, 151, 152 
hardwickii, Lapemis, 46 
Harelda hyemalis, 69 
harfordi, Diplodonta, 23, 30, 167 
harti, Ophisaurus (?), 50 
hayesi, Conus, 166 
heermanni, Larus, 63 
Heloderma suspectum, 393, 406 
Hemibungarus boettgeri, 257 
japonicus, 254, 256, 257 
Hemidactylus bowringii, 207 
frenatus, 207 
marmoratus, 207 


Hemifusus wilkesana, 19 
Hemipristis heteropleurus, 101 
Heptranchias andersoni, 101 
hernandesi, Phrynosoma, 392, 405 
herodias, Ardea, 69 
Heron, Great Blue, 69 
Night, 69 
Heteractitis incanus, 71 
Heterodon nasicus, 393 
heteropleurus, Hemipristis, 101 
Heteroterma trochoidea, 4 
Hinnites giganteus, 165 
(rel. H. giganteus), 19 
hirundo, Sterna, 64 
Histrionicus histrionicus, 69 
histrionicus, Histrionicus, 69 
hoffmani, Turritella, 108, 109 
holbelli, Colymbus, 58 
Holbrookia maculata approximans, 392, 
399 
texana, 392, 399 
holsti, Babina, 197, 199, 200 
Rana, 196 
homochroa, Oceanodroma, 67 
Homomya, species, 99 
Hoplites, 9 
horni, Meretrix, 10, 15 
Tellina, 15 
horsfieldii, Ptychozoon, 208 
hudsonicus, Numenius, 71 
humilis, Siagonodon, 153, 393, 409 
Hydrelaps darwiniensis, 42 
Hydrochelidon nigra, 64 
Hydrophinae, 42 
Hydrophis, 41 
fasciatus, 47 
Hydrus platurus, 46 
hyemalis, Harelda, 69 
Hyla arborea japonica, 190, 191 
arenicolor, 392, 394 
chinensis, 190, 191 
hallowelli, 188, 190 
regilla, 149 
Hynobius, 183 
hyperboreus, Larus, 62 
hyperythra beldingi, Verticaria, 150, 
152 
hypoleucus, Brachyramphus, 60 
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus, 393, 414 
idriaénsis, Ostrea, 10 
ignavus, Gerrhonotus scincicauda, 148, 
150 
ijimae, Rana, 193 
immer, Gavia, 58 
imperialis, Chrysodomus, 167 
impressa, Voldia, 4, 166 
incanus, Heteractitis, 71 
indicus, Sphenomorphus, 230, 232, 234 
formosensis, Sphenomorphus, 
188, 231, 234 


Vor. III.) 


inezana, Natica, 165 
Tevela, 100 
Turritella, 165 
sespeensis, Turritella, 165 
inezanus, Modiolus, 165 
inornata, Trochita, 167 
inquinata, Macoma, 30 
interpres, Arenaria, 71 
interradiatus, Pecten, 11 
Invertebrates (Miocene) of California 
(Check List of), 170-177 : 
ishigakiensis, Eumeces, 188, 212, 213, 
217, 221 
Japalura polygonata, 188, 210, 
211 
isozonus, Chionactis, 411 
Tsurus planus, 101 
smithi, 101 
tumulus, 101 
Jaeger, Long-tailed, 62 
Parasitic, 61 
Pomarine, 61 
jagorii, Sphenomorphus, 234 
jamaicensis, Erismatura, 69 
Japalura polygonata, 209, 210 
polygonata ishigakiensis, 188, 
210, 211 
miyakensis, 188, 210, 211 
polygonata polygonata, 210 
swinhonis, 208 
swinhonis mitsukurii, 209, 
210 
japonica, Hyla arborea, 190 
japonicus Gekko, 206, 208 
hemibungarus, 254, 256, 257 
polypedates, 205 
jarrovii, Sceloporus, 392, 403 
Jepson, Willis L., 75 
joaquinensis, Cancellaria, 100 
Jordan, Dr. David Starr, 78, 99, 101 
jugularis, Scaphander, 100, 101 
keepi, Bathytoma, 166 
kennedyi, Terebratalia, 165 
kernensis, Trophon, 19, 100 
kernianum, Agasoma, 19, 23, 25, 77, 
100, 101 
kernianus, Ficus, 166 
Kern River Group, 95, 106, 111 
Kern River stratigraphy, 83-85 
kettlemanensis, Thais, 167 
kikaigensis, Eumeces marginatus, 188, 
212, 219 
Killdeer, 71 
kingii, Gerrhonotus, 393, 407 
Kinosternon scnoriense, 392, 396 
kishinouyei, Eumeces, 211, 213, 227 
Kittiwake, 62 
kuehnei, Takydromus, 50, 252 
kuhlii, Rana, 195 
Lamna clavata, 101 
Lampropeltis boylii, 150, 393, 415 
californie, 149, 151 


INDEX 461 


conjuncta, 154, 393 
pyrrhomelena, 393, 415 
splendida, 393 
Lapemis hardwickii, 46 
Larus argentatus, 62 
californicus, 62 
canus, 63 
delawarensis, 62 
glaucescens, 62 
heermanni, 63 
hyperboreus, 62 
occidentalis, 62 
philadelphia, 63 
laterale, Leiolopisma, 235 
boettgeri, Leiolopisma, 188, 
237, 238 
formosensis, Leiolopisma, 188, 
237, 238 
laterale, Leiolopisma, 237 
reevesii, Leiolopisma, 237 
Laticauda colubrina, 46 
latiscutatus, Eumeces, 212, 213, 214 
okadae, Eumeces, 213, 214 
leana, Discohelix, 15 
lecontei, Rhinocheilus, 154, 393, 418 
Leda, 3, 4 
gabbi, 10, 18, 15 
oregona, 99 
oregona (?), 16 
taphria, 166 
Leiolopisma laterale, 235, 239 
boettgeri, 188, 237, 239 
formosensis, 188, 237, 238 
laterale, 237, 237 
reevesii, 237, 237 
lentiginosus woodhousii, Bufo, 392, 
894 
lepidus, Crotalus, 394, 430 
Leptotyphlops dulcis, 393, 409 
leucomystax, Polypedates, 206 
leucophxa, Calidris, 71 
lewisi, Natica, 30 
lewisii, Lunatia, 166 
Lichanura roseofusca, 151, 393, 410 
lima, Purpura, 100 
Limosa fedoa, 71 
lobatus, Lobipes, 70 ° 
Lobipes lobatus, 70 
Logs of Deep Wells, 120 
lompocensis, Pecten, 165 
longa, Tellina, 10 
longicaudata, Mabuya, 228 
ruhstrati, Mabuya, 229 
longicaudus, Stercorarius, 62 ; 
Loon, 58 
Pacific, 58 
Red-throated, 58 
Lucina borealis, 19, 23, 26 
Lucina (?) cretacea, 10, 11 
Lunatia lewisii, 166 
Lunda cirrhata, 59 


462 


Lygosaurus pellopleurus, 240 
pellopleurus browni, 188, 240 
lyrophanes, Trimorphodon, 393, 423 
Mabuya longicaudata, 228 
longicaudata ruhstrati, 229 
m’callii, Phrynosoma, 153, 393, 406 
macclellandii, Calliophis, 255, 256 
Callophis (?), 54 
Macoma astori, 167 
calcarea, 166 
inquinata (2), 30 
Aasuta, 23, 165 
secta, 27, 166 
species, 19, 27 
macrodactylum, Ambystoma, 259 
Macropisthodon, 51 
Mactra albaria, 167 
(cf. M. albaria), 99 
catilliformis, 25, 166 
(Spisula) catilliformis, 30 
(Spisula) (rel. M. falcata), 
99 
densata, 19 
species, 10, 11, 99 
macularia, Actitis, 71 
maculata approximans, 
392, 399 
magister, Sceloporus, 148, 153, 392, 
404 
magnolia, Pecten, 100, 165 
Mammals of California, A Distribu- 
tional List of the. By Joseph Grin- 
nell, 265-390 
Marcia oregonensis, 167 
marcianus, Thamnophis, 154, 393, 420 
Margarita, species, 8 
marginatus, Humeces, 189, 212, 214, 
216, 223 
amamiensis, Humeces, 188, 
212, 217, 221 
kikaigensis, Eumeces, 188, 212, 
219 
Marila collaris, 68 
marmorata, Clemmys, 155 
marmoratus, Brachyramphus, 59 
Hemidactylus, 207 
mathewsoni, Chione, 165 
Cytherea (Callista), 99, 101 
Dosinia, 27, 165 
Mytilus, 19, 25, 30, 99 
maxima, Sterna, 63 
meekanum, Cardium, 167 
Megalestris skua, 61 
megalops, Thamnophis, 393, 421 
melania, Oceanodroma, 67 
melanocephala, Arenaria, 71 
melanocephalus, Oligodon, 54 
melanoleuca, Naja, 42 
melanostethus, Cnemidophorus, 393, 
408 
mendenhalli, Pecten cerrosensis, 167 


Holbrookia, 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


Meretrix horni, 10, 15 
uvasana, 10 
Merganser, Red-breasted, 68 
Mergus serrator, 68 
Merriam, Dr. J. C., 77, 98, 108, 162 
merriami, Astrodapsis, 19 
Scutella, 165 
Metis alta, 19, 166 
Metis (Lutricola) alta, 30 
microdonta, Arca, 101, 167 
Microhyla fissipes, 204 
miguelensis, Pecten, 165 
minutilla, Pisobia, 70 
Miocene Invertebrates of California 
(Check List of), 170-177 
Miocene Species that are Still Living 
(List of), 181 
Miopleioma oregonensis, 167 
mitchellii, Crotalus, 152, 394, 429 
mitsukurii, Japalura polygonata, 210 
Japalura swinhonis, 209 
miyakensis, Japalura polygonata, 188, 
210, 211 
modestum, Phrynosoma, 393 
Modiola ornata, 11 
Modiolus directus, 167 
inezanus, 165 
multiradiatus, 167 
molossus, Crotalus, 394, 426 
moltrechti, Polypedates, 203 
Rhacophorus, 200 
monocerata, Cerorhinca, 59 
montereyana, Area, 19, 99, 165 
Monterey Shales, 109 
Monterey-Temblor faunas, 164, 165, 
166, 177-179 
Morio (Sconsia) tuberculatus, 10 
Morrice, Charles, 102 
Mount Diablo Range of California (A 
Further Stratigraphic Study in the). 
By Frank M. Anderson, 1-40 
Mulinia densata, 167 
multiradiatus, Modiolus, 167 
Murenichthys, 46 
thompsoni, 46 
Murre, 61 
Murrelet, Ancient, 59 
Marbled, 59 
Xantus’, 60 
Mytilus coalingaénsis, 167 
mathewsoni, 19, 25, 30, 99 
species, 100 
Naja melanoleuca, 42 
namiyei, Rana, 194, 197 
nasicus, Heterodon, 393 
Nassa arnoldi, 100, 101 
californica, 30 
nasuta, Macoma, 23, 165 
Natica genticulata, 101 
inezana, 165 
lewisi, 30 


Vou. III.] 


(rel. N. lewisi), 100 
ocoyana, 101 
species, 8, 25 
Natrix copei, 52 
Neocene Deposits of Kern River, Cali- 
fornia, and the Temblor Basin 
(The). By Frank M. Anderson, 73- 
148 
nevadanus, Pecten, 165 
nevadensis, Pecten, 100, 101 
Neverita callosa, 19, 98, 100 
globosa, 10 
recluziana, 27, 30 
secta, 10 
species, 10 
New and Previously Unrecorded Spe- 
cies of Reptiles and Amphibians 
from the Island of Formosa. By 
John Van Denburgh, 49-56 
nigra, Hydrochelidon, 64 
nigricans, Branta, 69 
nigriceps, Tantilla, 394, 423 
nigricollis, Colymbus, 58 
nigripes, Diomedea, 64 
nigropunctatus, Oryptoblepharus bou- 
tonii, 241 
nivosa, Adgialitis, 71 
nodiferus, Ficus, 166 
notata, Uma, 158, 392, 399 
Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from 
Southern Oalifornia and Arizona. 
By John Van Denburgh, 147-154 
Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid 
Toad of North America. By John 
Van Denburgh, 259-264 
Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphi- 
bians from Oregon, Idaho and Utah. 
By John Van Denburgh, 155-160 
Nucula truncata, 4 
Numenius americanus, 71 
hudsonicus, 71 
nuttalli, Saxidomus, 166 
nutteri, Pecten, 167 
Nycticorax nycticorax, 69 
nycticorax, Nycticorax, 69 
obispoana, Arca, 167 
obliqua, Cinulia, 8 
obsoletus, Humeces, 393 
Oceanodroma furcata, 66 
homochroa, 67 
melania, 67 
occidentalis, AZchmophorus, 58 
Dalatias, 101 
Larus, 62 
Sceloporus, 156 
Terebratalia, 165 
occipitalis, Chionactis, 411 
Sonora, 393, 411, 412 
ochrorhynchus, Hypsiglena, 393, 414 
Ochsner, W. H., 74, 99 
ocoyana, Natica, 101 


INDEX 463 


Tellina, 100, 101 
Turritella, 18, 19, 77, 88, 98, 
100, 101, 166 
ocoyanus, Syectypus, 101 
Oidemia americana, 69 
deglandi, 69 
perspicillata, 69 
okadae, Eumeces latiscutatus, 213, 214 
okinavana, Rana, 192 
Oligodon melanocephalus, 54 
ornatus, 53 
subgriseus, 54 
' templetoni, 54 
waandersii, 54 
Oliva californica, 19, 100, 166 
futheyana, 100 
Olivelia pedroana, 166 
Onychodactylus, 183 
Ophisaurus harti (?), 50 
opisthomelas, Puffinus, 65 
orcutti, Sceloporus, 149, 150, 151, 152 
oregona, Leda, 99 
Leda (2%), 16 
Yoldia, 166 
oregonensis, Marcia, 167 
Miopleioma, 167 
oregonus, Crotalus, 149, 151, 158, 394, 


428 
ornata, Disteira, 46 
Modiola, 11 


Terepene, 392, 396 
Uta, 392, 401 
ornatus, Oligodon, 53 
Ostrea, 39, 100 
attwoodi, 25, 167 
eldridgei, 100 
idriaénsis, 10 
titan, 19, 23, 26, 30, 35, 40, 
167 
veatchi, 167 
vespertina, 167 
ovalis, Cryptomya, 167 
owenana, Conus, 100 
oweni, Pecten, 30, 167 
owenianus, Conus, 19, 166 
owstoni, Polypedates, 200, 201 
Polypedates schlegelii, 202, 
203 
Oxyechus vociferus, 71 
Oyster-catcher, Black, 72 
pabloensis, Pecten, 167, 168 
pachecoénsis, Turritella, 18 
Pachypalaminus, 183 
pboulengeri, 184 
pacifica, Cancellaria, 100 
Gavia, 58 
pajaroanus, Schizothoerus, 167 
Panopaea estrellana, 167 
generosa, 166 
paradisaea, Sterna, 64 
parasiticus, Stercorarius, 61 


464 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. 


parietalis, Thamnophis, 150-158 

parilis, Diplodonta, 167 

paroticus, Chondrotus, 259 

peckhami, Pecten, 3, 4, 16, 18, 20, 165 
Pseudomusium, 4 


Pecten, 39 
andersoni, 98, 100, 167, 168 
bellus, 168 


bowersi, 100 
branneri, 165 
catilliformis, 101 
cerrosensis, 167 
mendenhalli, 167 
coalingaénsis, 27, 30, 167 
crassicardo, 28, 25, 26, 30, 40, 
167 
discus, 18, 19, 167, 168 
estrellanus, 23, 25, 26, 30, 40, 
167 
(rel. P. estrellanus), 100 
etchegoini, 30 
excavatus, 168 
hamlini, 166 
interradiatus, 11 
(rel. P. islandicus), 23 
lompocensis, 165 
magnolia, 100, 165 
miguelensis, 165 
nevadanus, 165 
nevadensis, 100, 101 
nutteri, 167 
oweni, 30, 167 
pabloénsis, 167, 168 
peckhami, 3, 4, 16, 18, 20, 
165 
perrini, 100, 165 
propatulus, 166 
sanctaecruzensis, 165, 168 
sespeénsis, 100, 165 
vanvlecki, 165 
vaughani, 165 
wattsi, 30, 167 
species, 19 
Pectunculus, 30 
pranneri, 100 
sagitatus, 15 
septentrionalis, 30, 98, 100 
pedroana, Olivella, 166 
pelagicus, Phalacrocorax, 68 
Pelecanus californicus, 68 
erythrorhynchos, 68 
Pelican, California Brown, 68 
White, 68 
pellopleurus, Lygosaurus, 240 
browni, Lygosaurus, 188, 240 
penicillatus, Phalacrocorax, 68 
Perissolax, species, 8 
perrini, Astrodapsis, 167 
Pecten, 100 
perspicillata, Oidemia, 69 
pertenuis, Venus, 98, 167 


Petrel, Ashy, 67 
Black, 67 
Fork-tailed, 66 
Pintado, 65 
petrosum, Dolium, 4 
Phacoides acutilineatus, 100 
annulatus, 166 
richthofeni, 100, 165 
sanctaecrucis, 167 
Phalacrocorax auritus, 68 
pelagicus, 68 
penicillatus, 68 
Phalarope, Northern, 70 
Red, 70 
Phalaropus fulicarius, 70 
Phaleris psittacula, 59 
philadelphia, Larus, 63 
Phrynosoma blainvillii, 148, 150, 151, 
152 
pblainvillii frontale, 148 
cornutum, 392 
douglassii, 156 
frontale, 148 
hernandesi, 392, 405 
m’callii, 153, 393, 406 
modestum, 393 
platyrhinos, 156, 157, 393, 406 
solare, 392, 406 
Phyllorhynchus brownii, 393 
piceum, Bascanion, 393, 416 
Pinna alamedaénsis, 100 
Pintail, 68 
pipiens, Rana, 392, 395, 422 
brachycephala, Rana, 158 
Pisania fortis, 167 
Pisobia bairdi, 70 
minutilla, 70 
Pituophis catenifer, 149, 150, 158 
catenifer deserticola, 393, 418 
Placuanomia californica, 167 
planiceps, Tantilla, 424 
planus, Isurus, 101 
Platanus, 102 
platurus, Hydrus, 46 
platyrhinos, Phrynosoma, 156, 15%, 
393, 406 
platyurus, Cosymobotus, 208 
Plethodon vandykei, 259 
Pleurotoma (Clathurella) 
100 
Pleurotoma transmontana, 101 
Plover, Black-bellied, 71 
Snowy, 71 
podiceps, Podilymbus, 58 
Podilymbus podiceps, 58 
polygonata, Japalura, 209, 210 
ishigakiensis, Japalura, 188, 
210, 211 
miyakensis, 
210, 211 
polygonata, Japalura, 210 


dumbiei, 


Japalura, 188, 


Vot. III.] 


Polyodontophis collaris, 50 
Polypedates buergeri, 204, 206 
eiffingeri, 203 
japonicus, 205 

leucomystax, 206 

moltrechti, 203 

owstoni, 200, 201 

robustus, 206 

schlegelii, 200 

schlegelii viridis, 202 

owstoni, 202, 203 

viridis, 200, 201 
pomerinus, Stercorarius, 61 
ponderosa, Dosinia, 19, 166 
ponderosus, Trophon, 167 
porphyracea, Elaphe, 53 
portolaensis, Chrysodomus, 167 
Poso Creek, stratigraphy, 83-85 
praerupta, Crepidula, 100, 101 
pretiosa, Rana, 159, 259 
pricei, Crotalus, 394, 430 
princeps, Crepidula, 100, 168 
Priofinus cinereus, 66 
productus, Galeocerdo, 101 
propatulus, Pecten, 166 
Proteroglypha, 41-48 
Psammobia edentula, 165 
Pseudagkistrodon, 51 

carinatus, 51 
Pseudelaps, 42 
Pseudocardium gabbi, 27 
Pseudomusium peckhami, 4 
psittacula, Phaleris, 59 
Ptychoramphus aleuticus, 59 
Ptychozoon horsfieldii, 208 
Puffinus bulleri, 66 

carneipes, 66 

creatopus, 65 

griseus, 65 

opisthomelas, 65 

tenuirostris, 66 

Tufted, 59 
punctatus, Bufo, 392, 395 
Purpura lima, 100 

vaquerosensis, 165 
pusillus, Ereunetes, 70 
pyriformis, Ficus, 25, 166 
pyrrhomelaena, Lampropeltis, 393, 415 
Pyrula tricostata, 4 
quadrigenarium, Cardium, 166 
Rail, Virginia, 70 
Rallus virginianus, 70 
Rana aurora, 159 

boylii, 159 

draytonii, 149 

holsti, 196 

ijimae, 193 

kuhlii, 195 

latouchii, 55 

namiyei, 55, 194, 197 

okinavana, 192 


INDEX 465 


pipiens, 392, 395, 422 
brachycephala, 158 

pretiosa, 159, 259 

subaspera, 196 

taipehensis, 56 

recluziana, Neverita, 27, 30 
rectus, Carcharodon, 101 
reeyesii, Leiolopisma laterale, 237 
regalis, Diadophis, 393, 415, 424 
regilla, Hyla, 149 

Reptiles and Amphibians: 

Concerning Certain Species of 
Reptiles and Amphibians 
from China, Japan, the Loo 
Choo Islands, and Formosa. 
By John Van Denburgh, 
187-258 

Description of a New Species 
of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a 
Note on the Palatine Teeth 
in the Proteroglypha. By 
John Van Denburgh, 41-48 

(A) List of the Amphibians 
and Reptiles of Arizona, with 
Notes on the Species in the 
Collection of the Academy. 
By John Van Denburgh and 
Joseph R. Slevin, 391-454 

New and Previously Unre- 
corded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the 
Island of Formosa. By John 
Van Denburgh, 49-56 

Notes on a Collection of Rep- 
tiles from Southern Cali- 
fornia and Arizona. By 
John Van Denburgh, 14%- 
154 

Notes on Ascaphus, the Dis- 
coglossoid Toad of North 
America. By John Van 
Denburgh, 259-264 

Notes on Some Reptiles and 
Amphibians from Oregon, 
Idaho and Utah. By John 
Van Denburgh, 155-160 

Rhacophorus moltrechti, 200 
Rhinocheilus lecontei, 154, 393, 413 
richthofeni, Phacoides, 100, 165 
Rimella canalifera, 4, 10 
Ripley, F. C., 88 
Rissa tridactyla, 62 
robustus, Polypedates, 206 
rodgersi, Fulmarus, 65 
roseofusca, Lichanura, 151, 393, 410 
ruhstrati, Euprepes, 229 

Mabuya longicaudata, 229 
sabini, Xema, 63 
saffordi, Turritella, 15 
sagitatus, Pectunculus, 15 


/ 


466 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


Salamandrella, 183 
Salix, 102 
Salvadora grahamie, 150, 393, 413 
sanctacruzanum, Agasoma, 166 
sanctaecrucis, Phacoides, 167 
santaecruzensis, Pecten, 165, 168 
Sanderling, 71 
Sandpiper, Baird’s, 70 
Least, '70 
Semipalmated, 71 
Spotted, 71 
San Pablo—Santa Margarita faunas, 
164, 166, 167, 180-181 
Santa Fe Well ‘‘Rasmussen’’ No. 28, 
85, 86, 88 
Sauromalus ater, 392, 398 
sauteri, Takydromus, 50, 251 
Saxidomus, 30 
aratus, 27, 30 
nuttalli, 166 
scalaris, Cnemidophorus, 408 
Sceloporus, 392 
Scaphander, 4 
jugularis, 100, 101 
Scaphiopus couchii, 392, 395 
hammondii, 392 
Sceloporus biseriatus, 148, 149, 150, 
151, 152, 156 
clarkii, 392, 404 
consobrinus, 392, 405 
graciosus, 149, 156 
jarrovii, 392, 403 
magister, 148, 153, 392, 404 
occidentalis, 156 
oreutti, 149, 150, 151, 152 
sealaris, 392 
Schizothoerus pajaroanus, 167 
schlegelii, Polypedates, 200 
owstoni, Polypedates, 202, 203 
viridis, Polypedates, 202 
scincicauda, Gerrhonotus, 157 
ignavus, Gerrhonotus, 148, 150 
scopulosis, Sigaretus, 100, 167 
Scutella, 30 
breweriana, 165 
fairbanksi, 165 
gibbsi, 25, 30, 31, 167 
merriami, 165 
secta, Macoma, 27, 166 
Neverita, 10 
securis, Chione, 167, 168 
semiannulata, Sonora, 393, 411, 412 
Semilineatum, Bascanion, 393, 417 
semipalmatus, Catoptrophorus, 71 
septentrionalis, Pectunculus, 30, 98 
Takydromus, 50, 242, 243 
serrator, Mergus, 68 
sespeénsis, Pecten, 100, 165 
Turritella inezana, 165 
Shearwater, Black-tailed, 66 
Black-vented, 65 


Buller’s, 66 
Flesh-footed, 66 
Pink-footed, 65 
Slender-billed, 66 
Sooty, 65 
Shoveller, 68 
Siagonodon humilis, 158, 393, 409 
Sicarius, Solen, 98, 100, 166 
Sigaretus scopulosis, 100, 167 
silus, Crotaphytus, 155 
simplex, Cancellaria, 100 
Sistrurus catenatus edwardsii, 394 
skiltonianus, Humeces, 147, 149, 151 
Skua, 61 
skua, Megalestris, 61 
Slevin, Joseph R. (With John Van 
Denburgh) : 
A List of the Amphibians and 
Reptiles of Arizona, with 
Notes on the Species in the 
Collection of the Academy, 
391-454 
smaragdinus, Takydromus, 247 
Smith, Dr. J. Perrin, 102, 118 
Smith, James Perrin: 
Geologic Range of Miocene 
Invertebrate Fossils of Cali- 
fornia, 161-182 
smithi, Isurus, 101 
solare, Phrynosoma, 392, 406 
Solen (Hypogella) diegoénsis, 10 
episcopa, 393, 411, 412 
occipitalis, 393, 411, 412 
Sicarius, 98, 100, 166 
stantoni, 10 
species, 23, 27, 100, 101 
Sonora semiannulata, 393, 411, 412 
sonoriense, Kinosternon, 392, 396 
Spatula clypeata, 68 
Sphenomorphus boulengeri, 188, 189, 
232 
indicus, 230, 232, 234 
indicus formosensis, 188, 2381, 
234 
jagorii, 234 
spinalis, Achalinus, 254 
splendida, Lampropeltis, 393 
Squatarola squatarola, 71 
squatarola, Squatarola, 71 
staleyi, Chione, 167 
stanfordensis, Ficus, 166 
stanleyi, Tapes, 27, 30 
stansburiana, Uta, 148, 149, 150, 151, 
152, 153, 156, 392, 400, 420 
stantoni, Solen, 10 
stejnegeri, Cnemidophorus, 150, 151 
Takydromus, 188, 234, 243 
stellata, Gavia, 58 
Stercorarius longicaudus, 62 
parasiticus, 61 
pomarinus, 61 


———— 


Vor. III.] 


Sterna antillarum, 64 
elegans, 64 
forste1i, 64 
hirundo, 64 
maxima, 63 
paradisaea, 64 
stokesii, Disteira, 46 
stramineum, Dentalium, 8 
subaspera, Babina, 197, 198, 199, 200 
Rana, 196 
subgriseus, Oligodon, 54 
substriatum, Dentalium, 100 
succincta, Chione, 168 
Surcula, species, 25 
Surf-bird, 71 
suspectum, Heloderma, 393, 406 
swinhoei, Calliophis, 188, 255 
swinhonis, Gekko, 206, 207 
Japalura, 208 
mitsukurii, Japalura, 209 
Sycotypus ocoyanus, 101 
symmetrica, Uta, 153 
Synthliboramphus antiquus, 59 
taeniatum, Bascanion, 157, 393, 417 
Takydromus dorsalis, 242, 252 
formosanus, 234, 243, 245 
kuehnei, 50, 252 
sauteri, 50, 251 
septentrionalis, 50, 242, 243 
smaragdinus, 247 
stejnegeri, 188, 234, 243 
Tamiosoma, 39 
gregaria, 25, 26, 40, 167 
Tantilla coronata, 425 
eiseni, 424 
nigriceps, 394, 423, 425 
planiceps, 424 
wilcoxi, 394, 424 


Tapes, 30 
stanleyi, 27, 30 
species, 27 


taphria, Leda, 166 
Tattler, Wandering, 71 
Tellina, 3, 4 

congesta, 16, 166 

horni, 15 

idae, 166 

longa, 10 

ocoyana, 100, 101 

species, 30, 100 
Temblor Basin (The), 104 
Temblor Group, 90, 106 
temblorensis, Chione, 19, 23, 25, 26, 

88, 98, 100, 167, 168 

Venus (Chione), 100 
templetoni, Oligodon, 54 
tenuirostris, Puffinus, 66 
Terebra cooperi, 100, 166 
Terebratalia kennedyi, 165 

occidentalis, 165 
Terebratella, species, 30 


INDEX 467 


Terepene ornata, 392, 396 
Tern, Arctic, 64 
Black, 64 
Common, 64 
Elegant, 64 
Forster’s, 64 
Least, 64 
Royal, 63 
Tevela inezana, 100 
texana, Holbrookia, 392, 399 
Thais kettlemanensis, 167 
Thamnophis angustirostris, 393, 422 
elegans, 158 
eques, 393, 419 
hammondii, 149, 150, 151, 152 
marcianus, 154, 393, 420 
megalops, 393, 421 
parietalis, 150, 158 
vagrans, 158, 393, 419 
vagrans biscutata, 158 
Thompson, Joseph C.: 
Description of a New Genus 
and Species of Salamander 
from Japan, 183-186 
Description of a New Species 
of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a 
Note on the Palatine Teeth 
in the Proteroglypha (with 
John Van Denburgh), 41-48 
Thracia trapizoidea, 167 
tigrinum, Ambystoma, 392 
tigris, Cnemidophorus, 153, 157, 393, 
409, 429 
Crotalus, 394, 427 
titan, Ostrea, 19, 23, 26, 35, 40, 167 
transmontana, Pleurotoma, 101 
trapizoidea, Thracia, 167 
tricostata, Pyrula, 4 
tridactyla, Rissa, 62 
trilineata, Arca, 27, 30, 167 
Trimorphodon lyrophanes, 393, 423 
Tritonium californicum, 15 
species, 10 
Trochita costellata, 30, 165 
filosa, 19, 100, 167 
inornata, 167 
species, 19 
trochoidea, Heteroterma (2), 4 
Trochosmilia, species, 15 
troille, Uria, 61 
Trophon carisaensis, 167 
gabbianus, 166 
kernensis, 19, 100 
ponderosum, 25 
ponderosus, 167 
species, 23, 25, 26 
truei, Ascaphus, 259 
truncata, Nucula, 4 
tuberculatus, Morio (Sconsia), 10 
tumidus, Astrodapsis, 23, 26, 167 


468 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 


tumulus, Isurus, 101 
Turnstone, 71 
Black, 72 
Turritella, 10, 39 
hoffmani, 108, 165 
inezana, 165 
sespeensis, 165 

ocoyana, 18, 19, 77, 88, 98, 
100, 101, 109, 166 

pachecoénsis, 13 

Turritella saffordi, 15 

uvasana, 10, 15 

vanvlecki, 167 

variata, 166 

species, 23, 25, 26 

Uma notata, 152, 392, 399 

Uria troille, 61 

Urosyca candata, 4 

uvasana, Meretrix, 10 
Turritella, 10, 15 

Uta graciosa, 392, 402 

ornata, 392, 401 

stansaburiana, 148, 149, 150, 
151, 152, 153, 156, 392, 400, 
429 

symmetrica, 153 

vagrans, Thamnophis, 158, 393, 419 

biseutata, Thamnophis, 158 

Van Denburgh, John: 

Concerning Certain Species of 
Reptiles and Amphibians 
from China, Japan, the Loo 
Choo Islands, and Formosa, 
187-258 

Description of a New Species 
of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a 
Note on the Palatine Teeth 
in the Proteroglypha (Jo- 
seph ©. Thompson, collabo- 
rator), 41-48 

(A) List of the Amphibians 
and Reptiles of Arizona, 
with Notes on the Species 
in the Collection of the 
Academy (Joseph R. Slevin, 
collaborator), 391-454 

New and Previously Unre- 
corded Species of Reptiles 
and Amphibians from the 
Island of Formosa, 49-56 

Notes on a Collection of Rep- 
tiles from Southern Cali- 
fornia and Arizona, 147-154 

Notes on Ascaphus, the Dis- 
coglossoid Toad of North 


America, 259-264 
Notes on Some Reptiles and 
Amphibians from Oregon, 
Idaho and Utah, 155-160 
vandykei, Plethodon, 259 
vanvlecki, Pecten, 165 
Turritella, 167 
vaqueroénse, Cardium, 99 
‘“‘Vaqueros,’’ 108 
Vaqueros fauna, 164, 165, 177 
vaquerosense, Cardium, 165 
vaquerosensis, Purpura, 165 
variata, Turritella, 166 
variegatus, Coleonyx, 152, 392, 397 
vaughani, Pecten, 165 
veatchi, Ostrea, 167 
veneriformis, Cardita, 15 
ventralis, Callisaurus, 148, 152, 153, 
392, 400 
Venus pertenuis, 98, 100, 167 
Venus (Chione) temblorensis, 100 
Venus, species, 19, 101 
Verticaria hyperythra beldingi, 150, 
152 
vespertina, Ostrea, 167 
virgata, Aphriza, 71 
virginianus, Rallus, 70 
viridis, Polypedates, 200, 201 
Polypedates schlegelii, 202 
vociferus, Oxyechus, 71 
Volutilithes, 39 
species, 25 
waandersii, Oligodon, 54 
Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point 
Pinos, California. By Rollo Howard 
Beck, 57-72 
Watts, W. L., 77, 86, 98 
wattsi, Pecten, 30, 167 
werneri, Achalinus, 188, 254 
whitneyi, Astredapsis, 26, 167 
Dosinia, 98 
wilcoxi, Tantilla, 394, 424 
wilkesana, Hemifusus, 19 
willardi, Orotalus, 394 
Willet, ‘71 
Williamson, Lieut. R. S., 76 
wislizenii, Crotaphytus, 152, 153, 155, 
392, 398 
woodhousii, Bufo lentiginosus, 392, 394 
Xema sabini, 63 
Yoldia (rel. V. cooperi), 100 
impressa, 4, 166 
oregona, 166 
Zirphea, species, 19 
Zirphea dentata, 23 
Zirphea dentata, 167 


thy 
pu PNt 
tial 


aN 


it 


a, 
i 
A 


ane 


ny 
i 


PROCEEDINGS 


Fourth iS eries 


VOLUME I 


Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of 
Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John 
Van Denburgh. (Jsswed December 20, 1907)... 6 occ cececcuccess 


Pages 7-288. II.- A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. 
By Alban Stewart. Plates 1-xix. (Jssued January 20,1911)... 


Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the 
Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. Plates xx, xx1. 
Gissued October ATOLL) 3 cates Pia, CAST een 


Pages 323-374, IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By 
John Van Denburgh. Plates xxu-xxx. (Jssued January 17, 1912) 


Pages 375-404. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By 
Alban Stewart. Plates xxxI-xxxiv. (Jssued January 19, 1972) 


Pages 405-430. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. 
By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued April 16, 1912) .......0000. 


Pages 431-446. VII. Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos 
Islands. By Alban Stewart. (lssuwed December 17, 1912)...... 


VOLUME II, Part I 


Expedition of the» California Academy of Sciences to the 
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. 

Pages 1-132. VIII. The Birds of the Galapagos Islands, with 
Observations on the Birds of Cocos and Clipperton Islands 
(Columbiformes to Pelecaniformes). By Edward Winslow 
Gifford. Platest-vi1. (Jssued August 11, 1913)........2.000. 


Pages 133-202. IX. The Galapagoan Lizards of the Genus 
Tropidurus; with Notes on the Iguanas of the Genera 
Conolophus and Amblyrhyncus. By John Van Denburgh and 
Joseph R. Slevin. Plates vii-x1. (Issued September 19, 1913). 


4 


VOLUME III - 


Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo 
Range of California. By Frank M.Anderson. Plate 1. (Jssued 


OGb Ober ST, LIOEN EBA BE pf ENTE OES ET ET ee POD 


Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the 
Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the 
Proteroglypha, By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- 
sons \(Lssved December 3Lo TIS Ea Ob ee non 


1.75 


50 
50 
35 
35 


.25 


1.00 


"PROCEEDINGS _ 


a ourth. Se eries 


wae fata VOLUME. Ne teaeee 


} 


Pages 49-56. New oe Previously Unrecorded Species of Regales 


and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van 
Denburgh. (/ssued December ZO A OTAV Nisa ys Ua noone Une, Sane la east 


Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. Wee 


By Rollo Howard Beck. (Jssued September 17, 1910) ...vvecvne 


- Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, 


and the Temblor Basin. ByFrank M. Anderson. Plates 11-x111. 
Cisued Nowe hes I TITY ais ON Bah EN Saris ant 


Pages 147-154. Notes ona Collection of Reptiles from Southern 
California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued 
Vfanwary 11, THA ee USUI RAR O ERM aE ie NUR Men UR NUNC Sn ars Alcoa ie | 


Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from 


Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van pe Used 
January 17, LODE rs seit oe A EH A RIRST RS HC Se Werk SEE MS Wea 


Pages 161-182. Geologic fRadee of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of 
California. By James Perrin Smith. (/sswed April 5, 1912). 


Pape 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Se i 


_ mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. Navy. 
Plate xiv. (/sswed May 3, 1912) 0.0... Sepia oitaie palatine ae i 


. Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- 


phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. 


By John Van Denburgh. \(/sswed December 16, 1912.)...... fo 


‘Pages 259-264. Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of 
North America. By John Van Denburgh. (/sswed December 


PI MAIO Se BH Sal OR a aOR ANE g Us ea a revere 


Pages 265-390. A Distributional List of the Mammals of California. 
By Joseph Grinnell. Plates xv, xvi. (/ssued A ugust 28, 1913) 


Pages 391-454. A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, 
with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. 
By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates XVII- 
XXVIII. (Issued November EP a bold es Sem RUAN Nae Mine eNO Sia 


Bee 


30 ae ee 


1.00 me 


The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the 


year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been a cestoned in the conflagra- 


tion of April, 1906. f 


wh. “a ar i : 
ge40. 
‘| aan f 
ha ) r) : 
mR 


- eo AN eee 
ele 


2 Meee 
- iy se J 


wv 


> 


“ ne 
ane bar 
3 : 
, F 
i 
3 
“4 
’ 
au 
i 
he 
\ t 
i 
A 
: ai 
¥ 
4 
i 
% 
4 
; , 
¥ j 
‘i 
Shae 
a Ve 
Pal 
‘ 
Va 


088 01 302 6729 


- nian